Socomec Catalogue 2022

GENERAL CATALOGUE
Solutions for Power, Control, Safety

& Energy Efficiency
2022
Contents
An independent manufacturer ................................................................... p. 4 Expert in power conversion ..................................................................... p. 10
Your energy, our expertise ......................................................................... p. 6 A cutting-edge laboratory ........................................................................ p. 11
Experts at your service .............................................................................. p. 8 References list ......................................................................................... p. 446
Load break switches

SIRCO M and SIRCO and
Load break switches for machine control, SIRCO MV SIRCO AC
power distribution and photovoltaic applications . . . p. 13 p. 20 p. 38
Fuse protection
Fuses, fuse bases FUSERBLOC

and fuse combination switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 101 p. 106
Changeover switches
Changeover switches, control relays COMO CS SIRCOVER

and configuration software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 131 p. 140 p. 146
Metering, monitoring & power quality

TE, TR, iTR, TF
Energy meters, multifunction meters DIRIS Digiware sensors
and supervision software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 223 p. 226 p. 258
Insulation monitoring
ISOM ISOM
Insulation monitoring device
Digiware D Digiware L-60
and fault locator device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 351
Electronic protection
Differential protection, voltage surge protection, RESYS M40

current protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 361 p. 366
Mounting & cabling accessories
All the components to facilitate Busbar supports Distribution blocks

the use of your electrical equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 373 p. 374 p. 406
Integrated products & solutions

Enclosed
Enclosed protection switches Safety enclosures
and switching devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 415 p. 418 p. 434
2 General Catalogue 2022

SIRCO PV INOSYS
p. 60 p. 84
ATyS M ATyS S ATyS ATS controller

p. 164 p. 178 p. 186 p. 216
COUNTIS E DIRIS A DIRIS B Software suite

p. 274 p. 294 p. 316 p. 344
ISOM Fault-locating core

Digiware F-60 balance transformers ISOM PS-62
Enclosed
transfer switches Solutions for medical locations
ATyS Bypass MEDSYS
p. 436 p. 440
General Catalogue 2022 3

Ensuring the energy performance
of electrical installations,
wherever it is critical

For almost 100 years, Socomec has continued to design
and manufacture its core products in Europe.
Notably solutions for its primary mission: the availability,
control and safety of low voltage electrical networks.
As an independent manufacturer, the group is committed

to constant innovation to improve the energy performance
of electrical installations in infrastructures as well as industrial
and commercial sites. Throughout its history, Socomec
has constantly anticipated market changes by developing
cutting-edge technologies, providing solutions that are
adapted to customer requirements and fully in keeping
with international standards. “Optimising the performance
of your system throughout its life cycle” - this is the
commitment carried out every day by the Socomec teams
around the world, wherever your business is located.
SYDIV 514
1 3,500 m2
independent of test platforms
manufacturer One of the leading independent power
testing labs in Europe
10 % 110,000
of turnover invested in R&D on-site interventions per year
Always at the cutting-edge Nearly 400 experts in commissioning,
of technology for innovative, technical audit, consultancy and maintenance
high quality products

Your energy, our expertise
POWER
Power
SWITCHING
switching
Managing power and protecting
people, equipment and installations
Active in the industrial switching market since its
foundation in 1922, Socomec is today an undisputed
OHDGHULQWKHĺHOGRIORZYROWDJHVZLWFKJHDUSURYLGLQJ
expert solutions that ensure:
• isolation and on load breaking for the most demanding
switching applications,
• continuity of the power supply to electrical facilities
via manual remotely operated or automatic transfer
switching equipment,
• protection of persons and assets via fusebased
and other specialist solutions.
SITE 1105
Power
monitoring POWER
MONITORING
(LOQNUHMFDMDQFXODQENQL@MBD@MCŮ
monitoring installations
Socomec solutions - from current sensors to power
meters and from IOT to energy management software -
are driven by experts in energy performance. They meet
the requirements of facility managers and operators of
commercial, industrial and critical buildings to enable
and facilitate:
• the measurement of energy consumption, the
LGHQWLĺFDWLRQRIVRXUFHVRIH[FHVVFRQVXPSWLRQDQG
the generation of awareness amongst occupants as to
their impact,
• the utilisation of the best available tariffs, utility bill
checks and the accurate distribution of energy billing
between consumer entities,
• the limitation of reactive energy and avoidance of
associated tariff penalties,
• capacity management and the evolution of the
electrical installation,
• improvements to power availability by monitoring and
SITE 890
detecting insulation faults.

POWER
Power
CONVERSION
conversion
Ensuring the availability and
RSNQ@FDŮNEGHFGPT@KHSXONVDQ
With its wide range of continuously evolving products,
solutions and services, Socomec are recognised experts
in the cutting-edge technologies used for ensuring the
highest availability of the electrical power supply to
critical facilities and buildings, including:
• static uninterruptible power supplies (UPS) for high-
quality power free of distortions and interruptions
occurring on the primary power supply,
• changeover of static, high availability sources for
transferring the supply to an operational back-up
source,
• permanent monitoring of the electrical facilities to
prevent failures and reduce operating losses,
• energy storage for ensuring the proper energy mix of
SITE 857
buildings and for stabilisation of the power grid.
Expert
services EXPERT
SERVICES
Enabling available, safe and

DEkBHDMSŮDMDQFX
Socomec is committed to delivering a wide range
of value-added services to ensure the reliability and
optimisation of end-users’ equipment:
• prevention and service operations to lower the risks
DQGHQKDQFHWKHHIĺFLHQF\RIRSHUDWLRQVIRUKLJK
quality power free of distortions and interruptions
occurring on the primary power supply,
• measurement and analysis of a wide range of
electrical parameters leading to recommendations for
improving the site’s power quality,
• optimisation of the total cost of ownership and support
for a safe transition when migrating from an old to
D}QHZJHQHUDWLRQRIHTXLSPHQW
• consultancy, deployment and training from the project
HQJLQHHULQJVWDJHWKURXJKWRĺQDOSURFXUHPHQW
• performance assessment of the electrical installation
throughout the life cycle of the products via analysis of
APPLI 759
data transmitted by connected devices.

8NTQO@QSMDQHM
DWODQSRDQUHBDR
Socomec is committed to delivering
@ŮVHCDQ@MFDNEU@KTD@CCDCRDQUHBDRSN
DMRTQDSGDQDKH@AHKHSX@MCNOSHLHR@SHNMNE
DMCTRDQRDPTHOLDMSCTQHMFHSRKHEDBXBKD
• Prevention and service operations to reduce risk and
HQKDQFHHTXLSPHQWHIĺFLHQF\
• 0HDVXUHPHQWDQGDQDO\VLV}RIDZLGHUDQJHRI
HOHFWULFDOSDUDPHWHUVOHDGLQJWRUHFRPPHQGDWLRQVIRU
SRZHU}TXDOLW\LPSURYHPHQW
• &RQVXOWDQF\GHSOR\PHQWDQGWUDLQLQJIURPWKHSURMHFW
HQJLQHHULQJVWDJHWRWKHĺQDOSURFXUHPHQW}VWDJH
SITE 1059
2ODBH@KHRSR@SXNTQRDQUHBD 1DONQSR

2XU6HUYLFHVWHDPFRPSULVHVTXDOLĺHG $QH[KDXVWLYHUHSRUWLVJHQHUDWHGIRUHDFK
HQJLQHHUVZKRVHPLVVLRQLVWRHQVXUHWKH LQWHUYHQWLRQLQFOXGLQJFRPPLVVLRQLQJ
FRUUHFWRSHUDWLRQRI\RXUHTXLSPHQW:HRIIHU SUHYHQWLYHPDLQWHQDQFHDQGWURXEOHVKRRWLQJ
DFRPSUHKHQVLYHVXSSRUWVHUYLFHSDFNDJH ZKLFKLVWKHQDXWRPDWLFDOO\VHQWWRWKHFXVWRPHU
ZKLFKJLYHV\RXFRPSOHWHSHDFHRIPLQG DQGV\QFKURQLVHGZLWKRXUV\VWHPV
FRPPLVVLRQLQJRQVLWHWHVWLQJSUHYHQWLYH
PDLQWHQDQFHYLVLWVKRXUFDOORXWDQG Remote diagnostics
UDSLGRQVLWHUHSDLUVRULJLQDOVSDUHSDUWV
SRZHUTXDOLW\DQGHQHUJ\HIĺFLHQF\DXGLWV ,QFDVHRIDQ\DQRPDO\DQDXWRPDWLFQRWLĺFDWLRQ
FRQVXOWDQF\GHVLJQDQGLPSOHPHQWDWLRQ is sent to a local call centre for proactive online
RI}LQVWDOODWLRQPRGLĺFDWLRQVDQGXSGDWHV WURXEOHVKRRWLQJ
Our Services team is the most reliable

U@HK@AHKHSXNENQHFHM@K
SDUWQHUZKHQLWFRPHVWRDGYLVLQJ\RXRQ
the maintenance of Socomec equipment RO@QDO@QSR
DQGSURYLGLQJUHVROXWLRQWRDQ\SUREOHPV 7KHYDULRXVRULJLQDOSDUWVDQGFRPSRQHQWVWKDW
LQDFFRUGDQFHZLWKFXUUHQWHQYLURQPHQWDO ZHVWRFNJXDUDQWHHWKDWDQ\IDXOW\HTXLSPHQW
VWDQGDUGVDQGSURFHGXUHV FDQEHUDSLGO\EURXJKWEDFNRQOLQHZKLOVW
PDLQWDLQLQJLWVRULJLQDOSHUIRUPDQFHDQG
/QNEDRRHNM@KSNNKR UHOLDELOLW\
2XU6HUYLFHVWHDPLVSURYLGHGZLWKWKHODWHVW
HVVHQWLDOHTXLSPHQWLQFOXGLQJ
• Personal Protective Equipment (protective
JRJJOHVKHOPHWLQVXODWHGJORYHVĺUHSURRI
MDFNHWVDIHW\VKRHVHDUSOXJVf
• ODSWRSHPEHGGHGZLWKDOOVRIWZDUHUHTXLUHGWR
RSWLPLVHHTXLSPHQWSHUIRUPDQFH
• PHDVXULQJHTXLSPHQWFDOLEUDWHGDQQXDOO\E\
RXUPHWURORJ\GHSDUWPHQWPXOWLPHWHUGLJLWDO
VFRSHFXUUHQWFODPSVLQIUDUHGFDPHUD
SRZHUDQDO\VHU

*DXkFTQDR Subsidiaries
1HDUO\6RFRPHFH[SHUWVVXSSRUWHGE\HQJLQHHUVDQGWHFKQLFLDQV Distributors
IURPDFURVVRXUGLVWULEXWRUQHWZRUNFDQSURYLGHWKHVROXWLRQVWR\RXU Contact us
VSHFLĺFQHHGV
%QDMBG
EUDQFKRIĺFHV
4 American
10 Asian
subsidiaries
subsidiaries
$TQNOD@M
Representatives in subsidiaries
CARTE 093

BNTMSQHDR
.MRHSDRDQUHBD 3DBGMHB@K "DQSHkDC

management GNSKHMDMDSVNQJ DWODQSHRD
110,000 25+ 8,000

VHUYLFHRSHUDWLRQVSHU\HDU ODQJXDJHVVSRNHQ KRXUVRIWHFKQLFDOWUDLQLQJ
PDLQO\SUHYHQWLYHYLVLWV XQGHUWDNHQHYHU\\HDU
3 SURGXFWPHWKRGRORJ\DQGVDIHW\
98 % advanced technical support centres
6HUYLFH/HYHO$JUHHPHQW
compliance rate 110,000+
LQFRPLQJFDOOVKDQGOHGSHU\HDU

Expert in power conversion
maximising power quality and availability
3 levels of protection Prime I Superior I Ultimate

according to your criticality
Socomec at the forefront of innovation

European design and production Socomec factories join the digital world Factory Acceptance Test (FAT)
Socomec’s products are designed and Since 2014, Socomec has been investing The FAT service is available to all customers
developed by our talented team of in-house to bring its manufacturing facilities in who want to audit their order before
engineers with their real depth and wide line with industry 4.0 standards. Beyond it leaves the factory. With the support
knowledge in power electronics and digital lean manufacturing, the digitalisation of of Socomec Platform Engineers and
controls. Our expertise in manufacturing - production means that we can ensure dedicated infrastructure, several live
combined with the use of only the highest the delivery of a competitive offering with product tests are available, including:
quality components in the most efficient continuously improving service levels • standard tests to verify product
production and testing processes – whilst also supporting the creation of more performance,
means that when it comes to reliability our personalised products. • custom tests according to your precise
products are unrivaled. requirements.
3 levels of protection according to your criticality
PRIME SUPERIOR ULTIMATE

Trustworthy Unrivalled power Fault tolerant power
power performance without compromise
Reliable and cost effective protection Best in class & certified performance Fully redundant architecture
to assure operational continuity to optimise usage and for maximum availability, minimum MTTR
Total Cost of Ownership and risk free maintenance

A cutting-edge laboratory
the backing of an expert
Created in 1965, SOCOMEC’s

laboratory brings its expertise to
guarantee the reliability and the
conformity of our products and
solutions.
Since 2015, the laboratory renamed
Tesla Lab – Power Testing and
Certification in 2015, offers its testing
and certification services to all its
customers.
CORPO 441 A
Proven expertise Vast range of tests International partnership
Tesla Lab is an independant laboratory The laboratory has a 100 MVA The laboratory is recognised by the major
specialised in testing of LV switchgear, (IccŰJ ŰQLRŰŰRRGNQSBHQBTHSOK@SENQL certification bodies worldwide: member
components and switchgear assemblies. three 10 kA overload platforms and many of ASEFA and LOVAG, it is accredited
4 M€ has been invested since 2011 in other test facilities covering 2000 m² for: AX".%1 "4+"3#/"2 RG@QDC
this 2000 m² laboratory, where 30 experts • functional tests, BDQSHEHB@SHNM@MC#$*1 6,3
guarantee the quality of the performed tests, • mechanical tests: endurance, The partnership with many international
making the Tesla Lab one of the most modern • dielectric tests, certification bodies guarantees the quality
laboratories in Europe. @MCŰR@EDSXQDPTHQDLDMSRHMD@BGBNTMSQX
• environmental tests: vibration,
• (MFQDRR/QNSDBSHNM(/
• temperature rise tests up to 60 °C ambient.
Implementation of standard IEC / EN 61439

Electrical switchgear An original manufacturer Tesla Lab accredited by COFRAC
manufacturers according to IEC / EN 61439 6HSGHSRVNQKCBK@RRSDRSHMFE@BHKHSHDRSGD
($"$-ŰRS@MC@QCRCDEHMDSGD standards 3DRK@Ű+@AB@MODQENQL@KKNESGDSDRSR
requirements of “Low voltage switchgear Socomec offers a wide range of original QDPTHQDCAX($"$-ŰRS@MC@QCRENQ
assemblies” as well as the tests necessary to manufacturer solutions complying with switchgear assemblies
ensure the achievement of the specified levels ($"ŰRS@MC@QCR
of performance. The compliance with these • FLEXYS and CADRYS cabinet 6DB@MSGDQDENQDGDKOXNTSN
standards gives a guarantee of safety and systems designed for distribution panel • define a verification program,
performance to the user of the equipment applications. • perform conformity tests,
• Local switching and equipment cabinets • issue test reports in order to get
covering requirements in power availability certification from third party certification
and safety. ANCHDR 2$% +.5 &#$*1 4+
• Components for integration. "2 ".%1 " 23 v

Load break switches
Load break switches for all your applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 14
Why choose a load break switch designed for photovoltaic applications? . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 15
Load break switch selection guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 16
Photovoltaic load break switches selection guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 18
Load break switches Specific applications
SIRCO M and SIRCO

Load break switches:
SIRCO MV SIRCO AC INOSYS LBS
16 to 160 A 125 to 5000 A 160 to 800 A • with overrated neutral,
p. 20 p. 38 p. 84 • high short-circuit withstand,
• multipolar,
• for earthing,
• for 1000 V network,
Load break switches for DC and PV applications • motorised models.
SIRCO PV INOSYS LBS

100 to 3200 A 160 to 630 A
p. 96
p. 60 p. 84
Find out more

Enclosed devices
SOCOMEC offers a range
of pre-assembled steel
and polyester enclosures.
p. 415
Special requests
SOCOMEC makes
RODBHjBOQNCTBSR
6DVHKKGDKOXNTSNjMC
the best solution for your
application.
Contact your local sales
office.

Load break switches
for all your applications
Load break switches
Machine control, power distribution and photovoltaic installations

Operating in the electrical breaking technology market since 1922, SOCOMEC is both a A specific need?
global leader and unrivalled benchmark reference.
It completes the two lead product ranges We have developed many customised
The SOCOMEC load break switches range
ranges in this category: SIRCO M and solutions: switches with overrated
is one of the largest on the market.
SIRCO. neutral, high short circuit withstand,
INOSYS LBS is the latest range of load
multipolar switches, earthing switches,
break switches especially designed and If the three ranges INOSYS LBS, SIRCO
RVHSBGDRENQŰ5MDSVNQJRRODBH@K
tested for most demanding applications. and SIRCO M cover most needs, the
motorised switches, etc.
complete range of SOCOMEC load break
switches meets every application. Whatever your application, you will find
the right solution in the following pages!
Discover all our products in the selection

guides in the following pages.
SOCOMEC load break switches in power distribution and machine

control applications
Local safety
switch
I
I O
Incoming O
section O
I
Red/yellow
Machine handle
O
I control
Motor
sircm_021_f_en
appli_312_a
Network Feeder output
SOCOMEC load break switches in photovoltaic applications
Strings combiner box Junction box
INOSYS LBS
INOSYS LBS
SIRCO load break switch

up to 5000 A
From 32 to 400 A Up to 400 A, Inverter connection box or FUSERBLOC fuse combination
up to 1500 V up to 1500 V DC switch up to 1250 A
SIRCO PV
or INOSYS LBS
SIRCO PV
From 400 to 2000 A,
SIRCO PV up to 1500 V DC
Up to 400 A,
up to 1500 V DC
sirco-pv_028_d_1_gb_cat
Double circuit switches permit

increased numbers of inputs

Why choose a load break switch
designed for photovoltaic applications?
gamme_574
SIRCO MC PV, SIRCO PV and INOSYS LBS devices are available in IEC and UL versions.
Safe operations Devices designed for extreme Back-to-back design,

To ensure electrical isolation during conditions an innovative solution
maintenance operations, or for emergency Socomec load break switches have been The SOCOMEC range of photovoltaic load
breaking to prevent a risk of fire or electrical designed for industrial use. They are extremely break switches enables simultaneous on-load
shock, it is essential that dedicated robust, with casings made from glass fibre- disconnection of two circuits using a single
photovoltaic switches are used. reinforced thermoset materials, bringing handle.
These devices must be installed at each numerous benefits: Advantages
functional level of the installation based on its • Thermal stability, unlike some • Space saving: The overall width is the
architecture. thermoplastics, same as that of 3 or 4 pole devices. This
In order to disconnect a direct current • Excellent resistance to high temperatures, enables significant savings, as compared to
photovoltaic string, generator or UPS, only • Good electrical characteristics: Arc and the use of two separate devices.
(-.282+!22(1"./5NQ2(1".,"/5 insulation resistance, • Simple connection and integration.
devices can:
• Good mechanical characteristics: • Increasing the voltage: Connecting
• Isolate the associated high DC voltages , Dimensional stability and rigidity over time. the two devices in series allows on-load
• Guarantee safe on-load disconnection These benefits are particularly important CHRBNMMDBSHNMNEUNKS@FDR@ANUD5#"
several thousand times across the full range in photovoltaic installations, where the • Doubling the rating: By connecting the two
of DC currents linked to daily fluctuations in temperature may be below 0°C or above 50°C. devices in parallel.
RTMKHFGSTOSN5#"
What are the standards that apply to photovoltaic installations?
For installations For breaking devices

Photovoltaic installations are governed by international standards To date there is no specific IEC standard.
such as IEC and UL. These standards provide the guidelines for Manufacturers must therefore refer to standard
commissioning a photovoltaic installation. ($"Ű In the USA, the reference standard is UL98B. This
• IEC 60364-7-712: Electrical installations of buildings standard, which is more stringent than IEC 60947-3, requires strict
— Requirements for special installations or locations — testing, in particular concerning temperatures and resistance to
2NK@QOGNSNUNKS@HB/5ONVDQRTOOKXRXRSDLR electrical arcing.
• IEC 62548: Installation and safety requirements for photovoltaic SIRCO PVs have been developed in compliance with both
/5FDMDQ@SNQR ,(&bDQG8/%

Selection guide
Load break switches
Load break switches
Which Which
application? function?
Machine control
SIRCO M SIRCO MV
16 to 125 A 100 to 160 A
p. 20 p. 20
Applications
Main switchboard • •
Distribution panel • •
Emergency load break • •
Genset output • •
Network coupling • •
Local safety load break • •
Machine control • •
Enclosed switches • •
Functions
3/4 pole load break switch • •
6/8 pole load break switch •
3/4 pole transfer switch (I-0-II) •
3/4 pole transfer switch (I-I+II-II) •
Characteristics
Operation
Manual (rotating) • •
Manual toggle •
Motorised
Direct operation handle
Front • •
External operation handle
Front • •
Right side • •
Left side • •
Indication of breaking
Positive break indication • •
Visible contacts •
Switch body
Modular • •
(1) Please consult us.

Selection guide
Load break switches
Which operation Which type of Which switch

handle? breaking? body?
Power distribution
SIRCO SIRCO AC
125 to 5000 A WRb$
p. 38 p. 38
• •
• •
• •
• •
• •
• •
• •
See SIRCOVER See SIRCOVER
See SIRCOVER See SIRCOVER
• •
See SIRCO MOT AT See SIRCO MOT AT
• •
• •
•
• •

Selection guide
Load break switches
PV applications
Load break switches
Which Which
application? function?
Photovoltaics
SIRCO PV
IEC
WRb$
p. 60
Applications
Emergency load break •
Photovoltaic load break •
Fitted enclosures •
Functions
Characteristics
Operation
Manual (rotating) •
Front •
Side
Front •
Left side
Positive break indication •
Visible contacts
Switch body
Modular

Selection guide
Load break switches
PV applications
Which operation Which type of Which switch

handle? breaking? body?
DC and photovoltaics
INOSYS LBS
IEC
WRb$
p. 84
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

SIRCO M and SIRCO MV
Universal load break switches
from 16 to 160 A
Load break switches
The solution for
> Main incoming load break

> Distribution load break
> Machine control
> Local safety load break
sircm_099.psd
sircm_132_a
4 pole SIRCO MV
direct operation
4 pole SIRCO M Strong points

direct operation
> Total integration

Function > A wide range of accessories
SIRCO M and SIRCO MV are manually Through the use of accessories, SIRCO M > Upgradeability
operated modulable and modular multipolar can be transformed into multipolar load break > Compliance with major
load break switches. NQONKDBG@MFDNUDQRVHSBGDR 2(1".Ű, certifications and approvals
They make and break under load conditions changeover switches provide on load > Specific characteristics
and provide safety isolation for any low voltage changeover switching between two sources
circuit, particularly for machine control circuits. or two low voltage power circuits, as well as
their safety isolation. Conformity to standards
Advantages > IEC 60947-3
Total integration Compliance with major certifications and

The SIRCO M and SIRCO MV fully integrate approvals > Other standards
isolation, breaking and switching functions. The SIRCO M and SIRCO MV range of load *
available
Within a single product, SIRCO M offers front, break switches have been designed, qualified
right side or left side operation. Their highly and tested according to the criteria defined by *See pages SIRCO UL and CSA range
functional design enables the product to be standards IEC 60947-3, UL508 and UL98.
easily transformed from a load break switch to a This process guarantees a high quality level
changeover switch, offering a highly innovative for the product which is fully adapted to Approvals and certifications (1)
modular solution for numerous applications. arduous operating environments.
A wide range of accessories General characteristics

A single standard module, which can be • Double break per pole. (1) Product reference on request.
complemented with a choice of accessories, • Mounting options: DIN rail, panel or modular
offers a range of advantages: panel with 45 mm front cut out.
• Simplicity when choosing the device. • IP20 accessories and device.
• Flexibility to adapt to the most varied • Severe utilisation categories
applications. (AC-22 and AC-23).
• Reduction in the cost of management and
storage. Specific characteristics
SIRCO M:
Upgradeability • Positive break indication.
Its wide range of accessories means that • Contact point technology.
the SIRCO M can be upgraded even after
• Product can be mounted directly on the
it has been commissioned, enabling future
door or panel side; see "Door mounting kit"
requirements to be met.
in the accessory section.
SIRCO MV:
• Visible double breaking based on a sliding
contact system (SIRCO type, see page
“SIRCO”).
• Positive break indication.

from 16 to 160 A
What you need to know

SIRCO M
• SIRCO M can be operated in 3 different ways:
sircm_029.psd
sircm_028.eps
sircm_030.eps
Complete switch body for toggle operation Direct front operation with handle External operation
front, left side or right side
• The SIRCO M is a 3 pole load break switch which is available

from 16 to 125 A. It can be combined with a switched 4th pole,
an unswitched neutral or PE pole and pre-break and signalling
auxiliary contacts.
• From 16 to 125 A, through the wide range of available accessories,

it is possible to convert a 3 pole load break switch into a 4, 6
or 8 pole load break switch or a 3/4 pole changeover switch.
sircm_173.psd
Through use of its door mounting kit, SIRCO M load break switches
can be mounted on the panel door.
Changeover switches I - 0 - II
SIRCO MV
• 3 operations are available:
sircm_034.eps
sircm_032.psd
sircm_033.eps
Direct front operation External right side operation External front and left side operation
• SIRCO MV can be ordered in 3 or 4 pole from 100 to 160 A.

• Two types of auxiliary contacts are available:
- U-type pre-break,
- M-type for signalisation.

from 16 to 160 A
References
SIRCO M
SIRCO M - from 16 to 125 A
Door
interlocked Front external
Complete switch external front handle for Shaft for external
Rating (A) / No. of body toggle Direct and right side External left changeover front and side
Frame size poles operation Switch body handle handle(6) side handle(6) switches(6) handle(6) 4th pole
16 A / M1 3P 2205 3000 2200 3000(1)(2)(3) 2200 1000
20 A / M1 3P 2205 3001 2200 3001(1)(2)(3) 2200 1001
3/4 P

25 A / M1 3P 2205 3002 2200 3002(1)(2)(3) S00 type 2200 1002
I -0 6/8 P & COS
S00 type
S00 type
Black I -0
M00 type I - 0 - II S0, S00 type
IP55
1471 1111(4) Black
Blue Black IP65 150 mm
IP65
32 A / M1 3P 2205 3003 2200 3003(1)(2)(3) 2299 5012 1473 1113(4) 1407 0515 2200 1003
Black 147A 5111
IP65
Red I - I+II - II 200 mm
1473 1111(4) Red/Yellow
2299 5013 Black IP65 1407 0520
IP65 (4)
1473 1114
Red/Yellow 147B 5111
IP65 320 mm
1474 1111(4) 1407 0532
40 A / M1 3P 2205 3004 2200 3004(1)(2)(3) 2200 1004
6/8 P & COS

100 ... 125 A
63 A / M2 3P 2205 3006 2200 3006(1)(2)(3) S00 type 2200 1006

150 mm
1409 0615
200 mm
1409 0620
(1)(2)(3)
80 A / M2 3P 2205 3008 2200 3008 2200 1008
320 mm
1409 0632
S0 type
I -0 S0 type
S00 type
100 A / M3 3P 2200 3010(1)(2)(3) I -0 2200 1010
Black IP55
I - 0 - II
M01 type 1481 1111(4) Black
Black IP65
IP65
1473 0113
Blue Black IP65 148A 5111
2299 5032 1483 1111(4)
I - I+II - II
Red/Yellow
125 A / M3 3P 2200 3011(1)(2)(3) Black IP65 2200 1011
Red/Yellow IP65
1473 0114
IP65 148B 5111
1484 1111(4)
(1) Front and side operation. (4) Defeatable handle.

(2) For a 6-pole device in direct operation, order 2 x 3 pole device + conversion kit (for external (5) Top and bottom.
operation, add the shaft + the handle). (6) Other handles & shafts are available. Please see accessory pages.
(3) For an 8-pole device in direct operation, order 2 x 3 pole device + 2 x 4th poles + conversion
kit (for external operation, add the shaft + the handle).

from 16 to 160 A
SIRCO M
Complete switch Unswitched
Rating (A) / No. of body toggle Unswitched protective earth Auxiliary Terminal Door mounting
Frame size poles operation Switch body neutral pole module contact shrouds kit
16 A / M1 3P 2205 3000 2200 3000(1)(2)(3)
3/4 P
20 A / M1 3P 2205 3001 2200 3001(1)(2)(3) Complete
1P protection
25 A / 1P 1P 2294 1005(4)
3P 2205 3002 2200 3002(1)(2)(3) IP2X
M1 2200 5005 2200 9005 3P
M type 2294 3005(4) 2299 3309(5)
32 A /
3P 2205 3003 2200 3003(1)(2)(3)
M1 1 module Compact design
NO + NC
40 A / 2299 3409(5)
3P 2205 3004 2200 3004(1)(2)(3) 2299 0001
M1
1 module 6/8 P
63 A / Steel support
3P 2205 3006 2200 3006(1)(2)(3) 2 NO 1P
M2 1P 1P 2294 1009(4) 2299 3609(5)
2299 0011
80 A / 2200 5009 2200 9009 3P
3P 2205 3008 2200 3008(1)(2)(3) 2294 3009(4)
M2
100 A /
3P 2200 3010(1)(2)(3) 1P 3/4 P
M3 1P 1P 2294 1011(4) Steel support
125 A / 2200 5011 2200 9011 3P
3P 2200 3011(1)(2)(3) 2294 3016(4) 2299 3609(5)
M3
(1) Front and side operation. (4) Top and bottom.
(2) For a 6-pole device in direct operation, order 2 x 3 pole device + conversion kit (for external (5) Delivered with a shaft.
operation, add the shaft + the handle).
(3) For an 8-pole device in direct operation, order 2 x 3 pole device + 2 x 4th poles + conversion
kit (for external operation, add the shaft + the handle).
SIRCO MV
SIRCO MV - from 100 to 160 A
Door
interlocked Shaft for
external front external front Pre-break
No. of Switch and right side External left and side Auxiliary signal auxiliary Terminal
Rating (A) poles body Direct handle handle(4) side handle(4) handle(4) contact contact shrouds
3P 2200 3110
100 A
4P 2200 4110
S0 type
I -0
S0 type S0 type
M type
M0b type Black I -0
U type
3P 2200 3012 IP55 150 mm
1 module 3P
Blue 1491 0111(2) Black 1409 0615
NO + NC 1 contact NO 2294 3016(3)
2299 5042(1) IP65
125 A 2299 0001 3999 0701
Black 149A 9111 200 mm
4P
M0 type IP65 1409 0620
1 module 1 contact NC 2294 4016(3)
4P 2200 4012 Blue 1493 0111(2) Red/Yellow
2 NO 3999 0702
2299 5022 IP65 320 mm
2299 0011
Red/Yellow 149B 9111 1409 0632
IP65
1494 0111(2)
3P 2200 3016
160 A
4P 2200 4016
(1) Standard.
(2) Defeatable handle.
(3) Top and bottom.
(4) Other handles & shafts are available. Please see accessory pages.

from 16 to 160 A
Accessories
For SIRCO M
Rating (A) /
Frame size Handle colour Handle type Reference
16 … 80 / M1 … M2 Blue M00 2299 5012(1)
acces_347.eps
16 … 80 / M1 … M2 Red M00 2299 5013
acces_352.eps
100 … 125 / M3 Blue M01 2299 5032(1)
(1) Standard.
M00 handle
For SIRCO MV
Rating (A) Handle colour Handle type Reference M01 handle
acces_359.eps
acces_344.eps
(1)
100 … 160 Blue M0b 2299 5042
100 … 160 Blue M0 2299 5022
(1) Standard.
M0b handle
M0 handle
External handle operation - SIRCO M

S000 type handle
Rating (A) / No. of Handle Defeatable
Frame size Type poles Operation colour External IP handle Reference
Front and side
Switch 3/4 P Black IP65 no 1463 5111
16 … 80 / operation
M1… M2 Front and side
Switch 3/4 P Red/Yellow IP65 no 1464 5111
acces_307.eps
operation
Changeover
3/4 P Front Black IP65 no 1463 5113
switches I - 0 - II
16 … 80 /
Changeover
M1… M2
switches I - 3/4 P %QNMSŰ Black IP65 no 1463 5114 S000 handle
I+II - II
S00 type handle
Switch 3/4 P(1) Front and side operation Black IP55 yes 1471 1111
Switch 3/4 P(1) Front and side operation Black IP65 yes 1473 1111
16 … 80 /
Switch 3/4 P(1) Front and side operation Red/Yellow IP65 yes 1474 1111
M1… M2
Switch 3/4 P Left side Black IP65 no 147A 5111
Switch 3/4 P Left side Red/Yellow IP65 no 147B 5111
acces_341.eps
Switch 6/8 P Front Black IP55 yes 1471 0111
vŰ
Switch 6/8 P Front Black IP65 yes 1473 0111
M3
Switch 6/8 P Front Red/Yellow IP65 yes 1474 0111
Changeover S00 handle
switches I - 3/4 P Front Black IP65 yes 1473 1113
16 … 80 / 0 - II
M1… M2 Changeover
I+II - II
Changeover
vŰ 0 - II
M3 Changeover
I+II - II
(1) Can also be used with 6 and 8 poles with front operation.

from 16 to 160 A
External operation handle - SIRCO M (continued)

S0 type handle
Switch 3/4 P Front and side operation Black IP55 yes 1481 1111
Switch 3/4 P Front and side operation Black IP65 yes 1483 1111
100 … 125
Switch 3/4 P Front and side operation Red/Yellow IP65 yes 1484 1111
/ M3
Switch 3/4 P Left side Black IP65 no 148A 5111
Switch 3/4 P Left side Red/Yellow IP65 no 148B 5111
acces_343.eps
S01 type handle
S0 handle
16 … 125 / Switch 3/4 P(2) Front and side operation Black IP65 yes 1403 2111
M1 … M3 Switch 3/4 P(2) Front and side operation Red/Yellow IP65 yes 1404 2111
Changeover
3/4 P Front Black IP65 yes 1403 2113
switches I - 0 - II
Changeover
3/4 P Front Black IP65 yes 1403 2813(1)
16 … 80 / switches I - 0 - II
M1 … M2 Changeover
acces_304.eps
3/4 P Front Black IP65 yes 1403 2114
switches I - I+II - II
Changeover
3/4 P Front Black IP65 yes 1403 2814(1)
switches I - I+II - II
(1) Padlockable in 3 positions. S01 handle
(2) Can also be used with 6 and 8 pole devices from 16 to 40 A.
External operation handle - SIRCO MV

S0 type handle
No. of Handle External Defeatable
Rating (A) Type poles Operation colour IP handle Reference
Front and side
100 … 160 Switch 3/4 P Black IP55 yes 1491 0111
operation
Front and side
100 … 160 Switch 3/4 P Black IP65 yes 1493 0111
operation
acces_343.eps
Front and side
100 … 160 Switch 3/4 P Red/Yellow IP65 yes 1494 0111
operation
100 … 160 Switch 3/4 P Left side Black IP65 no 149A 9111
100 … 160 Switch 3/4 P Left side Red/Yellow IP65 no 149B 9111 S0 handle
S1 type handle
No. of Handle External Defeatable
Rating (A) Type poles Operation colour IP handle Reference
100 … 160 Switch 3/4 P Front Black IP55 yes 1411 2111
100 … 160 Switch 3/4 P Front Black IP65 yes 1413 2111
acces_284.eps
100 … 160 Switch 3/4 P Front Red/Yellow IP65 yes 1414 2111
100 … 160 Switch 3/4 P Right side Black IP55 no 1415 2111
100 … 160 Switch 3/4 P Right side Black IP65 no 1417 2111
100 … 160 Switch 3/4 P Right side Red/Yellow IP65 no 1418 2111 S1 Handle
100 … 160 Switch 3/4 P Left side Black IP65 no 141A 2111
100 … 160 Switch 3/4 P Left side Red/Yellow IP65 no 141B 2111

from 16 to 160 A
Accessories (continued)
Shaft for external handle
SIRCO M 3/4 P
Rating (A) /
Frame size Handle type Type Length (mm) Reference
S000 / S00 / S0 Switch 150 mm 1407 0515
S000 / S00 / S0 Switch 200 mm 1407 0520
16 ... 125 / S000 / S00 / S0 Switch 320 mm 1407 0532
acces_346.eps
M1… M3 S01 Switch 200 mm 1404 0520
S01 Switch 320 mm 1404 0532
S01 Switch 400 mm 1404 0540
Use
SIRCO M 6/8 pole load break switch and 3/4 pole changeover switch
Shaft lengths:
Rating (A) Handle type Type Length (mm) Reference - 150 mm,
S000, S00 6/8 P and changeover switch 150 mm 1407 0515 - 200 mm,
16 … 80 /
S000, S00 6/8 P and changeover switch 200 mm 1407 0520 - 320 mm,
M1...M2
S000, S00 6/8 P and changeover switch 320 mm 1407 0532
- 400 mm.
S00 6/8 P and changeover switch 150 mm 1409 0615
vŰ
S00 6/8 P and changeover switch 200 mm 1409 0620 For 3/4 pole switches, shaft extensions are
M3
S00 6/8 P and changeover switch 320 mm 1409 0632 for external front and side operation.
S01 6/8 P 200 mm 1404 0520 For 6/8 pole switches and changeover
16 … 40 /
S01 6/8 P 320 mm 1404 0532 switches, shaft extensions are for front
M1
S01 6/8 P 400 mm 1404 0540 operation only.
S01 Changeover switch 200 mm 1404 0520
16 … 80 /
M1 … M2
For SIRCO MV
Rating (A) Handle type Type Length (mm) Reference
100 ... 160 S0 Switch 150 mm 1409 0615
100 ... 160 S0 Switch 200 mm 1409 0620
100 ... 160 S0 Switch 320 mm 1409 0632
100 ... 160 S1 Switch 200 mm 1401 0620
100 ... 160 S1 Switch 320 mm 1401 0632
100 ... 160 S1 Switch 400 mm 1401 0640
Shaft guide for external operation

Use This accessory enables the handle
To guide the shaft extension into the to engage the extension shaft with a
external handle. misalignment of up to 15 mm.
Required for a shaft length over 320 mm.
To be ordered in
Description Handle type multiples of Reference
acces_260.eps
Shaft guide S00 and S0 / S000 10 pieces 1419 0000

Shaft guide S01 and S1 1 piece 1429 0000

from 16 to 160 A
Additional pole for SIRCO M

Switched fourth pole module
Rating (A) / No. of Use
Frame size poles Type Reference Adds one or two poles and
16 / M1 1P switched 2200 1000 transforms:
20 / M1 1P switched 2200 1001
25 / M1 1P switched 2200 1002
- a 3 pole SIRCO M into a 4 pole
32 / M1 1P switched 2200 1003 load break switch,
acces_324.eps
40 / M1 1P switched 2200 1004 - a 6 pole SIRCO M into a 8 pole
acces_322.eps
acces_323.eps
63 / M2 1P switched 2200 1006 load break switch,
80 / M2 1P switched 2200 1008 - a 3 pole SIRCO M into a 4 pole
100 / M3 1P switched 2200 1010 changeover switch.
125 / M3 1P switched 2200 1011
Neutral pole 4th pole Protective earth Neutral pole

module
Frame size poles Type Reference Transforms the 3-pole
16 … 40 / M1 1P unswitched 2200 5005 switch into a 3-pole +
N or PE
N or PE
63 … 80 / M2 1P unswitched 2200 5009 solid neutral.
100 … 125 / M3 1P unswitched 2200 5011
Protective earth module
sircm_078_a_1_gb_cat
N or PE
N or PE
N or PE
N or PE
Frame size poles Type Reference Adds 1 protective
16 … 40 / M1 1P unswitched 2200 9005 earth module pole
63 … 80 / M2 1P unswitched 2200 9009 to the switch-
100 … 125 / M3 1P unswitched 2200 9011 disconnector.
Additional pole configuration
Terminal shrouds
Use
Top and bottom protection against direct contact with the terminals or connection parts.
Available in 1 or 3 pole versions for SIRCO M and in 3 or 4 pole versions for SIRCO MV.
acces_329.eps
acces_328.eps
An opening on each terminal cover makes it possible to insert a temperature measurement probe.
For SIRCO M
Rating (A) / SIRCO MŰ/ SIRCO MŰ/
Frame size No. of poles Position Reference
16 … 40 / M1 1P top and bottom 2294 1005
16 … 40 / M1 3P top and bottom 2294 3005
acces_327.eps
63 … 80 / M2 1P top and bottom 2294 1009

acces_326.eps
63 … 80 / M1 3P top and bottom 2294 3009

100 … 125 / M3 1P top and bottom 2294 1011
100 … 125 / M3 3P top and bottom 2294 3016
For SIRCO MV
Rating (A) No. of poles Position Reference
100 … 160 3P top and bottom 2294 3016 SIRCO MVŰ/
SIRCO MV 3P
100 … 160 4P top and bottom 2294 4016

from 16 to 160 A
M type auxiliary contacts
Use Max 4 auxiliary contacts (2 modules).
Pre-break and signalisation of positions 0 and I Pre-break is not guaranteed on the SIRCO MV. M type
by NO+NC or 2 NO auxiliary contacts. Characteristics
They allow to anticipate the switching of the NO+NC auxiliary contacts: IP2 with front
acces_321_a.eps
acces_320.eps
main poles. They can be mounted on the left operation.
NQNMSGDQHFGSRHCDNESGDCDUHBD Ű
For SIRCO M
Rating (A) / Frame
2 NO NO + NC
size Number of AC Type of AC Reference
1 AC NO + NC 2299 0001
16 … 125 / M1...M3 Auxiliary contacts configurations for SIRCO M
1 AC 2 NO 2299 0011
For SIRCO MV Pre-break No Pre-break
Max: 2 blocks / Max: 2 AC
Rating (A) Number of AC Type of AC Reference
100 … 160 1 AC NO + NC 2299 0001
100 … 160 1 AC 2 NO 2299 0011
Characteristics
Operating current Ie (A)
230 VAC
Contact type Nominal current (A) AC-13 AC-15
NO + NC 10 10 6
Auxiliary contact configurations for SIRCO MV
sircm_188_a_1_x_cat
1 2 1 2 1. Maximum 2 "U" type
auxiliary contacts.
sircm_098_a_1_cat
2. Maximum 2 "M" type

auxiliary contact
modules.
U type
For SIRCO MV
Rating (A) Number of AC Type of AC Reference
100 … 160 1 AC NO 3999 0701
100 … 160 1 AC NC 3999 0702 sircm_048.eps
Characteristics
Use
Contact Nominal 250 VAC 400 VAC 24 VDC 48 VDC
Pre-break and signalisation by NO or NC
type current (A) AC-15 AC-15 DC-13 DC-13
auxiliary contact can be mounted on the device.
NC 10 ŰŰ 1.8 2.8 1.4
Maximum 2 auxiliary contacts. Only available for
NO 10 3 1.8 2.8 1.4
SIRCO MV switches.
Conversion kit
Use
acces_348.eps
It must be ordered together with the handle SIRCO M changeover switches provide on
for external control. load changeover switching between two
This accessory enables the assembly of two sources or two low voltage power circuits, as
3 pole switches (+ additional pole) in order to well as their safety isolation (I - 0 - II); transfer
Conversion kit for 6 or 8 pole load break switches
create : without interruption of the supply is also
- a 6 or 8 pole SIRCO M load break switch, possible (I - I+II - II).
acces_349.eps
- a 3 or 4 pole SIRCO M changeover switch.

Load break switches 6/8 P
Rating (A) /
Frame size Type Reference
Conversion kit for changeover switches I - 0 - II
16 … 80 / M1 … M2 6/8 P switch 2269 6009
acces_350.eps
100 … 125 / M3 6/8 P switch 2269 6011

Changeover switches I - 0 - II Changeover switches I - I+II - II
Rating (A) / Frame size Type Reference Rating (A) / Frame size Type Reference
Changeover Changeover
16 … 80 / M1 … M2 2209 6009 16 … 80 / M1 … M2 2299 6009
switches I - 0 - II switches I - I+II - II Conversion kit for changeover switches
Changeover Changeover I - I+II - II
100 … 125 / M3 2209 6011 100 … 125 / M3 2299 6011
switches I - 0 - II switches I - I+II - II

from 16 to 160 A
Door mounting kit(1)

Use The external handle is quick and easy to
install with the supplied internal locking nut
acces_330.eps
This kit enables a direct mounting of the
acces_331.eps
switch on the door panel, on the right or left mounted on the inside of the enclosure.
side of the panel. 3 kits are available:
The connection clamps of the switch are - one for complete protection IP2X
always accessible. - one with compact design 3/4 poles
- one in steel for 6/8 P and 100/125 A.
For SIRCO M (1) Kit compatible with S00 type handle only.
Rating (A) / Frame size No. of poles Description Reference

3/4 P Complete protection IP2X 2299 3309
16 … 80 / M1 …M2 3/4 P Compact version 2299 3409
acces_332.eps
6/8 P Metallic support 2299 3609
100 ... 125 3/4 P Metallic support 2299 3609
6/8 pole
Cap for side operation mounting

Use
This accessory enables the front face of the This piece snaps into place directly on the front
SIRCO M to be capped when the switch is side face of the switch.
operated. 20 pieces supplied per pack.
For SIRCO M
sircm_126.eps
Rating (A) / Frame size Pack Reference
16 … 125 / M1 … M3 20 pieces 2299 9409
6/8 pole joining accessory

Use
This accessory enables two 3/4 pole For multi-pole switches, please consult us.
switches to be coupled in order to provide
a 6 or 8 pole switch for external side
operation. 40 pieces supplied per pack.
For SIRCO M
sircm_134.eps
Rating (A) / Frame size Pack Reference
16 … 80 / M1 …M2 40 pieces 2299 9909
DIN rail locking clip

Use
This locking clip prevents the SIRCO MV from sliding when
DIN rail mounted.
For SIRCO MV
Rating (A) Type Reference

100 … 160 Locking clip M4 5000 0041
100 … 160 Locking clip M5 5000 0051
acces_337.eps
Voltage sensing and power supply tap

Use This single-pole voltage sensing tap allows
(S@KKNVRBNMMDBSHNMNEW LL£UNKS@FD SGDBNMMDBSHNMNEW LL£UNKS@FD
sensing or power cables. RDMRHMFNQONVDQB@AKDRSN@MX2(1".Ű,5
power terminal without reducing its
acces_336.eps
connection capacity.
For SIRCO MV
Rating (A) Pack Reference
100 … 160 2 pieces 1399 4006

from 16 to 160 A
Characteristics
Characteristics according to IEC 60947-3
Thermal current Ith (40 °C) 16 A 20 A 25 A 32 A 40 A 63 A 80 A 100 A 125 A
Frame size M1 M1 M1 M1 M1 M2 M2 M3 M3
Rated insulation voltage Ui (V) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV) 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
Rated operational currents Ie (A)

Rated voltage Utilisation category A/B(1) A/B(1) A/B(1) A/B(1) A/B(1) A/B(1) A/B(1) A/B(1) A/B(1)
415 VAC AC-20 A / AC-20 B 16/16 20/20 25/25 32/32 40/40 63/63 80/80 100/100 125/125
415 VAC AC-21 A / AC-21 B 16/16 20/20 25/25 32/32 40/40 63/63 80/80 100/100 125/125
415 VAC AC-22 A / AC-22 B 16/16 20/20 25/25 32/32 40/40 63/63 80/80 100/100 125/125
415 VAC AC-23 A / AC-23 B 16/16 20/20 25/25 32/32 40/40 63/63 80/80 100/100 125/125
500 VAC AC-20 A / AC-20 B 16/16 20/20 25/25 32/32 40/40 63/63 80/80 100/100 125/125
500 VAC AC-21 A / AC-21 B 16/16 20/20 25/25 32/32 40/40 63/63 80/80 100/100 125/125
500 VAC AC-22 A / AC-22 B 16/16 20/20 25/25 32/32 40/40 63/63 80/80 100/100 125/125
500 VAC AC-23 A / AC-23 B 16/16 20/20 25/25 25/25 25/25 63/63 63/63 80/80 100/100
690 VAC AC-20 A / AC-20 B 16/16 20/20 25/25 32/32 40/40 63/63 80/80 100/100 125/125
690 VAC AC-21 A / AC-21 B 16/16 20/20 25/25 32/32 40/40 63/63 80/80 100/100 125/125
690 VAC AC-22 A / AC-22 B 16/16 20/20 25/25 32/32 32/40 40/63 63/80 80/100 100/125
690 VAC AC-23 A / AC-23 B 16/16 20/20 25/25 25/25 25/25 40/40 40/40 63/63 63/63
110 VDC DC-20 A / DC-20 B 16/16 20/20 25/25 32/32 40/40 63/63 80/80 100/100 125/125
110 VDC DC-21 A / DC-21 B 16/16(2) 20/20(2) 25/25(2) 32/32(2) 40/40(2) 63/63(2) 80/80(2) 100/100(2) 125/125(2)
250 VDC DC-20 A / DC-20 B 16/16 20/20 25/25 32/32 40/40 63/63 80/80 100/100 125/125
250 VDC DC-21 A / DC-21 B 16/16(3) 20/20(3) 25/25(3) 32/32(3) 40/40(3) 63/63(3) 80/80(3) 100/100(3) 125/125(3)
400 VDC DC-20 A / DC-20 B 16/16 20/20 25/25 32/32 40/40 63/63 80/80 100/100 125/125
400 VDC DC-21 A / DC-21 B 16/16(4) 20/20(4) 25/25(4) 25/25(4) 25/25(4) 40/40(4) 40/40(4) 63/63(4) 63/63(4)
Operational power in AC-23 (kW)

400 VAC without pre-break AC (kW)(5) 7.5 9 11 15 18.5 30 37 45 55
500 VAC without pre-break AC (kW)(5) 7.5 9 11 15 18.5 30 37 45 55
690 VAC without pre-break AC (kW)(5) 7.5 11 15 15 15 30 37 45 55
Fuse protected short-circuit withstand (kA rms prospective)(6)

Prospective short-circuit current (kA rms) 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 25 25
Associated fuse rating (A) 16 20 25 32 40 63 80 100 125
Circuit breaker protected short-circuit withstand with any circuit breaker that ensures tripping in less than 0.3s
Rated short-time withstand current 0.3s. Icw (kA rms) 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 3 3 5 5
Short-circuit capacity (without protection)

Rated short-time withstand current 1s. Icw (kA rms) 1.26 1.26 1.26 1.26 1.26 1.5 1.5 2.75 2.75
Rated peak withstand current (kA peak)(6) 6 6 6 6 6 9 9 12 12
Connection
,HMHLTL"TB@AKDBQNRRRDBSHNMLL£ 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 2.5 2.5 10 10
,@WHLTL"TB@AKDBQNRRRDBSHNMLL£ 16 16 16 16 16 35 35 70 70
Tightening torque min/max (Nm) 2 / 2.2 2 / 2.2 2 / 2.2 2 / 2.2 2 / 2.2 3.5 / 3.85 3.5 / 3.85 4/4.4 4/4.4
Mechanical characteristics
Durability (number of operating cycles) 100 000 100 000 100 000 100 000 100 000 100 000 100 000 100 000 100 000
Operating effort - 3 pole device (Nm) 1 1 1 1 1 1.4 1.4 1.6 1.6
Operating effort - 4 pole device (Nm) 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.6 1.6 2 2
Weight of a 3 pole device (kg) 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.18 0.27 0.27 0.55 0.55
(1) Category with index A = frequent operation - (4) 4-pole device with 2 poles in series per polarity.
Category with index B = infrequent operation. (5) The power value is given for information only, the current values vary from one manufacturer
(2) One pole per polarity. to another.
(3) 3-pole device with 2 poles in series for the "+" and 1 pole for the "-". (6) For a rated operational voltage Ue = 415 VAC.

from 16 to 160 A
Characteristics
SIRCO MV - from 100 to 160 A

Thermal current Ith (40 °C) 100 A 125 A 160 A
Rated insulation voltage Ui (V) 800 800 800
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV) 8 8 8

Rated voltage Utilisation category A/B(1) A/B(1) A/B(1)
415 VAC AC-20 A / AC-20 B 100/100 125/125 160/160
415 VAC AC-21 A / AC-21 B 100/100 125/125 160/160
415 VAC AC-22 A / AC-22 B 100/100 125/125 160/160
415 VAC AC-23 A / AC-23 B 100/100 125/125 125/160
500 VAC AC-20 A / AC-20 B 100/100 125/125 160/160
500 VAC AC-21 A / AC-21 B 100/100 125/125 160/160
500 VAC AC-22 A / AC-22 B 100/100 125/125 125/160
500 VAC AC-23 A / AC-23 B 80/80 100/100 100/100
690 VAC AC-20 A / AC-20 B 100/100 125/125 160/160
690 VAC AC-21 A / AC-21 B 100/100 125/125 160/160
690 VAC AC-22 A / AC-22 B 63/80 80/100 100/125
690 VAC AC-23 A / AC-23 B 63/63 80/80 80/80
110 VDC DC-20 A / DC-20 B 100/100 125/125 160/160

110 VDC DC-21 A / DC-21 B 100/100(2) 125/125(2) 160/160(2)
250 VDC DC-20 A / DC-20 B 100/100 125/125 160/160
250 VDC DC-21 A / DC-21 B 100/100(3) 125/125(3) 160/160(3)
400 VDC DC-20 A / DC-20 B 100/100 125/125 160/160
400 VDC DC-21 A / DC-21 B 100/100(4) 125/125(4) 160/160(4)

400 VAC without pre-break AC (kW)(5) 45 55 75
Fuse protected short-circuit withstand (kA rms prospective)(6)

Prospective short-circuit current (kA rms) 100 65 50
Associated fuse rating (A) 100 125 160
Rated short-time withstand current 0.3s. Icw (kA rms) 7 7 7
Short-circuit capacity (without protection)

Rated short-time withstand current 1s. Icw (kA rms) 4 4 4
Rated peak withstand current (kA peak)(6) 12 12 12
Connection
,HMHLTL"TB@AKDBQNRRRDBSHNMLL£ 10 10 10
,@WHLTL"TB@AKDBQNRRRDBSHNMLL£ 70 70 70
Tightening torque min/max (Nm) 4 / 4.4 4 / 4.4 4 / 4.4
Durability (number of operating cycles) 50 000 50 000 50 000
Operating effort - 3 pole device (Nm) 4 4 4
Operating effort - 4 pole device (Nm) 4.2 4.2 4.2
Weight of a 3 pole device (kg) 0.68 0.68 0.68
Weight of a 4 pole device (kg) 0.85 0.85 0.85
(1) Category with index A = frequent operation - Category with index B = infrequent operation.
(2) One pole per polarity.
(3) 2 poles in series for the "+" and 1 pole for the "-".
(4) 2 poles in series per polarity.
(5) The power value is given for information only, the current values vary from one manufacturer to another.
(6) For a rated operational voltage Ue = 415 VAC.

from 16 to 160 A
Dimensions
SIRCO M1 and M2 16 to 80 A
Toggle operation Direct operation with handle
81 F 75 F
73 M 1 1
64 64 M 2
2 1
1 2
2
sircm_052_b_1_x_cat
sircm_053_b_1_x_cat
AC
AC
68
90°
68
N
G
N
6 8.8 F1 T F1 8.8 6 8.8 F1 T F1 8.8
50 M5 50 M5
1. Location for: 1 switched fourth pole module (1 per device max.) or 1 unswitched neutral pole 1. Location for: 1 switched fourth pole module (1 per device max.) or 1 unswitched neutral pole
or 1 protective earth module or 1 auxiliary contact. or 1 protective earth module or 1 auxiliary contact.
2. Position for 1 auxiliary contact module only. 2. Position for 1 auxiliary contact module only.
Note: max 2 additional blocks. Note: max 2 additional blocks.
External front operation External side operation

36 E
81 36 D F D 36
M
64 1
50.6 J 2
1
B C 2
A
ø 71
AC
45
68
80
sircm_054_e_1_x_cat
41
25
44 8.8 F1 F1 8.8
6 T
M5
50
1. Location for: 1 switched fourth pole module (1 per device max.) or 1 unswitched neutral pole A. S000 Handle
or 1 protective earth module or 1 auxiliary contact. B. S01 Handle
2. Position for 1 auxiliary contact module only. C. S00 Handle.
Note: max 2 additional blocks.
Terminal
Rating (A) / Overall dimensions shrouds Switch body Switch mounting Connection
Frame size D min D max E min E max AC F F1 G J M N T
16 … 40 / M1 30 235 100 372 110 45 15 68 15 30 75 15
63 … 80 / M2 30 235 100 372 110 52.5 17.5 76 17.5 35 85 17.5

from 16 to 160 A
SIRCO M1 and M2 16 to 80 A (continued)

Direct front operation for External front operation for 6/8-pole load break switches or
6/8-pole load break switches or 3/4-pole changeover switches 3/4-pole changeover switches
F
J 89
F2
1 1 78 E A B C
X M 52.5
2 2
ø 71
sircm_182_d_1_x_cat
68
45
80
N
G
45
25
6 36 44
8.8 F1 F1 8.8 43 34.7
T T 7.5
52.5
1. Location for: 1 switched fourth pole module (1 per device max.) or 1 unswitched neutral pole or 1 protective earth A. S000 handle
module or 1 auxiliary contact. B. S00 handle
2. Position for 1 auxiliary contact module only. C. S01 handle
Rating (A) / Overall dimensions Switch body Switch mounting Connection

Frame size E min E max F F1 F2 G J M N T X
16 … 40 / M1 105 372 97.5 15 45 68 48.75 30 75 15 7.5
63 … 80 / M2 105 372 105 17.5 52.5 76 52.5 35 85 17.5 8.75
SIRCO M3 100 to 125 A

Direct operation with handle
75 F 1
64 M 2
1
2
AC
1. Location for: 1 switched fourth pole module (1 per device max.) or 1 unswitched
G
neutral pole or 1 protective earth module or 1 auxiliary contact.

sircm_056_d_1_x_cat
2. Position for 1 auxiliary contact module only.

6
8.8 F1 T F1 8.8
53
M5
37 E
81 D D
64 37 F 37
50.6 M 1
1 J
2 2
A B
sircm_057_d_1_x_cat
ø 71
AC
80
88
41
44
6
8.8 F1 T F1 8.8
53 M5
1. Location for: 1 switched fourth pole module (1 per device max.) or 1 2. Position for 1 auxiliary contact module only. A. S01 handle
unswitched neutral pole or 1 protective earth module or 1 auxiliary contact. Note: max 2 additional blocks. B. S00 handle
Rating (A) / Overall dimensions Terminal shrouds Switch body Switch mounting Connection
Frame size D min D max E min E max AC F F1 G J M N T
100 … 125 / M3 30 201 100 372 189 78 26 124.6 13 26 131.4 26

from 16 to 160 A
Dimensions (continued)
SIRCO M3 6/8 P and changeover switch M3 100 to 125 A
Direct front operation for 3/4 pole changeover switches External front operation for 3/4 pole changeover switches
84.5
79.6
M 50 E 36
1
13.8
2
ø 71
68
G
N
sircm_183_e_1_x_cat
F1 T 100 6
8.8
79.6
1. Location for: 1 main pole or 1 auxiliary contact (See accessory pages)
F 2. Position for 1 auxiliary contact module only.
Rating (A) / Overall dimensions Switch body Switch mounting Connection

Frame size E min E max F F1 G M N T
100 … 125 / M3 105 372 159 26 124.5 52.8 131.5 26
SIRCO MV 100 to 160 A

Direct front operation External front operation
110 min.
2 A 2 B 357 max. C D
76 109 135 69,9 37 44
64 35 26 61 29,5
8,8 8,8
sircm_058_c_1_x_cat
124,6
131,4
ø 71
189
88
70
6 26
53 M5 1
A. 3 poles C. S0 type handle 1. Maximum 4 "M" type auxiliary contacts
B. 4 poles D. S1 type handle 2. Maximum 2 "U" type auxiliary contacts
External side operation

A B C 30 min. D E F
69,9 109 135 300 max. 37 44 69,9
50,6 26 57 83
8,8 8,8
131,4
124,6
ø 71
189
sircm_059_d_1_x_cat
88
70
1
6 26 2 1 2
53 M5
A. Right side operation D. S0 type handle 1. Maximum 4 "M" type auxiliary contacts
B. 3 poles E. S1 type handle 2. Maximum 2 "U" type auxiliary contacts
C. 4 poles F. Left side operation

from 16 to 160 A
Dimensions for external handles

SIRCO M1 and M2
Front operation Side operation

Handle type Direction of operation Direction of operation Door drilling
S000 type Right side operation With 4 fixing screws With fixing nut
Load break switches I I
° °
90 90
3.2
Ø 27
Ø 22.5
45
poign_016_a_1_gb_cat
22
0 0
13.5
45 25
Ø 3.2
36
Front operation
Handle type Direction of operation Door drilling
S000 type 0 With 4 fixing screws With fixing nut

Transfer switches or
I-0-II and I - I+II - II I+II
90
°
°
90
Ø 22.5
Ø 27
45
poign_017_b_1_gb_cat
22
I II
45 25
3.2
Ø 3.2
36 13.5

S00 type Right side operation IP55 with 2 fixing clips IP65 with 4 fixing screws
Load break switches 40 40
I I
° °
90 90
Ø71 2Ø7 4Ø7
71
0 0
28
28
36
Ø 37 Ø 31
Left side operation With fixing nut
I 3
90
°
13.5
Ø 22.5
Front operation
S00 type
0 IP55 with 2 fixing clips IP65 with 4 fixing screws With fixing nut
Transfer switches
or 13.5
I-0-II and I - I+II - II
I+II Ø 37 Ø 37
Ø 22.5
Ø71 90
°
°
90
40
40
3
71
I II
36 2Ø7 4Ø7
28 28

from 16 to 160 A

SIRCO M1 and M2 - 3/4 P and 6/8 P

S01 type Right side operation IP65 with 4 fixing screws

Load break switches
I I
0° 0° Ø 37
9 9
Ø78
40
80
0 0
41
4Ø7
44 28
Front operation
S01 type 0 IP65 with 4 fixing screws

Transfer switches
or
I-0-II and I - I+II - II 40
I+II
90 4Ø7
°
°
90
Ø78
I II
28
80
41
Ø 37
44
SIRCO M3
I I
9 0° 9 0°
Ø71 2Ø7 4Ø7
0 0
88
28
28
37 Ø 37 Ø 31
Left side operation

With fixing nut
I
3
90
°
13.5
Ø 22.5

S01 type Right side operation IP65 with 4 fixing screws

Load break switches
I I
° ° Ø 37
90 90
Ø78
40
80
0 0
41
4Ø7
44 28

from 16 to 160 A
SIRCO MV

I I
° °
90 90
Ø71 2Ø7 4Ø7
0 0
88
28
28
37 Ø 37 Ø 31
Left side operation

With fixing nut
I
3
90
°
13.5
0
Ø 22.5

0 I
90
°
°
90
2Ø7 4Ø7
Ø78
I 0
28
28
70
Ø 37 Ø 31
44 Left side operation
I poign_027_a_1_gb_cat
90
°

SIRCO
Load break switches for power distribution
from 125 to 5000 A
Load break switches
The solution for

> Main switchboard
> Distribution panel
> Emergency breaking
sirco_456.psd
> Network coupling
> Local safety breaking
sirco-ac_001.psd
SIRCO 3 x 250 A
direct operation
SIRCO AC 3 x 250 A
direct handle
Strong points
> Reliability and performance
Function > Safety of property
and personnel
SIRCO and 6,5&2b$&are manually or remotely operated multipolar load break switches.
> Simplicity
They make and break under load conditions and provide safe isolation.
> Easy to install
SIRCO are designed for 415 VAC and DC low voltage electrical circuits.
SIRCO AC are designed for heavy duty applications up to 1000 VAC - AC 23.
Compliance with standards
General characteristics
> IEC 60947-3
• Double positive break indication given through a position indication window, located directly
on the product, and by the operating handle.
• Severe load duty categories (AC-22 and AC-23).
• High resistance to damp heat (supplied "tropicalised").
Approvals and certifications(1)
Advantages
5HOLDELOLW\DQGSHUIRUPDQFH 6LPSOLFLW\
The double breaking per pole, achieved The standardisation of the SIRCO and B U R E A U
through its sliding bar contact system, is a 2(1".Ű "Q@MFD@MCHSRVHCDBGNHBDNE VERITAS
proven design that offers very high durability common accessories enable: (1) Product reference on request.
and short-circuit withstand. Improved • Simple mounting.
breaking performance with quick opening and • Reduced stock management
rapid closure. and storage costs. Enclosures
> 7KH6,5&2DQG6,5&2}$&
6DIHW\RISURSHUW\ (DV\WRLQVWDOO range can be easily fitted in
DQGSHUVRQQHO The outdoors ranges are easy our enclosures and cabinets
The position indicator is located directly on to install thanks to: designed for electrical
the sliding bar contact mechanism, ensuring it distribution.
• A good centre-to-centre distance
can be seen in all circumstances.
(up to 120 mm).
The use of glass fibre reinforced polyester
• Connection up to 6 x 185 mm².
gives the SIRCO and SIRCO AC both high
• Connection accessories which facilitate
mechanical and thermal resistance.
both flat and edgewise connections.

SIRCO
from 125 to 5000 A

• In front GLUHFW or H[WHUQDO operation, SIRCO
is available in 3 and 4-pole versions from
125 to 5000 A.
• It can be ordered in 6 or 8-pole versions
from 125 to 1600 A.
• SIRCO is available in a polyester or sheet
metal enclosure from 125 to 1250 A.
sirco_372.eps
For ratings 2000, 2500 and 3200A, a copper EDUFRQQHFWLRQNLW enables the
connection between the two power terminals of one pole.
)ODWFRQQHFWLRQ (GJHZLVHFRQQHFWLRQ
top or bottom top or bottom
acces_223_b_2_cat.eps
acces_220.eps

SIRCO
from 125 to 5000 A
SIRCO - References
6WDQGDUGDSSOLFDWLRQV)URQWRSHUDWLRQ SROH
Rating (A) / Shaft for external
Frame size No. of poles Switch body(1) Direct handle External handle handle Auxiliary contact Terminal shrouds Terminal screens
3P 2600 3014 J0 type
125 A / B3 3P 3P
4P 2600 4014 Black
2694 3014(3) 2698 3012(3)
1102 1111(2)
3P 2600 3017 4P 4P
Red
160 A / B3 2694 4014(3) 2698 4012(3)
4P 2600 4017 1103 1111
3P 2600 3021
200 A / B4 3P 3P
4P 2600 4021 S2 type 2694 3021(3) 2698 3020(3)
200 mm 4P 4P
3P 2600 3026 Black IP55
250 A / B4 1400 1020 2694 4021(3) 2698 4020(3)
4P 2600 4026 1421 2111(2)
320 mm
Black IP65
3P 2600 3032 J1 type 1400 1032(2)
315 A / B5 1423 2111
Black 500 mm
4P 2600 4032 Red IP65
1112 1111 1400 1050
3P 2600 3041 1424 2111
400 A / B5 Red 3P 3P
4P 2600 4041 1113 1111 2694 3051(3) 2698 3050(3)
3P 2600 3051 4P 4P
500 A / B5 2694 4051(3) 2698 4050(3)
4P 2600 4051
3P 2600 3064
630 A / B5
4P 2600 4064
1st NO/NC contact
3P 2600 3081 2699 0031
800 A / B6
4P 2600 4081 2nd NO/NC contact
2699 0032 3P
1000 A / 3P 2600 3099 2698 3080(3)
B6 4P 2600 4099 4P
200 mm 2698 4080(3)
CD 1250 A / 3P 2600 3119 J4 type Type S4
1401 1520
B6 4P 2600 4119 Blue Black IP65
320 mm
1142 1111(2) 1443 3111(2)
1250 A / 3P 2600 3121 1401 1532(2)
Red Red IP65
B7 400 mm
4P 2600 4121 1143 1111 1444 3111
1401 1540 3P
1600 A / 3P 2600 3161 2698 3120(3)
B7 4P 2600 4161 4P
2698 4120(3)
1800 A / 3P 2600 3181
-
B7 4P 2600 4181
2000 A / 3P 2600 3200
B8 4P 2600 4200 S5 type V2 type
3P
3P 2600 3250 Black Black IP65
2500 A / 2698 3200(3)
2799 7042(2) 2799 7136(2) 200 mm
B8 4P 2600 4250 4P
Red Red IP65 2799 3015 2698 4200(3)
3200 A / 3P 2600 3320 2799 7043 2799 7134 320 mm
B8 4P 2600 4320 2799 3018(2)
450 mm
4000 A / 3P 2600 3401 2799b
B9 4P 2600 4401 V0 type V0 type 1st/2nd NO/NC
Black Black IP65 contact -
5000 A / 3P 2600 3500 2799 7072(2) 2799 7155(2) included
B9 4P 2600 4500
(1) Device available enclosed, see "Enclosed load break switches" pages.
(2) Standard.
(3) Top or bottom.

SIRCO
from 125 to 5000 A
SIRCO AC - References
+HDY\GXW\DSSOLFDWLRQV)URQWRSHUDWLRQ SROH
Frame size No. of poles Switch body Direct handle External handle handle Auxiliary contact Terminal shrouds Terminal screens
200 A / 3P 26AC 3020

B4 4P 26AC 4020
3P 3P
250 A / 3P 26AC 3025 2694 3021(2)(3) 2698 3020(3)
B4 4P 26AC 4025 S2 type 4P 4P
Black 2694 4021(2)(3) 2698 4020(3)
315 A / 3P 26AC 3031 J1 type IP55 200 mm
B4 Black 1421 2111(1) 1400 1020
4P 26AC 4031 1112 1111 (1)
Black 320 mm
3P 26AC 3040 J1 type IP65 1400 1032(1)
400 A / Red 1423 2111 500 mm
B5 4P 26AC 4040 1113 1111 Red 1400 1050
IP65 3P 3P
500 A / 3P 26AC 3050 1424 2111 2694 3051(2)(3) 2698 3050(3)
B5 4P 26AC 4050 4P 4P
2694 4051(2)(3) 2698 4050(3)
CD 630 A / 3P 26AC 3063
B5 4P 26AC 4063
630 A / 3P 26AC 3064

1st contact NO/NC
B6 4P 26AC 4064 2699 0031
2nd contact NO/NC
800 A / 3P 26AC 3080 2699 0032
B6 3P
4P 26AC 4080 2698 3080(2)(3)
3P 26AC 3100 S4 type 4P
1000 A / 200 mm
J4 type Black
1401 1520 2698 4080(2)(3)
B6 4P 26AC 4100 Blue IP65
320 mm
1142 1111(1) 1443 3111(1)
3P 26AC 3120 1401 1532(1)
"#Ű Ű Red Red
400 mm
B6 1143 1111 IP65
4P 26AC 4120 1401 1540
1444 3111
1250 A / 3P 26AC 3121
B7 3P
4P 26AC 4121 2698 3120(2)(3)
3P 26AC 3160 4P
1600 A / 2698 4120(2)(3)
B7 4P 26AC 4160
S5 type S5 type 3P
3P 26AC 3200
Black Black IP65
2000 A / (1) 200 mm 2698 3200(2)(3)
2799 7042 1453 8111(1) 2799 3015
B8 4P
Red Red IP65
4P 26AC 4200 320 mm 2698 4200(2)(3)
2799 7043 1454 8111 2799 3018 (1)
450 mm
3P V0 type V0 type
4000 A / 2799 3019 1st / 2nd 3/4P
consult us Black Black
B9
4P 2799 7072 (1)
2799 7155 (1) included 1509 4200(4)
(1) Standard.
(2) Mandatory for voltage greater than 415 VAC.
(3) Top or bottom.
(4) Top and bottom.

SIRCO
from 125 to 5000 A
SIRCO - References
6WDQGDUGDSSOLFDWLRQV)URQWRSHUDWLRQ SROH
Frame size No. of poles Switch body Direct handle External handle handle Auxiliary contact Terminal shrouds Terminal screens
6P 2601 6013
125 A / B3DS
J2 type S2 type
8P 2601 8013 200 mm 6P 6P
Black Black IP55
1400 1020 2694 3014(2)(3) 1509 3012(4)
1122 1111(1) 1421 2111(1)
320 mm 8P 8P
Red Red IP65
6P 2601 6016 1400 1032(1) 2694 4014(2)(3) 1509 4012(4)
1123 1111 1424 2111
160 A / B3DS
8P 2601 8016
6P 2601 6025 6P 6P
2694 3021(2)(3) 1509 3025(4)
250 A / B4DS 8P
8P
8P 2601 8025 2694 4021(2)(3) 1509 4025(4)
J3 type Type S4
6P 2601 6040 200 mm
Black Black IP65
(1) 1401 1520
400 A / B5DS 1132 1111 1443 3111(1)
320 mm
Red Red IP65 6P 6P
8P 2601 8040 1401 1532(1)
1133 1111 1444 3111 2694 3051(2)(3) 1509 3063(4)
8P 8P
6P 2601 6063 1st NO/NC contact 2694 4051(2)(3) 1509 4063(4)
2699 0061
630 A / B5DS
2nd NO/NC contact
8P 2601 8063 2699 0062
6P 2601 6080
800 A / B6DS
8P 2601 8080
6P 2601 6100 6P
1509 3080(4)
1000 A / B6DS
J4 type 8P
8P 2601 8100 Blue Type V1 1509 4080(4)
320 mm
1142 1111(2) Black IP65 -
2799 3018(1)
6P 2601 6120 Red 2799 7145(1)
1143 1111
1250 A / B7DS
8P 2601 8120
6P 2601 6160 6P
1509 3160(4)
1600 A / B7DS
8P
8P 2601 8160 1509 4160(4)
(1) Standard.
(2) Top or bottom on the front or rear of the device.
(3) Select 2 sets for front or rear.
(4) Top or bottom at the front of the device.

SIRCO
from 125 to 5000 A
Accessories
SIRCO direct operation handle
No. of Handle
Rating (A) / Frame size poles type Handle colour Reference
125 … 160 / B3 Ű/ J0 Black 1102 1111(1)
125 … 160 / B3 Ű/ J0 Red 1103 1111
125 … 160 / B3DS Ű/ J2 Black 1122 1111(1)
125 … 160 / B3DS Ű/ J2 Red 1123 1111
200 ... 630 / B4-B5 Ű/ J1 Black 1112 1111(1)
acces_483_front.eps
200 ... 630 / B4-B5 Ű/ J1 Red 1113 1111
acces_286.eps
acces_355.eps
250 … 630 / B4DS-B5DS Ű/ J3 Black 1132 1111(1)
250 … 630 / B4DS-B5DS Ű/ J3 Red 1133 1111
800 ... 1800 / B6...B7 Ű/ J4 Blue 1142 1111(1)
800 ... 1800 / B6...B7 Ű/ J4 Red 1143 1111
J1 type J4 type S5 type
800 ... 1600 / B6DS-B7DS Ű/ J4 Blue 1142 1111(1) handle handle handle
800 ... 1600 / B6DS-B7DS Ű/ J4 Red 1143 1111
1800 ... 3200 / B8 3/4P S5 Black 2799 7042 (1)
1800 ... 3200 / B8 3/4P S5 Red 2799 7043
4000 … 5000 / B9 Ű/ V0 Black 2799 7072 (1)
(1) Standard.
SIRCO AC direct operation handle

No. of Handle
Rating (A) / Frame size poles type Handle colour Reference
200 … CD 630 / B4 … B5 3/4 P J1 Black 1112 1111(1)
200 … CD 630 / B4 … B5 3/4 P J1 Red 1113 1111
630 … 1600 / B6 … B7 3/4 P J4 Blue 1142 1111(1)
630 … 1600 / B6 … B7 3/4 P J4 Red 1143 1111
2000 / B8 3/4 P S5 Black 2799 7042(1)
2000 / B8 3/4 P S5 Red 2799 7043
4000 / B9 3/4 P V0 Black 2799 7072(1)
(1) Standard.
Door interlocked external operation handle

8VH
SIRCO and SIRCO AC external front operation handle
Door interlocked external operation handles include an
Rating (A) / Frame size
No. of Handle Handle External
escutcheon, are padlockable and must be utilised with
SIRCO SIRCO AC poles type colour IP(1) Reference an extension shaft.
Black IP55 1421 2111(2)
125 ... 630 / 200 … CD 630 /
3/4 P Black IP65 1423 2111
B3 ... B5 B4 … B5
Red IP65 1424 2111
S2
Black IP55 1421 2111(2)
125 … 160 /
acces_150.eps
6/8 P Black IP65 1423 2111

B3DS
Red IP65 1424 2111
250 ... 630 / - Black IP65 1443 3111
6/8 P S4
B4DS-B5DS Red IP65 1444 3111 S2 type handle
800 ... 1600 /
6/8 P V1 Black IP65 2799 7145(2)
B6DS-B7DS
800 ... 1800 / 630 … 1600 / Black IP65 1443 3111(2)
3/4 P S4
B6-B7 B6 … B7 Red IP65 1444 3111
Black IP65 2799 7136(2)
V2
2000 ... 3200 Red IP65 2799 7134
2000 / B8 3/4 P
acces_286.eps
/ B8
acces_151.eps
Black IP65 1453 8111

acces_152.eps
S5
Red IP65 1454 8111
4000 … 5000
4000 / B9 3/4 P V0 Black IP65 2799 7155(2)
/ B9
(1) IP: protection degree according to IEC 60529 standard. S3 type handle S4 type handle S5 type handle
(2) Standard.

SIRCO
from 125 to 5000 A
Shaft for external operation
)RUSROH6,5&2DQG6,5&2$& 8VH Other lengths available:
Rating (A) / Frame size Standard lengths: - please consult us.
SIRCO SIRCO AC Dimension X (mm) Length (mm) Reference - 200 mm
125 … 250 200 1400 1020 - 250 mm
125 … 300 250 1400 1025 - 300 mm
125 ... 160 /
125 … 370 320 1400 1032 - 400 mm
B3
125 … 550 500 1400 1050 - 500 mm
125 … 850 750 1400 1075 - 750 mm
135 … 265 200 1400 1020
135 … 315 250 1400 1025
200 ... 250 / 200 … 315 /
acces_368.eps
135 … 385 320 1400 1032
B4 B4
135 … 565 500 1400 1050
135 … 880 750 1400 1075
165 … 295 200 1400 1020
165 … 345 250 1400 1025
315 ... 630 / 400 … CD 630 /
165 … 415 320 1400 1032
B5 B5
165 … 595 500 1400 1050
165 … 940 750 1400 1075
221 … 343 200 1401 1520
800 ... 1800 / 630 … 1600 /
221 … 463 320 1401 1532
B6...B7 B6 … B7
acces_144.eps
221 … 543 400 1401 1540
415 … 570 200 2799 3015
2000 ... 3200 / 2000 /
415 … 690 320 2799 3018
B8 B8
415 … 820 450 2799 3019
4000 … 5000 / 550 … 680 200 2799 3015
4000 / B9
B9 651 … 921 320 2799 3018
)RUSROH6,5&2
Rating (A) / Frame size Dimension X (mm) Length (mm) Reference
125 … 160 / B3DS 270 ... 436 200 1400 1020
125 … 160 / B3DS 270 ... 556 320 1400 1032
acces_202_a_1_x_cat
250 ... 630 / B4DS-B5DS 221 ... 308 200 1401 1520
250 ... 630 / B4DS-B5DS 221 ... 428 320 1401 1532
250 ... 630 / B4DS-B5DS 221 ... 508 400 1401 1540 X
Alternative handle cover colours

8VH
For S type handles.
To be ordered in
Handle colour multiples of Handle type Reference
Light grey 50 S2, S3 1401 0001
acces_198.eps
Dark grey 50 S2, S3 1401 0011

Light grey 50 S4 1401 0031
Dark grey 50 S4 1401 0041
S type cover
S type handle adapter
8VH
Adds 12 mm to the depth of the handle.
To be ordered in
Handle colour multiples of External IP(1) Reference
Black 1 IP65 1493 0000
(1) IP: protection degree according to IEC 60529 standard.
acces_187.eps

SIRCO
from 125 to 5000 A

8VH
For use with S-type handles, to guide the shaft extension into the external handle. This accessory
enables the handle to engage the extension shaft with a misalignment of up to 15 mm.
Recommended for shaft lengths over 320 mm.
acces_260.eps
Description Reference
Shaft guide 1429 0000
Auxiliary contact
8VH &KDUDFWHULVWLFV
Pre-break and signalling of positions 0 and I: NO/NC A/C: IP2 with front operation.
- 1 to 2 NO/NC auxiliary contacts. &RQQHFWLRQWRWKHFRQWUROFLUFXLW
- 1 to 4 NO+NC auxiliary contacts. 6.35 mm fast-on terminal.
- 1 to 2 low level NO/NC auxiliary contacts. (OHFWULFDOFKDUDFWHULVWLFV
30 000 operations.
acces_065.eps
NO/NC contact for 3/4 pole SIRCO and SIRCO AC
Rating (A) / Frame size Position A/C Reference
125 … 3200 / B3 … B8 1st 2699 0031
125 … 3200 / B3 … B8 2nd 2699 0032
4000 … 5000 /B9 1st/2nd included
acces_076.eps
NO/NC contact for 6/8 pole SIRCO
125 … 1600 / B3DS … B7DS 1st 2699 0061
125 … 1600 / B3DS … B7DS 2nd 2699 0062
NO+NC contact for 3/4 pole SIRCO and SIRCO AC

125 … 3200 / B3 … B8 1st 2699 0141
125 … 3200 / B3 … B8 2nd/3rd/4th 2699 0142
NO/NC low level contact for 3/4 pole SIRCO and SIRCO AC
125 … 3200 / B3 … B8 1st 2699 0301
125 … 3200 / B3 … B8 2nd 2699 0302
&KDUDFWHULVWLFV
Current 230 VAC 400 VAC 24 VDC 48 VDC
Rating (A) / Frame size Contact type nominal (A) AC-12 AC-13/15 AC-12 AC-13/15 DC-12 DC-13 DC-14 DC-12 DC-13 DC-14
125 … 3200 / B3 … B8 NO/NC 16 16 4 12 3 2.5 2.5 1 2.5 1.2 0.2
125 … 3200 / B3 … B8 NO + NC 16 16 4 16 3 16 5 1 2.5 1.2 0.2
Inter-phase barrier
8VH
Safe isolation between the terminals, essential for use at 690 VAC or in a polluted or dusty
atmosphere.
)RUSROHV6,5&2DQG6,5&2$&
SIRCO SIRCO AC No. of poles Reference
125 … 160 / B3 3P 2998 0033
125 … 160 / B3 4P 2998 0034
acces_036.eps
200 … 250 / B4 200 … 315 / B4 3P 2998 0023

200 … 250 / B4 200 … 315 / B4 4P 2998 0024
315 … 630 / B5 315 … CD 630 / B5 3P 2998 0013
315 … 630 / B5 315 … CD 630 / B5 4P 2998 0014
800 … 5000 / B6 … B9 630 … 4000 / B6 … B9 3P included
800 … 5000 / B6 … B9 630 … 4000 / B6 … B9 4P included

SIRCO
from 125 to 5000 A
Terminal shrouds
Use Advantage
Top or bottom protection against direct Perforations allow remote thermographic
contact with terminals or connection parts. inspection without the need to remove the
shrouds. The terminal shrouds also provide
phase separation for SIRCO and SIRCO AC
from 125 to 630 A.
SIRCO SIRCO AC No. of poles Position Reference
125 ... 160 / B3 3P top or bottom 2694 3014(1)
acces_077.eps
125 ... 160 / B3 4P top or bottom 2694 4014(2)
200 ... 250 / B4 200 … 315 / B4 3P top or bottom 2694 3021(1)
200 ... 250 / B4 200 … 315 / B4 4P top or bottom 2694 4021(2)
315 ... 630 / B5 400 … CD 630 / B5 3P top or bottom 2694 3051(1)
315 ... 630 / B5 400 … CD 630 / B5 4P top or bottom 2694 4051(2)
(1) Reference includes 3 parts for top or bottom protection.
(2) Reference includes 4 parts for top or bottom protection.
)RUSROH6,5&2
Rating (A) / Frame size No. of poles Position Reference
125 ... 160 / B3DS 6P Top or bottom 2694 3014(1)(3)
250 / B4DS 6P Top or bottom 2694 3021(1)(3)
250 / B4DS 8P Top or bottom 2694 4021(2)(3)
(1) Reference includes 3 parts for top or bottom protection on the front or rear of the device.
(2) Reference includes 4 parts for top or bottom protection on the front or rear of the device.
(3) Select 2 sets for front or rear.
Distribution block
8VH
Easy connection of multiple cables, bottom of the SIRCO.
)RUSROH6,5&2
No. of feeders per
Rating (A) / Frame size No. of poles section (mm²) Icc (kA rms)(1) Reference
160 / B3 3P 1x95 + 8x25 10 5411 3016
160 / B3 4P 1x95 + 8x25 10 5411 4016
250 / B4 3P 1x150 + 8x50 15 5411 3025
repar_020.psd
250 / B4 4P 1x150 + 8x50 15 5411 4025

400 / B5 3P 1x240 + 8x95 21 5411 3040
400 / B5 4P 1x240 + 8x95 21 5411 4040
630 / B5 3P 1x300 + 8x150 21 5411 3063
630 / B5 4P 1x300 + 8x150 21 5411 4063
'LPHQVLRQV
Rating (A) / Frame size No. of poles A B T H K P R T Y
160 / B3 3P 154 286 73 46.5 261.5 36 20 4 54
160 / B3 4P 190 286 73 46.5 261.5 36 20 4 54
B
250 / B4 3P 210 307 83 57.5 279 50 25 4 56

K
250 / B4 4P 260 307 83 57.5 279 50 25 4 56

400 / B5 3P 281 375 116 82.5 340 65 32 5 82
400 / B5 4P 346 375 116 82.5 340 65 32 5 82
repar_003_d_1_x_cat.ai
630 / B5 3P 271 438 117 90.5 410.5 65 40 6 83

H
630 / B5 4P 346 438 117 90.5 410.5 65 40 6 83 T

R
P P P Y
A E

SIRCO
from 125 to 5000 A
Terminal screens
8VH
Top or bottom protection from direct contact with terminals or connection parts.
SIRCO SIRCO AC No. of poles Position Reference
125 … 160 / B3 3P top or bottom 2698 3012
125 … 160 / B3 4P top or bottom 2698 4012
acces_079.eps
200 … 250 / B4 200 … 315 / B4 3P top or bottom 2698 3020
200 … 250 / B4 200 … 315 / B4 4P top or bottom 2698 4020
315 … 630 / B5 400 … CD 630 / B5 3P top or bottom 2698 3050
315 … 630 / B5 400 … CD 630 / B5 4P top or bottom 2698 4050
800 … CD 1250 / B6 630 … CD 1250 / B6 3P top or bottom 2698 3080
800 … CD 1250 / B6 630 … CD 1250 / B6 4P top or bottom 2698 4080
1250 … 1800 / B7 1250 … 1600 / B7 3P top or bottom 2698 3120
1250 … 1800 / B7 1250 … 1600 / B7 4P top or bottom 2698 4120
2000 … 3200 / B8 2000 / B8 3P top or bottom 2698 3200
2000 … 3200 / B8 2000 / B8 4P top or bottom 2698 4200
4000 … 5000 / B9 4000 / B9 3/4 P top or bottom 1509 4200
)RUSROH6,5&2
Rating (A) / Frame size No. of poles Position Reference
125 … 160 / B3DS 6P Top or bottom 1509 3012
125 … 160 / B3DS 8P Top or bottom 1509 4012
250 / B4DS 6P Top or bottom 1509 3025
400 ... 630 / B5DS 6P Top or bottom 1509 3063
400 ... 630 / B5DS 8P Top or bottom 1509 4063
800 ... 1250 / B6DS-B7DS 6P Top or bottom 1509 3080
800 ... 1250 / B6DS-B7DS 8P Top or bottom 1509 4080
Cage terminals
8VH 0DWHULDO: tin-plated aluminium
They enable a direct terminal-free connection X1
to rigid copper and aluminium conductors with
integration under the IP2X protective cover.
øX
'LPHQVLRQV C
Z
born_019_a_1_x_cat
Rating (A) / Frame size A A1 C R ØX X1 Z

125 … 160 / B3 47.5 22.5 25 20 8.5 M12 10
200 … 250 / B4 62 31.5 31.5 25 10.5 M16 14
R
315 … 400 / B5 71.5 32 38 32 10.5 M20 15 A1
500 … 630 / B5 76.5 37 38 40 12.5 M20 15
A
5HIHUHQFHV
Tightening No. of Tightening Flexible bar
Rating (A) / Frame size capacity (mm²) poles torque (Nm) width (mm) Reference
125 … 160 / B3 16 ... 95 3P 14 13 5400 3016
125 … 160 / B3 16 ... 95 4P 14 13 5400 4016
200 … 250 / B4 16 ... 185 3P 25 18 5400 3025
200 … 250 / B4 16 ... 185 4P 25 18 5400 4025
315 … 400 / B5 50 ... 240 3P 45 20 5400 3040
315 … 400 / B5 50 ... 240 4P 45 20 5400 4040
500 … 630 / B5 70 ... 300 3P 45 24 5400 3063
500 … 630 / B5 70 ... 300 4P 45 24 5400 4063

SIRCO
from 125 to 5000 A
Copper bar connection kits
Use
To allow connection between the two power terminals of the same pole for 2000 to 3200 A
ratings (Fig. 1 and Fig 2).
For 3200 A rating, the connection pieces (part A) are delivered bridged as standard.
Bolt sets must be ordered separately.
Further details for these specific accessories are available in the user guide downloadable Fig.
g. 1
from www.socomec.com.
7RSRUERWWRPIODWFRQQHFWLRQ)LJ
Rating (A) / Frame size Part Quantity to order per pole(1) Reference
2000 … 2500 / B8 Connection - part A 1 2619 1200
2000 … 2500 / B8 Bolt set - part B 1 2699 1200
3200 / B8 Connection - part A included
3200 / B8 Bolt set - part B 1 2699 1200
4000 … 5000 / B9 Standard connection
acces_220.eps
(1) Example for 3-pole device equipped top only: order 3 times the indicated quantity.
Fig. 1 133.5
96.5
5
59.5
120 120 120
258
310
acces_224_a_1_cat
7RSRUERWWRPHGJHZLVHFRQQHFWLRQ)LJ
Rating (A) / Frame size Part Quantity to order per pole(1) Reference Fig. 2
2000 … 2500 / B8 Connection - part A 1 2619 1200
2000 ... 2500 / B8 T piece - part C 1 2629 1200(2)
2000 … 2500 / B8 Bracket - part D 1 2639 1200(2)
3200 / B8 Connection - part A included
3200 / B8 T piece - part C 1 2629 1200
acces_222.eps
3200 / B8 Bracket - part D 1 2639 1200

4000 … 5000 / B9 Standard connection
(1) Example for 3-pole device equipped top only: order 3 times the indicated quantity.
(2) Bolt set is provided with the accessories.
156.5
Fig. 2
126.5
96.5
120 120 120 66.5
36.5
420
acces_225_a_1_cat

SIRCO
from 125 to 5000 A
Key handle interlocking system

8VH
Locking in position 0 of the front or side - using a lock (not supplied): Fig. 1 Fig. 2
operation handle: see diagrams opposite,
- using a padlock (not supplied) and - using an undervoltage coil: the SIRCO can
standard padlocking function of the only be closed if the coil is energised.
handle. From 125 to 1800 A, padlocking
the external front operation handle For 6 / 8-pole, please consult us.
provides door interlocking,
acces_001_a_1_x_cat
acces_005_a_1_x_cat
)RU6,5&2
/RFNLQJXVLQJ521,6(/$3ORFNQRWVXSSOLHG
Rating (A) / Frame size No. of poles Operation Figure Reference
125 ... 630 / B3 … B5 3/4 P Front direct 1 2699 6008(1) Fig. 3 Fig. 4
125 … 1800 / B3 …B7 3/4 P External front 3 1499 7701
800 … 3200 / B6 …B8 3/4 P Front direct 2 2699 6027
1250 ... 5000 / B7 …B9 3/4 P External front 4 2799 7002
(1) Front operation handle included.
)RU6,5&2$&
acces_158_a_1_x_cat
acces_004_c_1_x_cat
Locking using RONIS EL11AP lock (not supplied)
Rating (A) / Frame size No. of poles Operation Figure Reference
200 … CD 630 / B4 … B5 3/4 P Front direct 1 2699 6008(1)
630 … 1600 / B6 … B7 3/4 P Front direct 2 2699 6027
(1) The locking system is directly mounted on the device.
)RU6,5&2
/RFNLQJXVLQJ9$&XQGHUYROWDJHFRLO
(For other voltages, please contact us)
Rating (A) / Frame size No. of poles Operation Reference
125 ... 630 / B3 … B5 3/4 P External front 2699 9063(1)
800 … 3200 / B6 … B8 3/4 P Front direct 2699 9315(1)
(1) The locking system is directly mounted on the device.
Locking using CASTELL lock (not supplied)

No. of Handle Lock
Rating (A) / Frame size poles type type Operation Figure Reference
125 … 160 / B3 6/8 P S2 K External front 2 4109 8507
125 … 1 800 / B3 … B8 3/4 P S2, S4 FS External front 3 1499 7703
125 … 1 800 / B3 … B8 3/4 P S2, S4 K External front 3 1499 7702
250 … 630 / B4 … B5 6/8 P S4 K External front 2 2999 8707
800 … 1 600 / B6 … B7 6/8 P S5 K External front 2 2799 7003
1 250 … 4 000 / B7 … B9 3/4 P S5, S0 K External front 2 2799 7003
Other specific accessories
• Mechanical coupling device for making switches with “n” poles of the
same or different ratings
• Mechanical interlocking device
bd_03_01_01

SIRCO
from 125 to 5000 A
SIRCO characteristics according to IEC 60947-3

125 to 800 A
Thermal current Ith at 40°C 125 A 160 A 200 A 250 A 315 A 400 A 500 A 630 A 800 A
Frame size B3 B3 B4 B4 B5 B5 B5 B5 B6
Rated insulation voltage Ui (V) 800 800 800 800 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV) 8 8 8 8 12 12 12 12 12
Rated operational currents Ie$

Rated voltage Utilisation category A / B(1) A / B(1) A / B(1) A / B(1) A / B(1) A / B(1) A / B(1) A / B(1) A / B(1)
415 VAC AC-20 A / AC-20 B 125 / 125 160 / 160 200 / 200 250 / 250 315 / 315 400 / 400 500 / 500 630 / 630 800 / 800
415 VAC AC-21 A / AC-21 B 125 / 125 160 / 160 200 / 200 250 / 250 315 / 315 400 / 400 500 / 500 630 / 630 800 / 800
415 VAC AC-22 A / AC-22 B 125 / 125 160 / 160 200 / 200 250 / 250 315 / 315 400 / 400 500 / 500 630 / 630 800 / 800
415 VAC AC-23 A / AC-23 B 125 / 125 160 / 160 200 / 200 250 / 250 315 / 315 400 / 400 500 / 500 500 / 500 800 / 800
220 VDC DC-20 A / DC-20 B 125 / 125 160 / 160 200 / 200 250 / 250 315 / 315 400 / 400 500 / 500 630 / 630 800 / 800
220 VDC DC-21 A / DC-21 B 125 / 125 160 / 160 160 / 200 250 / 250 315 / 315 400 / 400 500 / 500 630 / 630 800 / 800
220 VDC DC-22 A / DC-22 B 125 / 125 160 / 160 160 / 200 250 / 250 315 / 315 400 / 400 400 / 500 500 / 500 800 / 800
220 VDC DC-23 A / DC-23 B 125 / 125 125 / 125 160 / 160 200 / 200 315 / 315 400 / 400 400 / 400 500 / 500 800 / 800
440 VDC DC-20 A / DC-20 B 125 / 125 160 / 160 200 / 200 250 / 250 315 / 315 400 / 400 500 / 500 630 / 630 800 / 800
440 VDC DC-21 A / DC-21 B 125(2) / 125(2) 160(2) / 160(2) 160(2) / 200(2) 200(2) / 200(2) 315(2) / 315(2) 400(2) / 400(2) 400(2) / 400(2) 500(2) / 500(2) 800(3) / 800(3)
440 VDC DC-22 A / DC-22 B 125(2) / 125(2) 125(2) / 125(2) 160(2) / 160(2) 200(2) / 200(2) 315(2) / 315(2) 400(2) / 400(2) 400(2) / 400(2) 500(2) / 500(2) 800(3) / 800(3)
440 VDC DC-23 A / DC-23 B 125(3) / 125(3) 125(3) / 125(3) 160(3) / 160(3) 200(3) / 200(3) 315(3) / 315(3) 400(3) / 400(3) 400(3) / 400(3) 500 / 500 800(3) / 800(3)
500 VDC DC-20 A / DC-20 B 125 / 125 160 / 160 200 / 200 250 / 250 315 / 315 400 / 400 500 / 500 630 / 630 800 / 800
500 VDC DC-21 A / DC-21 B 125(2) / 125(2) 125(2) / 125(2) 160(2) / 200(2) 200(2) / 200(2) 315(2) / 315(2) 400(2) / 400(2) 400(2) / 400(2) 500(2) / 500(2) 800(3) / 800(3)
500 VDC DC-22 A / DC-22 B 125(3) / 125(3) 125(3) / 125(3) 160(3) / 160(3) 200(3) / 200(3) 315(3) / 315(3) 315(3) / 400(3) 315(3) / 400(3) 500(3) / 500(3) 800(3) / 800(3)
500 VDC DC-23 A / DC-23 B 125(3) / 125(3) 125(3) / 125(3) 160(3) / 160(3) 200(3) / 200(3) 315(3) / 315(3) 315(3) / 400(3) 315(3) / 400(3) 500(3) / 500(3) 800(3) / 800(3)
2SHUDWLRQDOSRZHULQ$&N:(1)(4)
At 415 VAC without AC pre-break(1) 63 / 63 80 / 80 100 / 100 132 / 132 160 / 160 220 / 220 280 / 280 280 / 280 450 / 450
5HDFWLYHSRZHUNYDU
At 400 VAC (kvar)(4) 55 75 90 115 145 185 230 290 365
J*',1IXVHSURWHFWHGVKRUWFLUFXLWZLWKVWDQGN$UPVSURVSHFWLYH
Prospective short-circuit current (kA rms) 100 100 80 50 100 100 100 70 50
Associated fuse rating (A) 125 160 200 250 315 400 500 630 800
Rated short-time withstand current 0.3s. Icw
15 15 17 17 25 25 25 25 50
(kA rms)
6KRUWFLUFXLWRSHUDWLRQVZLWFKRQO\
Rated short-time withstand current IcwRŰJ QLR 7 7 9 9 13 13 13 13 26
Rated peak withstand current in Icc (kA peak)(5)(6) 20 20 30 30 45 45 45 45 55
Connection
Minimum Cu cable cross-section (mm²) 35 50 70 95 150 185 240 2 x 150 2 x 185
Minimum Cu busbar cross-section (mm²) 2 x 30 x 5 2 x 40 x 5
Maximum Cu cable cross-section (mm²) 50 95 95 150 240 240 240 2 x 300 2 x 300
Maximum Cu busbar width (mm) 25 25 32 32 40 40 40 50 63
Tightening torque min/max (Nm) 9/- 9/- 20 / - 20 / - 20 / - 20 / - 20 / - 40 / 45 40 / 45
Durability (number of operating cycles) 10 000 10 000 10 000 10 000 10 000 10 000 10 000 10 000 3000
Operating effort (Nm) 6.5 6.5 10 10 14.5 14.5 14.5 14.5 37
Weight of a 3-pole device (kg) 1 1.5 2 2 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 8
Weight of a 4-pole device (kg) 1.5 1.5 2 2 4 4 4.5 4.5 10
(2) 3-pole device with 2 poles in series for the '+' and 1 pole for the '-'.
(3) 4-pole device with 2 poles in series per polarity.
(6) Coordination tables with circuit breaker: please consult us.

SIRCO
from 125 to 5000 A
SIRCO characteristics according to IEC 60947-3

1000 to 5000 A
Thermal current Ith at 40°C 1000 A CD 1250 A 1250 A 1600 A 1800 A 2000 A 2500 A 3200 A 4000 A 5000 A
Frame size B6 B6 B7 B7 B7 B8 B8 B8 B9 B9
Rated insulation voltage Ui (V) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV) 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12

Rated voltage Utilisation category A/B(1) A/B(1) A/B(1) A/B(1) A/B(1) A/B(1) A/B(1) A/B(1) A/B(1) A/B(1)
415 VAC AC-20 A / AC-20 B 1000 / 1000 1250 / 1250 1250 / 1250 1600 / 1600 1800 / 1800 2000 / 2000 2500 / 2500 3200 / 3200 4000 / 4000 5000 / 5000
415 VAC AC-21 A / AC-21 B 1000 / 1000 1250 / 1250 1250 / 1250 1600 / 1600 1800 / 1800 2000 / 2000 2500 / 2500 3200 / 3200 4000 / 4000 5000 / 5000
415 VAC AC-22 A / AC-22 B 1000 / 1000 1250 / 1250 1250 / 1250 1600 / 1600 1800 / 1800 2000 / 2000 2500 / 2500 2500 / 3200 2500 / 3200 2500 / 3200
415 VAC AC-23 A / AC-23 B 1000 / 1000 1250 / 1250 1250 / 1250 1250 / 1250 1250 / 1250 1600 / 1600 1600 / 1600 1600 / 1600 1800 / 2000 1800 / 2000
220 VDC DC-20 A / DC-20 B 1000 / 1000 1250 / 1250 1250 / 1250 1600 / 1600 1800 / 1800 2000 / 2000 2500 / 2500 3200 / 3200 4000 / 4000 5000 / 5000
220 VDC DC-21 A / DC-21 B 1000 / 1000 1250 / 1250 1250 / 1250 1250 / 1600 1250 / 1600 2000 / 2000 2000 / 2500 2000 / 2500 2500 / 3200 2500 / 3200
220 VDC DC-22 A / DC-22 B 1000 / 1000 1250 / 1250 1250 / 1250 1250 / 1250 1250 / 1250 1250 / 1600 1250 / 1600 1250 / 1600 1800 / 2000 1800 / 2000
220 VDC DC-23 A / DC-23 B 1000 / 1000 1250 / 1250 1250 / 1250 1250 / 1250 1250 / 1250 1250 / 1250 1250 / 1250 1250 / 1250 1250 / 1600 1250 / 1600
440 VDC DC-20 A / DC-20 B 1000 / 1000 1250 / 1250 1250 / 1250 1600 / 1600 1800 / 1800 2000 / 2000 2500 / 2500 3200 / 3200 4000 / 4000 5000 / 5000
440 VDC DC-21 A / DC-21 B 1000(2) / 1000(2) 1250(2) / 1250(2) 1250(2) / 1250(2) 1250(2) / 1600(2) 1250(2) / 1600(2) 2000(2) / 2000(2) 2000(2) / 2500(2) 2500(2) / 3200(2) 3200(2) / 4000(2) 3200(2) / 5000(2)
440 VDC DC-22 A / DC-22 B 1000(2) / 1000(2) 1250(2) / 1250(2) 1250(2) / 1250(2) 1250(2) / 1250(2) 1250(2) / 1250(2) 1250(2) / 1250(2) 1250(2) / 1250(2) 1250(2) / 1250(2) 1600(2) / 1800(2) 1600(2) / 1800(2)
440 VDC DC-23 A / DC-23 B 1000(2) / 1000(2) 1250(2) / 1250(2) 1250(2) / 1250(2) 1250(2) / 1250(2) 1250(2) / 1250(2) 1250(2) / 1250(2) 1250(2) / 1250(2) 1250(2) / 1250(2) 1250(2) / 1250(2) 1250(2) / 1250(2)
500 VDC DC-20 A / DC-20 B 1000 / 1000 1250 / 1250 1250 / 1250 1600 / 1600 1800 / 1800 2000 / 2000 2500 / 2500 3250 / 3250 4000 / 4000 5000 / 5000
500 VDC DC-21 A / DC-21 B 1000(2) / 1000(2) 1250(2) / 1250(2) 1250(2) / 1250(2) 1250(2) / 1600(2) 1250(2) / 1600(2) 1250(2) / 1250(2) 1250(2) / 1250(2) 1250(2) / 1250(2) 1600(2) / 1800(2) 1600(2) / 1800(2)
500 VDC DC-22 A / DC-22 B 1000(2) / 1000(2) 1250(2) / 1250(2) 1250(2) / 1250(2) 1250(2) / 1250(2) 1250(2) / 1250(2) 1250(2) / 1250(2) 1250(2) / 1250(2) 1250(2) / 1250(2) 1250(2) / 1600(2) 1250(2) / 1600(2)
500 VDC DC-23 A / DC-23 B 1000(2) / 1000(2) 1250(2) / 1250(2) 1250(2) / 1250(2) 1250(2) / 1250(2) 1250(2) / 1250(2) 1000(2) / 1000(2) 1000(2) / 1000(2) 1000(2) / 1000(2) 1000(2) / 1000(2) 1000(2) / 1000(2)
2SHUDWLRQDOSRZHULQ$&N:(1)(3)
At 415 VAC without AC pre-break(1) 560 / 560 710 / 710 710 / 710 710 / 710 710 / 710 710 / 710 710 / 710 710 / 710 710 / 710 710 / 710
5HDFWLYHSRZHUNYDU
At 400 VAC (kvar)(3) 460
J*',1IXVHSURWHFWHGVKRUWFLUFXLWZLWKVWDQGN$UPVSURVSHFWLYH(4)

Prospective short-circuit current (kA rms) 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Associated fuse rating (A) 1000 1250 1250 2 x 800 2 x 800 2 x 1000 2 x 1250
Rated short-time withstand current 0.3s. Icw
65 65 100 100 100 100 100 100
(kA rms)
6KRUWFLUFXLWRSHUDWLRQVZLWFKRQO\
Rated short-time withstand current IcwRŰ
35 35 50 50 50 50 50 50 75 75
(kA rms)
Rated peak withstand current in Icc
80 80 110 110 110 110 110 120 165 165
(kA peak)(4)(5)
Connection
Minimum Cu cable cross-section (mm²) 2 x 240
Minimum Cu busbar cross-section (mm²) 2 x 50 x 5 2 x 60 x 5 2 x 60 x 5 2 x 80 x 5 3 x 100 x 5 3 x 100 x 5 4 x 100 x 5 4 x 100 x 5 2 x 200 x 10 2 x 200 x 10
Maximum Cu cable cross-section (mm²) 4 x 185 4 x 185 4 x 185 6 x 185 6 x 185
Maximum Cu busbar width (mm) 63 63 100 100 100 100 100 100
Tightening torque min/max (Nm) 40/45 40/45 40/45 40/45 40/45 40/45 40/- 40/- 40/- 40/-
Durability (number of operating cycles) 3000 3000 4000 4000 4000 3000 3000 3000 2000 2000
Operating effort (Nm) 37 37 56 56 56 75 75 75 105 105
Weight of a 3-pole device (kg) 8 8 12 12 12 22 22 22 45 45
Weight of a 4-pole device (kg) 10 10 15 15 15 25 25 25 50 50
(1) Category with index A = frequent operation - Category with index B = infrequent operation..
(5) Coordination tables with circuit breaker: please consult us.

SIRCO
from 125 to 5000 A
SIRCO AC characteristics according to IEC 60947-3

200 to 630 A
Thermal current Ith at 40°C 200 A 250 A 315 A 400 A 500 A CD 630 A 630 A
Rated insulation voltage Ui (V) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV) 12 12 12 12 12 12 12

Rated voltage Utilisation category A/B(1) A/B(1) A/B(1) A/B(1) A/B(1) A/B(1) A/B(1)
500 VAC AC-20 A / AC-20 B 200/200 250/250 315/315 400/400 500/500 630/630 630/630
500 VAC AC-21 A / AC-21 B 200/200 250/250 315/315 400/400 500/500 630/630 630/630
500 VAC AC-22 A / AC-22 B 200/200 250/250 315/315 400/400 500/500 630/630 630/630
500 VAC AC-23 A / AC-23 B 200/200 250/250 315/315 400/400 500/500 630/630 630/630
690 VAC AC-20 A / AC-20 B 200/200 250/250 315/315 400/400 500/500 630/630 630/630
690 VAC AC-21 A / AC-21 B 200/200 250/250 315/315 400(2)/400(2) 500(2)/500(2) 630(2)/630(2) 630(2)/630(2)
690 VAC AC-22 A / AC-22 B 200/200 250/250 315/315 400(2)/400(2) 500(2)/500(2) 500(2)/630(2) 630(2)/630(2)
690 VAC AC-23 A / AC-23 B 200/200 250/250 315/315 400(2)/400(2) 500(2)/500(2) 500(2)/500(2) 630(2)/630(2)
(3)
2SHUDWLRQDOSRZHULQ$&$N:
At 690 VAC without pre-break AC 160 220 250 400 500 500 630
5HDFWLYHSRZHUNYDU
At 690 VAC (kvar) 160 190 250 325 400 400 450

)XVHSURWHFWHGVKRUWFLUFXLWZLWKVWDQGN$UPVSURVSHFWLYHDW9$&
Prospective short-circuit current (kA rms) 50 50 50 50 50 50 50
Associated fuse rating (A) 200 250 315 400 500 630 630
&LUFXLWEUHDNHUSURWHFWHGVKRUWFLUFXLWZLWKVWDQGZLWKDQ\FLUFXLWEUHDNHUWKDWHQVXUHVWULSSLQJLQOHVVWKDQVDW9$&
Rated short-time withstand current 0.3s. Icw (kA rms) 15 15 15 15 15 15 28
6KRUWFLUFXLWFDSDFLW\ZLWKRXWSURWHFWLRQ
Rated short-time withstand current 1s. Icw (kA rms) 8 8 8 11 11 11 20
Rated short-circuit making capacity without fuses Icm
22 22 22 22 22 22 40
(prospective kA peak)
Connection
Minimum Cu cable cross-section (mm²) 70 70 70 185 240 2 x 150 2 x 185
Minimum Cu busbar cross-section (mm²) 2 x 30 x 5 2 x 40 x 5
Maximum Cu cable cross-section (mm²) 95 95 95 240 240 2 x 300 2 x 300
Maximum Cu busbar width (mm) 32 32 32 40 40 63 63
Tightening torque min/max (Nm) 20/- 20/- 20/- 20/- 20/- 20/- 40/45
Durability (number of operating cycles) 10 000 10 000 10 000 5000 5000 5000 4000
Operating effort (Nm) 10 10 10 14.5 14.5 14.5 48
Weight of a 3 pole device (kg) 2 2 2 3.5 3.5 3.5 8
Weight of a 4 pole device (kg) 2 2 2 4 4 4 10
(2) With terminal shrouds or phase barrier.

SIRCO
from 125 to 5000 A
SIRCO AC characteristics according to IEC 60947-3

800 to 4000 A
Thermal current Ith at 40°C 800 A 1000A CD 1250 A 1250 A 1600 A 2000 A 4000 A

500 VAC AC-20 A / AC-20 B 800/800 1000/1000 1250/1250 1250/1250 1600/1600 2000/2000 4000/4000
500 VAC AC-21 A / AC-21 B 800/800 1000/1000 1250/1250 1250/1250 1600/1600 2000/2000 -/3200
500 VAC AC-22 A / AC-22 B 800/800 1000/1000 1250/1250 1250/1250 1600/1600 2000/2000 -
500 VAC AC-23 A / AC-23 B 800/800 1000/1000 1250/1250 1250/1250 1250/1250 1600/1600 -
690 VAC AC-20 A / AC-20 B 800/800 1000/1000 1250/1250 1250/1250 1600/1600 2000/2000 4000/4000
690 VAC AC-21 A / AC-21 B 800/800 1000/1000 1250/1250 1250/1250 1600/1600 2000/2000 -/3200
690 VAC AC-22 A / AC-22 B 800/800 1000/1000 1250/1250 1250/1250 1600/1600 2000/2000 -/-
690 VAC AC-23 A / AC-23 B 800/800 1000/1000 1250/1250 1250/1250 1250/1250 1600/1600 -/-
2SHUDWLRQDOSRZHULQ$&$N:(3)
At 690 VAC without pre-break AC 900 900 - - - - -
5HDFWLYHSRZHUNYDU
At 690 VAC (kvar) 550 750 950 950 - - -
(4)
)XVHSURWHFWHGVKRUWFLUFXLWZLWKVWDQGN$UPVSURVSHFWLYHDW9$&
Prospective short-circuit current (kA rms) 50 50 50 50 50 - -
Associated fuse rating (A) 800 800 2 x 500 1250 2 x 800 - -
&LUFXLWEUHDNHUSURWHFWHGVKRUWFLUFXLWZLWKVWDQGZLWKDQ\FLUFXLWEUHDNHUWKDWHQVXUHVWULSSLQJLQOHVVWKDQVDW9$&
Rated short-time withstand current 0.3s. Icw (kA rms) 28 55 55 53 53 53 53
6KRUWFLUFXLWFDSDFLW\ZLWKRXWSURWHFWLRQDW9'&

Rated short-time withstand current 1s. Icw (kA rms) 20 30 30 35 35 35 35
Rated short-circuit making capacity without fuses Icm
40 80 80 75 75 75 75
(prospective kA peak)
Connection
Minimum Cu cable cross-section (mm²) 2 x 185 2 x 240
Minimum Cu busbar cross-section (mm²) 2 x 40 x 5 2 x 50 x 5 2 x 60 x 5 2 x 60 x 5 2 x 80 x 5 3 x 100 x 5 1 x 100 x 5
Maximum Cu cable cross-section (mm²) 2 x 300 4 x 185 4 x 185 4 x 185 6 x 185
Maximum Cu busbar width (mm) 63 63 63 100 100 100
Tightening torque min/max (Nm) 40/45 40/45 40/45 40 40 40 40
Durability (number of operating cycles) 4000 4000 3000 4000 4000 3000 2000
Operating effort (Nm) 48 48 48 55 55 75 100

SIRCO
from 125 to 5000 A
Dimensions - Front operation

SIRCO 125 to 630 A and SIRCO AC 200 to CD 630 A - B3 to B5
M Z
J1 J2 Y 1
W
CA
U A
V
K
R 0
AC
BA
AA
G
N
BC
125
sirco_198_i_1_x_cat
CA
U1
°
90
I AD D min. 45
X1 T T T X2 H
F C 18
1. Terminal shrouds A. S2 type handle
Overall Terminal Switch

Rating (A) / Frame size dimensions shrouds Switch body mounting Connection
D F F J1 J1 M M X1 X1
SIRCO 2(1".Ů " C min AC AD 3p. 4p. G H 3p. 4p. J2 K BC 3p. 4p. N R T U U1 V W 3p. 4p. X2 Y Z AA BA CA
125…160/
235 50 140 170 93 65 45 75 75 31.5 80 120 150 65 5.5 36 20 20.5 25 9 28 22 20 3.5 20.5 135 115 10
B3
200…250 / 200…250 / 115 125
25
B4 B4 280 60 180 230 108 75 55 105 105 34 115 160 210 80 5.5 50 25.5 21.5 11 33 33 27 3.5 22.5 170 130 15
315 / B4 35
315…400/ vŰ
11
B5 B5 32 29 235 205 15
160 165 401 89 230 290 170 110 75 135 135 55 115 210 270 140 7 65 45.5 42.5 37.5 37.5 5 36
500 / B5 -
13
630/ B5 "#Ű! 45 41.5 260 220 20
SIRCO 800 to 1800 A and SIRCO AC 630 to 1600 A - B6 to B7

A B C
M Z
= = Y 1
U Min. 221
V
=
= =
350
498
330
0
28
175
470
AA
210
sirco_325_d_1_x_cat
90
=
ø9
I 86
X1 T T T X2 140 26 60
F 166 49 61
215 14
71
1. Terminal screens A. Single lever S3 type handle
102
B. Double lever S4 type handle
C. Double lever S5 type handle
Rating (A) / Frame size Switch body Switch mounting Connection

SIRCO SIRCO AC F 3p. F 4p. M 3p. M 4p. T U V Y X1 X2 Z AA
800 … 1000 / B6 630 … 1000 / B6 50 60.5 321
280 360 255 335 80 7 47.5 47.5 46.5
CD 1250 / B6 CD 1250 /B6 60 65 330
1250 … 1800 / B7 1250 … 1600 / B7 372 492 347 467 120 90 44 8 53.5 53.5 47.5 288

SIRCO
from 125 to 5000 A
SIRCO 2000 to 3200 A and SIRCO AC 2000 A - B8

A
1
M 226
Y Y
U
L = X - 295
97
498
498
250
380
BA
sirco_448_a_1_x_cat
J T 181 71 X 71
1. Double lever S5 type handle
Rating (A) / Frame size Overall dimensions Switch body Switch mounting Connection
SIRCO SIRCO AC A 3p. A 4p. J 3p. J 4p. M 3p. M 4p. T U Y BA
2000 … 3200 / B8 2000 / B8 372 492 173.5 233.5 347 367 120 90 8 258
SIRCO 4000 to 5000 A and SIRCO AC 4000 A - B9

F
15 T T T 97.5 30 (4x)
162.5
O
5 V
AB
AC
BA
L=
AA
sirco_421_d_1_x_cat
344
X - 501
N
P P P P P 35.5
C M X 122
Overall
Rating (A) / Frame size dimensions Switch body Switch mounting Connection
SIRCO SIRCO AC C F 3p. F 4p. M 3p. M 4p. N O P T V AA AB AC BA
4000 … 5000 / B9 4000 / B9 514 695 695 660 660 98 115.5 75 120 86 160 292 482 452

SIRCO
from 125 to 5000 A

B3 to B5
Front operation
S2 type 0 With lock

40 RONIS EL11AP
Ø78 90
° Ø 26
4 Ø 5.5
4Ø7
28
I Ø 37
125
4Ø7
28
24
14 14
26
45
Ø 37
.5
45°
73
3.
5
20 20
Side operation
S2 type Right side operation With lock

RONIS EL11AP
Ø78 40
I
Ø 26
°
90 4Ø7 4 Ø 5.5
28
125
Ø 37
4Ø7
28
0
45
24
14 14
26
Ø 37
.5
45°
73
3.
5
20 20
B6 - B7
Front operation
S4 type With lock

RONIS EL11AP
O Ø 26
Ø 37
Ø78 90 4 Ø 5.5
28
°
Ø 37
350
40
4Ø7
I
24
20 20
26
5
4Ø7
45°
28
73
3.
5
28
60
Side operation
S3 type Right side operation

With lock
Ø78 I RONIS EL11AP
° Ø 37
90 Ø 26
4 Ø 5.5
28
40
Ø 37
210
0
4Ø7
24
20 20
26
4Ø7
28
61
5
45°
.
73
3.
5
28

SIRCO
from 125 to 5000 A
B7 - B8
Front operation
V2 Type
50
I
° 4 Ø 6,5
90
330
50
0
Ø 31
Front operation
S5 type
with V Escutcheon 50
I
° 4 Ø 6,5
90
50
0
498
Ø 31
71
102
B9
Front operation
V0 type 50
0
4 Ø 6,5
180°
334
50
122 Ø 31
I

SIRCO
from 125 to 5000 A
Connection terminal
SIRCO 125 to 630 A and SIRCO AC 200 to CD 630 A
SIRCO 6,5&2$& Rating (A)

ØW ØW SIRCO SIRCO AC U V W
sirco_451_b_1_x_cat
sirco_454_b_1_x_cat
125 … 160 20 25 9
V
V
200 … 250 200 … 250 25

21.5
315 35 11
U 315 … 400 400 … 500
U 32 29
500
13
630 CD 630 45 41.5
SIRCO 800 to 1000 A and SIRCO AC 630 to 1000 A

SIRCO 6,5&2$&
4 x Ø W1 4 x Ø W1
sirco_452_b_1_x_cat
Y
V
sirco_453_b_1_x_cat
Y
V
Ø W2 Ø W2
X2 X1 X2 X2 X1 X2
U U
Rating (A)
SIRCO SIRCO AC U V W1 W2 X1 X2 Y
800 … 1000 630 … 1000 50 60.5 9 15 33 8.5 33
SIRCO and SIRCO AC CD 1250 A

SIRCO 6,5&2$&
4 x Ø 16 4xØW
sirco-ac_002_c_1_x_cat
V1
sirco_270_f_1_x_cat
65
28.5
V2
11 Y
28.5 X1
60 U
Rating (A)
SIRCO SIRCO AC U V1 V2 W X1 Y
CD 1250 A CD 1250 A 60 65 28.5 16 28.5 11

SIRCO
from 125 to 5000 A
SIRCO 1250 to 3200 A and SIRCO AC 1250 to 1600 A

ØW
V1
Y
sirco_455_b_1_x_cat
V2
X1 X1
X2 X2
X3 X3
U
Rating (A)
SIRCO SIRCO AC U V1 V2 W X1 X2 X3 Y
1250 … 3200 1250 … 1600 90 35.8 15 12.5 25 30 45 12.5
SIRCO 4000 to 5000 A and SIRCO AC 4000 A
X1 X2 X3 X3 X3 X3 X2 X1
sirco_450_b_1_x_cat
5xØW
V2
V1
V3
Rating (A)
SIRCO SIRCO AC U W X1 X2 X3 V1 V2 V3
4000 … 5000 4000 286 13 48 35 30 86 15 15

SIRCO PV IEC 60947-3
Load break switches for photovoltaic applications
from 100 to 3200 A, up to 1500 VDC
Load break switches
The solution for
> Combiner box

> Recombiner box
> Inverter
sirco-PV_164.eps
sirco-pv_058.psd
Strong points
> Patented switching technology

up to 500 VDC/pole
> Positive indication
> Up to 1500 VDC
DFFRUGLQJWR,(&}
Function
Conformity to standards
SIRCO PV are manually operated load break switches.
Making and breaking capacity under load conditions up to 1500 VDC. > ,(&
These extremely durable switches have been tested and approved for use in the most > ,(&
demanding applications. > 8/%(1)
They have been designed and tested for all types of applications: grounded, floating or bipolar.
Advantages Approvals and certifications (1)

Optimise your investment Take advantage of an innovative design
• Thanks to a reduced number of bridging The SIRCO PV can be directly connected
bars, you can limit your costs and save to up to four independent PV panel strings.
mounting time. The global solution cost is therefore reduced (1) Product reference on request.
• A 2 poles SIRCO PV will reduce heating and in comparison with the use of four distinct
can be integrated in a smaller enclosure. switches.
High quality materials Reliability and performance

SIRCO PV is an extremely robust device in a Our range of SIRCO PV load break switches
glass fibre reinforced polyester frame. is compliant to standards UL98B and
This material provides: IEC 60947-3.
• high mechanical strength, SIRCO PV have been tested to critical
• stability to temperature variations BTQQDMSR@MC@S@ŰJ RGNQSBHQBTHSCTQHMF
(RTI of 130°C), ŰLRVHSGNTSRODBHEHBOQNSDBSHNM
• high dielectric strength (high CTI / tested as
per standard ASTM D 2303).

Typical PV architecture
The SIRCO PV range provides safe disconnection and isolation at all levels within your PV installation.
6,5&239%
The SOCOMEC solutions
LEVEL OF INSTALLATION SOCOMEC SOLUTIONS

Combiner box
SIRCO PV
One circuit
up to 400 A at 1500 VDC
Recombiner box
SIRCO PV
4 circuits up to 500 A at 1000 VDC (1)
2 circuits up to 500 A at 1500 VDC
Inverter
SIRCO PV
One circuit
(1) Please consult us.

References
1000 VDC - Back mounting
Number of Shaft for external Quantity to be ordered to
Rating (A) Frame size poles Switch body Direct handle External handle handle connect 2 poles in series
1 PV circuit
100 A B4 2P 26PV 2010
160 A B4 2P 26PV 2016
-
250 A B4 2P 26PV 2025 S2 type (1)
200 mm
J1 type Black IP55
1400 1020
315 A B4 2P 26PV 2031 Black 1421 2111
320 mm
1112 1111 Black IP65
400 A B4 4P 26PV 4040 1400 1032
Red 1423 2111 2x
400 mm
1113 1111 Red/Yellow IP65 2609 0025
500 A B4 4P 26PV 4050 1400 1040
1424 2111
630 A B5 4P 26PV 4063 2x
800 A B5 4P 26PV 4080 2709 0027
200 mm 1x
1250 A B6 4P 26PV 4120 S4 type (1)
1401 1520 2609 1100
Black IP65
J4 type 320 mm
1443 3111
Black 1401 1532 2x
2000 A B7 4P 26PV 4200 Red/Yelow IP65
1142 1111 400 mm 2609 1200
1444 3111
Red 1401 1520
1143 1111 320 mm
V1 type
2799 3018 2x
3200 A B8 4P 26PV4320 Black IP65
450 mm 2609 1200
2799 7145
2799 3019
2 PV circuits
100 A B4DS 4P 26PV 5010 S2 type (1)
200 mm
J2 type Black IP55
1400 1020
160 A B4DS 4P 26PV 5016 Black 1421 2111
320 mm
1122 1111 Black IP65 -
250 A B4DS 4P 26PV 5025 1400 1032
Red 1423 2111
400 mm
1123 1111 Red/Yellow IP65
315 A B4DS 4P 26PV 5031 1400 1040
1424 2111
200 mm
S4 type (1)
1401 1520
Black IP65
320 mm 2x
630 A B5DS 8P 26PV 8063 1443 3111
J4 type 1401 1532 2709 0027
Red/Yellow IP65
Black 400 mm
1444 3111
1142 1111 1401 1520
800 A B6DS 8P 26PV 8080 Red
1x
1143 1111 V1 type
1250 A B6DS 8P 26PV 8120 320 mm 2609 1100
Black IP65
4199 3018 1x
2000 A B7DS 8P 26PV 8200 2799 7145
2609 1200
1500 VDC - Back mounting

Number of Shaft for external Quantity to be ordered to
Rating (A) Frame size poles Switch body Direct handle External handle handle connect 2 poles in series
1 PV circuit
160 A B4T 3P 26PV 3015
S2 type (1) Standard bridging bar
200 mm
J1 type Black IP55 1x
250 A B4T 3P 26PV 3024 1400 1020
Black 1421 2111 2609 0026
320 mm
1112 1111 Black IP65
1400 1032
315 A B4T 3P 26PV 3030 Red 1423 2111 Back bridging bar
400 mm
1113 1111 Red/Yellow IP65 1x
1400 1040
1424 2111 2609 0041
400 A B4T 3P 26PV 3039
800 A B6DS 8P 26PV 8080 J4 type 1x

Black V1 type 2609 1100
320 mm
1250 A B6DS 8P 26PV 8120 1142 1111 Black IP65
4199 3018
Red 2799 7145
1143 1111 1x
2000 A B7DS 8P 26PV 8200
2609 1200

Accessories
Frame size Handle type Handle colour Reference
Black 2699 5052
B2
Red 2699 5053
B4 … B5
Black 1112 1111
J1
Red 1113 1111
Black 1142 1111
B6 … B7 J4
Red 1143 1111
Black 2699 5052
acces_153.eps
acces_355.eps
acces_483.eps
B2
Red 2699 5053
Black 1142 1111
B4DS … B5DS J4
Red 1143 1111
Black 1122 1111 B2 type handle J1 type handle J4 type handle
J2
Red 1123 1111
Black 1142 1111
B6DS…B7DS J4
Red 1143 1111
Black 1142 1111
B8 J4
Red 1143 1111
Door interlocked external operation handle

Use Example
Door interlocked external operation handles The locking function of the enclosure in the
include an escutcheon, are padlockable and "ON" position will force the operator to safely
must be utilised with an extension shaft. disconnect and isolate the solar cell strings
In a combiner box, located close to the prior to any intervention.
solar cell strings, or located close to the Opening the door when the switch is on "ON"
inverter, we recommend to use a door position is possible by defeating the locking
interlocked external handle for its safety function using a tool (authorised persons only).
features. The interlocking function is restored when
the door is re-closed.
Frame size Handle type Handle colour Degree of protection Reference
acces_236.psd
S2 Black IP55 1421 2111

B4 … B5 S2 Black IP65 1423 2111
S2 Red/ Yellow IP65 1424 2111
acces_152.eps
Reinforced acces_189.eps
S4 Black IP65 1443 3111
B6 … B7 S2 type handle
B8 V1 Black IP65 2799 7145 S4 type handle V1 type handle
S2 Black IP55 1421 2111
B4DS S2 Black IP65 1423 2111
S4 Black IP65 1443 3111
B5DS
B6DS … B7DS
V1 Black IP65 2799 7145
B8

Shaft for external handle
Use
Standard lengths: Other lengths: Please consult us.
- 200 mm,
acces_144.eps
- 320 mm,
- 400 mm.
Frame size Handle type Dimensions X (mm) Length (mm) Reference
B4 S2 150 … 295 200 1400 1020
B4 S2 150 … 415 320 1400 1032
B4 S2 150 … 495 400 1400 1040
acces_369.eps
B5 S2 203 … 328 200 1400 1020
B5 S2 203 … 448 320 1400 1032
B5 S2 203 … 525 400 1400 1040
B6 S4 220 … 343 200 1401 1520
B6 S4 220 … 463 320 1401 1532
B6 S4 220 … 543 400 1401 1540
B7 S4 305 … 366 200 1401 1520
B7 S4 305 … 485 320 1401 1532
acces_202_a_1_x_cat.eps
B7 S4 305 … 564 400 1401 1540
B8 V1 415 ... 690 320 2799 3018
B8 V1 415 ... 820 450 2799 3019
B4DS S2 210...310 200 1400 1020 X
B4DS S2 210...430 320 1400 1032
B4DS S2 210...510 400 1400 1040
B5DS S4 280...390 200 1401 1520
B5DS S4 280...510 320 1401 1532
B5DS S4 280...590 400 1401 1540
B6DS V1 425...577 320 4199 3018
B6DS V1 425...697 400 4199 3019
B7DS V1 425...697 320 4199 3018
B7DS V1 425...777 400 4199 3019

Use
To guide the shaft extension into the external handle.
This accessory enables the handle to engage the extension shaft with a misalignment of up to 15 mm.
acces_260_a_2_cat
S-type handle adapter

Use Dimensions
Enables S-type handles to be fitted in place Adds 12 mm to the depth of the handle.
of existing older style Socomec handles.
Adapter can also be utilised as a spacer to
increase the distance between the panel
door and the handle lever.
acces_187
Handle colour External IP(1) To be ordered in multiples of Reference

Black IP65 1 1493 0000
(1) IP: protection degree according to IEC 60529 standard.

Auxiliary contact
Use Characteristics
Pre-break and signalling of positions 0 and I: NO/NC AC: IP2 with front operation.
- 1 to 2 NO/NC auxiliary contacts, Connection to the control circuit
- 1 to 4 NO + NC auxiliary contacts, By 6.35 mm fast-on terminal.
- 1 to 2 low level NO/NC auxiliary contacts. Electrical characteristics
30 000 operations.
NO/NC changeover auxiliary contacts
Frame size Position AC Type Reference
acces_076.eps
B4 … B8 1 contact NO/NC 2699 0031
B4 … B8 2 contacts NO/NC 2699 0032
B4DS … B7DS 1 contact NO/NC 2699 0061
B4DS … B7DS 2 contacts NO/NC 2699 0062
Low level NO/NC auxiliary contacts
Frame size Position AC Type Reference
B4 … B7 1 contact NO/NC 2699 0301
B4 … B7 2 contacts NO/NC 2699 0302
Terminal screen
Use
Top and bottom protection against direct contact with terminals or connection parts.
Frame size No. of poles Position Pack Reference
B4 2P Top or bottom 1 unit 2698 3020
B4T 3P Top or bottom 1 unit 26984020
acces_079.eps
B4DS 2P Top or bottom 1 unit 1509 3025
B5DS 6P Top and bottom 2 units 1509 3063
Inter-phase barrier
Use
Safe isolation between the terminals.
Frame size No. of poles Reference

B4 2P 2998 0023
B4T 3P 2998 0023
B4 4P 2998 0024
B5 4P 2998 0014
B6…B8 3P Included
B6…B8 4P Included
The inter-phase barriers are not mandatory but we recommand to separate the polarities + and -.

Bridging bars for connecting poles in series
Use
The bridging bars permit easy connection of the poles in series, allowing the following configurations(1).
(1) Other connections: refer to mounting instructions.
1000 VDC - 1 independent PV circuit

Quantity of bridging
Switch body bars kits to order per
Reference Rating (A) Frame size Fig. switch - ungrounded Fig. Reference
26PV 4040 400
B4 4 2609 0025
26PV 4050 500
26PV 4063 630
B5 4 2709 0027
26PV 4080 800
26PV 4120 1250 B6 2 2609 1100
+ + - -
(-) (-) (+) (+)
26PV 4200 2000 B7 2
2609 1200
26PV 4320 3200 B8 2
26PV 8063 630 B5DS 8 2709 0027
26PV 8080 800

B
B6DS 4 A + + - -
2609 1100
(-) (-) (+) (+)
26PV 8120 1250 + + - - 2

(-) (-) (+) (+)
26PV 8200 2000 B7DS 4 2609 1200

Bridging bars for connecting poles in series (continued)

Use

Quantity to be Quantity of bridging
Switch body Rating Frame ordered to connect bars kits to order per
Reference (A) size ŮONKDRHMRDQHDR Fig. switch - ungrounded Fig. Reference
-
(+)
2609 0026
+ + -
(-) (-) (+)
26PV 3015 160 B4T 1 1

+ -
(-) (+)
2609 0041
+ -
(-) (+)
-
(+)
2609 0026
+ + -
(-) (-) (+)
26PV 3024 250 B4T 1 1

+ -
(-) (+)
2609 0041
+ -
(-) (+)
-
(+)
2609 0026
+ + -
(-) (-) (+)
26PV 3030 315 B4T 1 1

+ -
(-) (+)
2609 0041
+ -
(-) (+)
-
(+)
2609 0026
+ + -
(-) (-) (+)
26PV 3039 400 B4T 1 1

+ -
(-) (+)
2609 0041
+ -
(-) (+)

Bridging bars for connecting poles in series (continued)
Use

Quantity to be Quantity of bridging
Switch body Rating Frame ordered to connect bars kits to order per
Reference (A) size ŮONKDRHMRDQHDR Fig. switch - ungrounded Fig. Reference
26PV 8080 800 B6DS 1 4 2609 1100
26PV 8120 1250 B6DS 1 4 2609 1100

B
A - -
(+) (+)
+ +
(-) (-)
1
26PV 8200 2000 B7DS 1 4 2609 1200

Characteristics
Rated Current In 100 A 160 A 250 A
Reference 26PV 2010 26PV 5010 26PV 2016 26PV 5016 26PV 3015 26PV 2025 26PV 5025 26PV 3024
Frame size B4 B4DS B4 B4DS B4T B4 B4DS B4T
Thermal current at 40°C (A) 100 100 160 160 160 250 250 250
Rated insulation voltage Ui (V) 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV) 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
Rated Utilisation
Number of circuits voltage category Ie (A) Ie (A) Ie (A) Ie (A) Ie (A) Ie (A) Ie (A) Ie (A)
1 circuit 100 - 160 - - 250 - -
1000 VDC DC-21 B
2 circuits - 100 - 160 - - 250 -
Ie (A) 1 circuit - - - - - - - -
DC-21 B
2 circuits 1500 VDC - - - - - - - -
1 circuit DC-PV1 - - - - 160 - - 250
Number of pole(s) in series per circuit 1P+; 1P- (1) 1P+; 1P- (2) 1P+; 1P- (1) 1P+; 1P- (2) 2P+; 1P-(3) 1P+; 1P- (1) 1P+; 1P- (2) 2P+; 1P- (3)
Number of pole(s) of the device 2P 4P 2P 4P 3P 2P 4P 3P
Rated short-time withstand current 0.3 s. (kA eff) 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Rated short-time withstand current 1 s. (kA eff) 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Power dissipation per poles of the PV switch (W/P) @ 40°C 0.8 0.8 2 2 2.5 4.7 4.7 5
Humidity according to IEC 60947-1 Annexe Q (%) 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95
Connection
Nominal Cu cable section (mm²) 35 35 70 70 70 120 120 120
Nominal Cu busbar width (mm) 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32
(1) (2) (3)
+ - + - - + -
(-) (+) (-) (+) (+) (-) (+)
+ -
(-) (+) B OR
sirco-pv_075_a_1_x_cat
+ - A + - + + - + -
(-) (+) (-) (+) (-) (-) (+) (-) (+)
1 2 1 1
+ -
(-) (+)
1. Utility 1
2. Utility 2 1

Characteristics (continued)
Rated Current In 315 A
Reference 26PV 2031 26PV 5031 26PV 3030
Frame size B4 B4DS B4T
Thermal current at 40°C (A) 315 315 315
Number of circuits Rated voltage Utilisation category Ie (A) Ie (A) Ie (A)
1 circuit 315 -
1000 VDC DC-21 B
2 circuits - 315 -
Ie (A) 1 circuit - - -
DC-21 B
2 circuits 1500 VDC - - -
1 circuit DC-PV1 - 315
Number of pole(s) in series per circuit 1P+; 1P-(1) 1P+; 1P-(2) 2P+; 1P-(3)
Number of pole(s) of the device 2P 4P 3P
Rated short-time withstand current 0.3 s. (kA eff) 10 10 10
Rated short-time withstand current 1 s. (kA eff) 5 5 5
Power dissipation per poles of the PV switch (W/P) @ 40°C 8 8 9.5
Humidity according to IEC 60947-1 Annexe Q (%) 95 95 95
Connection
Nominal Cu cable section (mm²) 185 185 185
Nominal Cu busbar width (mm) 32 32 32
(1) (2) (3)
+ - + - - + -
(-) (+) (-) (+) (+) (-) (+)
+ -
(-) (+) B OR
+ - A + - + + - + -
(-) (+) (-) (+) (-) (-) (+) (-) (+)
.
1 2 1 1
+ -
(-) (+)
1. Utility 1
2. Utility 2
1


Rated Current In 400 A 500 A
Reference 26PV 4040 26PV 3039 26PV 4050
Frame size B4 B4T B4
Number of circuits Rated voltage Utilisation category Ie (A) Ie (A) Ie (A)
1 circuit 400 - 500
1000 VDC DC-21 B
2 circuits - - -
Ie (A) 1 circuit - - -
DC-21 B
2 circuits 1500 VDC - - -
1 circuit DC-PV1 - 400 -
Number of pole(s) in series per circuit 2P+; 2P- (1) 2P+; 1P- (2) 2P+; 2P- (1)
Number of pole(s) of the device 4P 3P 4P
Rated short-time withstand current 0.3 s. (kA eff) 10 10 10
Rated short-time withstand current 1 s. (kA eff) 5 5 5
Power dissipation per poles of the PV switch (W/P) @ 40°C 20 15 30
Humidity according to IEC 60947-1 Annexe Q (%) 95 95 95
Connection
Nominal Cu cable section (mm²) 240 240 2 x 150
Nominal Cu busbar width (mm) 32 32 32
(1) (2)
- + -
(+) (-) (+)
OR
+ + - -
(-) (-) (+) (+)
+ + - + -
1 (-) (-) (+) (-) (+)
1 1

Rated Current In 630 A 800 A
Reference 26PV 4063 26PV 8063 26PV 4080 26PV 8080
Frame size B5 B5DS B5 B5DS
Thermal current at 40°C (A) 630 630 800 800
Rated insulation voltage Ui (V) 1500 1500 1200 1500
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV) 12 12 12 12
Number of circuits Rated voltage Utilisation category Ie (A) Ie (A) Ie (A) Ie (A) Ie (A)
1 circuit 630 - 800 -
1000 VDC DC-21 B
2 circuits - 630 - 800 -
Ie (A)
1 circuit - - - - 800
1500 VDC DC-21 B
2 circuits - - - -
Number of pole(s) in series per circuit 2P+; 2P- (1) 2P+; 2P- (2) 2P+; 2P- (1) 2P+; 2P- (2) 4P+, 4P- (3)
Number of pole(s) of the device 4P 8P 4P 8P
Rated short-time withstand current 0.3 s. (kA eff) 10 10 10 10
Rated short-time withstand current 1 s. (kA eff) 5 5 5 5
Power dissipation per poles of the PV switch (W/P) @ 40°C 40 40 70 70
Humidity according to IEC 60947-1 Annexe Q (%) 95 95 95 95
Connection
Nominal Cu cable section (mm²) 2 x 185 2 x 185 2 x 240 2 x 240
Nominal Cu busbar width (mm) 40 40 50 50
(1) (2) (3)
B
B
+ + - - A + + - -
(-) (-) (+) (+) (-) (-) (+) (+) A - - - -
(+) (+) (+) (+)
1 + + - - 2
(-) (-) (+) (+) + + + +
(-) (-) (-) (-) 1
1
1. Utility 1
2. Utility 2


Rated Current In 1250 A 2000 A 3200 A
Reference 26PV 4120 26PV 8120 26PV 4200 26PV 8200 26PV 4320
Frame size B6 B6DS B7 B7DS B8
Thermal current at 40°C (A) 1250 1250 2000 2000 3200
Rated insulation voltage Ui (V) - - 1500 1500 1500
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV) 12 12 12 12 12
Number of circuits Rated voltage Utilisation category Ie (A) Ie (A) Ie (A) Ie (A) Ie (A) Ie (A) Ie (A)
1 circuit 1250 - 2000 - 3200
1000 VDC DC-21 B
2 circuits - 1250 - - 2000 - -
Ie (A)
1 circuit 1500 VDC DC-21 B - - 1250 2000
2 circuits - - - - -
Number of pole(s) in series per circuit 2P+; 2P- (1) 2P+; 2P- (2) 4P+; 4P- (3) 2P+; 2P- (1) 2P+; 2P- (2) 4P+; 4P- (3) 4P+; 4P- (1)
Number of pole(s) of the device 4P 8P 4P 8P 4P
Rated short-time withstand current 0.3 s. (kA eff) 10 10 10 10 10
Rated short-time withstand current 1 s. (kA eff) 5 5 5 5 5
Power dissipation per poles of the PV switch (W/P) @ 40°C - 63 - 125 -
Humidity according to IEC 60947-1 Annexe Q (%) 95 95 95 95 95
Connection
Nominal Cu cable section (mm²) 2 x 240 2 x 240 - - -
Nominal Cu busbar width (mm) 63 63 100 100 4 x 100 x 5
(1) (2) (3)
B B
+ + - - A + + - - A - - - -
(-) (-) (+) (+) (-) (-) (+) (+) (+) (+) (+) (+)
1 + + - - 2 + + + +
(-) (-) (+) (+) (-) (-) (-) (-) 1
1. Utility 1
2. Utility 2
1

Dimensions (mm)
100 to 315 A - B4 - 2P - 1000 VDC - 1 circuit
26PV 2010 - 26PV 2016 - 26PV 2025 - 26PV 2031
Ø9
7.5
Ø7 25
180 73.6
65 115 38.2 Ø 11
13.3
55 105 3.5
30
60
47.5
46.6
40
160
86.6
87.5
80
100
sirco-pv_141_a_1_x_cat.ai
32.75 22.2 77.8 91
95
116.1

26PV 4040 - 26PV 4050
210 35
Ø 11
105
15
32.8 50 22 35
170
140
80
230 13 79

26PV 4063 - 26PV 4080
45
145 145 88.5

135 135 36 Ø 13
20
4.8
50
Ø7
40
260
100
107
37.5 65 65 65 111
290 131

1250 A - B6 - 4P - 1000 VDC - 1 circuit

26PV 4120
60
335 46.5
167.5 167.5 7 28.5
11
28.5
65
Ø9
137
4 x Ø16
59.5
370
330
115.5
193
47.5 80 80 80 138.9
143.4
360 166
2000 A - B7 - 4P - 1000 VDC - 1 circuit

26PV 4200
467 47.5
233.5 8 90
45 45
30 30
25 25
12.5
Ø9
15
44
35.8
Ø12.5
59.5
380.4
288
115.5
120 120 120

138.9
492 143.4
166

Dimensions (mm) (continued)

3200 A - B8 - 4P - 1000 VDC - 1 circuit
26PV 4320 229.4
180
133.5 90
67.5 45 45
492 30 30
233.5 233.5 25 25
12.5
15
35.8
Ø12.5
77.5
380
280
200
288
250
461
44
12.5 53.5 120
100 to 315 A - B4DS - 4P - 1000 VDC - 2 circuits

26PV 5010 - 26PV 5016 - 26PV 5025 - 26PV 5031 141 25
132.3
Ø9
38.2 Ø 11
13.3
7.5
Ø7 160
3.5
30
66.65
80
67.5
60
ON
160
OFF
66.65
67.5
60
80
27.25
62.25 100 161.9
39 205 182.65
244
630 A - B5DS - 8P - 1000 VDC - 2 circuits

26PV 8063 Ø9
45
7.5
270 189.7
Ø7
52.6 4.8
20
50
130
97.5
Ø 13
90
ON
260
OFF
97.5
90
130
37.5 220.7
71.3 65 65 65 239.4
360.8 260


26PV 8080
253.5
466
66.5 7
51.5 335
160.5
125
321
370
125
160.5
47.5 Ø9
298
67 99 80 80 80 303
327.5
50
10
16.5
26.5
33
60.5
Ø9
Ø 15

26PV 8120
253.5 60
335 66.5 7 28.5
11
28.5
65
165
125
4 x Ø16
330
370
125
165
47.5 298
67 99 80 80 80 303
466 327.5


26PV 8200 90
45 45
30 30
25 25
12.5
15
35.8
Ø12.5
253.5
51.5 467 67.5 8
8
Ø9
125
380.4
288
125
53.5
105 120 120 120 298
303
598 327
160 to 400 A - B4T - 3P - 1500 VDC - 1 circuit

26PV 3015 - 26PV 3024 - 26PV 3030 - 26PV 3039
Ø9
7.5
230 35
Ø7 51.8
210
3.5
15
26
Ø 11
50
170
135
120
90
32.75 2.75 86.7

42.75 75 75 104.6
129.2

800 A - B6DS - 8P - 1500 VDC - 1 circuit

26PV 8080
253.5
466
66.5 7
51.5 335
160.5
125
321
370
125
160.5
47.5 Ø9
298
67 99 80 80 80 303
327.5
50
10
16.5
26.5
33
60.5
Ø9
Ø 15

26PV 8120
253.5 60
335 66.5 7 28.5
11
28.5
65
165
125
4 x Ø16
330
370
125
165
47.5 298
67 99 80 80 80 303
466 327.5


26PV 8200 90
45 45
30 30
25 25
12.5
15
35.8
Ø12.5
253.5
51.5 467 67.5 8
8
Ø9
125
380.4
288
125
53.5
105 120 120 120 298
303
598 327

Dimensions for external handles (mm)

B4 - B4DS - B5
Front operation
S2 type
28
I 4Ø7
Ø 78
°
90
40
0
125
Ø 37
45
B5DS - B6 - B7
Front operation
S4 type
I
Ø78
°
Ø 37
90
350
28
0
4Ø7
40
60
B8 - B6DS - B7DS
Front operation
V1 type 50
I
4 Ø 6.5
545
0
50
Ø 31
122

Bridging bars (mm)

2609 0025 2709 0045
4.33
110
0.89 2.56
22.5 65
12.5 50 12.5 4 R 0.24
Ø 0.51 R 6 max
sirco-ul_030_a_1_x_cat
2.09
53
Ø 13
15
sirco-pv-134_a_1_x_cat
°
0.39
90
10
0.35
12
14
Ø11
0.24
6
1.83 0.67 0.20
46.5 17 5 2.24
57
2709 0027 2609 0080
0.89 2.56 0.89

22.5 65 22.5
81
0.75 1.02
Ø 0.51
26
Ø13
1.77
Ø 13
45
19
19
0.35
9
0.20
0.87 5
22.5 65 22.5 5
22
2609 0026 2609 1100
17.5 75 5
Ø9
100
27
33
13
11
Ø11
33 47 8.5 5
130
2609 1200 2609 0041

210
35 30.5
M10
15
75
128.5
Ø 12.5
158.8
12.5
22.95
15 30 5 8
60 60 71

Mounting orientation
B4 to B8 B4DS - B5DS B6DS - B7DS
sirco_271_a_1_x_cat
sirco_271_a_1_x_cat

INOSYS LBS
Load break switches for DC and PV applications
160 to 630 A, up to 1500 VDC
Load break switches
The solution for
> Disconnection within PV

DC-PV2 installation
> Battery protection
> DC equipment & process
isolation
inosy_152.eps
inosy_158.eps
Strong points
> High-performance switching in

a compact design
> Easy integration
INOSYS LBS INOSYS LBS
> Reinforced safety with visible
1 + 1 poles 2 poles contact indication
> Efficient with low power-loss
Functions
INOSYS LBS is a range of load break switches that can be manually controlled. These switches
can be operated manually using the handle to disconnect all or part of the electrical installation. Compliance with standards
They ensure on-load opening / closing and safe disconnection of any low voltage electrical circuit
> IEC 60947-3,
up to 1500 VDC. They can also be used for emergency power switching applications. They are
available for DC-PV2 utilization category.
DC-21B & DC-PV2
> UL98B
Advantages File E346418
High performance power switching 'HVLJQHGIRUKDUVKHQYLURQPHQWV
LQbFRQILQHGVSDFHV • 5HAQ@SHNMSDRSDC 'YSN'Y@S Ű&
INOSYS LBS load break switches incorporate
> KEMA-KEUR
• Impact-tested (15 g for three cycles).
patented technology that provides a breaking • Humidity-tested (2 cycles, 55 °C, 95%
capacity of between 500 and 750 VDC per humidity).
pole, providing 1500 VDC in just 2 poles, • Salt spray-tested (3 cycles with storage
@MCŰRHFMHEHB@MSKXKHLHSHMFONVDQCHRRHO@SHNM > CCC
humidity, 40 °C, 93% humidity after each
KKŰHM@MDWBDOSHNM@KKXBNLO@BSDMBKNRTQD cycle).
Safe to use Easy to install &RPSDWLEOHZLWKUHTXLUHPHQWV
• Direct position indicator on the bar and visible
• Wiring: the non-polarisation of the switch > IEC 60364-7-712
contact with containment of the electrical arc.
allows for all types of wiring and connections. > NEC art. 690
• The switch is completely independent of the
• (MSDFQ@SDC@TWHKH@QXBNMS@BSR
operating speed, which ensures safe use > AS/NZS 5033
under any conditions.
• High temperatures permitted: without derating
up to 55 °C (131°F), operational from -40 to Compliance with environmental
+70 °C. standards
> IEC 60947-1
Annex Q, Stage F
> IEC 60068-2-1
> IEC 60068-2-2
0RGXODUVROXWLRQIRUIOH[LEOHFRQILJXUDWLRQ > IEC 60068-2-27
• Single or double-pole switch > IEC 60068-2-30
The same switch can be used on earth-connected or insulated networks with a simple change in > IEC 60068-2-52
the wiring configuration.
> IEC 60068-2-6
sirco-mc_084_a
sirco-mc_026_a
Single-pole switching Double-pole switching

INOSYS LBS
160 to 630 A, up to 1500 VDC
Typical applications: local safe disconnection for DC and PV applications

PV system: Junction box, combiner box or inverter Battery isolation
INOSYS
LBS
INOSYS
LBS
inosy_013_b_1_x_cat
inosy_118_a
DC process isolation
inosy_014_b_1_x_cat
INOSYS
LBS
The SOCOMEC solutions
SIRCO PV INOSYS LBS

Manual PV switches Visible breaking switches for DC and PV applications
Up to 3200 A at 1000 VDC

Up to 630 A (IEC) and
Up to 2000 A at 1500 VDC
600 A (UL) at 1500 VDC
Up to 4 circuits
sirco-pv_059 - 060 - 061
inosy_152

INOSYS LBS
160 to 630 A, up to 1500 VDC
Introduction
7
9
9
3
4
1
2
INOSYS LBS 400 A - 1500 V DC

10 $WSDQM@KNODQ@SHNMG@MCKD
12
11 Direct operation handle
2G@ESENQDWSDQM@KNODQ@SHNM
TWHKH@QXBNMS@BS
HMNRX>>@>>W>B@S @H
Inter-phase barriers
Terminal shrouds
Terminal screen
Bridging bar to arrange the poles in series
6 Captive nut
Mounting insert
Cage terminals
7 8

INOSYS LBS
160 to 630 A, up to 1500 VDC
References
INOSYS LBS
1000 VDC - 1 circuit
No. of poles
Rating (A) Frame size per circuit Switch body(1) External operation Aux. Contact
2P
160 A F2 86P0 2016
(1 P+, 1 P-)
Shaft
ŰLL
1400 1032
2P
250 A F2 86P0 2025
(1 P+, 1 P-)
Handle type S2
Black IP65
742F 2111 NO/NC
2P 8499 0001
315 A F2 86P0 2031
(1 P+, 1 P-)
Shaft
ŰLL
1400 1032
2P
400 A F3 86P0 2040
(1 P+, 1 P-)
Handle type S2L
Black IP65
14AF 2111
(1) The switches are supplied without accessories.
(2) Please contact us
1500 VDC - 1 circuit

No. of poles
86P0 2017
2P
(1 P+, 1 P-)
160 A F2 86P1 1017(3)
3P
86P0 3016
(2 P+, 1P-)
86P0 2026 Shaft 320 mm

2P 1400 1032
(1 P+, 1 P-)
250 A F2 86P1 1026(3)
Handle type S2
Black IP 65
3P
86P0 3025 742F 2111
(2 P+, 1 P-)
NO/NC
86P0 2032
2P 8499 0001
(1 P+, 1 P-)
315 A F2 86P1 1032(3)
3P
86P0 3031
(2 P+, 1 P-)
86P0 2041
2P
400 A F3 Shaft 320 mm
(1 P+, 1 P-)
86P1 1041(3) 1400 1032
Handle type S2L

86P0 2064 Black IP 65
2P
630 A F3 14AF 2111
(1 P+, 1 P-)
86P1 1064(3)
1500 VDC - 2 circuits

No. of poles
400 A 86P2 2041(2)

Shaft 320 mm
1400 1032
2P NO/NC
500 A F3 86P2 2051
(1 P+, 1 P-) Handle type S2L 8499 0001
Black IP 65
14AF 2111
630 A 86P2 2064(2)
(1) The switches are supplied without accessories.

(2) Centred mechanism.

INOSYS LBS
160 to 630 A, up to 1500 VDC
Accessories
Frame size Handle type Handle colour Reference
F2 E2 Black 8499 5022
acces_400_a_1_cat
F2 E2 Red 8499 5023
F3 E3 Black 8499 5032
E2 handle
$WSDQM@KNODQ@SHNMG@MCKD
Use ([DPSOHRIXVH
3GDDWSDQM@KBNMSQNKG@MCKDRHMBKTCD When the handle is locked in the "ON"
@ŰAQD@RSOK@SD@MCB@MADO@CKNBJDC position, the operator must make sure to
$WSDQM@KŰG@MCKDRRGNTKCADTRDCVHSG disconnect and isolate the circuit before
@ŰRG@ESDWSDMRHNM accessing the board and carrying out
Note: We recommend using IP55 for indoor maintenance work.
acces_150.eps
and IP65 for outdoor applications. You can open the door when the switch
is in the "ON" position by bypassing the
lock function with a specially designed
tool (authorised persons only). The lock is
automatically re-applied when the door is Handle type S2
closed.

Frame size Handle type Handle colour Protection degree Reference Reference(2)
F2 S2 Black IP65 742F 2111 14YA 2111
F2 S2 Red IP65 14AE 2111
F3 S2L(1) Black IP65 14AF 2111 14AA 2111
F3 S2L(1) Red IP65 14AE 2111
(1) S2L handles have an extended socket; please see the section on dimensions.
(2) Only comptatible with left mechanism version.
2G@ESENQDWSDQM@KNODQ@SHNM
Frame size Handle type Length (mm) Reference
acces_401_a_1_cat
F2 - F3 S2, S2L 200 1400 1020

F2 - F3 S2, S2L 320 1400 1032
F2 - F3 S2, S2L 400 1400 1040
Other colour schemes: please contact us. Shaft for S2 and S2L handles
2G@ESFTHCDENQDWSDQM@KNODQ@SHNM
Use
KKNVRXNTSNFTHCDSGDRG@ESENQDWSDQM@K Recommended for shaft lengths over
control. 320 mm.
This accessory can correct any misalignment
acces_260_a_2_cat
of the control shaft by up to 15 mm.

INOSYS LBS
160 to 630 A, up to 1500 VDC
TWHKH@QXBNMS@BS
Use Characteristics
Provide information about the position and Switching type: NO/NC,
pre-break depending on installation location. IP2X with front control (screw cap).
10 000 operations.
,@W ODQRVHSBG
acces_402_a_1_cat
Frame size Connection type Type Reference
F2 - F3 Screws Standard NO/NC 8499 0001
F2 - F3 Screws Low level NO/NC 8499 0002
Position
Characteristics
Type of auxiliary Ith 24 VDC 48 VDC 230 VAC 440 VAC
POS
contact Min. current (A) (A) DC-14 DC-14 AC-15 AC-15
Standard L Ű5 16 1 0.2 4 4
Low level L Ű5 16 1 0.2 2 1
PRE PRE
acces_465_a_1_gb_cat
Position
(pre-break)
Bridging bar for poles in series

Use
The bridging bars enable the poles to be connected in series, allowing the following
configurations.
9'&òFLUFXLWòGXDOSRODULW\VZLWFKLQJ
Frame size Rating (A) No. of poles per circuit Quantity to order Reference
F2 160 … 315 3P 1 8409 0016(1)
acces_411_a_1_cat
(1) Kit includes 2 identical bridging bars.
9'&òFLUFXLWZLWKIXOOYROWDJHVZLWFKLQJSHUSRODULW\FLUFXLWVòVLQJOHSRODULW\VZLWFKLQJ
Frame size Rating (A) No. of poles per circuit Quantity to order Reference
F3 400 4P/2P 2 8409 0040(1)
F3 500 4P/2P 2 8409 0041
F3 630 4P/2P 2 8409 0063
(1) Kit includes 2 identical bridging bars.

INOSYS LBS
160 to 630 A, up to 1500 VDC
Inter-phase barriers
Use
Safety isolating break between the terminals, essential for use at 1000 VDC and
acces_405_a_1_cat acces_406_a_1_cat
1500 VDC or between 2 circuits.
Frame size Type Packaging (units) Reference

F2 - F3 Short 2 8499 2202
F2 - F3 Short 3 8499 2203
F2 - F3 Long 2 8499 2212
F2 - F3 Long 3 8499 2213
Terminal shrouds
Use $GYDQWDJHV
For top or bottom protection against Perforations for thermographic inspection /
direct contact with terminals or connection voltage check without the need to remove
parts; provides IP4 protection and phase SGDRGQNTCR 3DQLHM@KRGQNTCRB@MADEHWDC
separation. 1 P type to cover 1 pole in place with a holding insert. Includes
connection. break-off tabs for precise adaptation to
cables or insulated bars.
Frame size Packaging (units) No. of poles Position Reference
acces_407_a_1_cat
F2 3 1P Top or bottom 8499 4213 (1)
F2 4 1P Top or bottom 8499 4214 (1)
F3 4 1P Top or bottom 8499 4314 (1)
(1) Compatible with the holding insert which can be fitted to lock the shrouds in place.
Terminal screens
Use $GYDQWDJHV
Provides top and bottom protection against Perforations for thermal checks.
direct contact with terminals or connection Assembly requires mounting inserts
parts. (provided with terminal screens).
Frame size No. of poles Position Reference(1)

F2 2P Top and bottom 8499 3222
acces_408_a_1_cat

(1) Each reference comprises 2 terminal screens for top and bottom protection.

INOSYS LBS
160 to 630 A, up to 1500 VDC
Mounting insert
Use
Used to secure terminal shrouds / inter-phase barriers on the switch.
acces_409_a_1_cat
Frame size Packaging (units) Reference
F2 - F3 10 8499 6220
F2 - F3 100 8499 6221
Captive nut
Use
This accessory enables simple one-sided connection to the power terminals. It can be
mounted on either side of the terminal for front or rear connection.
acces_399_a_1_cat
F2 12 8499 6120
F2 120 8499 6121
F3 12 8499 6130
F3 120 8499 6131
Voltage tap
Use
Allows you to connect sensors or measure voltage with a fast-on connection.
acces_412_a_1_cat
F2 12 8499 9012
F3 12 8499 9013

INOSYS LBS
160 to 630 A, up to 1500 VDC
Characteristics
Rated current In 160 A 250 A 315 A 400 A 500 A 630 A
Frame size F2 F2 F2 F3 F3 F3
Thermal current at 40 °C (A) 160 250 315 400 500 630
Rated insulation voltage Ui (V) 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV) 12 12 12 12 12 12
Nominal
Number of circuits voltage Utilisation category Ie (A) Ie (A) Ie (A) Ie (A) Ie (A) Ie (A)
1 circuit 1000 VDC(1) DC-21 B 160 250 315 400 500 630
1 circuit 1500 VDC (2) DC-21 B 160 250 315 400 500 630
Nominal
Number of circuits voltage Utilisation category Ie (A) Ie (A) Ie (A) Ie (A) Ie (A) Ie (A)
1 circuit 1000 VDC (1) PV2 - - - - - -
1 circuit 1500 VDC (2) PV2 160 250 315 400 500 630
2 circuits 1500 VDC (2) PV2 - - - 400 500 630
Short-circuit operation at 1000 VDC and 1500 VDC (unprotected)
Current rated as short-time withstand Icw 1s (kA rms) 5 5 5 8 8 8
Rated short-circuit breaking capacity Icm (peak kA) – 60 ms 10 10 10 10 10 10
Connection
(3)
Recommended Cu rigid cable cross-section 70 120 185 240 W W
Recommended width of copper bars (mm) (3) 20 20 20 25 25 25
Durability (number of operating cycles) 8000 8000 8000 8000 8000 8000
Power dissipation per pole (W/pole) 4.5 11.2 13 13 21.6 30.2
(1) 2 poles in series.
(2) 2 or 3 poles in series.
(3) For aluminium connections, please contact us.

INOSYS LBS
160 to 630 A, up to 1500 VDC
Dimensions (in/mm)
INOSYS LBS
J J1 J
0.59 J2 J3 J4 J2
15
1 2 1 2
B3
B2
6.22
P2
B1
1.77
P2
= =
J6
J6
==
==
==
==
158
45
B
P P1 0.26 P1
1.97 6.5
50 0.39 0.39
4.33 15 15
110
4.96 A A
126 A1
C
0.59
15 J J1 J
6.22
158
J6
J6
1. Inter-phase barrier.
2. Terminal screens. 0.73
18.5
J8 0.22
5.5
0.22
0.20
5.5
5.2
J7
0.73
18.5
HMNRX>>@>>W>B@S @H
Wiring terminal F2
Wiring terminal F3
0.71 1.10
18 28
0.43
HMNRX>>@>>W>B@S @H
0.35
HMNRX>>@>>W>B@S @H
11
9
0.51
1.10
13
0.19
5
0.39
28
0.94
10
24
0.14
3.5
A A1 J J1 J
Rating (A) Frame size Units 2P 3P 1+1 P / 2+2 P 1+1 P / 2+2 P 1+1 P / 2+2 P 2P 3P
inches 4.60 5.98 4.60 / 7.36 1.97 / 3.37 2.05 / 3.44 3.35 4.72
160 … 315 F2
mm 117 152 117 / 187 50.5 / 85.5 52.5 / 87.5 85.5 120.5
inches 5.40 7.17 5.40 / 8.94 2.36 / 4.15 2.44 / 4.23 4.13 -
400 F3
mm 137 182 137 / 227 60.5 / 105.5 62.5 / 107.5 105.5 -
B B1 B2 B3 C J2 J3 J4 J6 P1 P2
Rating (A) Frame size Units IEC short IEC long UL IEC UL
inches 5.90 13.35 7.85 12.61 10.31 11.64 4.33 4.33 2.26 1.38 2.34 4.72 1.38 5.87
160 … 315 F2
mm 154 339 199 320 262 296 110 110 57.5 35 59.5 120 35 149
inches 5.90 16.28 9.35 14.11 15.5 14.12 4.33 5.31 2.64 1.77 2.72 6.22 1.77 7.87
400 F3
mm 154 414 237 358 394 359 110 135 67.5 45 69.5 158 45 200

INOSYS LBS
160 to 630 A, up to 1500 VDC
#HLDMRHNMRNEDWSDQM@KG@MCKDRHMLL
F2
Front operation
S2 type
I 1.10
28
Ø 3.07
° 4 Ø 0.28
90
4Ø7
Ø 78
poign_013_b_1_us_cat.eps
1.57
0
40
4.92
125
Ø 1.46
Ø 37
1.77
45
F3
Front operation
S2L type
I 1.10
28
4 Ø 0.28
Ø 3.07
°
90
4Ø7
Ø 78
0
1.57
40
poign_069_b_1_us_cat.eps
6.30
Ø 1.46
160
Ø 37
1.77
45
Wiring configuration
1 circuit - 1000 VDC 1 circuit - 1500 VDC 2 circuits - 1500 VDC
F2-F3 - 2 P F2 - 3 P F2-F3 - 2 P F3 - 2 P
+ - - + -
(+) + - + -
(-) (+) (-) (+) (-) (+) (-) (+)
RHQBNOU>>@>>W>B@S DOR
HMNRX>>@>>W>B@S @H
+ + -
+ - (-) (-) (+) + - + - + -
(-) (+) (-) (+) (-) (+) (-) (+)
1
1 1
1. Circuit 1
1 circuit - 1500 VDC per polarity

HMNRX>>@>>W>B@S @H
+ + + +
(-) (-) (-) (-)

INOSYS LBS
160 to 630 A, up to 1500 VDC
Bridging bars (in/mm)

F2 F3
8409 0016 (1) 8409 0040 (1)
(1) Kit includes 2 identical bars. (1) Kit comprises 2 identical bars.
2.76
70
2.08 M8
53
M10
HMNRX>>@>>W>B@S @H
0.75
19
1.77
HMNRX>>@>>W>B@S @H
45
0.19
0.31
8
0.35 1.38 5
0.39
10
4.92 1.77 0.33
12.5 45 8.5
F3
8409 0041 8409 0063
2.87 2.87
73 73
2.91
74
3.85
98
M10
M10
0.98
HMNRX>>@>>W>B@S @H
25
0.98
HMNRX>>@>>W>B@S @H
25
0.47
12
0.55 1.77 0.33 0.47

14 45 8.5 12
0.55 1.77 0.33
0.98 1.97 8.5
14 45
25 50
0.98 1.97
25 50
Mounting orientation
F2 - F3
All mounting orientations are possible. Derating may apply - please consult us.
inosy_169_a.psd

Load break switches
for specific applications
Load break switches
Despite already offering a wide range of load break switches, SOCOMEC also
manufactures specific products to suit any requirement. Some of these products can be
seen on these two pages. This list is not exhaustive.
Please do not hesitate to contact us.
SIRCO range with overrated neutral Compliance with standards
> IEC 60947-3

The use of power electronics is becoming more > BS EN 60947-3
and more frequent. Chopper, rectifiers and current > EN 60947-3
inverters distort the signal by reinjecting the 3rd order
> NBN EN 60947-3
sirco_255
harmonics which are combined in the neutral.

Range available from 125 to 1800 A. > VDE 0660-107 (1992)
SIRCO 3 x 250 A with 400 A rated neutral
SIRCO high short-circuit withstand

• 80 kA rms 1 s.
• 110 kA rms 0.1 s.
• 240 kA peak.
sirco_353
SIRCO early break AC

• Complete range from 125 to 3200 A.
• Double positive break indication given through a
position indication window, located directly on the
product, and by the operating handle.
• Features an early break auxiliary contact as standard.
• Severe load duty categories (AC-22 and AC-23).
sirco_380
• High resistance to damp heat (supplied "tropicalised").
SIRCO 3 x 1250 A with early prebreak AC

Load break switches
for specific applications
SIRCO for earthing

• From 800 to 1800 A.
• 50 kA rms 1 s.
• Special S4 type handle.
• Undervoltage coil interlocking.
sirco_363
sirco_338_a_1_x_cat
Remotely operated load break switches
SIRCO MOT AT
Function
SIRCO MOT AT are remotely operated 3/4 pole load break switches. They make and break
under load conditions and provide safety isolation for any low voltage electrical circuit.
sirco_310
This is ensured via volt-free contacts using either a pulse or contactor logic.
Advantages General characteristics

• Extended power range • 2 stable positions (I, 0).
These products offer great flexibility thanks • One auxiliary contact per position as
to a wide power supply range of 208 to standard.
Ű5 " • Positive break indication
• Integrated auxiliary contacts • AUT/MAN selector.
As part of the product monitoring • Manual emergency operation.
function, the SIRCO MOT AT enables the • Padlocking in position 0
transmission of information relating to their (position I optional).
position. This is possible thanks to the
• Ratings: from 125 to 3200 A.
standard integration of an auxiliary contact
for each position.
References
Rating (A) 125 160 250 400 630 800

Power supply
No. of poles voltage Reference Reference Reference Reference Reference Reference
3P 5 " 9915 3012 9915 3016 9915 3025 9915 3040 9915 3063 9915 3080
4P 5 " 9915 4012 9915 4016 9915 4025 9915 4040 9915 4063 9915 4080
Rating (A) 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 3200

Power supply
No. of poles voltage Reference Reference Reference Reference Reference Reference
3P 5 " 9915 3100 9915 3120 9915 3160 9915 3200 9915 3250 9915 3320
4P 5 " 9915 4100 9915 4120 9915 4160 9915 4200 9915 4250 9915 4320

UL and CSA load break switches
from 16 to 1200 A
Load breack switches
Something to think about
> SOCOMEC also offers a full

range of load break switches,
with direct or front external
control that fully comply with
UL & CSA standards.
> A specific UL/CSA product
catalogue is available on
request, don't hesitate to
contact us for your copy.
> Important:
sirco-ul_022.eps
all electrical equipment

designed for the North
American market must
conform to UL/CSA
standards.
> UL 508
(file UL E 173959)
> UL 98
(file UL E 201138)
> CSA 22.2 nº4
(file CSA 189705)
Function
Standard UL 508 : load break switches Standard UL 98 and UL 489:
for control of electric motors load break switches
They ensure on-load making and breaking They ensure on-load making and breaking
and provide safety isolation for motor control and provide safety isolation for all electrical
up to 600 V. circuits up to 600 V.
SIRCO M INOSYS LBS
• Positive break indication • Visible breaking (contact position indication).
• Backplate or DIN-rail mounting. • Shunt or undervoltage tripping function from
• Padlocking in position 0 with max. 24 to 220 VDC and from 24 to 230 VAC.
ŰO@CKNBJRENQDWSDQM@KBNMSQNK • Opening and closing independent of speed
• Door locked when the switch is on for of movement.
devices with external front operation. • No de-rating up to 60°C and an operating
temperature range of -25 to +70°C.
SIRCO
• Positive break indication.
• Padlocking in position 0 with max.
ŰO@CKNBJRENQDWSDQM@KBNMSQNK
• Door locked when the switch is on for
devices with external front operation.

UL and CSA load break switches
from 16 to 1200 A
Standard UL 508: motor control

SIRCO M
Rating (A) 16 20 25 30 40 60 80
N° of poles
3P • • • • • • •
4P • • • • • • •
sircm_132_a
Operation type
Frontal direct/external • • • • • • •
Type of mounting
Front/back • • • • •
Standard UL 489 : load break switches

SIRCO V
Rating (A) 30
N° of poles Operation type
3P Frontal direct/external •
3 P + switched neutral Lateral direct/external •
sirco_092_a_1_cat
Standard UL 98 : load break switches
SIRCO M and SIRCO
Type SIRCO M SIRCO
Rating (A) 30 60 100 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
N° of poles
sirco_ul_022_b_1_cat
3P • • • • • • • • •
4P • • • • • • • • •
Operation type
External front • • • • • • • • •

Fuse protection
Fuse solutions: undeniable advantages over circuit breakers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 102
Why choose Socomec? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 103
Selection guide for fuse protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 104
Front/side-control fuse combination switches Special products

Protection for distribution
Fuse combination switches for
Motor protection Protection for main switchboards boards
special applications
FUSERBLOC FUSERBLOC FUSERBLOC
< 50 A 50 to 400 A 630 to 1250 A
p. 106 p. 106 p. 106
p. 128
Direct-control fuse combination switches
Fuse protection solutions
ŰŰ
Motor protection Protection for main switchboards Contact us
FUSERBLOC FUSERBLOC
< 50 A 50 to 400 A
Consult us Consult us
Front/side-control uR fuse combination switches

Semi-conductor protection UL / CSA range
FUSERBLOC Fused isolator switches
for uR fuses compliant with standards
50 à 1250 A UL489, UL98 and CSA C22.2
Consult us Approuvés pour l’utilisation dans
les applications les plus sévères,
Fuse combination switches with tripping function telles que l’interrupteur de tête
and visible breaking (Service Entrance) et pour la
protection et déconnexion du
moteur :
SIDERMAT
FUSOMAT combination • Standard positions 0 and 1
250 to 1250 A 1600 to 1800 A • Standard positions 0, 1 and
Consult us Consult us Test.
)RU8/ FODVV&&-/üIXVHVb
please contact us.
Fused disconnectors
new 30 to 800 A
RM CC Consult us
RM - RMS Class CC
32 to 125 A 30 A
Fuse base
Fuse base IP2X fuse base

160 to 2500 A 160 to 2500 A
Industrial fuses
Distribution Semi-conductor
protection Motor protection protection
gG fuses aM fuses uR fuses

0.5 to 1250 A 0.16 to 1250 A 5 to 2000 A
Consult us Consult us Consult us Compliant with
standard IEC/
EN 61439
Photovoltaic industrial fuses
All the steps for producing an
assembly that complies with
this standard can be found
RM PV PV in our guide, "Implementing
RM PV 32 A fuse bases gPV fuses standard IEC / EN 61439".
32 to 50 A 1500 VDC 32 to 600 A 1 to 600 A https://www.socomec.com/
Consult us Consult us Consult us Consult us catalogues-brochures_en.html

Fuse solutions: undeniable
advantages over circuit breakers
Fuse protection
SOCOMEC has always promoted the benefits of fuses for both personal and equipment Good to know
safety. In fact, fuse protection offers serious benefits compared to the circuit breaker in a
large number of applications. • Controlled with the high/low voltage
Fuse switches guarantee reliable breaking and protection, from the distribution of power to transformer sensor, triggering fuse
protection of the motor. Key benefits at a glance: switch disconnectors are the best
way to ensure cut-off and general
• Highly limited short circuits • Easy selection protection functions.
The thermal and mechanical effects Discrimination between upstream and
generated during a short circuit can be downstream fuses of the same type is • Protecting your system with ultra-rapid
considerable. The speed of a fuse's break guaranteed as long as the upstream fuse (uR) fuses is the only way to effectively
capacity ensures a much better limitation rating is 1.6 times or more higher than the protect the semiconductors used in
of the fault current than circuit breaker downstream fuse. This feature guarantees electronic equipment (variable speed
solutions (see Fig. 1). a seamless supply of energy (see the drives, etc.) against short circuits.
example in Fig. 2).
• High breaking capacity
• Confined breaking
Photovoltaic applications
Our fuses have a 100 kA breaking capacity
(or more); so you don't have to worry about During a short-circuit, the generated energy SOCOMEC offers solutions for
the short-circuit current when choosing the is absorbed by the silica and remains fuse load break switches and fuse
product for you. contained in the body of the fuse, avoiding disconnect switches.
the spread of the arc or even the projection
Contact us
of incandescent materials.
• Double breaking Technical specifications

Circuit breaker Our switch disconnectors break the circuit
kA Fuse upstream and downstream of the fuse, All the information you need about
High speed fuses (UR)
allowing it to be replaced safely. how to control your electrical system is
just one click away!
qrcode_010_a_gb.eps
ms
fuser_489_a_gb
Fig. 1: Limiting the current www.socomec.com/application-guide-scp_en
Mini x 1.6
fuser_641_b
Time (s)
100 A 160 A
fuser_493_c_gb
appli_563_a
Current
Fig. 2: Example of total selectivity

Why choose Socomec?
With over 90 years of experience, SOCOMEC offers a range of switches and components for What you need to know!
building a complete fuse protection solution. Working with us will also bring you plenty of other
benefits: We also offer a wide range of devices
that safely protect both people and
electronic devices (differential protection,
surge protection).
An active commercial A wide
See the section, "Electronic protection".
network range
page 361.
Our service teams have built their reputation Whatever your business (industry, data
on reassuring guidance, flexible skills and centres, photovoltaics, etc.), we can meet
reactivity. all your electrical protection needs with this
product range.
Quality
products Customised
SOCOMEC is recognised by its customers for solutions
the reliability of its fuse solutions. Do our standard products not meet your
sgys_076_a_1_cat
needs? As a specialised manufacturer, we can
resys_081_a
adapt our products to your specific needs.
Contact us today to look into every option.
Contact your SOCOMEC representative.

Selection guide
Fuse protection
Type of
Application?
Fuse protection
operation?
Industry
FUSERBLOC FUSERBLOC FUSOMAT RM - RMS Fuse bases gG and AM

Front/side Direct SIDERMAT NFC/DIN
control control combination
25 to 1250 A 25 to 400 A 250 to 1800 A 32 to 125 A 160 to 2500 A 0.16 to 1250 A
p. 106 Consult us Consult us Consult us Consult us Consult us
Applications
Transformer output • •
Section connectors • • •
Cabinet entrance • • • •
Wiring •
Motor circuits • • • •
Semi-conductor protection • •
Photovoltaic installations
Device operation
Manual • • •
Via tripping •
Location of manual handle
Front • •
Side • up to 1250 A
Via a panel up to 32 A
Location of external handle
Front • •
Right side • up to 1250 A
Left side Contact us
Central Contact us
Breaking
Fully visible • • •
Visible •
Fuses
NFC/DIN •/• •/• -/• •/- -/• •
BS see the UK catalogue see the UK catalogue •
UL see UL catalogue see UL catalogue •
Other

Selection guide
Fuse protection
Positive or
Location of
visible break Type of fuse?
operating handle?
indication?
Power electronics
Photovoltaics
(inverters, UPS)
FUSERBLOC uR fuses RM PV RM PV PV fuse bases gPV fuses

for uR fuses
50 to 1250 A 5 to 2000 A 32 to 50 A 32 A - 1500 VDC 2 to 600 A 1 to 600 A

Consult us Consult us Consult us Consult us Consult us Consult us
• •
• • • •
•
•
•
•
•/• •
• gPV gPV gPV gPV

FUSERBLOC
Front/side-control fuse combination switches
for industrial fuses up to 1250 A
The solution for

Fuse protection
> Motor feeders

> Protection of industrial
cabinets
fuser_548
FUSERBLOC
from 630 to
1250 A Strong points
> Improved safety

> High breaking capacity
> Multi-use
fuser_532
> Specific functionalities for

simplified use
Extended range
fuser_539
FUSERBLOC
from 50 to 400 A > Centred or left side operation,
rear connections, plug-in
connections.
FUSERBLOC
Contact us
from 25 to 32 A
Function
The front/right-side FUSERBLOC is a manually operated multi-pole fuse load break switch. Compliance with standards
They make and break on load and provide safety isolation and protection against overcurrent for
any low voltage electrical circuit. > IEC 60947-3
This range includes both direct and external-control models, with 2, 3 and 4 poles and from 25 > EN 60947-3
SNŰ > BS EN 60947-3
> NBN EN 60947-3
Improved safety Specific functionalities for simplified use > DIN EN 60269-1
• Complete isolation of the fuse with double • TEST position for front/side-control devices > NF EN 60269-1
breaking per pole (top and bottom of fuse). up to 400 A allows control circuits to be
tested without switching power, thanks to the
> IEC 60269-2
• Positive break indication
High breaking capacity use of U-type auxiliary contacts. In the TEST > GB/T14048.3
position, the cabinet door can be opened. > VDE 0636-1
Protection against overloads and short-circuits
thanks to high breaking capacity fuses • Mechanical or electronic fuse blown detection > VDE 0660-107
(100 kA rms). system (see DDMM or FMD).
> UL standards: see
Multi-use FUSERBLOC UL
A single device can be operated with a handle,
either mounted directly on the unit itself or
externally, on the door or on the side of an Approvals and certifications(1)
electrical enclosure or cabinet.
Customised solutions
fuser_426.eps
fuser_597
(1) Product references on request.
Multi-pole FUSERBLOC Centred operation

FUSERBLOC

• In addition to the FUSERBLOC rating, product selection also depends on the fuse characteristics and functional specifications, which need to be in
accordance with the application. SOCOMEC FUSERBLOC devices are equipped with NFC/DIN fuses (for BS fuses, please contact us)
5
7
1. FUSERBLOC fuse combination switch
2. Handle for external front and side control
3. U-type auxiliary contacts (pre-break and
position signalling)
4. Auxiliary power contacts (position signalling)
5. Mechanical fuse melting detection device
4 (DDMM)
6. Upstream and downstream terminal shrouds
1 7. Integrated solid neutral link
8. Electronic fuse melting detection (FMD)
makes it possible to have an automatic
supervision or management system.
Compatible with BS88, DIN and UL fuses
3 - Visual LED signalling
- Bi-stable relay for automation devices:
2
alarm, tripping, etc.
- TEST button: test the device is working properly
6 at any time
- Mounting plate or DIN rail, on door or directly on
the FUSERBLOC
2 9. Direct control box.
9
8
• Whether it is 3-pole + switched neutral or 3-pole + solid neutral, the • For ratings 25 to 400 A, the flat mounting kit provides a compact
25 to 32 A FUSERBLOC with direct and external control is the best solution ideally suited to plug-in units.
compact solution. • Maintaining outputs from the DC common bus.
fuser_702
fuser_705

FUSERBLOC
References
NFC and DIN – front/right-side operation – 25 to 125 A
Rating (A) / Direct front External front TEST external External right- Electronic
Fuse size / handle handle front handle side handle Shaft for Auxiliary Terminal fuse blown
Casing size No. of poles Switch body I-0-TEST I-0 I - 0 - TEST I-0 handle contact shrouds indication(5)
3P 3631 3002(1)
CD 25 A / 3 P + switched
3631 4002(1)
10 x 38 / 0 neutral
3 P+ solid neutral 3631 5002(1)
3P 3631 3003
200 mm
CD 32 A / 3 P + switched 1401 0520
3631 4003 3629 4012
10 x 38 / 0 neutral 320 mm
1401 0532(2)
3 P+ solid neutral 3631 5003
3P 3631 3004(1)
Type S1 Type S1
CD 32 A / 3 P + switched Black Black
3631 4004(1) Type S1
14 x 51 / 0 neutral IP55 IP55
Black
1411 2111(2) 1415 2111(2)
IP65
3 P+ solid neutral 3631 5004(1) Black Black
1413 2115
IP65 IP65
Red
2P 3831 2005 1413 2111 1417 2111
IP65
Red/Yellow Red/Yellow
50 A / 1414 2115
3P 3831 3005(1) IP65 IP65
14 x 51 / 11 1414 2111 1418 2111
4P 3831 6005(1)
2P 3831 2006
Type U
1 contact 3 LEDs
NC vŰ5 "
63 A / 3999 0701(3) 3899 3120
3P 3831 3006(1) 1 contact
00C / 12 3 LEDs
NO 380 - 690 VAC
3999 0702(3) 3899 3380
(1)
4P 3831 6006
2P 3831 2010 200 mm

1400 1020
100 A / 320 mm
3P 3831 3010(1) 3999 5020
22 x 58 / 13 1400 1032(2)
500 mm
4P 3831 6010(1) 1400 1050
2P 3831 2011
S2 type S2 type
125 A / Black Black
3P 3831 3011 S2 type
22 x 58 / 13 IP55 IP55 2P
Black
4P 3831 6011 1421 2111(2) 1425 2111(2) 3998 2016(4)
IP65
Black Black 3P
1423 2115
IP65 IP65 3998 3016(4)
Red
1423 2111 1427 2111 4P
2P 3831 2012 IP65
Red Red 3998 4016(4)
1424 2115
IP65 IP65 3 LEDs
1424 2111 1428 2111 vŰ5 "
125 A / 3899 3120
3P 3831 3012
00 / 13 3 LEDs
vŰ5 "
3899 3380
4P 3831 6012
(1) Available enclosed (see "Enclosed fuse switches").

(2) Standard.
(3) Maximum 4 contacts.
(4) Top or bottom. Provide 2 terminal shrouds for complete upstream and downstream protection.
(5) Mechanical fuse blown auxiliary contact (DDMM), see "Accessories".

FUSERBLOC
NFC and DIN – front/right-side operation – 160 to 1250 A

Rating (A) / Direct front External front External right Electronic
Fuse / No. of handle External front TEST handle side handle Shaft for Auxiliary Terminal fuse blown
Casing size poles Switch body I-0-TEST handle I - 0 I - 0 - Test I-0 handle contact shrouds indication(6)
2P 3831 2015
160 A / 00 / 13 3P 3831 3015 Type U

2P
1 contact
4P 3831 6015 3998 2016(5)
NC
3P
3999 5020 3999 0701(3)
3998 3016(5)
2P 3831 2016 1 contact
S2 type S2 type 4P
NO
3998 4016(5)
160 A / 0 / 14 3P 3831 3016(1) Black
S2 type
Black 3999 0702(3)
IP55 IP55 200 mm
Black
4P 3831 6016 (1) 1421 2111(2) 1425 2111(2) 1400 1020
IP65
Black Black 320 mm
1423 2115
IP65 IP65 1400 1032 2P
2P 3831 2024 Red
1423 2111 1427 2111 500 mm 3998 2025(5)
IP65
Red Red 1400 1050 3P
250 A / 1 / 15 3P 3831 3024(1) 1424 2115
IP65 IP65 3998 3025(5)
1424 2111 1428 2111 4P
4P 3831 6024(1) 3998 4025(5)
3999 5021
2P 3831 2038 2P
3898 2040
3P
400 A / 2 / 16 3P 3831 3038(1)
3898 3040 3 LEDs
4P vŰ5 "
4P 3831 6038(1) 3898 4040 3899 3120
3 LEDs
2P 3811 2063 vŰ5 "
3899 3380
630 A / 3 / 17 3P 3811 3063(1) Type S3 Type U
2P
Black 1 contact
4P 3811 6063(1) 3898 2080(5)
IP65 NC
(2) (4) 3P
3899 6011 1433 3111 3999 0701
3898 3080(5)
2P 3811 2080 Red 1 contact
4P
IP65 NO
3898 4080(5)
800 A / 3 / 17 3P 3811 3080 1434 3111 3999 0702(4)
200 mm
4P 3811 6080 Type S3 1400 1220
Black 320 mm
IP65 1400 1232
2P 3811 2081 1437 7911 500 mm
1400 1250
800 A / 4 / 18 3P 3811 3081 Type S4
2P
Black
4P 3811 6081 3898 2120(5)
IP65
3P
1141 3011 1443 3111(2)
3898 3120(5)
2P 3811 2120 Red
4P
IP65
3898 4120(5)
1250 A / 4 / 18 3P 3811 3120 1444 3111
4P 3811 6120
(1) Available enclosed (see "Enclosed fuse switches").

(2) Standard.
(5) Top or bottom. Provide 2 terminal shrouds for complete upstream and downstream protection.
(6) Mechanical fuse blown auxiliary contact (DDMM), see "Accessories".

FUSERBLOC
Accessories
Frame front handle can be locked in position 0 for direct control
Handle
Rating (A) Frame size Command colour Reference
acces_507_a.psd
50 - 160 11-12-13-14 I-0-TEST Black 3999 5020
250 - 400 15-16 I-0-TEST Black 3999 5021
acces_508_a.psd
Direct front-operation handle
Front operation
Handle
acces_147
Rating (A) Frame size Figure N° colour Reference
20 - 32 0 1 Black 3629 4012
acces_261
20 - 32 0 1 Red 3629 4013
acces_485
630 - 800 17 2 Black 3899 6011
800 - 1250 18 3 Black 1141 3011
Fig. 1 Fig. 2 Fig. 3
Handle locks in position 0 for external control

Padlockable handle in position 0
Frame Handle Handle Defeatable
Rating (A) size type colour Command External IP(1) handle Reference
CD 25 … 63 0/11/12 S1 Black I-0 IP55 Yes 1411 2111
acces_149
CD 25 … 63 0/11/12 S1 Black I-0 IP65 Yes 1413 2111
acces_164
CD 25 … 63 0/11/12 S1 Red/Yellow I-0 IP65 Yes 1414 2111
CD 25 … 63 0/11/12 S1 Black I - 0 - Test IP65 Yes 1413 2115 Handle type S1
CD 25 … 63 0/11/12 S1 Red/Yellow I - 0 - Test IP65 Yes 1414 2115
100 - 400 13 … 16 S2 Black I-0 IP55 Yes 1421 2111
Handle type S2
100 - 400 13 … 16 S2 Black I-0 IP65 Yes 1423 2111
100 - 400 13 … 16 S2 Red/Yellow I-0 IP65 Yes 1424 2111
100 - 400 13 … 16 S2 Black I - 0 - Test IP55 Yes 1423 2115
100 - 400 13 … 16 S2 Red/Yellow I - 0 - Test IP65 Yes 1424 2115
630 … 800 17 S3 Black I-0 IP65 Yes 1433 3111
630 … 800 17 S3 Red/Yellow I-0 IP65 Yes 1434 3111
800 … 1250 18 S4 Black I-0 IP65 Yes 1443 3111
800 … 1250 18 S4 Red/Yellow I-0 IP65 Yes 1444 3111
(1) IP: protection index according to IEC 60529.
acces_152
acces_151
Handle type S3 Handle type S4
Padlockable handle in position 1-0 for external control

Padlockable handle in position 0 and I
Handle
Rating (A) Frame size Handle type colour External IP(1) Reference
CD 25 … 63 0/11/12 S1 Black IP65 1413 2311
acces_149
100 - 400 13 … 16 S2 Black IP65 1423 2311

acces_164

Handle type S1

FUSERBLOC
Padlockable metal handle in position 1-0 for external front control

Handle Defeatable
Rating (A) Frame size Handle type colour External IP(1) handle Reference
CD 25 … 63 0/11/12 S1 Black IP65 Yes 141D 2911
CD 25 … 63 0/11/12 S1 Red/Yellow IP65 Yes 141E 2911
100 - 400 13 … 16 S2 Black IP65 Yes 142D 2911
acces_236
100 - 400 13 … 16 S2 Red/Yellow IP65 Yes 142E 2911
600 …800 17 S3 Black IP65 Yes 143D 3911

600 …800 17 S3 Red/Yellow IP65 Yes 143E 3911 Handle type S1
800 … 1250 18 S4 Black IP65 Yes 144D 3911
acces_235
800 … 1250 18 S4 Red/Yellow IP65 Yes 144E 3911
Handle type S3
Handle locks in position 1-0 for external side control

Handle
CD 25 … 63 0/11/12 S1 Black IP55 1415 2111
CD 25 … 63 0/11/12 S1 Black IP65 1417 2111
acces_149
CD 25 … 63 0/11/12 S1 Red/Yellow IP65 1418 2111
100 - 400 13 … 16 S2 Black IP55 1425 2111 Handle type S1
100 - 400 13 … 16 S2 Black IP65 1427 2111
acces_166
100 - 400 13 … 16 S2 Red/Yellow IP65 1428 2111
630 … 1250 17/18 S3 Black IP65 1437 3111
630 … 1250 17/18 S3 Red/Yellow IP65 1438 3111 Handle type S3
Type S handle adapter

Use Dimensions
Handle extension. Add 12 mm to the handle depth.
Handle Available for order

colour HMŮLTKSHOKDRNE External IP(1) Reference
Black 1 IP65 1493 0000
acces_187
Alternative colour Type S handle cover

Use
For single lever handle types S1, S2, S3 and double lever handle type S4.
Other colours available - please contact us.
Handle Available for order
colour HMŮLTKSHOKDRNE Handle type Reference
Light grey 50 S1, S2. S3 1401 0001
acces_198
Dark grey 50 S1, S2. S3 1401 0011

Light grey 50 S4 1401 0031
Dark grey 50 S4 1401 0041

FUSERBLOC
Shaft extensions for external front
Use
Standard lengths: Other lengths available - please contact us.
- 200 mm
- 320 mm
- 400 mm
- 500 mm.
Shaft length
acces_369
acces_145
Rating (A) Frame size (mm) Reference
CD 25 …CD 32 0 200 1401 0520
CD 25 …CD 32 0 320 1401 0532
CD 25 …CD 32 0 400 1401 0540(1)
50 - 400 11 … 16 200 1400 1020

50 - 400 11 … 16 320 1400 1032
50 - 400 11 … 16 500 1400 1050(2)
acces_202_a_1_x_cat
630 …800 17 200 1400 1220
630 …1250 17/18 320 1400 1232
630 … 1250 17/18 500 1400 1250(1)
(1) Use the accessory "guide cone for external operation". X
(2) Use the accessory "shaft extension support for external front operation".
Dimension X (mm) for FUSERBLOC NFC and DIN
Rating (A) CD 25 …CD 32 50 63 100 … 160 160 250 …400 630 … 800 800 … 1250
Fuse size 10x38/14x51 14x51 00C 22x58/00 0 1/2 3 4
Frame size 0 11 12 13 14 15/16 17 18
Shaft extension length (mm)
200 102 … 245 100 … 230 125 … 230 135 … 230 145 … 230 160 … 230 270 … 304
320 102 … 365 100 … 350 125 … 350 135 … 350 145 … 350 160 … 350 270 … 424 304 - 424
400 102 … 445 100 - 430 125 - 430 135 - 430 145 - 430 160 - 430 270 - 504 304 - 504
500 100 … 530 125 … 530 135 … 530 145 … 530 160 … 530 270 … 604 304 - 604
Shaft for external side operation

Use
Standard length, 200 mm.
Handle Dimension Shaft length
Rating (A) Frame size type Y (mm) (mm) Reference
acces_203_a_1_x_cat
CD 25 …CD 32 0 S 36 … 159 200 1401 0520

50 - 400 11 … 16 S 36 … 172 200 1400 1020
630 … 1250 17/18 S 15 … 150 200 1400 1220

Use
For use with S Type handles, to guide the shaft extension into the external handle.
This accessory enables the handle to engage the extension shaft with a misalignment of up to 15 mm.
Designation Reference
acces_260

FUSERBLOC

Use
Locking in position 0 of the direct, front or right - using a padlock (not supplied): right-side or front
side operation: operation switch from 50 to 1250 A, integrated
- using a padlock (not supplied) in direct right side as standard
operation: available as standard on the handle, - using a lock (not supplied) in external operation.
Locking using RONIS EL 11 AP lock (not supplied)

Rating (A) Frame size Command Figure N° Reference
CD 25 … 1250 0 … 18 external front 1 1499 7701
Locking using Type K CASTELL lock (not supplied)

acces_158_a_1_x_cat
acces_157_a_1_x_cat
Locking using Type FS CASTELL lock (not supplied)
Locking using XOP (not supplied) Fig. 1 Fig. 2

Rating (A) Frame size Command Reference
CD 25 … 1250 0 18 external front 1499 7702
Flat mounting kit

Use
The flat mounting kit is ideally suited to pull-out units.
Kit to be used with a handle for flat mounting.
Rating (A) Frame size Type Reference
fuser_535
CD 25 …CD 32 0 Kit + 200 mm shaft 1429 7709
50 - 400 11 … 16 Kit + 200 mm shaft 1429 7710
Handle for flat mounting kit
Padlockable handle in position 0

Handle
CD 25 … 63 0/11/12 S1 Black IP55 1411 2111(2)
fuser_536
CD 25 … 63 0/11/12 S1 Red/Yellow IP65 1414 2111(2)

100 - 400 13 … 16 S2 Black IP55 1421 2111(2)
100 - 400 13 … 16 S2 Red/Yellow IP65 1424 2111(2)
(2) Defeatable handle in position I.
Handle type S2
External front operation shaft support accessory

Use
This support maintains shaft position for extension shafts greater than 320 mm in length.
Rating (A) Frame size Reference

50 - 400 11 … 16 3899 0400
fuser_698

FUSERBLOC
Integrated solid neutral link
Use
Fixing the solid neutral onto the mechanism produces a device with a solid neutral of the
same size as a standard three-pole device (+ 6 mm).
For external front operation

Rating (A) Frame size Bar rating (A) Reference
100 … 125 13 125 3829 9310
160 13 160 3829 9320
160 14 200 3829 9320
acces_131
250 15 250 3829 9325
acces_130
400 16 400 3829 9339
630 … 800 17 800 3829 9308
800 …1250 18 1250 3829 9312
Solid neutral module for front control

Rating (A) Frame size Imax(A) Distance (mm) Reference
50 11 50 27 3629 9227
63 12 63 32 3629 9232
100 … 160 13 160 36 3629 9236
160 14 160 50 3629 9250
250 15 250 60 3629 9260
400 16 400 66 3629 9265
acces_199
630 … 800 17 800 94 3629 9294
800 … 1250 18 1250 120 3629 9212
Solid neutral link

NFC and DIN devices
Rating (A) Frame size Fuse size Imax(A) Reference
50 11 14 x 51 50 6029 0000
100 … 125 13 22 x 58 125 6039 0000
63 … 160 12/13 00C / 00 160 6420 0000
fusib_124
160 14 0 160 6421 0000
250 15 1 250 6421 0001
fusib_123
400 16 2 400 6421 0002

630 … 800 17 3 800 6421 0003
800 - 1250 18 4 1250 6441 0005
Terminal shrouds
Use
Top or bottom IP20 protection (on the front) 2 sets required to fully shroud both incoming and
against direct contact with terminals or outgoing terminals.
connection parts.
Rating (A) Frame size Position No. of poles Reference
CD 25 … 63 0/12 Upstream/downstream 2/3/4P integrated
100 … 160 13/14 Upstream/downstream 2P 3998 2016
250 - 400 15 Upstream/downstream 2P 3998 2025
400 16 Upstream/downstream 2P 3898 2040
fuser_314

630 … 800 17 Upstream/downstream 2P 3898 2080

FUSERBLOC
Type S and Type ST auxiliary contacts

Use Connection
For FUSERBLOCs 50 to 1250 A, position 0 and I By terminals with max. cross-section 10 mm2.
signalling by 1 to 4 NO + NC auxiliary contacts.
Electrical principle 30,000 operations.
The NO + NC Type S auxiliary contacts can be
configured as 2 NC or 2 NO.
acces_051
References
Type S auxiliary contacts 0-I for external front and right-side operation
Auxiliary contact Actuating kit for auxiliary contact
type S (optional)
Rating (A) Frame size Contact type Reference Reference
50 … 1250 11 … 18 NC+NO 3999 0041 (1) 3999 0003
Type ST auxiliary contacts I-0-TEST

for external front and right-side operation
Actuating kit for
acces_083
Auxiliary contact
type ST auxiliary contact
Rating (A) Frame size Contact type Description Reference Reference
50 - 400 11 … 16 NC+NO TEST + ON 3999 0141(2) 3999 0103
50 - 400 11 … 16 2O TEST + ON 3999 0241(2) 3999 0103
(1) Actuating kit for auxiliary contact type S signalling included. Important
(2) Actuating kit for auxiliary contact type ST signalling to be ordered in addition.
Characteristics > For 400 A rating, casing 16, an
adaptation kit reference 3999 000
250 VAC 400 VAC
must be ordered in addition to the
Current
Rating (A) Nominal (A) AC-13 AC-13 auxiliary contact kit.
50 … 1250 20 10 8
Type U auxiliary contacts(1)

Use Connection to the control circuit
Compact universal type auxiliaries can be configured By terminals with max. section 2 x 2.5 mm2
to be operated on both standard and TEST position For FUSERBLOC CD 25 to 400 A: pre-break and
switches. Each housing can accommodate up to 2 signalling of positions 0, I and Test
interlocked auxiliary contacts. %NQ%42$1!+."® OQDAQD@J@MCRHFM@KKHMFNE
positions 0 and I.
acces_056
References
NC auxiliary contacts
Rating (A) Frame size Contact Reference(1)
CD 25 … 1250 0 … 18 1 3999 0701 (2)
NO auxiliary contacts
Rating (A) Frame size Contact Reference(1)
CD 25 … 1250 0 … 18 1 3999 0702 (2)
(1) CD 25 - CD 32: Cannot be mounted in direct operation.

(2) CD 25-160 A - 4 AC Max with no additional holder for auxiliary contact.
250-400 A - 8 AC Max with no additional holder for auxiliary contacts.
Contact holder for additional auxiliary contacts

A
Rating (A) Frame size Contact Reference
acces_043_a_1_x_cat
CD 25 …CD 32 0 4 (2 x 2 max) 3999 0710 B

50 - 400 11 … 16 4 (2 x 2 max) 3999 0600
Characteristics
250 VAC 400 VAC 24 VDC 48 VDC
Rating (A) AC-15 AC-15 DC-13 DC-13 (1) Type U auxiliary contacts cannot be mounted in conjunction
CD 25 … 1250 3 1.8 2.8 1.4 with integrated solid neutral.

FUSERBLOC
Electronic fuse blown indication (FMD)
Use Principle
For BS88, DIN and UL fuse cartridge, with or The Fuse Melting Device (FMD) detects fuse
without striker. blowing using a bistable relay and a signalling LED.
It can be mounted on a DIN rail, a back plate, next
to the FUSERBLOC, or on the door.
References
For FUSERBLOC 63 to 1250 A - size 000 to 4
No. of LEDs Ph/Ph operating voltage Reference
acces_310
3 155 - 260 VAC 3899 3120
3 380 - 690 VAC 3899 3380
Accessories Reference
Kit to connect accessories Standard 3819 9120 3-LED version
Kit to connect accessories Door mounted 3829 9120
Important
Relay characteristics Relay operational current Ic (A) > For 400 A rating, casing 16, mounted on the
Rating (A) AC-15 DC-13 device itself, an adaptation kit reference 3999
63 - 1250 2.5 A 0.2 0000 must be ordered in addition to the FMD.
DDMM-type auxiliary contact for NFC/DIN-striking fuse device

…
For fuse cartridge with striker (size 14 x 51; By 6.35 mm fast-on terminal.
ŰWŰ@MC Mechanical characteristics
Electrical principle 30,000 operations.
NO/switched neutral auxiliary contact detects
fuse blowing.
References
NO/NC type auxiliary contacts for 2 poles
Rating (A) Frame size Fusibles(1) Contact Reference
50 11 14 x 51 1st 3994 0405
100 … 125 13 22 x 58 1st 3994 0210
160 14 NH0 1st 3994 0216
250 15 NH1-NH2 1st 3994 0225
400(1) 16 NH2 1st 3894 0440
630 … 800 17 NH3 1st 3894 1206
800 … 1250 18 NH4 1st 3894 1212
NO/NC type auxiliary contacts for 3 poles
fuser_311
Rating (A) Frame size Fuses Contact Reference
CD 32 0 14 x 51 1st 3994 0303
50 11 14 x 51 1st 3994 0405
100 … 125 13 22 x 58 1st 3994 0310
160 14 NH0 - NH00 1st 3994 0316 DDMM for cylindrical fuses
250 15 NH1-NH2 1st 3994 0325
400(1) 16 NH2 1st 3894 0440
630 … 800 17 NH3 1st 3894 1306
800 … 1250 18 NH4 1st 3894 1312
50 … 250 11/13/14/15 14x51 ... NH2 2: 3994 1901
400 16 NH2 2: 3994 1902
630 … 1250 17/18 NH3-NH4 2: 3994 1901
NO/NC type auxiliary contacts for 4-pole or 3-pole + neutral
Rating (A) Frame size Fuses Contact Reference
50 11 14 x 51 1st 3994 0405
100 … 125 13 22 x 58 1st 3994 0410
160 14 NH0 1st 3994 0416
250 15 NH1-NH2 1st 3994 0425
fuser_312
400(1) 16 NH2 1st 3894 0440

630 … 800 17 NH3 1st 3894 1406
800 … 1250 18 NH4 1st 3894 1412
50 … 250 11/13/14/15 14x51 ... NH2 2: 3994 1901
400 16 NH2 2: 3994 1902 DDMM for NH fuses
630 … 1250 17/18 NH3-NH4 2: 3994 1901
(1) NH00 fuse = size 00. NH4 fuse = size 4.
Characteristics
Current 250 VAC 400 VAC 24 VDC 48 VDC
Rating (A) Nominal (A) AC-13 AC-13 DC-13 DC-13
CD 32 ... 1250 16 4 3 12 2

FUSERBLOC
Cage terminals
Use
Connection of bare copper cables onto the terminals (without lugs).
References
Rating max (A) Frame size No. of poles Reference
CD 25 … 63 0 … 12 2/3/4P integrated
100 … 160 13/14 3P 5400 3016
100 … 160 13/14 4P 5400 4016
250 15 3P 5400 3025
250 15 4P 5400 4025
acces_053
400 16 3P 5400 3040
400 16 4P 5400 4040
Connections
Cable section: Cable section: Flexible bar Stripped
Rating (A) flexible (mm2) rigid (mm2) width (mm) (mm) X1
100 … 160 16 … 95 16 … 95 13 22
250 16 … 185 16 … 185 18 27
400 50 … 240 50 … 300 20 34
øX R
Dimensions Z
acces_091_a_1_x_cat
acces_092_a_1_x_cat
Rating (A) A A1 C R ØX X1 Z C
100 … 160 47.5 22.5 25 20 8.5 M12 10
250 62 31.5 31.5 25 10.5 M16 14 A
400 71.5 32 38 32 10.5 M20 15 A1
Label
Use
Customisable self-adhesive label allowing identification of the devices.
To be ordered
Dimensions W x H (mm) in multiples of Reference
18 x 13 50 7769 9999
acces_044

FUSERBLOC

25 to 125 A
References
“x” corresponds to digit for number of pole (2 = 2 P, 3 = 3 P, 6 = 4 P) 3631 x002 3631 x003 3631 x004 3831 x005 3831 x006 3831 x010 3831 x011 3831 x012
Type CD 25 A CD 32 A CD 32 A Mod. 50 A Mod. 63 A Mod. 100 A Mod. 125 A Mod. 125 A
Frame size 0 0 0 11 12 13 13 13
Casing pitch per power pole (mm) - - - 27 32 36 36 36
3, 3, 3,
4(switched 4(switched 4(switched
Number of poles neutral), neutral), neutral), 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4
4(solid 4(solid 4(solid
neutral) neutral) neutral)
Assigned thermal current Ith (35 °C) 25 A 32 A 32 A 50 A 63 A 100 A 125 A 125 A
NFC 10 NFC 10 NFC 14 NFC 14 NFC 22 NFC 22
NFC/DIN fuse size NH000 NH00
x 38 x 38 x 51 x 51 x 58 x 58
Rated operating voltage Ue (V) 690 V 690 V 690 V 690 V 690 V 690 V 690 V 690 V
Short-circuit characteristics
Prospective short-circuit current at Ue 400/415V AC (kA rms) 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 50
Prospective short-circuit current at Ue 660/690V AC (kA rms) 100 100 - 100 100 100 100 50
Rated peak withstand current in Icc Ue 415 V AC (kA peak) (single switch) 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.52 7.3 11.9 13.6 -
Rated peak withstand current in Icc Ue 690 V AC (kA peak) (single switch) 5.2 6.1 - 6.5 7.3 15.8 20.4 10.4
Rated operating current Ie (A)
Nominal voltage Operating category A/B(1) A/B(1) A/B(1) A/B(1) A/B(1) A/B(1) A/B(1) A/B(1)
415 V AC AC 21 A / AC 21 B 25/25 32/32 32/32 50/50 63/63 100/100 125/125 125/125
415 V AC AC 22 A / AC 22 B 25/25 32/32 32/32 50/50 63/63 100/100 125/125 125/125
415 V AC AC 23 A / AC 23 B 25/25 32/32 32/32 50/50 63/63 100/100 125/125 125/125
500 V AC AC 21 A / AC 21 B 25/25 32/32 32/32 50/50 63/63 100/100 125/125 125/125
500 V AC AC 22 A / AC 22 B 25/25 32/32 32/32 50/50 63/63 100/100 125/125 125/125
500 V AC AC 23 A / AC 23 B 25/25 32/32 32/32 50/50 63/63 100/100 125/125 125/125
Ű5 " AC 20 A / AC 20 B 25/25 32/32 32/32 50/50 63/63 100/100 125/125 125/125
Ű5 " AC 21 A / AC 21 B 25/25 32/32 32/32 50/50 63/63 100/100 100/100 125/125
690 V AC(2) AC 22 A / AC 22 B 25/25 32/32 32/32 50/50 63/63 100/100 100/100 125/125
690 V AC(2) AC 23 A / AC 23 B 25/25 32/32 32/32 50/50 63/63 100/100 100/100 125/125
220 V DC DC 21 A / DC 21 B -/25 -/32 -/32 - -/63 100/100 100/100 125/125
220 V DC DC 22 A / DC 22 B -/25 -/32 -/32 - - 100/100 100/100 125/125
220 V DC DC 23 A / DC 23 B -/25(3) -/25(3) -/25(3) - - 100/100 100/100 125/125
440 V DC DC 21 A / DC 21 B - - - - -/63(4) 100(4)/100(4) 100(4)/100(4) 125(4)/125(4)
440 V DC DC 22 A / DC 22 B - - - - - 100(4)/100(4) 100(4)/100(4) 125(4)/125(4)
440 V DC DC 23 A / DC 23 B - - - - - 100(4)/100(4) 100(4)/100(4) 125(4)/125(4)
Rated operating power in AC-23 (kW)
At Ue 415 VAC without pre-break auxiliary contact (1)(5) 11/11 15/15 15/15 25/25 30/30 51/51 63/63 63/63
Reactive power (kvar)
At Ue 415 VAC (5) 11 15 15 23 28 45 55 55
Power dissipation (W / pole)
Dissipated power 3.1 4.1 5.9 7.3 8.4 14.5 19.9 20.3
Power dissipated by fuse 2.4 2.9 4.3 4.6 6 9 11 12.5
Power dissipated by switch body 0.7 1.2 1.6 2.45 4.35 6.8 8.63 6
Wiring capacity of conductors
Minimum Cu cable cross-section (mm2) 2.5 2.5 2.5 6 10 25 35 35
Minimum Cu cable cross-section (mm2) 16 16 16 25 25 95 95 95
Maximum busbar width (mm) - - - - - 20 20 20
Min. tightening torque (Nm) 2 2 2 3 3 9 9 9
Durability (number of operating cycles) 10 000 10 000 10 000 10 000 10 000 10 000 10 000 10 000
Operating torque (Nm) 4.1 4.1 4.1 8.7 8.7 9.7 9.7 10.2
Weight of a 3-pole device without extras (kg) 0.48 0.48 0.50 0.80 1 1.5 1.5 1.5
Weight of a 4-pole device without extras (kg) 0.50 0.50 0.52 1 1.3 2 2 2
Weight of 1 P extra (kg) - - - 0.2 0.3 0.5 0.5 0.5
Storage temperature (°C) -50 …+85
Operating temperature (°C) -20…+70
Regulatory compliance IEC 60947-3
Certification IEC, KEMA, Loyd's and CCC
Degree of pollution 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
(1) Category with index A = frequent operation / Category with index B = infrequent operation. (5) The power value is given for information only; the current values vary from one manufacturer
(2) With terminal shrouds or phase barrier. to another.
(3) 3-pole device with 2 poles in series for the '+' and 1 pole for the '-'. (6) For a rated operational voltage Ue = 400 VAC.

FUSERBLOC
160 to 1250 A
References
“x” corresponds to digit for number of pole (2 = 2 P, 3 = 3 P, 6 = 4 P) 3831 x015 3831 x016 3831 x024 3831 x038 3811 x063 3811 x080 3811 x081 3811 x120
Type Mod. 160 A Mod. 160 A Mod. 250 A Mod. 400 A Mod. 630 A Mod. 800 A Mod. 800 A Mod. 1250 A
Frame size 13 14 15 16 17 17 18 18
Casing pitch per power pole (mm) 36 50 60 66 94 94 120 120
Number of poles 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4 2, 3, 4
Assigned thermal current Ith (35 °C) 160 A 160 A 250 A 400 A 630 A 800 A 800 A 1250 A
NFC/DIN fuse size NH00 NH0 NH1 NH2 NH3 NH3 NH4 NH4
Rated operating voltage Ue (V) 690 V 600 V 690 V 690 V 690 V 690 V 415 V 415 V
Rated insulation voltage Ui (V) 800 800 800 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000
Short-circuit characteristics
Prospective short-circuit current at Ue 400/415V AC (kA rms) 50 100 100 50 100 100 100 100
Prospective short-circuit current at Ue 660/690V AC (kA rms) 50 50 50 50 100 100 - -
Rated peak withstand current in Icc Ue 415 V AC (kA peak) (single switch) 18.95 22.66 23.9 33.5 48 54.18 50.8 53.2
Rated peak withstand current in Icc Ue 690 V AC (kA peak) (single switch) 13.5 14 29 29.9 58.7 58.7 - -
Rated operating current Ie (A)
Nominal voltage Operating category A/B(1) A/B(1) A/B(1) A/B(1) A/B(1) A/B(1) A/B(1) A/B(1)
415 V AC AC 21 A / AC 21 B 160/160 160/160 250/250 400/400 -/630 -/800 -/800 -/1250
415 V AC AC 22 A / AC 22 B 160/160 160/160 250/250 400/400 -/630 -/800 -/800 -/1250
415 V AC AC 23 A / AC 23 B 160/160 160/160 250/250 400/400 -/630 -/800 -/800 -/1250
500 V AC AC 21 A / AC 21 B 160/160 160/160 250/250 -/400 -/630 -/800 -/800 -/1250
500 V AC AC 22 A / AC 22 B 160/160 160/160 250/250 -/400 -/630 -/800 -/800 -/1250
500 V AC AC 23 A / AC 23 B 160/160 160/160 250/250 - - - - -
Ű5 " AC 20 A / AC 20 B 160/160 160/160 250/250 400/400 630/630 800/800 800/800 1250/1250
Ű5 " AC 21 A / AC 21 B 160/160 160/160 250/250 -/400 -/630 -/800 -/800 -/1250
690 V AC(2) AC 22 A / AC 22 B 160/160 160/160 250/250 -/400 -/630 -/800 (6) -/800 -/1250
690 V AC(2) AC 23 A / AC 23 B 125/125 125/125 250/250 250/315 - - - -
220 V DC DC 21 A / DC 21 B 160/160 160/160 250/250 - - - - -
220 V DC DC 22 A / DC 22 B 160/160 160/160 250/250 - - - - -
220 V DC DC 23 A / DC 23 B 125/125 125/125 200/200 - - - - -
440 V DC DC 21 A / DC 21 B 160 /160 160 /160 250(3)/250(3)
(3) (3) (3) (3)
- - - - -
440 V DC DC 22 A / DC 22 B 160(3)/160(3) 160(3)/160(3) 250(3)/250(3) - - - - -
440 V DC DC 23 A / DC 23 B 125(3)/125(3) 125(3)/125(3) 200(3)/200(3) - - - - -
Rated operating power in AC-23 (kW)
At Ue 415 VAC (5) 75 75 115 185 290 365 355 460
Power dissipation (W / pole)
Power dissipation 21.6 23 41.1 57.4 122 134 264
Power dissipated by fuse 12 15 23 33 60 65 70 110
Power dissipated by switch body 10.4 10.4 19 24.4 61 68 154
Wiring capacity of conductors
Minimum Cu cable cross-section (mm2) 35 50 95 185 2 x 150 2 x 185
Minimum Cu cable cross-section (mm2) 95 95 240 240 2 x 300 2 x 300 4 x 185 4 x 185
Maximum busbar width (mm) 20 20 32 45 63 63 80 80
Min. tightening torque (Nm) 9 9 20 20 40 40 40 40
Durability (number of operating cycles) 10 000 10 000 10 000 10 000 5 000 8 000 3 000 3 000
Operating torque (Nm) 10.2 9.7 13 17 56 57 62 62
Weight of a 3-pole device without extras (kg) 1.8 1.8 3.2 4.8 16 17 25 25
Weight of a 4-pole device without extras (kg) 2.3 2.3 4.5 6.1 20 21.5 30 30
Weight of 1 P extra (kg) 0.5 0.5 1.3 1.3 3 3
Storage temperature (°C) -50 …+85
Operating temperature (°C) -20…+70
Regulatory compliance IEC 60947-3
Certification IEC, KEMA, Loyd's and CCC
Degree of pollution 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
(1) Category with index A = frequent operation / Category with index B = infrequent operation. (5) The power value is given for information only; the current values vary from one manufacturer
(2) With terminal shrouds or phase barrier. to another.
(3) 3-pole device with 2 poles in series for the '+' and 1 pole for the '-'. (6) For a rated operational voltage Ue = 400 VAC.

FUSERBLOC
Dimensions for front/side external operation

25 to 32 A (size 10 x 38)
44 Min. 102 96 44 Min. 36 96 Min. 36 44

1
6.5 37.5 15 52.5

6.5
44 44
19 35 19 35
14
79.5
98
45
79.5
98
45
fuser_291_d_1_x_cat
fuser_294_c_1_x_cat
70
70
70
65 21.5 5.2 65 21.5 5.2
21.5 17 21.5 17
1. With 1 auxiliary contact type U: 130 mm.
With 2 auxiliary contacts type U : 155 mm.
32 A (size 14 x 51)
44 Min. 102 96
1
6.5 37.5 15
6.5 44 Min. 36 96 Min. 36 44
44
44 52.5
19 35
19
14
79.5
98
79.5
98
45
70
fuser_292_d_1_x_cat
70
70
fuser_295_c_1_x_cat
65 5.2
65 5.2
98 83 98 83
1. With 1 auxiliary contact type U: 130 mm.

With 2 auxiliary contacts type U: 155 mm.
Dimensions - direct operation

25 A (size 10 x 38) 32 A (size 14 x 51)
112 96 112 96
91.5 6.5 37.5 15 91.5 6.5 37.5 15
44 44
19 35 19
14
14
79.5
45
98
79.5
98
45
fuser_138_c_1_x_cat
fuser_148_c_1_x_cat
65 5.2
65 21.5 5.2
98 83
21.5 17

FUSERBLOC
Dimensions for direct front and front/side external operation

50 to 160 A
50 - 63 A: cage connection.
100 - 160 A: cage connection.
Fg min.
V J
U N N N
S L P
C
D
B
A
Q
O
ØK
fuser_751_a_1_x_cat.ai
W M
T
R
I
V1 J
U N N N
S L P
ØK
F
D1
C
D
B
A
E
G
Q
O
W
X Y M
T
V
R
Rating Fuse Frame Fg J

(A) size size min. A B C D D1 E F G H I 3P 4P K L M N O P Q R S T U V V1 W X Y
50 14 x 51 11 100 118 106 143 200 67.5 75.5 212.1 121 148 6.2 15 12 27 85 36.8 15 153 31 87 153.6 2 58.5 77
63 00C 12 125 118 106 143 200 67.5 75.5 212.1 136 168 6.2 20 12 32 159 36.8 15 145 31 116 153.6 2 58.5 77
100 22x58 13 135 268 162 141 127 143 200 67.5 75.5 75 212.1 148 184 8.5 16 20 36 141 36.8 41 187 31 19.5 43.5 116 153.6 2.5 58.5 77
125 22x58 13 135 268 162 141 127 143 200 67.5 75.5 75 212.1 148 184 8.5 16 20 36 141 36.8 41 179 31 19.5 43.6 116 153.6 2.5 58.5 77
125 NH00 13 135 268 162 141 127 143 200 67.5 75.5 75 212.1 148 184 8.5 16 20 36 141 36.8 41 193 31 19.5 43.7 126 153.6 2.5 58.5 77
160 NH00 13 135 268 162 141 127 143 200 67.5 75.5 75 212.1 148 184 8.5 16 20 36 141 36.8 41 193 31 19.5 43.8 126 153.6 2.5 58.5 77
160 NH0 14 145 268 162 141 140 143 200 67.5 75.5 75 212.1 190 240 8.5 20 20 50 174 36.8 41 229 31 19.5 43.9 136 153.6 2.5 58.5 77

FUSERBLOC
Dimensions for direct front and front/side external operation (continued)

250 A
FG min. J
V N N N
S L P
H
Q
C
B
A
min 20
max 230
O
ØK
W M
T
R
I
V1 J
U N N N
S L P
F
D1
C
D
B
A
G
E
Q
O
ØK
H
W M
X Y
T
V
Rating Fuse Frame Fg J

(A) size size min. A B C D D1 E F G H I 3P 4P K L M N O P Q R S T U V V1 W X Y
250 NH1 15 154 345 195 166 162 143 220 67.5 75.5 110 212.1 234 294 8.5 28 32 60 185 51.6 52 251 31 19.5 65 146 142 2.5 58.5 77

FUSERBLOC
400 A
7.5
Ø9
FG min.
Ø7
V
S N
P min. 20
max. 230
C
B
O
fuser_733_c_1_x_cat.ai
W
L L
T M M M
R J
7.5
Ø9
Ø7
N
V1
P
F
C
B
A
G
E
K
T
X Y J
Frame Fg J
Rating (A) Fuse size size min. A B C D D1 E F G I 3P 4P K L M N O P R S T V V1 W X Y
400 NH2 16 188 397 240 203 203 143 220 67.5 75.5 239 256 321 11 34 32 66 199 50 360 63 43 180 184 3 58.5 77

FUSERBLOC
Dimensions for direct and external operation

630 to 1250 A
13
20

(PLQ F 40
H M 77
AB
2
11
1

164
ĺ[
471
300
260
164
188

66
DA
7
4 µ
fuser_415_i_1_x_cat.ai

U
DB T T
1. Handle for casing size 17.

2. Handle for casing size 18.
3. Connection terminals for casing size 18.
4. Terminal cover.
Overall Terminal
dimensions Case Switch mounting Connection shrouds
Rating Fuse Frame F F
(A) size size E min. 3P 4P H DA DB M 3p. M 4p. T U AB
630 3 17 265 364 458 250 300 380 284 378 94 51 65
800 3 17 265 364 458 250 300 380 284 378 94 51 65
800 4 18 304 442 562 289 355 295 362 482 120 77 88
CD 1250 4 18 304 442 562 289 355 295 362 482 120 77 88

FUSERBLOC

25 to 32 A
Handle type Direction of operation Door drilling Direction of operation Door drilling
S1 type
Box size 0 0.78 0.78 I
0 20 20
65° ° Ø 1.46
TEST 90 4 Ø 0.27 90
° 4Ø7 4 Ø 0.27 Ø 37
20
4Ø7
0.78
Ø3.07
0.55
14
Ø78
I 0
poign_051_a_1_gb_cat.eps
2.75
70
0.55
14
20
0.78
1.73 0.55 0.55
44 Ø 1.46
Ø 37
14 14
50 to 400 A
S2 type 0.78 0.78 I
Box size 11-16 0 20 20
65° °
TEST 90 4 Ø 0.27 90 Ø 1.46
° 4Ø7 4 Ø 0.27 Ø 37
Ø3.07
20
4Ø7
0.78
0.55
14
Ø78
I 0
0.55
14
20
0.78
4.92
125
Ø 1.46 0.55 0.55

Ø 37 14 14
1.77
45
630 to 800 A
S3 type 0 0.78 0.78
Box size 17 90 20 20 Ø 1.46
° 4 Ø 0.27 4 Ø 0.27 Ø 37
Ø3.07 I
20
4Ø7
0.78
4Ø7
Ø78
0.55
14
°
I 90
20
0.78
0.55
14
210
0 0.55 0.55
Ø 1.46 14 14
Ø 37
61

FUSERBLOC
Dimensions for external handles (continued)

800 to 1250 A
S3 type
Box size 18
Ø3.07 I
Ø78
9 0°
210
0
Ø 37
4Ø7
61
20 20
S4 type
0 1414
Ø78 90
°
350
60

FUSERBLOC
Dimensions for direct-control casings

50 to 400 A
Direct control
Case handle type Operating direction
50 to 160 A 40.3 135.4

Case 11 to 14
36.8 77 0
TEST 65°
90
°
67.5
143
I
200
75.5
250 to 400 A 139.4

Case 15 to 16 51.6 77 0
TEST 65°
90
67.5
°
219.8
143
I
75.5
fuser_753_a_1_en_cat.ai

Fuse combination switches
for special applications
Fuse protection
Despite already offering a wide range of fuse combination switches, SOCOMEC also Compliance with standards
manufactures specific products suitable for all your requirements. A small selection of
these products can be seen on these two pages. The list is not exhaustive. > IEC 60947-3
Please contact us for more information.
> BS EN 60947-3
> IEC 60269-2
> VDE 0660-107
Multi-pole FUSERBLOC
Thanks to the modular concept of FUSERBLOC it is possible to produce multi-pole devices and
combine ratings from 50 to 1250 A.
This is interesting when several motors need to be operated through a single handle.
fuser_597.eps
Example: protecting three AC motors and a single DC motor.

This simple concept also provides a considerable space saving in electrical cabinets when
compared to other solutions.
Fuse combination changeover switch
Available from 20 to 400 A, the FUSERBLOC changeover switch range is a great solution for
safeguarding your energy supply and protecting and isolating pumps and sensitive loads.
fuser_426.eps

for special applications
LMDC FUSERBLOC
Protect variable speed drives under a common DC bus.

Multifunctional device for performing maintenance work on a branch of the electrical installation
fuser-lm_002.eps
while leaving the rest of the equipment switched on.

Isolation, protection and precharge switch-capacitor within a single device.
DC+ DC- DC+ DC- DC+ DC-
Example: VSD disconnected from the

common DC bus. When the inverter capacitors B+ B- B+ B- B+ B-
discharge, the direct power would otherwise
prompt an inrush current that can damage the
inverter, or even shut down the entire system
(voltage drop). This inrush current must be
fuser-lm_012_a_1_x_cat.ai
PE U V W PE U V W PE U V W
limited.
M M M
Disconnected variable speed drive The device is manually switched The device automatically switches
and motor ON and the capacitors are charged over to the main protection circuit,
through the precharge circuit while connecting the VSD to the DC bus.
limiting the inrush current.

Transfer switches
Security and reliability for your transfer applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 132
Manually operated Transfer Switching Equipment selection guide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 134
Remotely operated and Automatic Transfer Switching Equipment selection guide . . . . . p. 136
Manual transfer switches Enclosed solutions

SOCOMEC offers a
range of pre-equipped
COMO CS SIRCOVER
25 to 100 A 125 to 3200 A enclosures in steel or
p. 140 p. 146 polyester.
Motorised modular transfer switches

Enclosed
ATyS M range p. 164
SIRCOVER
40 to 160 A Conulst us
ATyS t M
ATyS d M ATyS g M ATyS p M
p. 166 p. 168 p. 170
Enclosed
ATyS M
Conulst us
Motorised transfer switches

ATyS S range p. 178 ATyS range p. 186
40 to 6300 A Enclosed
ATyS
Conulst us
ATyS S
ATyS d S ATyS r ATyS g
p. 180 p. 188 p. 190
ATyS p ATyS d H
p. 192 p. 210
Universal ATS controller

Any particular
Automatic control of different switching technologies: circuit breakers, contactors, switches.
requirement?
new Thanks to our
extensive experience
ATyS C25 ATyS C35 ATyS C55
we have developed
p. 212 p. 214 p. 216
an impressive portfolio
of customised
solutions (motorised
transfer switches with
ATyS C65 overlapping contacts
p. 218 and cooled poles,
RODBHjBRNESV@QDDSB
Please contact us if
UL product range XNTG@UD@MXRODBHjB
requests.
UL range p. 220
SIRCOVER UL1008 ATyS UL1008 For all your

100 to 1200 A 100 to 400 A applications, even the
Consult us Consult us most critical, trust the
experts.

Security and reliability
for your transfer applications
Transfer switches
An undisputed leader in the field of From the COMO CS manual transfer

changeover switching, SOCOMEC is switch (25 - 100 A) to the ATyS p automatic
continuously innovating to ensure the transfer switch (up to 3200 A) and the
continuity of electrical distribution. 3X2ŰC'QDLNSDKXNODQ@SDCSQ@MREDQRVHSBG
(up to 6300 A), our range of changeover
switches cover most applications as
standard.
Products for all switching applications from 25 to 6300 A

SOCOMEC transfer switches can be used not only for normal/emergency source switching, but also to manage the switching of loads or
for earthing/earthing solutions.
Manual changeover Motorised changeover Automatic changeover

Your application switches switches switches
Changeover switches
• • •
(network/network - network/genset - genset/genset)
Bypass application • • •
Other AC applications
•
(load switching - grounding/earthing - phase switching)
Photovoltaic applications •
Secure switching for all your transfers
• Mains/Genset application • Mains/Mains application • Genset/Genset application
GE
GE GE
O O O
I I I
II II II
Non critical Non critical

U
Non critical
P
loads loads loads

S
atys_896_a_1_fr
atys_844_a_gb
atys_846_a_gb
Critical Critical Critical

loads loads loads
Expert Services
> Study, definition, advice, implementation, maintenance and training…

> Our Expert Services extend to a complete offer of customised services to
make your project a success.

Security and reliability
for your transfer applications
2DBTQDRVHSBGHMFBNLOKH@MSVHSGRS@MC@QC($"Ű
The standard IEC 60947-6-1 “Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear – Multiple function equipment – Transfer Switching Equipment”
is dedicated to changeover switches.
This standard applies to Transfer Switching Equipment (TSE) with interruption of the supply to the load during transfer, the rated voltage of which
does not exceed 1000 VAC or 1500 VDC, be it any of the following:
• MTSE • RTSE • ATSE

BBNQCHMFSNSGDRS@MC@QC($" BBNQCHMFSNSGDRS@MC@QC($" BBNQCHMFSNSGDRS@MC@QC($"
MTSE (Manually operated Transfer RTSE (Remotely operated Transfer ATSE (Automatic Transfer Switching
Switching Equipment) is manually operated Switching Equipment) is transfer switching Equipment) is transfer switching equipment
transfer switching equipment. As such, it equipment that is controlled remotely. As that is controlled automatically. It differs from
requires a person to be present to operate such, they require an external controller to RTSE in that it has an integrated controller.
the handle. provide them with commands. As such, these devices are self-monitoring
in terms of power source availability, and will
start up the genset if required and switch
automatically to the power source that is
present.
This standard also defines categories of use, depending on the needs of the application, which may apply to the TSE:
Utilisation category
Type of current Application A (1) Application B (2) Type of load
AC-31A AC-31B Non-inductive or low-inductive loads
Mixed resistive and inductive loads,

Alternating current AC-32A AC-32B
including moderate overvoltages
Motors or various loads including motors, resistive loads and loads comprising
AC-33A AC-33B
up to 30% incandescent lamps
(1) Application A: Frequent switching.
(2) Application B: Infrequent switching.
UL applications
SOCOMEC UL 1008 transfer switches are designed for use in “total system optional standby power” applications with a secure transfer of
load power between a regular source and a backup source.
“Optional standby systems” are installed to provide a backup power supply for buildings where a power failure could mean disruption,
interruptions to operation or damage to products or processes.

Selection guide
Manually operated Transfer Switching Equipment
How many What type of

Transfer switches
poles? operations?
COMO CS
25 to 100 A
p. 140
Number of poles
3P •
4P •
Switch operation
I-0-II •
I-I+II-II •
Bypass •
Positive break indication •
Operating handle
Front direct/external operation •
Door mountable switch •
#DODMCHMFNMSGDUDQRHNM %QNLSNŭ ENQ2(1".5$1(((EQNLSNŭ ENQ2(1".5$1((
((((@MCEQNLSNŭ ENQ2(1".5$1!XO@RR

Selection guide
Manually operated Transfer Switching Equipment
What type
of breaking
indication?
SIRCOVER
125 à 3200 A (1)
p. 146
•
•
•
•
•

Selection guide
Remotely operated and Automatic Transfer Switching Equipment
ATyS
Which type of Which
Transfer switches
power supply? application?
RTSE
(Remotely operated)
40 to 125 A 40 to 160 A 125 to 3200 A 4000 to 6300 A
ATyS S ATyS d S ATyS d M ATyS r ATyS d H

p. 180 p. 180 p. 166 p. 188 p. 210
Type of power supply

Power supply 12, 24 or 48 VDC •
Single power supply 230 VAC • •
Dual power supply 230 VAC • • •
Connection of remote control interface

D10
D20
Application
Mains/Mains • (1) • (1) • (1) • (1) • (1)
(1) (1) (1) (1)
Mains/Genset • • • • • (1)
Genset/Genset • (1) • (1) • (1) • (1) • (1)
Configuration
Configuration using potentiometers and dip switches
Configuration using display and keyboard
Voltage and frequency auto-configuration
Functions
Contact for product availability •
Fixed function inputs/outputs (defined by the factory) • • • • •
Configurable inputs/outputs
Voltage and frequency checks
Phase rotation check
Unbalanced phase check
LED indication of source availability
LED position indication
Programming of genset startup
Genset connected on switch II • • • • •
Genset connected on switch I • • • • •
Test On Load
Test Off Load
Load shedding
Display and measurement of powers and energy (when utilising CTs)
Supervision
Programming of genset startup
RS485 communication
Ethernet communication
Webserver via Ethernet module
Data logging
(1) With an external controller.

(2) Only on two pole versions.
(3) Only available on the version with COM.
(4) Configurable output.

Selection guide
Remotely operated and Automatic Transfer Switching Equipment
ATyS
Need of
Functionalities?
supervision?
ATSE
(Automatic)
40 to 160 A
ATyS t M ATyS g M ATyS p M ATyS g ATyS p

p. 168 p. 168 p. 170 p. 190 p. 192
• • • • •
• •
• •
• • • • •
• • • •
• • •
• •
• • (2) • •
• • (4) • •
• • • •
• •
• • • • •
• • •
• •
• • • • •
• • •
• • • •
• • • •
•
• • • •
• • •
• •
•
• •
• (3) • •
•
•
•

Selection guide
ATS Controller
Which type of Which

Transfer switches
power supply? application?
Classic functions Simple and digital functions
new
ATyS C25 ATyS C35

p. 212 p. 214
Power supply
AC Supply voltage Phase-Neutral 184-300 VAC 184-300 VAC
AC Supply voltage Phase-Phase N/A N/A
Frequency supply range 45-65 Hz 45-66 Hz
DC Supply voltage (optional) 12-24 VDC 12-24 VDC
Powered by USB port
30s energy backup during blackout
Integrated external DPS to switch (6A AC1)(2) • •
Internal DPS from voltage sensing (3) • •
Measurement
Voltage measurement range 90-520 VAC (Phase-phase) 90-520 VAC (Phase-phase)
Voltage measurement accuracy
Frequency measurement accuracy
Phase angle measurement •
Current / Power / and energy measurement
Application
RTSE class compatibility PC (switch based) / CC (contactor) PC (switch based) / CC (contactor) / CB (circuit breaker)
Main-Main • •
Main-Gen • •
Gen-Gen
HMI
LCD Screen 96x64 pixels
Wizard configuration
Remote display (D70 / D50)
Compatible with webview (D70/M70)
Configuration with ECS
Communication
RS485 - Modbus • •
Digibus (digiware RJ45 connexion)
Functions
Tests On load On load / Off-load
Inhibition • •
Password protection 1 level
Breaker trip mannagement
In-phase transfer
Genset Cycler
Genset scheduler
Bypass timers
Configurable alarms
Event reccording
Load shedding
I/O
Inputs 5 fixed 4 fixed 3 programmable
Outputs 4 fixed 4 fixed 1 programmable(1)
Environment
IP rating (front face) IP4X IP4X
IK IK 08 IK 08
EMC (according to IEC 61326-1 & IEC 60947-6-1) Class A Class A
Overvoltage category III III
Pollution CAT PD 2 PD 2
Temperature use range -25 - +70°C -25 - +70°C
(1) In Main-Main mode only fixed in Main-Gen. (2) Supplies voltages from both source to motor. (3) Product can be powered by both sources.

Selection guide
ATS Controller
Digiware
Functionalities?
connectivity
Smart functions Connected functions
ATyS C55 ATyS C65

p. 216 p. 218
N/A N/A
80-576 VAC 80-576 VAC
45-66 Hz 45-66 Hz
9-28 VDC 9-28 VDC
• •
•
• •
50-576 VAC 50-576 VAC

0.5% 0.5%
0.1% 0.1%
• •
•
PC (switch based) / CC (contactor) / CB (circuit breaker) PC (switch based) / CC (contactor) / CB (circuit breaker)
• •
• •
• •
350x160 pixels 350x160 pixels

• •
• •
• •
• •
• •
•
On load / Off-load On load / Off-load

• •
3 level 3 level
• •
• •
• •
1 program 4 programs
• •
• •
300 events 3000 events
basic load shead Basic & smart load shed
6 programmable 6 programmable (+24 optional)

6 programmable 6 programmable (+18 optional)
IP4X (IP65 with gasket) IP 65

IK 08 IK 08
Class A & B Class A & B
III III
PD 3 PD3
-30 - +70°C -30 - +70°C

COMO CS
Manual Cam Transfer Switches
from 25 to 100 A
Transfer switches
The solution for
> Industry
(machine control)
como_212.eps
como-enc_017.eps
COMO CS - Door mounting Strong points
I-II 3 P 25 A
> Simple installation
> Quick mounting
COMO CS S in enclosure
I-0-II 3 P 40 A
> Effective in all circumstances
Function
COMO CS are manually operated multi-pole transfer switches. They ensure switching, transfer
of sources or transfer of two low voltage circuits on load as well as their safe disconnection. > IEC 60947-3
Advantages
Simple installation Effective in all circumstances
The “quick fix” allows significant time saving The devices are available with 3 standard
in fixing the handle to the device. The devices switching types that can cover a wide variety > UL 60947-4-1
sold in enclosed version are ready for of applications:
installation. - I-II
*
- I-0-II
88EJ &5LM6
Quick mounting - I-0-II with bypass
The accessories offered are common to all Please consult us for adaptations to specific * cULus under certification.
the products in the range. The products are wiring diagrams.
designed for installation:
- on the rear of the cabinet on a backplate,
- on the rear of the cabinet on a DIN rail,
- on the door with a direct handle.
Configurations
Backplate switch mounted with external handle D
Direct quickfixing handle for door or backplate
m
mounted switch
1
2
como-enc_025_a_1_x_cat.ai
5
Functional diagram (for further details see the 2. Shaft guide 5. Padlockable handle
installation instructions supplied with the product). 3. Signalling plate
1. Shaft extension 4. Non padlockable handle

COMO CS
from 25 to 100 A
References
COMO CS
Backplate mounting with direct quickfixing handles or external handles
Non-padlockable
Switch body rear Padlockable direct direct quick fixing Padlockable Non-padlockable
Rating (A) N° of poles Switching type mounting(1) quick fixing handle handle external handle (2) external handle (2)
3P I - II 4320 3002
4P I - II 4320 4002
3P I - 0 - II 4330 3002
25 A
4P I - 0 - II 4330 4002
3P Bypass I - 0 - II 4350 3002
4P Bypass I - 0 - II 4350 4002
3P I - II 4320 3004
4P I - II 4320 4004
3P I - 0 - II 4330 3004
40 A
4P I - 0 - II 4330 4004
Blue/Black
3P Bypass I - 0 - II 4350 3004 Blue/Black Blue/Black
4359 1042
4P Bypass I - 0 - II 4350 4004 4359 3042 4359 2022
Blue/Black
3P I - II 4320 3006 4359 3022 Red/Yellow
Red/Yellow
4359 1043
4P I - II 4320 4006 4359 3043
3P I - 0 - II 4330 3006
63 A
4P I - 0 - II 4330 4006
3P Bypass I - 0 - II 4350 3006
4P Bypass I - 0 - II 4350 4006
3P I - II 4320 3010
4P I - II 4320 4010
3P I - 0 - II 4330 3010
100 A
4P I - 0 - II 4330 4010
3P Bypass I - 0 - II 4350 3010
4P Bypass I - 0 - II 4350 4010
(1) Mounting on DIN rail and backplate from 25 to 40 A and mounting on backplate for ratings from 63 to 100 A.
(2) Delivered with shaft and plate for front external control.
Door mounting with direct quickfixing handles

Non-padlockable
Switch body Padlockable direct direct quick fixing
Rating (A) N° of poles Switching type mounting on door quick fixing handle handle
3P I - II 4320 3102
4P I - II 4320 4102
3P I - 0 - II 4330 3102
25 A
4P I - 0 - II 4330 4102
3P Bypass I - 0 - II 4350 3102
4P Bypass I - 0 - II 4350 4102
3P I - II 4320 3104
4P I - II 4320 4104
3P I - 0 - II 4330 3104
40 A
4P I - 0 - II 4330 4104
3P Bypass I - 0 - II 4350 3104 Blue/Black
4P Bypass I - 0 - II 4350 4104 4359 3042
Blue/Black
3P I - II 4320 3106 4359 3022
Red/Yellow
4P I - II 4320 4106 4359 3043
3P I - 0 - II 4330 3106
63 A
4P I - 0 - II 4330 4106
3P Bypass I - 0 - II 4350 3106
4P Bypass I - 0 - II 4350 4106
3P I - II 4320 3110
4P I - II 4320 4110
3P I - 0 - II 4330 3110
100 A
4P I - 0 - II 4330 4110
3P Bypass I - 0 - II 4350 3110
4P Bypass I - 0 - II 4350 4110

COMO CS
from 25 to 100 A
Other solutions with enclosures

General characteristics References
Available for switching types I-II and I-0-II Rating (A) No. of poles Switching type Reference
• Different enclosure sizes adapted to your 3P I - II 4321 3C02
needs. 4P I - II 4321 4C02
25 A
• Maximum safety during maintenance
como-enc_019.eps
3P I - 0 - II 4331 3C02
operations due to triple padlocking of the 4P I - 0 - II 4331 4C02
handle in position 0 (position I for switching 3P I - II 4321 3C04
type I-II).
4P I - II 4321 4C04
• IP 65 / NEMA 4, 4X : When installed in an 40 A
3P I - 0 - II 4331 3C04
industrial environment, protection degree
4P I - 0 - II 4331 4C04
IP 65 and NEMA 4 , 4X ensures that the
products are protected against dust and 3P I - II 4321 3C06
water jets. 4P I - II 4321 4C06
63 A
• Red-yellow operating handle. 3P I - 0 - II 4331 3C06
4P I - 0 - II 4331 4C06
3P I - II 4321 3C10
4P I - II 4321 4C10
100 A*
3P I - 0 - II 4331 3C10
4P I - 0 - II 4331 4C10
%NQ@M@LAHDMSSDLODQ@STQDNEŭ§"
Dimensions (in/mm)
25 to 40 A 63 to 100 A
7.09 8.56
5.46
180 217.5
138
5.75 4.09 4.33 6.67
146 104 110 169.4
9.93
7.40
7.87
176
188
200
10.63
270
0.16
4
Ø 0.28
Ø7

COMO CS
from 25 to 100 A

25 to 100 A
Conventional free air thermal current Ith at 40 °C (A) 25 A 40 A 63 A 100 A

Conventional free air thermal current Ith at 50 °C (A) 25 34 63 100
Conventional free air thermal current Ith (60 °C) (A) 19 24 53 90
Rated insulation voltage Ui (V) 690 690 690 690
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV) 4 6 6 6
Utilisation category at 400 VAC
AC-21A 25 40 63 100
AC-22A 20.5 40 63 100
AC-23A 15 29 63 63
AC-3 12 22 / /
Utilisation category at 690 VAC
AC-21A 25 40 63 100
AC-22A 20.5 40 63 100
AC-23A 8.5 17 63 63
AC-3 7 12.8 / /
Operational power in AC-23 (kW)(1)
At 400 VAC without pre-break AC 7.5 15 37 37
At 690 VAC without pre-break AC 4.8 15 / /
Fuse protected short-circuit withstand with gG DIN fuses
Prospective short-circuit (kA rms) 7 10 5 5
Associated fuse rating (A) 25 40 63 100
Rated operational voltage (Va.c) 690 690 690 690
Connection
Minimum CU cable cross-section (mm2) 0.5 1 1.5 4
Maximum CU cable cross-section (mm2) 4 10 16 35
Tightening torque min - max (Nm) 0.8-1.2 1.2-1.5 2.5 1.5
Durability (number of operating cycles) 100 000 100 000 100 000 100 000
Weight of a 3 pole device (g) 109 184 440 440
Weight of a 4 pole device (g) 130 221 535 535
(1) The power is given for information only, the current values vary from one manufacturer to another.
Characteristics according to UL 60947-4-1

25 to 100 A
General use rating (A) 25 A 40 A 63 A 100 A
UL certification file 88EJ 5LM6
Short circuit rating at 600 VAC (kA) 10 5 /
Type of fuse RK5 /
Max fuse rating (A) 150 /
Max horsepower rating (HP)
120 VAC / 1 phase - 2 /
120 VAC / 3 phase - 5 /
240 VAC / 1 phase - 3 /
240 VAC / 3 phase - 10 /
480 VAC / 3 phase - 20 /
600 VAC / 3 phase 5.2 20 /
Connection terminals
Solid wire (AWG) #14-#12 #14-#8 #14-#4 #10-#2
Wire stripping distance (in/mm) 0.31 / 8 0.39 / 10 0.51 / 13 0.51 / 13
Durability (number of operating cycles) 100000 100000 100000 100000
Tightening torque (Lb.in / N.m) 8.8 / 1 13.3 / 1.5 22.1 / 2.5 13.3 / 1.5
Weight of a 3 pole device (lb) 0.24 0.4 1 1
Weight of a 4 pole device (lb) 0.28 0.49 1.18 1.18

COMO CS
from 25 to 100 A
Dimensions (in/mm)
25 to 100A
Mounting on door - Fixing with direct handle
Door width L
Unit Mini Maxi C
in 0.04 0.16
mm 1 4
L C D
como_261_a_1_x_cat.ai
I-II /I-0-II Bypass I-0-II
D
Rating (A) Unit 3P 4P 3P 4P
in 3.19 3.66 4.13 4.61 1.54 1.57
25
mm 81 93 105 117 39 40
in 3.31 4.82 4.33 4.84 2.11 2.2
40
mm 84 97 110 123 53.6 56
in 4.45 5.28 6.1 6.93 2.91 2.8
63 - 100
mm 113 134 155 176 74 71
Mounting on backplate / DIN rail - Rear fixing of direct handle
L
C G
1.39
35.2
C D F
Ø 0.18
E Ø 4.5
Ø 0.18
G Ø 4.5
L E C D F G
Rating (A) Unit 3P 4P 3P 4P
in 3.20 3.68 4.15 4.57 0.18 1.89 2.2 1.65 1.42
25
mm 81.4 93.4 105.4 116.1 4.5 48 56 47 36
in 3.73 4.28 4.28 5.08 0.18 1.89 2.2 1.65 1.42
40
mm 94.7 107.7 120.7 129 4.5 48 56 47 36
in 5.10 5.97 6.83 7.54 - 2.99 2.99 2.68 2.68
63 … 100
mm 129.5 151.5 173.5 191.5 - 76 76 68 68
Mounting on backplate / DIN rail - Rear fixing of external handle
X-L (3) E B X(1)

Rating (A) Unit 3P 4P 3P 4P B
in 3.15 3.63 4.10 4.57 0.18 1.24
25
mm 80.1 92.1 104.1 116.1 4.5 31.6
in 3.54 4.06 4.57 5.08 0.18 1.24
40
mm 90 103 116 129 4.5 31.6
in 5.06 5.89 6.71 7.54 - 1.24
63 …100
mm 128.5 149.5 170.5 191.5 - 31.6
(1) X is the distance between the inside of the door and the fixing plate E L(2)
(2) L is the total length of the shaft (max 200 mm)
(3) Minimum distance between the inside of the door and the fixing plate

COMO CS
from 25 to 100 A
Dimensions for handles

25 to 100 A
Front operation
K1 type 0
non padlockable or
I 1.89
48 Ø 0.20
Ø5
90
°
°
90
poign_075_a_1_gb_cat.ai
2.56
0.88
22.3
1.89
65
I II
48
2.56 1.27
65 32.3 0.94
24.1
Front operation
K1 type 0
padlockable or
I 1.89
48 Ø 0.20
Ø5
90
°
°
90
poign_076_a_1_gb_cat.ai
2.56
0.88
22.3
1.89
I II
65
48
2.56 1.38
65 35 0.94
24.1

SIRCOVER
Manual Transfer Switching Equipment
from 125 to 3200 A
Transfer switches
The solution for
> Manufacturing
> Power distribution
svr_151
SIRCOVER
250 A
Strong points
> Complete range

> Easy to connect
> Stable positions
> On-load switching
svr_214
> IEC 60947-6,-1

SIRCOVER Bypass > IEC 60947-3
500 A > GB/T 14048-11
Function Approvals and certifications(1)

SIRCOVER products are manually operated transfer switches with positive break indication.
There are 4 ranges in the series:
• SIRCOVER for open transition switching (I-0-II) available in 3 or 4 pole.
• SIRCOVER for overlapping contact switching (I-I+II-II). For applications where both sources B U R E A U
are synchronised and there is to be no interruption to the load supply during transfer - VERITAS
available in 3 or 4 pole. (1) Product references on request.
• SIRCOVER Bypass. This combination of three interlocked load break switches provides 3+6
or 4+8 poles for bypass applications.
SIRCOVER in enclosure
• SIRCOVER Bypass for overlapping contact switching (I-I+II-II). This combination of three
interlocked load break switches provides bypass to an UPS or other devices when sources
are synchronised and the UPS is in static bypass mode.
They provide on-load transfer between two sources for any low voltage power circuit, as well as
safety isolation by double breaking per pole. Other applications include source inversion
(e.g. to change the direction of a motor) or grounding/earthing.
Advantages
A complete range Stable positions
There are 4 SIRCOVER models to meet SIRCOVER devices have three stable
See “Enclosed transfer switches”.
every need: The standard model I-0-II, the positions, unaffected by voltage fluctuations
overlapping contact model I-I+II-II, the bypass and vibrations, protecting your loads from
model and the bypass with overlapping network disturbances.
contact model I-I+II-II.
On-load switching
Easy to connect 6HSGHSR "@MCŰ "BG@Q@BSDQHRSHBR
For ratings of 2000 to 3200 A, we offer tested according to standards IEC 60947-3
copper bar connection pieces. This gives you @MC($"ŰSGD2(1".5$1DM@AKDR
the option of different connection methods - safe on-load switching for any type of load.
flat, edgewise with top or bottom bridging. With its on-load transfer capabilities, it is not
necessary to isolate loads prior to transfer
therefore the SIRCOVER offers an economical
solution.

SIRCOVER
from 125 to 3200 A

• SIRCOVER with break-before-make contacts (I-0-II) are available • With break-before-make (I-0-II) or overlapping contact positions
as 3 or 4 pole models with ratings of 125 to 3200 A. (I-I+II-II), SIRCOVER Bypass devices are a combination of three
They are available in steel or polyester enclosures (125 to 1600 A). interlocked switches enabling the use with 3+6 or 4+8 poles from
125 to 1600 A. They are available in steel enclosures.
• SIRCOVER switches with 3 overlapping contact positions (I-I+II-II)
@QD@U@HK@AKD@RNQONKDLNCDKREQNLSNŰ • All SIRCOVER can be operated with direct front operation or
They are available in steel enclosures. external handles.
svr_136.eps
• Connection pieces for copper bars allows the connection between the 2 power terminals of the same pole (Fig. 1 and 2) and the bridging of
switch I and switch II on the top or the bottom for ratings 2000, 2500 and 3200 A (Fig. 3).
Fig. 1 Fig. 2 Fig. 3

acces_231_a_1_cat
acces_462_a
acces_463_a
Top or bottom Top or bottom Top or bottom

flat connection edgewise connection bridging connection

SIRCOVER
from 125 to 3200 A
References
SIRCOVER I-0-II
Rating(A) / External Shaft for Auxiliary Terminal Terminal
Frame size No. of poles Switch body Direct handle handle external handle Bridging bars(6) contact shrouds screens
3P 41AC 3013
125 A / B3
4P 41AC 4013
3P 3P 3P
3P 41AC 3016 4109 3019 2694 3014(3)(4) 1509 3012
160 A / B3
4P 41AC 4016 4P 4P 4P
4109 4019 2694 4014(3)(4) 1509 4012
3P 41AC 3020
200 A / B3
4P 41AC 4020 S2 type
3P 41AC 3025 Black 4109 3025
J2 type 200 mm
250 A / B4 Blue 1400 1020
4P 41AC 4025 IP55 4109 4025
1122 1111 3P 3P
3P 41AC 3031 1421 2113 2694 3021(3)(4) 1509 3025
315 A / B4 Red 320 mm 3P
4P 41AC 4031 1123 1111 1400 1032(1) 4109 3039 4P 4P
IP65 2694 4021(3)(4) 1509 4025
3P 41AC 3040 1423 2113 (1) 4P
400 A / B4 4109 4039 1st/2nd NO/NC
4P 41AC 4040
contact
3P 41AC 3050 4109 3050 4109 0021(2)
500 A / B5 3P 3P
4P 41AC 4050 4109 4050 2694 3051(3)(4) 1509 3063
3P 41AC 3063 4109 3063 4P 4P
630 A / B5 2694 4051(3)(4) 1509 4063
4P 41AC 4063 4109 4063
3P 41AC 3080
800 A / B6 3P
4P 41AC 4080 4109 3080 3P
3P 41AC 3100 200 mm 4P 1509 3080
1000 A / B6 S4 type 4109 4080
4P 41AC 4100 J3 type 1401 1520 4P
Black
Black 1509 4080
3P 41AC 3120 IP65 4109 3120
1250 A / B6 1132 1111 320 mm
1443 3113
4P 41AC 4120 1401 1532(1) 4109 4120
3P 41AC 3160 4109 3160 1509 3160
1600 A / B7
4P 41AC 4160 4109 4160 1509 4160
3P 41AC 3200 200 mm
2000 A / B8 2799 3015
4P 41AC 4200
S5 type
3P 41AC 3250 S5 type 1st and 2nd
Black 320 mm (5)
2500 A / B8 Black NO/NC included
4P 41AC 4250 IP65 2799 3018(1)
2799 7042 contact included
1453 8113
3P 41AC 3320 450 mm
3200 A / B8
4P 41AC 4320 2799 3019
(1) Standard.
(2) 2 contacts supplied: one for position I and one for position II.
(3) For complete shrouding at front, rear, top and bottom, order quantity 4; if equipped with bridging bars order quantity 3.
(4) For top and bottom shrouding for the front only, order quantity 2.
(5) See “Copper bar connection pieces”.
(6) For a 3 pole device order quantity 3 bridging bars, for a 4 pole device order quantity 4.
Operating principle
SIRCOVER I-0-II
1 2 1 2 1 2
svr_224_a_1_x_cat.ai
Manual Transfer
Switch
I 0 II

SIRCOVER
from 125 to 3200 A
SIRCOVER I-I+II-II
Rating (A) / External Shaft for Auxiliary Terminal Terminal
3P 4190 3013
125 A / B3
4P 4190 4013
3P 3P 3P
3P 4190 3016 4109 3019 2694 3014 (3)(4) 1509 3012
160 A / B3
4P 4190 4016 4P 4P 4P
J2 type 4109 4019 2694 4014 (3)(4) 1509 4012
3P 4190 3019 200 mm
200 A / B3 Blue S2 type 1400 1020
4P 4190 4019
1122 1111 Blue IP65
3P 4190 3025 1423 2114 320 mm 4109 3025
250 A / B4 3P 3P
4P 4190 4025 Red 1400 1032(1) 4109 4025 2694 3021 (3)(4) 1509 3025
3P 4190 3039 1123 1111 4109 3039 1st/2nd NO/NC 4P 4P
400 A / B4 contact 2694 4021 (3)(4) 1509 4025
4P 4190 4039 4109 4039 4109 0021(2)
3P 4190 3063 4109 3063 2694 3051(3)(4 1509 3063
630 A / B5
4P 4190 4063 4109 4063 2694 4051 (3)(4) 1509 4063
3P 4190 3080 4109 3080
800 A / B6 3P
4P 4190 4080 200 mm 4109 4080 1509 3080
3P 4190 3120 J3 type S4 type 1401 1520 4109 3120 4P
1250 A / B6 Black Blue IP65 1509 4080
4P 4190 4120 1132 1111 1443 3114 320 mm 4109 4120
3P 4190 3160 1401 1532(1) 4109 3160 1509 3160
1600 A / B7
4P 4190 4160 4109 4160 1509 4160
(1) Standard.
Operating principle
SIRCOVER I-I+II-II
1 2 1 2 1 2
Manual Transfer
Switch
I I+II II
Warning: Please note that in position I+II contacts overlap.

In case of UPS, make sure it is working in static bypass mode before operating.

SIRCOVER
from 125 to 3200 A
References (continued)
SIRCOVER Bypass I-0-II
Rating (A) / External Shaft for Auxiliary Terminal Terminal
3P 41AC 7013
125 A / B3 J2 type S2 type
4P 41AC 9013 200 mm 3P
Blue Blue IP55 3P 3P
3P 41AC 7016 1400 1020 2x 4109 3019
1122 1111 1421 2113 2694 3014 (3)(4) 1509 3012
160 A / B3
4P 41AC 9016 4P 4P
320 mm 4P
Red Blue IP65 2694 4014 (3)(4) 1509 4012
3P 41AC 7020 (1) 1400 1032(1) 2x 4109 4019
200 A / B3 1123 1111 1423 2113
4P 41AC 9020
3P 41AC 7025 2x 4109 3025
250 A / B4 3P 3P
4P 41AC 9025 200 mm 2x 4109 4025 2694 3021 (3)(4) 1509 3025
st nd
3P 41AC 7040 J3 type S3 type 1401 1520 2x 4109 3039 1 /2 NO/NC 4P 4P
400 A / B4 Black Blue IP65 contact 2694 4021 (3)(4) 1509 4025
4P 41AC 9040 1132 1111 1433 3113 320 mm 2x 4109 4039 4109 0021 (2)
3P 41AC 7063 1401 1532(1) 2x 4109 3063 2694 3051 (3)(4) 1509 3063
630 A / B5
4P 41AC 9063 2x 4109 4063 2694 4051 (3)(4) 1509 4063
3P 41AC 7080 200 mm 2x 4109 3080
800 A / B6 2799 3015 3P
4P 41AC 9080 2x 4109 4080 1509 3080
3P 41AC 7120 J4 type V2 type 2x 4109 3120 4P
320 mm
1250 A / B6 Black Black IP65 1509 4080
4P 41AC 9120 (5) 2799 3018(1) 2x 4109 4120
1142 1111 4199 7146
3P 41AC 7160 450 mm 2x 4109 3160 1509 3160
1600 A / B7
4P 41AC 9160 2799 3019 2x 4109 4160 1509 4160
(1) Standard.
(5) Double lever handle.
Operating principle
SIRCOVER Bypass I-0-II
UPS UPS UPS UPS

I 0 II

SIRCOVER
from 125 to 3200 A
SIRCOVER Bypass I-I+II-II

Rating ( A) / External Shaft for Auxiliary Terminal Terminal
3P 46AC 7013
125 A / B3 J2 type
4P 46AC 9013 200 mm
Blue 3P 3P 3P
3P 46AC 7016 S2 type 1400 1020
1122 1111 2x 4109 3019 2694 3014 (3)(4) 1509 3012
160 A / B3 Blue IP 65
4P 46AC 9016 4P 4P 4P
1423 2114 (1) 320 mm
Red 2x 4109 4019 2694 4014 (3)(4) 1509 4012
3P 46AC 7020 1400 1032(1)
200 A / B3 1123 1111
4P 46AC 9020
3P 46AC 7025 2x 4109 3025
250 A / B4 3P 3P
4P 46AC 9025 200 mm 2x 4109 4025 2694 3021 (3)(4) 1509 3025
st nd
3P 46AC 7040 J3 type S3 type 1401 1520 2x 4109 3039 1 /2 NO/NC 4P 4P
400 A / B4 Black Blue IP65 contact 2694 4021 (3)(4) 1509 4025
4P 46AC 9040 1132 1111 1433 3114 320 mm 2x 4109 4039 4109 0021 (2)
3P 46AC 7063 1401 1532(1) 2x 4109 3063 2694 3051 (3)(4) 1509 3063
630 A / B5
4P 46AC 9063 2x 4109 4063 2694 4051 (3)(4) 1509 4063
3P 46AC 7080 200 mm 2x 4109 3080
800 A / B6 2799 3015 3P
4P 46AC 9080 2x 4109 4080 1509 3080
3P 46AC 7120 J4 type V2 type 2x 4109 3120 4P
320 mm
1250 A / B6 Black Black I P65 1509 4080
4P 46AC 9120 (5) 2799 3018(1) 2x 4109 4120
1142 1111 4199 7146
3P 46AC 7160 450 mm 2x 4109 3160 1509 3160
1600 A / B7
4P 46AC 9160 2799 3019 2x 4109 4160 1509 4160
(1) Standard.
Operating principle
SIRCOVER Bypass I-I+II-II
UPS UPS UPS UPS

I I+II II
Warning: Please note that in position I+II contacts overlap.

In case of UPS, make sure it is working in static bypass mode before operating.

SIRCOVER
from 125 to 3200 A
Accessories
SIRCOVER I-0-II and I-I+II-II
Rating (A) Frame size Handle colour Handle type Reference
125 … 630 B3 … B5 Blue J2 1122 1111
125 … 630 B3 … B5 Red J2 1123 1111
800 … 1600 B6 … B7 Blue J3 1132 1111
2000 … 3200 B8 Black S5 2799 7042(1)
SIRCOVER Bypass
Rating (A) Frame size Handle colour Handle type Reference
acces_483_front.eps
125 … 200 B3 Blue J2 1122 1111
acces_356.eps
250 … 630 B4 … B5 Blue J3 1132 1111
acces_479_front.eps
800 … 1600 B6 … B7 Blue J4 1142 1111(1)
J2 type handle J4 type handle
J3 type handle

Use
Door interlocked external front operation handles include an escutcheon, are padlockable and
must be utilised with an extension shaft.
External Handle
Rating (A) Frame size Switching type IP(1) type Reference
125 … 630 B3 … B5 I - 0 - II IP55 S2 1421 2113
125 … 630 B3 … B5 I - 0 - II IP65 S2 1423 2113
125 … 630 B3 … B5 I - I+II - II IP65 S2 1423 2114
800 … 1600 B6 … B7 I - 0 - II IP65 S4 1443 3113(2)
1443 3114(2)
acces_150.eps
800 … 1600 B6 … B7 I - I+II - II IP65 S4

2000 … 3200 B8 I - 0 - II IP65 S5 1453 8113(2)
(2) Double lever handle. acces_152.eps
acces_151.eps
S2 type handle
acces_286.eps
SIRCOVER Bypass
External Handle
Rating (A) Frame size Switching type IP(1) type Reference
S3 type handle S4 type handle
125 … 200 B3 I - 0 - II IP55 S2 1421 2113
125 … 200 B3 I - 0 - II IP65 S2 1423 2113 S5 type handle
250 … 630 B4 … B5 I - 0 - II IP65 S3 1433 3113
800 … 1600 B6 … B7 I - 0 - II IP65 V2 4199 7146

SIRCOVER
from 125 to 3200 A
Alternative S type handle cover colours

Use
For single lever handles S2, S3 and for double lever handle S4.
Other colours available: consult us.
To be ordered
Colour in multiples of Handle type Reference
acces_198.eps
Light grey 50 S2, S3 1401 0001
Dark grey 50 S2, S3 1401 0011
Light grey 50 S4 1401 0031
Dark grey 50 S4 1401 0041
S type handle adapter

Use Dimensions
Enables S type handles to be fitted in place Add 12 mm to the handle depth.
of existing older style SOCOMEC handles.
Adapter can also be utilised as a spacer to
increase the distance between the panel
acces_187.eps
door and the handle lever.
To be ordered
Colour in multiples of External IP(1) Reference
Black 1 IP65 1493 0000

Use
For use with S type handles, to guide the shaft extension into the external handle.
This accessory enables the handle to engage the extension shaft with a
misalignment of up to 15 mm.
1DBNLLDMCDCENQ@RG@ESKDMFSGNUDQŰLL acces_260.eps

SIRCOVER
from 125 to 3200 A
Shaft for external operation
Use
Standard lengths: Other lengths available: consult us.
acces_369.eps
- 200 mm,
- 320 mm,
- 450 mm.
Rating (A) Frame size Length (mm) Side X (mm) Reference
125 … 400 B3 … B4 200 210 … 310 1400 1020
125 … 400 B3 … B4 320 210 … 430 1400 1032
500 … 630 B5 200 280 … 390 1400 1020
1400 1032
acces_144.eps
500 … 630 B5 320 280 … 510
800 … 1600 B6 … B7 200 425 … 577 1401 1520
800 … 1600 B6 … B7 320 425 … 697 1401 1532
2000 … 3200 B8 200 653 ... 803 2799 3015
2000 … 3200 B8 320 653 … 923 2799 3018
2000 … 3200 B8 450 653 … 1053 2799 3019
SIRCOVER Bypass
Rating (A) Frame size Length (mm) Side X (mm) Reference
125 … 200 B3 200 320 … 450 1400 1020
125 … 200 B3 320 320 … 570 1400 1032
250 … 400 B4 200 298 … 420 1401 1520
acces_202_a_1_x_cat.eps
250 … 400 B4 320 298 … 540 1401 1532
630 B5 200 417 … 539 1401 1520
630 B5 320 417 … 659 1401 1532
800 … 1600 B6 … B7 200 550 ... 680 2799 3015
800 … 1600 B6 … B7 320 550 … 800 2799 3018 X
800 … 1600 B6 … B7 450 550 … 930 2799 3019
Bridging bars
Use SIRCOVER I-0-II SIRCOVER Bypass
For creating a common connection For SIRCOVER Bypass, twice the
and SIRCOVER I-I+II-II
between switches I & II, on the top quantity of bridging bars are required
or bottom side of the SIRCOVER, to (6 for 3 pole device and 8 for 4 pole).
acces_208.eps
acces_205.eps
enable, for example, the load to be fed

from either incoming source (I or II).
Rating (A) Frame size No. of poles Diameter (mm) Reference(1)

125 … 200 B3 3P 20 x 2.5 4109 3019
125 … 200 B3 4P 20 x 2.5 4109 4019
250 B4 3P 25 x 2.5 4109 3025
250 B4 4P 25 x 2.5 4109 4025
svr_068_a_1_x_cat.eps
acces_041.eps
315 … 400 B4 3P 32 x 5 4109 3039

315 … 400 B4 4P 32 x 5 4109 4039
500 B5 3P 32 x 5 4109 3050
500 B5 4P 32 x 5 4109 4050
630 B5 3P 50 x 5 4109 3063
630 B5 4P 50 x 5 4109 4063
800 … 1000 B6 3P 50 x 6 4109 3080
800 … 1000 B6 4P 50 x 6 4109 4080
svr_124_a_1_cat.eps
1250 B6 3P 60 x 8 4109 3120

1250 B6 4P 60 x 8 4109 4120
1600 B7 3P 90 x 10 4109 3160
1600 B7 4P 90 x 10 4109 4160
(1) SIRCOVER: For a 3 pole device order quantity 3 bridging bars, and for a 4 pole device order quantity 4.
SIRCOVER Bypass: For a 3 pole device order quantity 6 bridging bars, and for a 4 pole device order quantity 8.

SIRCOVER
from 125 to 3200 A
Copper bar connection pieces

Use
Fig. 1
For ratings 2000 to 3200 A. Once installed, the power terminal is A (1)
Enables: connection ready.
- Flat connection: the connection pieces
provide a link between the two power For 3200 A rating, connection pieces (part
acces_457_a_1_x_cat
terminals of the same pole (Fig. 1). A) are supplied as standard. Bolt sets must
- Edgewise connection: the connection be ordered separately.
pieces provide a link between the two power
terminals of the same pole and an edgewise
bar connection terminal.
- Top or bottom bridging between two poles
(Fig. 3).
B
Connection: the quantities given in the below table refer to the number of pieces required per (1) Single pole connection: 1 pole (top or bottom) comprises
pole, top or bottom. two power terminals which are to be linked with the copper
connection kit.
Bridging connection: the quantities given refer to the number of pieces required to complete a
single bridging connection between two poles. Fig. 2
C
2000 – 2500 A 3200 A
Fig. 1 Fig. 2 Fig. 3 Fig. 1 Fig. 2 Fig. 3
Connection Bridging Connection Bridging
connection connection
Reference Flat Edgewise I - II Flat Edgewise I - II
acces_457_a_1_x_cat
A
Connection - part A 2619 1200 1 1 2(2) included included included
!NKSJHSŰLLO@QS! 2699 1201 1(1) 2(2) 1(1) 2(2)
!NKSJHSŰLLO@QS! 2699 1200 1(1) 1(1)
T + Bolt kit - part C 2629 1200 1 1 1 1
Bracket + Bolt kit - part D 2639 1200 1 1
Bar + Bolt kit - part E 4109 0320 1 1 D
(1) Choose the bolt length according to the thickness of the bars being connected; if bar thickness is greater than 20 mm,
ŭLLANKSR@QDQDPTHQDC
(2) For bridging connections, quantity 2 pieces are required for creating the link between the two power terminals of the same
pole for switch bodies I and II.
Fig. 3 C
The quantities of the applicable pieces then need to be multiplied by the number of connection
points (power terminals) in order to determine the total quantity required of each part. E
Example: for a 4 pole 2500 A SIRCOVER with upstream edgewise connection (Fig. 2) and B
downstream bridging (Fig. 3), the following quantities will be required: A
acces_230_c_1_x_cat
Part Upstream edgewise quantity Downstream bridging quantity Total quantity
A 8 8 16
B 0 8 8
C 8 4 12
D 8 0 8
E 0 4 4
Auxiliary contact
Pre-breaking and signalling of positions I By 6.35 mm fast-on terminal.
and II: 1 to 2 NO/NC auxiliary contacts in Electrical characteristics
each position.
svr_058_a_1_cat.eps
30,000 operations.
Low level AC: consult us.
Characteristics
Nominal 250 VAC 400 VAC 24 VDC 48 VDC
Rating (A) Frame size current (A) AC-13 AC-13 DC-13 DC-13
125 … 3200 B3... B8 16 12 8 14 6
acces_065.eps
NO/NC changeover contact

Rating (A) Frame size Contact(s) Reference
125 … 1600 B3 … B7 1st / 2nd 4109 0021
2000 … 3200 B8 1st / 2nd included

SIRCOVER
from 125 to 3200 A
Terminal shrouds
Use Advantage
Protection against direct contact with Perforations allow remote thermographic
terminals or connecting parts. inspection without the need to remove the
shrouds.
No. of
Rating (A) Frame size poles Position Reference
125 … 200 B3 3P top / bottom / front (I) / rear (II) 2694 3014(1)(2)
acces_206.psd
(1) For complete shrouding at front, rear, top and bottom, order 4 x for a SIRCOVER and 6 x for a SIRCOVER Bypass; if
equipped with bridging bars order 3 x for a SIRCOVER and 4 x for a SIRCOVER Bypass.
(2) For top and bottom shrouding for the front only, order 2 x for a SIRCOVER and a SIRCOVER Bypass.
Terminal screens
Use
Upstream and downstream protection against direct contact with terminals or connection
parts. For upstream and downstream protection, order quantity 1.
Rating (A) Frame size No. of poles Position Reference
125 … 200 B3 3P top / bottom 1509 3012
125 … 200 B3 4P top / bottom 1509 4012
acces_207.eps
250 … 400 B4 3P top / bottom 1509 3025
250 … 400 B4 4P top / bottom 1509 4025
500 … 630 B5 3P top / bottom 1509 3063
500 … 630 B5 4P top / bottom 1509 4063
800 … 1250 B6 3P top / bottom 1509 3080
800 … 1250 B6 4P top / bottom 1509 4080
1600 B7 3P top / bottom 1509 3160
1600 B7 4P top / bottom 1509 4160
2000 … 3200 B8 3/4P top / bottom included
Inter-phase barrier
Use
Safe isolation between the terminals, essential for use at 690 VAC or
in a polluted or dusty atmosphere.
Rating (A) Frame size No. of poles Reference
125 … 200 B3 3P 2998 0033
125 … 200 B3 4P 2998 0034
250 … 400 B4 3P 2998 0023
250 … 400 B4 4P 2998 0024
500 … 630 B5 3P 2998 0013
500 … 630 B5 4P 2998 0014
800 … 3200 B6 … B8 3/4 P included

SIRCOVER
from 125 to 3200 A
Padlocking in position I, 0 or II Use

SIRCOVER SIRCOVER Bypass • Padlocked (padlock not included). This device is
Rating (A) /Frame size Rating (A) / Frame size Operation Figure Reference
factory mounted in the direct or external operation
125 … 630 / B3 ... B5 125 … 200 / B3 external 1 1423 2813 handle and allows the use of up to 3 padlocks.
• Locking:
Locking using RONIS EL11AP lock in position 0 (not included)
- using lock (not supplied),
SIRCOVER SIRCOVER Bypass - using undervoltage coil.
Rating (A) / Frame size Rating (A) / Frame size Operation Figure Reference • The interlocking positions are either determined as
125 … 630 / B3 … B5 125 … 200 / B3 direct 2 4109 1006(1) standard or configured by the user by removing the
250 … 630 / B4 ... B5 direct 3 consult us pre-form tabs.
800 … 1600 / B6 … B7 800 … 1600 / B6 ... B7 direct 3 4109 1004(2) • Padlocking and locking can be combined.
2000 … 3200 / B8 direct 3 4109 2007(2)
125 … 630 / B3 … B5 125 … 630 / B3 … B5 external 4 1499 7701(2)
2000 … 3200 / B8 800 … 1600 / B6 … B7 external 4 2799 7002(2)
(1) Specific handle included.
(2) This locking facility can be configured by the user in the 3 positions.
Fig. 1 Fig. 2
Locking using RONIS EL11AP lock in position I, 0, II (not included)
SIRCOVER SIRCOVER Bypass
Rating (A) / Frame size Rating (A) / Frame size Operation Figure Reference
4109 1002(1)
acces_061_a_1_x_cat
125 … 630 / B3 … B5 125 … 200 / B3 direct 2
acces_001_a_1_x_cat
250 … 630 / B4 … B5 direct 3 consult us
800 … 1600 / B6 … B7 800 … 1600 / B6 … B7 direct 3 4109 1004(2)
2000 … 3200 / B8 direct 3 4109 2007(2)
125 … 630 / B3 … B5 125 … 630 / B3 … B5 external 4 1499 7701(2)
2000 … 3200 800 … 1600 / B6 … B7 external 4 2799 7002(2)
(1) Specific handle included.
(2) This locking facility can be configured by the user in the 3 positions.
Fig. 3 Fig. 4
Locking using 230 VAC undervoltage coil in position 0 (factory fitted)
Rating (A) / Frame size Rating (A) Frame size Operation Figure Reference
acces_132_a_1_x_cat
800 … 3200 / B6 … B8 800 … 1600 / B6 … B7 direct 3 consult us
acces_158_a_1_x_cat
Locking using Type K CASTELL lock (not supplied)
Rating (A) / Frame size Rating (A) / Frame size Operation Figure Reference
125 … 1600 / B3 … B7 125 … 630 / B3 … B5 external 4 1499 7702
2000 … 3200 / B8 800 … 1600 / B6 … B7 external 4 2799 7003
Other specific accessories
• Customised protection screens (for specific dimensions or high ambient temperatures).

• Connection accessories.
bd_03_04_01
• Low level auxiliary contacts.

SIRCOVER
from 125 to 3200 A
Characteristics according to IEC 60947-3 and IEC 60947-6-1

125 to 630 A
Thermal current Ith at 40°C 125 A 160 A 200 A 250 A 315 A 400 A 500 A 630 A
Frame size B3 B3 B3 B4 B4 B4 B5 B5
Rated operational currents Ie (A) according to IEC 60947-6-1

Rated voltage Utilisation category A/B(1) A/B(1) A/B(1) A/B(1) A/B(1) A/B(1) A/B(1) A/B(1)
415 VAC AC-31 B 125 160 200 250 315 400 500 630
415 VAC AC-32 B 200 315 400 500 500
415 VAC AC-33 B 200 200 200 400 400
Rated operational currents Ie (A) according to IEC 60947-3

415 VAC AC-21 A / AC-21 B 125/125 160/160 200/200 250/250 315/315 400/400 500/500 630/630
415 VAC AC-22 A / AC-22 B 125/125 160/160 200/200 250/250 315/315 400/400 500/500 630/630
415 VAC AC-23 A / AC-23 B 125/125 160/160 200/200 200/200 315/315 400/400 500/500 500/630
500 VAC AC-21 A / AC-21 B 125/125 160/160 200/200 250/250 315/315 400/400 500/500 630/630
500 VAC AC-22 A / AC-22 B 125/125 160/160 200/200 200/250 200/315 200/400 500/500 500/500
500 VAC AC-23 A / AC-23 B 80/80 80/80 80/80 200/200 200/200 200/200 400/400 400/400
690 VAC (3) AC-21 A / AC-21 B 125/125 160/160 200/200 200/200 200/200 200/200 500/500 500/500
690 VAC (3) AC-22 A / AC-22 B 125/125 125/125 125/125 160/160 160/160 160/160 400/400 400/400
690 VAC (3) AC-23 A / AC-23 B 63/80 63/80 63/80 125/125 125/125 125/125 400/400 400/400
220 VDC DC-21 A / DC-21 B 125/125 160/160 200/200 250/250 250/250 250/250 500/500 630/630
220 VDC DC-22 A / DC-22 B 125/125 160/160 200/200 250/250 250/250 250/250 500/500 630/630
220 VDC DC-23 A / DC-23 B 125/125 125/125 125/125 200/200 200/200 200/200 500/500 630/630
440 VDC (2) DC-21 A / DC-21 B 125/125 125/125 125/125 200/200 200/200 200/200 500/500 630/630
440 VDC (2) DC-22 A / DC-22 B 125/125 125/125 125/125 200/200 200/200 200/200 500/500 630/630
440 VDC (2) DC-23 A / DC-23 B 125/125 125/125 125/125 200/200 200/200 200/200 500/500 630/630
Operation power in AC-23 (kW) (4)

At 415 VAC without AC pre-break 58/58 75/75 100/100 100/100 145/145 190/190 235/235 235/280
At 690 VAC without AC pre-break 50/62 50/62 50/62 90/90 90/90 90/90 310/310 310/310
Reactive power (kvar) (4)

At 415 VAC (kvar) 60/60 75/75 100/100 125/125 150/150 200/200 250/250 250/300
Fuse protected short-circuit withstand as per IEC 60947-3 (kA rms prospective)
Prospective short-circuit current with gG DIN fuses at 415 VAC (kA rms) 100 100 50 50 50 50 50 50
Prospective short-circuit current with gG DIN fuses at 690 VAC (kA rms) 50 50 50 50 50
Associated fuse rating (A) 125 160 200 250 315 400 500 630
Short-circuit withstand without protection as per IEC 60947-3

Rated short-time withstand current 0.3s Icw at 415 VAC (kA rms) 12 12 12 15 (5) 15 (5) 15 (5) 17 (5) 17 (5)
(5) (5) (5) (5)
Rated short-time withstand current 1s Icw at 415 VAC (kA rms) 7 7 7 8 8 8 11 10 (5)
Rated peak withstand current at 415 VAC (kA peak) 20 20 20 30 30 30 45 45
Short-circuit withstand without protection as per IEC 60947-6-1

1@SDCRGNQSSHLDVHSGRS@MCBTQQDMSŰLR(cw at 415 VAC (kA rms) 10 10 10 10 10 10
1@SDCRGNQSSHLDVHSGRS@MCBTQQDMSŰLR(cw at 415 VAC (kA rms) 10 12.6
Connection
Minimum Cu cable cross-section as per IEC 60947-1 (mm²) 35 35 50 95 120 185 2 x 95 2 x 120
Recommended Cu busbar cross-section (mm²) 2 x 32 x 5 2 x 40 x 5
Maximum Cu cable cross-section (mm²) 50 95 120 150 240 240 2 x 185 2 x 300
Min./max. tightening torque (Nm) 9/13 9/13 9/13 20/26 20/26 20/26 20/26 20/26
Mechanical specifications
Durability (number of operating cycles) 10,000 10,000 10,000 8 ,000 8,000 8,000 5,000 5,000
Weight 3 P (kg) 2.9 2.9 2.9 3.8 3.9 3.9 8.6 9.1
Weight 4 P (kg) 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.6 4.9 4.9 10.4 11.1
(1) Category with index A = frequent operation - Category with index B = infrequent operation. (3) Interphase barriers must be installed on the products.
(2) 3-pole device with 2 pole in series for the “+” an 1 pole for the “-”. (4) The power value is given for information only, the current values vary from one manufacturer to another.
4-pole device with 2 poles in series by polarity. (5) Values given at 690 VAC.

SIRCOVER
from 125 to 3200 A
800 to 3200 A
Thermal current Ith at 40°C 800 A 1000 A 1250 A 1600 A 2000 A 2500 A 3200 A
Frame size B6 B6 B6 B7 B8 B8 B8

415 VAC AC-31 B 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 3200
415 VAC AC-32 B 800 1000 1250 1250 2000 2000 2000
415 VAC AC-33 B 800 1000 1000 1000 1250 1250 1250

415 VAC AC-21 A / AC-21 B 800/800 1000/1000 1250/1250 1600/1600 -/2000 -/2500 -/3200
415 VAC AC-22 A / AC-22 B 800/800 1000/1000 1250/1250 1600/1600 -/2000 -/2500 -/3200
415 VAC AC-23 A / AC-23 B 800/800 1000/1000 1250/1250 1250/1250 -/1600 -/1600 -/1600
500 VAC AC-21 A / AC-21 B 800/800 1000/1000 1250/1250 1600/1600 -/2000 -/2000 -/2000
500 VAC AC-22 A / AC-22 B 630/630 800/800 1000/1000 1600/1600
500 VAC AC-23 A / AC-23 B 630/630 630/630 800/800 1000/1000
690 VAC (3) AC-21 A / AC-21 B 800/800 1000/1000 1250/1250 1600/1600 -/2000 -/2000 -/2000
690 VAC (3) AC-22 A / AC-22 B 630/630 800/800 1000/1000 1000/1000
690 VAC (3) AC-23 A / AC-23 B 630/630 630/630 800/800 800/800
220 VDC DC-21 A / DC-21 B 800/800 1000/1000 1250/1250 1250/1250
220 VDC DC-22 A / DC-22 B 800/800 1000/1000 1250/1250 1250/1250
220 VDC DC-23 A / DC-23 B 800/800 1000/1000 1250/1250 1250/1250
440 VDC (2) DC-21 A / DC-21 B 800/800 1000/1000 1250/1250 1250/1250
440 VDC (2) DC-22 A / DC-22 B 800/800 1000/1000 1250/1250 1250/1250
440 VDC (2) DC-23 A / DC-23 B 800/800 1000/1000 1250/1250 1250/1250
Operation power in AC-23 (kW) (4)

At 415 VAC without AC pre-break 375/375 450/450 560/560 560/560 -/710 -/710 -/710
At 690 VAC without AC pre-break 475/475 475/475 620/620 620/620
Reactive power (kvar) (4)

At 415 VAC (kvar) 400/400 500/500 650/650 650/650 -/850 -/850 -/850
Fuse protected short-circuit withstand as per IEC 60947-3 (kA rms prospective)
Prospective short-circuit current with gG DIN fuses at 415 VAC (kA rms) 50 50 100 100
Prospective short-circuit current with gG DIN fuses at 690 VAC (kA rms) 50 50 50
Associated fuse rating (A) 800 1000 1250 2x800

Rated short-time withstand current 0.3s Icw at 415 VAC (kA rms) 64 64 64 78 78 78 78
Rated short-time withstand current 1s Icw at 415 VAC (kA rms) 35 35 35 50 50 50 50
Rated peak withstand current at 415 VAC (kA peak) 55 55 80 110 120 120 120
Short-circuit withstand without protection as per IEC 60947-6-1

1@SDCRGNQSSHLDVHSGRS@MCBTQQDMSŰLR(cw at 415 VAC (kA rms)
1@SDCRGNQSSHLDVHSGRS@MCBTQQDMSŰLR(cw at 415 VAC (kA rms) 20 20 25 32 50 50 50
Connection
Minimum Cu cable cross-section as per IEC 60947-1 (mm²) 2 x 185
Recommended Cu busbar cross-section (mm²) 2 x 50 x 5 2 x 63 x 5 2 x 60 x7 2 x 100 x 5 3 x 100 x 5 2 x 100 x 10 3 x 10 x 100
Maximum Cu cable cross-section (mm²) 4 x 185 4 x 185 4 x 185 6 x 185
Min./max. tightening torque (Nm) 20/26 20/26 20/26 40/45 40/45 40/45 40/45
Durability (number of operating cycles) 4,000 4,000 4,000 3,000 3,000 3,000 3,000
Weight 3 P (kg) 20.5 21.0 21.6 25.7 42.0 42.0 52.3
Weight 4 P (kg) 24.8 25.6 26.2 32.0 52.9 52.9 66.6
(2) 3-pole device with 2 pole in series for the “+” an 1 pole for the “-”. (4) The power value is given for information only, the current values vary from one manufacturer to another.
4-pole device with 2 poles in series by polarity. (5) Values given at 690 VAC.

SIRCOVER
from 125 to 3200 A
Dimensions
SIRCOVER 125 to 1600 A / B3 to B7
A Z1
10 M II
Z
Y Y B
U 8.5 1
W
CA
V
2
A
350
AC
BA
AA
II I
0
125
L1
svr_072_i_1_x_cat
CA
H HA
X T T T H E min.
I
60 45
J C 18
A. S2 type handle for external operation: 125 to 630 A 1. Terminal shrouds

B. S4 type handle for external operation: 800 to 1600 A 2. Direct operation handle:
- 125 to 630 A: L1 = 140 mm,
- 800 to 1600 A: L1 = 210 mm.
Terminal
Overall dimensions shrouds Switch body Switch mounting Connection
Rating (A)/ A A C E AC H HA J J M M N T U V W X X Y Z Z1 AA BA AC
Frame size 3p. 4p. min 3p. 4p. 3p. 4p. 3p. 4p.
125 / B3 221 251 218 208 … 436 235 148 25 182 212 156 186 101 36 20 25 8.5 56 50 3.5 28 124 135 115 10
160 / B3 221 251 218 208 … 436 235 148 25 182 212 156 186 101 36 20 25 8.5 56 50 3.5 28 124 135 115 10
200 / B3 221 251 218 208 … 436 235 148 25 182 212 156 186 101 36 20 25 8.5 56 50 3.5 28 124 135 115 10
250 / B4 262 312 218 208 … 436 280 148 25 223 273 196 246 116 50 25 30 11 61 61 3.5 30 124 160 130 15
315 / B4 262 312 218 208 … 436 280 148 25 223 273 196 246 116 50 35 35 11 61 61 3.5 30 124 170 140 15
400 / B4 262 312 218 208 … 436 280 148 25 223 273 196 246 116 50 35 35 11 61 61 3.5 30 124 170 140 15
500 / B5 319 379 295 285 … 513 401 225 25 272 332 246 306 176 65 32 37 13 70.5 65.5 5 43 180 235 205 15
630 / B5 319 379 295 285 … 513 400 225 25 272 332 246 306 176 65 45 50 13 70.5 65.5 5 43 180 260 220 20
800 / B6 386 466 375 425 … 577 459 298 29 306.5 386.5 255 336 250 80 50 60.5 15 48 48 7 66.5 253.5 321 26.5
1000 / B6 386 466 375 425 … 577 459 298 29 306.5 386.5 255 336 250 80 50 60.5 15 48 48 7 66.5 253.5 321 26.5
1250 / B6 386 466 375 425 … 577 459 298 29 306.5 386.5 255 336 250 80 60 65 16x11 48 48 7 66.5 255.5 330 29.5
1600/B7 478 598 375 425 … 577 461 298 29 388.5 518.5 347 467 250 120 90 43.5 12.5x5 54 54 8 66.5 255.5 288 15
SIRCOVER 2000 to 3200 A / B8

Direct front operation
A
M 51.5 436.5
498
498
461
258
250
380
svr_150_a_1_x_cat
120 120 120 53.5 425 425

71 71
102
653
Overall dimensions Switch mounting

A A M M
Rating (A) / Frame size 3p. 4p. 3p. 4p.
2000 … 3200 / B8 478 598 347 467

SIRCOVER
from 125 to 3200 A
SIRCOVER Bypass 125 to 1600 A / B3 to B7

Direct front operation
A Z2
10 M Z1
1
II
Z
U 8.5 Y Y Y
W
CA
V
2
AC
BA
AA
N I II I
0
L1
CA
X T T T
I
H
J C 18
A. S2 type handle for external operation: 125 to 200 A

External front operation B. S3 type handle for external operation: 250 to 630 A
C. External double lever handle: 800 to 1600 A
=
A B C 1. Terminal shrouds
2. Direct operation handle:
- 125 to 200 A: L1 = 140 mm,
330
- 250 to 630 A: L1 = 210 mm,
- 800 to 1600 A: L1 = diameter 330 mm.
svr_070_i_1_x_cat
125
=
210
H HA 45
E min. 103
61
Rating Terminal
(A) / Overall dimensions shrouds Switch body Switch mounting Connection
Frame A A E J J M M X X
size 3+6p. 4+8p. C min AC H HA 3+6 p. 4+8 p. 3+6 p. 4+8 p. N T U V W 3+6p. 4+8p. Y Z Z1 Z2 AA BA AC
125 / B3 221 251 313 320 235 243 25 182 212 156 186 101 36 20 25 8.5 56 50 3.5 28 124 219 135 115 10
160 / B3 221 251 313 320 235 243 25 182 212 156 186 101 36 20 25 8.5 56 50 3.5 28 124 219 135 115 10
200 / B3 221 251 313 320 235 243 25 182 212 156 186 101 36 20 25 8.5 56 50 3.5 28 124 219 135 115 10
250 / B4 262 312 313 298 280 243 25 223 273 196 246 116 50 25 30 11 61 61 3.5 30 124 219 160 130 10
400 / B4 262 312 313 298 280 243 25 223 273 196 246 116 50 35 35 11 61 61 3.5 30 124 219 170 140 15
630 / B5 319 379 432 417 400 362 25 272 332 246 306 176 65 45 50 13 70.5 65.5 5 43 180 317 260 220 20
800 / B6 386 466 560 550 459 479 29 306.5 386.5 255 335 250 80 50 60.5 15 48 48 7 66.5 253.5 439.5 321 26.5
1250 / B6 386 466 560 550 459 479 29 306.5 386.5 255 335 250 80 60 65 16x11 48 48 7 66.5 253.5 439.5 320 29.25
1600/B7 478 598 560 550 461 479 29 388.5 518.5 347 467 250 120 90 43.5 12.5x5 54 54 8 66.5 253.5 439.5 288 15
SIRCOVER and SIRCOVER and SIRCOVER 1600 to 3200 A / B7 to B8
2(1".5$1Ű!XO@RR ! 2(1".5$1Ű!XO@RR ! SIRCOVER Bypass 1600 A / B7
ø9 ø12.5
16 x 11
5 5
12.5
10 33
15 28.5
ø 15
15
svr_098_a_1_x_cat
svr_078_b_1_x_cat
svr_077_a_1_x_cat
25 25
30 30
8.5 33 8.5 45 45
15.75 28.5 15.75
50 90
60

SIRCOVER
from 125 to 3200 A

Front operation
S2 type 0 With lock With lock
or RONIS EL11AP CASTELL K
I+II 20 20
Ø 26 Ø 37
Ø78 90
°
° 4 Ø 5.5
28
90
2 Ø 6.5
28
4Ø7
.5
Ø 37 Ø 37
I II 4Ø7 4Ø7
1414
125
24
22
14 14
14 14
26
45
.5
79
45°
45°
73
3.
Ø D (1)
5
20 20 20 20
(1) Ø31 to Ø37: rear screw mounting,

Ø37: front clip mounting.

Front operation
S4 type With lock With lock
0
20 20 RONIS EL11AP CASTELL K
or
I+II
Ø 26 Ø 37
4 Ø 7 (2)
4 Ø 5.5
28
Ø78 90 2 Ø 6.5
28
°
.5
°
90
Ø 37 Ø 37
350
1414
4Ø7 4Ø7
I II
24
22
14 14
14 14
26
Ø D (1)
.5
79
45°
45°
73
3.
5
20 20 20 20
60

Ø37 : front clip mounting.
(2) Ø6 to Ø7: clip mounting
SIRCOVER 2000 to 3200 A / B8

Front operation
S5 type With lock

with V Escutcheon
CASTELL K
I 50 50
° 96
90 28
4 Ø 6,5
0
498
25
50
50
°
90
II
Ø 31 4 x Ø 6.5 Ø 31 3 x Ø 6.5
71
102

SIRCOVER
from 125 to 3200 A
SIRCOVER Bypass 125 to 200 A / B3
Front operation
S2 type With lock With lock
0 RONIS EL11AP CASTELL K
90 20 20
°
°
90
Ø 26 Ø 37
Ø78
4 Ø 5.5
28
2 Ø 6.5
28
4Ø7
.5
I II Ø 37 Ø 37
4Ø7 4Ø7
1414
125
24
22
14 14
14 14
26
45
.5
79
45°
45°
73
3.
Ø D (1)
5
20 20 20 20

Front operation
S3 type 0 With lock With lock
RONIS EL11AP CASTELL K
90 20 20
°
°
90
Ø78 Ø 26 Ø 37
4Ø7 4 Ø 5.5
28
2 Ø 6.5
28
.5
I II
Ø 37 Ø 37
1414
4Ø7 4Ø7
210
24
14 14
14 14
22
26
.5
79
45°
45°
Ø D (1)
73
3.
5
61 20 20 20 20

Front operation
J4 type With lock
CASTELL K
II 50 50
96
°
164
90 28
4 Ø 6.5
0
25
50
50
164
90
°
I
Ø 31 4 x Ø 6.5 Ø 31 3 x Ø 6.5
45 66

The ATyS M range:
safe and reliable solutions
Transfer switches
A complete range of automatic and remotely operated transfer switches from 40 to 160 A
RTSE ATSE
(Remotely operated) (Automatic)
ATyS d M ATyS t M ATyS g M ATyS p M

Motorised Transfer Automatic Transfer Automatic Transfer Automatic Transfer
Switching Equipment Switching Equipment Switching Equipment Switching Equipment
Automatic controller Automatic controller Mains/mains and mains/genset

Dual power supply to manage mains/ to manage mains/ Tripping function, programmable
mains applications genset applications parameters and communication

The ATyS M range:
safe and reliable solutions
The advantages
Performance
Secure operation Intuitive use
• Electrical and mechanical interlocking for • Manual emergency control: IEC 60947-6-1 / GB 14048-11
optimum safety. The product can be operated quickly and > AC 32B - up to 160 A
• Positive break indication with two safely using an emergency handle. > AC 33B - up to 125 A
mechanical switch position indicators for • Simple selection of operating mode (Auto/
> AC 33iB - up to 160 A
clear and secure use. Manual) using an integrated selector.
Class PC switch technology
• Padlocking in the 0 position enables the
lockout function on each product.
• Padlocking in 3 positions can also be IEC 60947-3
configured prior to installation. Rapid > AC 23B - up to 160 A
• Permanent indication of product availability commissioning
thanks to the Watchdog relay, which • ATyS d M: No configuration required.
constantly monitors the product operating Enclosed ATyS M
• ATyS t M and ATyS g M: Configuration in
conditions (ATyS g M and ATyS p M).
just a few minutes using a screwdriver.
• ATyS p M: Simplified configuration
$ 28Ű".-%(&RNESV@QD@MC+"#RBQDDM
on the device).
High
performance
• On-load making and isolation for using a
single product with any load type, including
See “Enclosed transfer switches” pages.
inductive loads (AC-33). Easy to install
• Immunity to control voltage fluctuations
• Two switching devices mounted
thanks to stable positions and power supply Expert Services
side-by-side for easy access to cabling
only required during switching.
with installation in a standard 18 module
• Excellent dynamic withstand for improved enclosure (product has a very low depth). > Study, definition, advice,
safety when closing on a short-circuit. implementation, maintenance
• Quick and easy mounting on a DIN rail or
• Extremely low electrical blackout time back plate. and training…
3X2ŰC,LRFT@Q@MSDDCSG@MJRSN > Our Expert Services team offers
• Simplified wiring thanks to the cage clamp
the electromagnetic actuator technology customised support to make
terminals and dedicated bridging bars that
used with rotary self-cleaning contacts. your project a success.
allows a common outgoing connection
whilst retaining the cage terminal
connections.
A fully compact solution

• All-in-one solution, with minimum risk of
incorrect mounting or wiring.
• Highly reliable thanks to the compliance
VHSG($"SGDRS@MC@QCFNUDQMHMF
transfer switching equipment.
• Simplified ordering process: a single
reference for the complete solution.

ATyS d M
Remotely operated Transfer Switching Equipment
from 40 to 160 A
Transfer switches
The solution for
> Applications with a normal/

emergency external controller
> Building Management
System (BMS)
atys-dm_002.psd
Strong points
> Secure
ATyS d M > Superior electrical
I-0-II 4P performance
> High-speed transfer
> Immune to voltage
fluctuations
Function
ATyS d M devices are 2 pole or 4 pole transfer switches that are remotely controlled using
volt-free contacts from an external controller. They are modular products with positive break Conformity to standards
indication. They are intended for use in low voltage power supply systems where a brief
interruption of the load supply is acceptable during transfer. > IEC 60947-6-1
> IEC 60947-3
> GB/T 14048.11
Advantages
Secure Superior electrical performance Approvals and certifications
ATyS M have both electrical and mechanical ATyS M devices are compliant with
interlocks for optimum security. They also ($"ŰSGDRS@MC@QCFNUDQMHMF
feature a positive break indicator, confirming transfer switches. Their AC-33B properties
switch position with dual mechanical of up to 125 A mean you can use the same
indicators for increased safety. product for resistive and inductive loads.
High-speed transfer Immune to voltage fluctuations

ATyS d M devices are based on a coil solution The power supply of the ATyS d M is only
with rotating contacts, therefore ensuring an active during transfer. As the product is
extremely short black-out duration (< 90ms). based on stable positions, it is not affected by
network voltage fluctuations.
Operating modes
ATySm_015_c_1_cat
ATySm_016_c_1_cat
ATySm_014_c
Easy selection of AUT/MAN mode Manual emergency operation Padlocking facility

ATyS d M
from 40 to 160 A
Electrical control Single-phase interface Three-phase interface
ATySm_202_b
The positions are controlled by dry contacts on any external
ATySm_029_c
automated system (e.g. ATyS C25).
These positions are stable even in case of loss of input supply.
Control logic
Two types of control logic are offered:
• Pulse logic • Contactor logic Impulse logic Contactor logic
- A switching command of at - Command 0 must be order I

least 60 ms is necessary to maintained. order O
initiate operation. - If command I or II disappears,
order II
- Commands I and II have priority the device returns to position 0,
ATySm_042_b_1_gb_cat
over command 0. so long as the power supply is position I
- The first command received (I available.
position O
or II) has priority as long as it
remains present. position II
Imp. ≥60ms maintained
Power supply
3GD 3X2C,HRDPTHOODCVHSGSVNHMCDODMCDMS5 "ONVDQHMOTSR5 "'Y'Y
These two supplies can be connected individually; one to switch I and the other to switch II:
- Power supply 101-102 must be available to reach position I
- Power supply 201-202 must be available to reach position II.
The use of a dual power supply (DPS) or an external supply module secures the command of the 3 positions irrespective of the power supply
source.
In this case, both the supply inputs must be connected in parallel.
POWER POWER
ON ON ON ON
102 101 202 201
ON ON ON ON
POWER POWER
@SXRL>>A>DM
or or or or
DPS
ON ON ON ON
102 101 202 201
References
ATyS d M
Voltage sensing and
Rating (A) No. of poles ATyS d M Bridging bars power supply tap Terminal shrouds Auxiliary contact block
2P 9323 2004
40 A
4P 9323 4004
2P 9323 2006
63 A 1st unit
4P 9323 4006 included
2P
2P 9323 2008 1309 2006
2nd unit
4P 9323 4008 4P 2 pieces 2 pieces
1309 4006 Separate common points
2P 9323 2010 1399 4006 2294 4016(1)
100 A 1309 1001(2)
4P 9323 4010
Linked common points
2P 9323 2012
125 A 1309 1011(2)
4P 9323 4012
2P 9323 2016 1309 2016
160 A
4P 9323 4016 1309 4016
(1) For the three-phase version, for complete upstream and downstream protection, please order 2x; for the single-phase version please order the part just 1x.
(2) 1 NO/NC contact block for positions I, 0 and II.

ATyS t M - ATyS g M
Automatic Transfer Switching Equipment
from 40 to 160 A
Transfer switches
The solution for
> High-rise buildings

> Data centers
> Healthcare buildings
ATyS g M
I-0-II 2P
atys-tm_001_b_1_cat
Strong points
ATyS t M > Fast commissioning

I-0-II 4P
> ATyS d M with an integrated
controller for dedicated
mains/mains or mains/genset
functions
Function > Secure programming
ATyS t M and ATyS g M are modular automatic transfer switches with positive break indication.
ATyS t M are 4 pole (three-phase) devices and ATyS g M are 2 or 4 pole (single or three-phase)
devices. Conformity to standards
They have all the functions of the ATyS d M together with an integrated controller, giving
them automatic features dedicated to mains/mains (ATyS t M) and mains/genset (ATyS g M) > IEC 60947-6-1
applications. They are intended for use in low voltage power supply systems where a brief > IEC 60947-3
interruption of the load supply is acceptable during transfer. > GB/T 14048.11
Advantages
Quick start ATyS t M: dedicated to three-phase Approvals and certifications(1)
ATyS t M and g M transfer switches offer mains/mains applications
significant time saving during commissioning The ATyS t M integrated controller has
(the process takes 2 to 3 minutes). Thanks to been designed to provide all the functions
the design that allows commissioning through necessary for these applications (operation
(1) Product references on request.
just one potentiometer (4 on the ATyS g M) with or without priority, preferred source
and four DIP switches, a screwdriver is all that selection) together with the monitoring of the
is required to configure the parameters. voltage and frequency of both sources for
three-phase networks.
ATyS g M: dedicated to mains/genset
applications Secure programming
In addition to its single-phase and three- To ensure that the correct configuration is
phase voltage & frequency monitoring for both maintained an optional sealable cover can
incoming sources, the product’s integrated be fitted in order to avoid any unintentional
controller also features functions that are modifications to the programming.
specific to mains/genset applications (genset
control, test on load, etc.).

ATyS t M - ATyS g M
from 40 to 160 A

The ATyS t M and ATyS g M are automatic transfer switching equipment that include a fully integrated ATS controller. These products are self
powered from incoming supplies: 230 VAC (176-288 VAC), 50/60 Hz (45/65Hz).
References
ATyS t M
Voltage sensing
Bridging and power Terminal Auxiliary contact Sealable
Rating (A) No. of poles Network (VAC) ATyS t M bars supply tap shrouds block cover
40 A 4P 230/400 9344 4004
1 unit
63 A 4P 230/400 9344 4006
4P Separate common
80 A 4P 230/400 9344 4008 points
1309 4006 2 pieces 2 pieces
1309 1001(2) 1359 0000
100 A 4P 230/400 9344 4010 1399 4006 2294 4016(1)
Linked common
125 A 4P 230/400 9344 4012 points
1309 1011(2)
160 A 4P 230/400 9344 4016 1309 4016
(1) For complete upstream and downstream protection please order quantity 2.
ATyS g M
Voltage sensing
Bridging and power Terminal Auxiliary contact Sealable
(3)
Rating (A) No. of poles Network (VAC) ATyS g M bars supply tap shrouds block cover
2P 230 9353 2004
40 A
4P 230/400 9354 4004
2P 230 9353 2006
63 A
4P 230/400 9354 4006 1 unit
2P Separate common
2P 230 9353 2008 1309 2006
80 A points 2P
4P 230/400 9354 4008 4P 2 pieces 2 pieces 1309 1001(2) 1359 2000
1309 4006 1399 4006 2294 4016(1) 4P
2P 230 9353 2010
100 A Linked common 1359 0000
4P 230/400 9354 4010 points
2P 230 9353 2012 1309 1011(2)
125 A
4P 230/400 9354 4012
2P 230 9353 2016 1309 2016
160 A
4P 230/400 9354 4016 1309 4016
(1) 4 pole version - for complete upstream and downstream protection please order quantity 2; for 2 pole version order quantity 1.
(3) For 127/230VAC networks, please contact your supplier.

ATyS p M
from 40 to 160 A
Transfer switches
The solution for

> Data centres
> Banks and insurance
companies
> Transport (airports, tunnels, etc.)
atys-pm_001.psd
ATyS p M
I-0-II 4P
Strong points
> Flexible programming

> Trip function
> Communication and
Function configuration
> Remote control interface
ATyS p M are single-phase or three-phase modular automatic transfer switches with positive
break indication.
Functions include ATyS t M and ATyS g M capability, with additional programmable parameters
and a tripping function. A product model with communication is available. They are intended Conformity to standards
for use in low voltage power supply systems where a brief interruption of the load supply is > IEC 60947-6-1
acceptable during transfer.
> IEC 60947-3
> GB/T 14048.11
Advantages
Flexible programming Communication and configuration
Approvals and certifications
ATyS p M time delays and inputs/outputs are A specific version of ATyS p M is available with
completely configurable, hence enabling the integrated Modbus communication. This gives
easy monitoring of specific applications (load acces to most product data (status, voltages,
shedding, test…) and the definition of an frequencies…). A user friendly configuration
operating cycle specifically adapted to your software is also available free (Easyconfig) to
application. configure, view and save all the parameters in
the ATyS p M.
Trip function
ATyS p M features a function for returning Remote control interface
to the 0 position in case of the loss of both Specifically designed for installations where
power supply sources (tripping). This protects the product is enclosed, the remote interface
the load from issues due to source instability. displays product status on the front panel
(D10) or displays and controls with access to
programming (D20).

ATyS p M
from 40 to 160 A

The ATyS p M are automatic transfer switching
equipment that include a fully integrated ATS Automatic mode (AUT)
controller. These products are self powered
from incoming supplies: 230 VAC (160-
305 VAC), 50/60 Hz (45/65Hz). Automatic Source 1 failure
Generator stop(1)
products are all equipped with a sequence End “t” source 1 failure End “t” cool down timer before generator
logic. Here is an example of the sequence
logic in case of loss and return of the preferred Generator start(1) Switch to position I
source.
End “t” stop to position 0
Source 2 availability Switch to position 0

End “t” source 2 availability
Example (generator application):
atys_028_h_1_gb_cat
Source 1 : priority power source
Switch to position 0 Source 2 : backup power source
“t” : timer
End “t” stop to position 0
End “t” source 1 availability
(1) Only for mains/genset applications.
Switch to position II Source 1 availability
Easyconfig
Easyconfig software is the ideal solution to

save time and simplify complex configuration.
You can configure the following parameters:

• application type,
• voltage and frequency thresholds,
• timers,
• inputs/outputs…
atys_849_b_gb
ATyS p M
Voltage sensing
No. of Network ATyS p M and power Auxiliary contact
Rating (A) poles (VAC) (3) ATyS p M + com Bridging bars supply tap Terminal shrouds block Remote interface
40 A 4P 230/400 9364 4004 9384 4004
1 piece
63 A 4P 230/400 9364 4006 9384 4006 D10
4P Separate common
80 A 4P 230/400 9364 4008 9384 4008 points 9599 2010
1309 4006 2 pieces 2 pieces
100 A 4P 230/400 9364 4010 9384 4010 1399 4006 2294 4016(1) 1309 1001(2)
D20
125 A 4P 230/400 9364 4012 9384 4012 Linked common
points 9599 2020
(2)
160 A 4P 230/400 9364 4016 9384 4016 1309 4016 1309 1011
(1) For complete upstream and downstream protection please order quantity 2.
(3) For 127/230VAC networks, please contact us.

ATyS M range
ATyS d M, ATyS t M, ATyS g M, ATyS p M
from 40 to 160 A
Transfer switches
Accessories
Bridging bars
Use
Used to bridge the outgoing common connection between switch I and switch II. The
bridging bar does not reduce the connection capacity of the cage terminals.
Rating (A) No. of poles Reference

40 … 125 2P 1309 2006
atysm_025.eps
160 2P 1309 2016
40 … 125 4P 1309 4006
160 4P 1309 4016
Voltage sensing and power supply tap

Use
(S@KKNVRBNMMDBSHNMNEW LL£ The single-pole voltage sensing tap can be
voltage sensing or power cables. mounted in any of the terminals (incoming)
atysm_026_a.eps
without reducing their connecting capacity.

40 … 160 2 pieces 1399 4006
Terminal shrouds
Use Mounting
Protection against direct contact with For complete upstream and downstream
terminals or connecting parts. protection of 4 pole products, please order
Advantages of the terminal shrouds quantity 2; for 2 pole products please order
Perforations allow remote thermographic quantity 1.
inspection without the need to remove the
shrouds. Possibility of sealing.
atysm_027_a.eps
Rating (A) Position Reference
40 … 160 top / bottom 2294 4016(1)
(1) Reference composed of 2 pieces.
Auxiliary contact
Use Characteristics:
A maximum of two auxiliary contact blocks 250 VAC / 5 A maximum.
can be fitted to each product. Each auxiliary 24 VDC / 2 A maximum.
contact block integrates 3 NO/NC auxiliary
contacts (I, 0, II).
The ATyS d M is delivered as standard with
ŰAKNBJVHSGRDO@Q@SDBNLLNMONHMSR
acces_353.eps
acces_398.eps
Rating (A) Type Reference

40 … 160 Separate common points 1309 1001
40 … 160 Linked common points 1309 1011
Sealable cover
Use
Prevents access to the ATyS t M and ATyS g M
configuration panels.
atysm_313.eps
40 … 160 2P 1359 2000

40 … 160 4P 1359 0000

ATyS M range
from 40 to 160 A
Polycarbonate enclosure
Use
Dedicated to the installation of a three-phase ATyS M, it enables
easy integration of a compact transfer switch solution.
atysm_036.eps
Rating (A) H x W x D (mm) Reference
40 … 160 385 x 385 x 193 1309 9006
Extension unit
Use
Combined with the polycarbonate enclosure, the extension unit provides
@CCHSHNM@KRO@BDHMNQCDQSNBNMMDBSLL£B@AKDRSNSGD 3X2,VHSGD@RD
atysm_039.eps
Rating (A) Reference
40 … 160 1309 9007
Residential enclosure
Use
Dedicated to the implementation of a single-phase ATyS M,
the plastic enclosure provides a compact IP41 transfer switch
solution with easy integration.
atysm_196.psd
Rating (A) H x W x D (mm) Reference
40 … 160 410 x 305 x 150 1309 9056
Double power supply - DPS

Use
Allows an ATyS d M to be supplied by two 230 VAC 50/60 Hz networks. 3
Input
• The input is considered as “active” from 200 VAC.
• ,@WHLTLŰUNKS@FD5 "
• (MSDQM@KOQNSDBSHNMD@BGHMOTSHRETRDOQNSDBSDC
• "NMMDBSHNMNMSDQLHM@KRL@W LL2.
• ,NCTK@QOQNCTBSSGDVHCSGNELNCTKDR
atys_616_a_1_x_cat.eps
atys_612.eps
Description of accessories Reference

DPS 1599 4001
1 and 2. Inputs
1 3. Output 2
Input 1 Input 2 Output
230 VAC 0 VAC 230 VAC (input 1)
0 VAC 0 VAC 0 VAC

ATyS M range
from 40 to 160 A
Auto-transformer
Use
For use with ATyS M in 400 VAC three-phase applications that have no distributed neutral.
The ATyS M includes integrated sensing and power supply circuits, therefore a neutral
connection is required for 400 VAC three-phase applications. When no neutral connection is
available this autotransformer (400/230 VAC, 400 VA) provides the 230 VAC required for the
trafo_165.eps
ATyS to function.
40 … 160 1599 4121
Remote interfaces for ATyS p M

Use D20
To remotely display source In addition to the functions
availability and position indication on of the D10, the D20 displays
the front of a panel when the ATyS M measurements and enables control
is enclosed. and configuration from the front of
The remote interface is powered the display panel.
atys_565.eps
atys_564.eps
directly from the ATyS M via the /QNSDBSHNMCDFQDD(/
RJ45 connection cable. Door mounting
,@WHLTLB@AKDKDMFSGL 2 holes Ø 22.5.
D10 ATyS M connection via RJ45 cable, 96 x 96 Ø 22.5
To display source availability and not isolated.
position indication on the front panel Cable not provided.
36
of an enclosure.
atys_161_a_1_x_cat.eps
/QNSDBSHNMCDFQDD(/
40
20
atys_597.eps
D10 9599 2010
= =
D20 9599 2020
RJ45 to connect to ATyS p M Drillings
Connecting cable for remote interfaces

Use Characteristics:
To connect between a remote interface RJ45 8 wire straight-through, non isolated
(type D10 or D20) and a control product cable. Length 3 m.
(ATyS p M).
acces_209.eps
Type Length Reference

RJ45 cable 3m 1599 2009
Cage-terminal interface
Use
The power connection terminals allow conversion of the cage clamp terminals into bolt-on
SXODBNMMDBSHNMSDQLHM@KRDM@AKHMFBNMMDBSHNMNETOSNSVNŰLL£B@AKDRNQNMDŰLL£
cable. Compatible with aluminium terminals. Each power connection terminal is provided with
separation screens.
40 … 160 1399 4017(1)
(1) For complete conversion, order quantity 3.
atysm_252.psd

ATyS M range
from 40 to 160 A
Dimensions
ATyS M 40 to 160 A
Single-phase ATyS M Three-phase ATyS M
235 340
52 176 52 104 176
116 116
13 26 131.5 13 26
131.5
245
350
143
45
245
1
350
143
45
1
atysm_204_a_1_x_cat.eps
18 18
6 x M6
222 324
46 46
53 53
73.5 73.5
1. Auxiliary contact (2 max). 1. Auxiliary contact (2 max).
atysm_008_b_1_x_cat.eps
Single-phase ATyS M - door cut-out Three-phase ATyS M - door cut-out

224 326
47
47
Terminals and connections

Single-phase ATyS d M Three-phase ATyS d M
ONRHSHNM(BNMSQNK
A A
ONRHSHNM((BNMSQNK
ONRHSHNMBNMSQNK"
ONVDQRTOOKX(5 "
ONVDQRTOOKX((5 "
7 7 UNKS@FDS@O
@TWHKH@QXBNMS@BSAKNBJ-.-"
per position I, 0, II (factory fitted)
B B AQHCFHMFA@Q@BBDRRNQX
B B B B !UNKS@FDRDMRHMFS@O@BBDRRNQX
317 315 314 313 202 201 102 101 317 315 314 313 202 201 102 101 "%%ETRD F&
6 6 6 6 6 6
1 3 C 1 3 C
2 2
5 5
atysm_205_b_1_x_cat
atysm_040_f_1_x_cat
4 4
AT AT
yS yS
C6 C6
5 5
AU
TO AU
TO

ATyS M range
from 40 to 160 A
Terminals and connections (continued)

Three-phase ATyS t M
A 1 primary source (network)

2 backup source (network)
ONRHSHNMBNMSQNK
OQDEDQQDCRNTQBDRDKDBSHNM
B @TSNL@SHBLNCDHMGHAHSHNM
@U@HK@AHKHSX2NQ2
AQHCFHMFA@Q@BBDRRNQX
6 !@TWHKH@QXBNMS@BSAKNBJ-.-"
atys-tm_002_a_1_x_cat
per position I, 0, II (accessory)

207208209210 63 64 73 74
1 3
2
1 2
Single-phase ATyS g M Three-phase ATyS g M
1 primary source
A
2 backup source
atysm_206_a_1_x_cat
atysm_212_a_1_x_cat
L@MT@KQDSQ@MREDQOQHNQHSXBG@MFD
SDRSNMKN@C
B @TSNL@SHBLNCDHMGHAHSHNM
QDK@XENQOQNCTBS@U@HK@AHKHSX
FDMRDSRS@QSRSNOBNMSQNK
6 7
!@TWHKH@QXBNMS@BSAKNBJ-.-"
207 208 209 210 63 64 73 74 per position I, 0, II (accessory)
1 3
1 2 2
Three-phase ATyS p M
1 primary source
atysm_211_a_1_x_cat
2 backup source
OQNFQ@LL@AKDHMOTSR
OQNFQ@LL@AKDNTSOTSR
FDMRDSRS@QSRSNOBNMSQNK
1)ENQBNMMDBSHMF@##QDLNSDHMSDQE@BD
12ENQBNLLTMHB@SHNMNMUDQRHNMRVHSG".,
!@TWHKH@QXBNMS@BSAKNBJ-.-"ODQONRHSHNM(((@BBDRRNQX

ATyS M range
from 40 to 160 A

40 to 160 A
Thermal current Ith at 40°C 40 A 63 A 80 A 100 A 125 A 160 A
Rated insulation voltage Ui (V) (power circuit) 800 800 800 800 800 800
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV) (power circuit) 6 6 6 6 6 6
Rated insulation voltage Ui (V) (control circuit) 300 300 300 300 300 300
Rated impulse withstand voltage U imp (kV) (control circuit) - ATyS d M 4 4 4 4 4 4
Rated impulse withstand voltage U imp (kV) (control circuit) - ATyS t M, g M and p M 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5

Rated voltage Utilisation category A/B(1) A/B(1) A/B(1) A/B(1) A/B(1) A/B(1)
415 VAC AC-31 A / AC-31 B 40/40 63/63 80/80 100/100 100/125 100/160
415 VAC AC-32 A / AC-32 B 40/40 63/63 80/80 100/100 100/125 100/160
415 VAC AC-33 A / AC-33 B -/40 -/63 -/80 -/100 -/125 -/125

Rated voltage Utilisation category A/B(1) A/B(1) A/B(1) A/B(1) A/B(1) A/B(1)
415 VAC AC-20 A / AC-20 B 40/40 63/63 80/80 100/100 125/125 160/160
415 VAC AC-21 A / AC-21 B 40/40 63/63 80/80 100/100 125/125 160/160
415 VAC AC-22 A / AC-22 B 40/40 63/63 80/80 100/100 125/125 160/160
415 VAC AC-23 A / AC-23 B 40/40 63/63 80/80 100/100 125/125 125/160
690 VAC AC-21 A / AC-21 B 40/40 63/63 80/80 100/100 125/125 160/160
690 VAC AC-22 A / AC-22 B 40/40 63/63 80/80 80/80 100/125 100/125
690 VAC AC-23 A / AC-23 B 40/40 63/63 63/63 80/80 80/80 80/80
Current rated as conditional short-circuit with fuse gG DIN

Conditional short-circuit current (kA rms) 50 50 50 50 50 40
Associated fuse rating (A) 40 63 80 100 125 160
Current rated as conditional short-circuit with any brand of circuit breaker that ensures tripping in less than 0.3s (4)
Current rated as short-time withstand Icw 0.3s (kA rms) 7 7 7 7 7 7
Short-circuit operation (switch only)

Current rated as short-time withstand Icw 1s (kA rms)(2) 4 4 4 4 4 4
Rated peak withstand current (kA peak)(2) 17 17 17 17 17 17
Connection
Minimum connection cross-section (mm2) 10 10 10 10 10 10
Maximum Cu cable cross-section (mm2) 70 70 70 70 70 70
Tightening torque (Nm) 5 5 5 5 5 5
Switching time(5)
I - 0 or II - 0, following a command (ms) 45 45 45 45 45 45
Transfer time I - II or II - I, following a command (ms) 180 180 180 180 180 180
I-0 or II-0, after outage (s) 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
I-II or II-I transfer time, after outage (s) 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4
Contact transfer time (“black-out”) I-II min. (ms) (3) 150 150 150 150 150 150
Power supply
Min./max. auxiliary power supply (VAC) (ATyS d M, t M and g M) 176/288 176/288 176/288 176/288 176/288 176/288
Min./max. auxiliary power supply (VAC) (ATyS p M) 160/305 160/305 160/305 160/305 160/305 160/305
Control supply power demand

Rated power (VA) 6 6 6 6 6 6
Max. intensity at 230 VAC (A) - ATyS d M, t M and g M 30 30 30 30 30 30
Max. intensity at 230 VAC (A) - ATyS p M 20 20 20 20 20 20
Durability (number of operating cycles) 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000 10,000
Weight of single-phase models - non-packaged (kg) 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8
Weight of single-phase models - including packaging (kg) 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5
Weight of three-phase models - non-packaged (kg) 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5
Weight of three-phase models - including packaging (kg) 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2
(1) Category with index A = frequent operation / Category with index B = infrequent operation. (4) Value for coordination with any circuit breaker that ensures tripping in less than 0.3s.
(2) For a rated operational voltage Ue = 400 VAC. For coordination with specific circuit-breaker references, higher short-circuit current values
(3) 5% tolerance. are available. Please contact us.
(5) At rated voltage - excluding time delays, where applicable.

The ATyS S range:
a robust solution
Transfer switches
A range of transfer switches from 40 to 125 A
RTSE
(Remotely operated)
ATyS S ATyS d S
Motorised Transfer
Switching Equipment
Motorised Transfer
Dual power supply
Switching Equipment
Three application types

Mains/Mains Mains/Genset Genset/Genset
AT
yS
C6 AT
5 yS
C6 AT
5 yS
C6
5
AUT
O
AUT
O
AUT
O
ATyS C65 ATyS C65 ATyS C65

ATYS-S 028 C
ATYS-S 027 D
ATYS-S 026 E
ATyS d S ATyS S ATyS S

The ATyS S range:
a robust solution
The advantages Compact design
> Combining two switches

Safe and reliable Total integration mounted back-to-back and
• Integrated and tested solution: components being only 197 mm wide, the
• An extended lifetime thanks to a switching ATyS S offers significant space
principle based on stable positions. factory assembled and wired.
saving when compared with a
• Positive break indication. • Reliable product: compliance with
side-by-side solution.
($"ŰSGDRS@MC@QCFNUDQMHMF
• Mechanical position interlocking.
transfer switches.
• Stable power supply to the loads because
SGD 3X2Ű2CNDRMNSQDPTHQDONVDQRTOOKX
for the position to be maintained.
Enclosed ATyS S
Easy
• Various power supply voltages are
@U@HK@AKDNQŰ5#"@MCŰ5 "NQ
maintenance
ŰWŰŰ5 " • 2DKEBKD@MHMFRKHCHMFBNMS@BSR
• $@RXQDOK@BDLDMSNESGDLNSNQTMHS
even during on load operation.
Easy to use
• Manual emergency control:
The product can be controlled quickly and
safely using an emergency handle (motor Cost-saving
installed or removed). See “Enclosed transfer switches” pages.
• Low power consumption thanks to a
• Simple selection of the operating mode switching principle based on stable
(Auto/Manual/Padlocked) using an ONRHSHNMRONVDQHRNMKXQDPTHQDCCTQHMF
integrated selector. transfer.
• Easy and fast installation: only four fixing
ONHMSRSGQDDBNMMDBSNQR@MCSGDONVDQ
cables to connect.
• 2GNQSDQAQHCFHMFA@QRSG@S@QDBNMRDPTDMSKX
more economical than any other solution on
the market.
Expert Services

> Our Expert Services team offers customised support to make your project a
success.

ATyS S - ATyS d S
from 40 to 125 A
Transfer switches
The solution for
> Genset < 90 kVA

> Heating systems
> Climate control
> Ventilation systems
> Telecommunications
atys-s_018.psd
Strong points
> Extensive power supply

range
> Safety and reliability
Function > Easy integration
ATyS S products are 4 pole remotely operated transfer switches with positive break indication. > Simplified maintenance
They enable the on-load transfer of two three-phase supplies via remote volt-free contacts, from > ATyS d S: Dual power supply
either an external automatic controller, using pulse logic, or a switch.
They are intended for use in low voltage power supply systems where a brief interruption of the
load supply is acceptable during transfer. Conformity to standards
> IEC 60947-6-1
> IEC 60947-3
> GB/T 14048-11
Advantages
Extensive power supply range Simplified maintenance
The ATyS S is available in four supply Maintenance can be carried out easily under Approvals and certifications
versions, each with a broad range (+/-30%). load, with manual operation still available.
The four versions are: The control and motorisation section can be
• 12 VDC power supply. replaced simply by removing 4 screws, with
• 24/48 VDC power supply. no work required on the installation cabling.
• 230 VAC single power supply.
• 2 x 230 VAC dual power supply. ATyS d S: Dual power supply Enclosed ATyS S
In addition to the functions offered by the
ATyS S, the ATyS d S incorporates supply
Safety and reliability
redundancy without the need for additional
ATyS S products use stable position
wiring. This is obtained by integrating a double
technology, ensuring constant pressure on
RTOOKXŰHMCDODMCDMSRTOOKHDRCHQDBSKXVHSGHM
the contacts and preventing premature faults.
the product.
In addition, they do not require a power
supply to maintain position, thus protecting
their loads from voltage fluctuations.
coff_417.psd
Easy integration
ATyS S products can be easily installed inside See “Enclosed transfer switches”.
enclosures. Their design, and in particular
their compact size, enables integration within
most 200 mm deep enclosures.

ATyS S - ATyS d S
from 40 to 125 A
References
ATyS S
Terminal
Rating (A) No. of poles Power supply ATyS S Bridging bars shrouds Voltage tap Terminal retainer DIN rail
4P 24/48 VDC 9506 4004
40 A 4P 12 VDC 9505 4004
4P 230 VAC 9503 4004 9599 4001
4P 24/48 VDC 9506 4006
63 A 4P 12 VDC 9505 4006
4P 230 VAC 9503 4006 Source side 9599 4001
2 pieces
4P 24/48 VDC 9506 4008
9594 4012
4P 2 pieces 4 modules
80 A 4P 12 VDC 9505 4008
9509 4013 9599 4003 9599 4002
Load side
4P 230 VAC 9503 4008 2 pieces
9599 4001
4P 24/48 VDC 9506 4010 9594 9012
100 A 4P 12 VDC 9505 4010
4P 230 VAC 9503 4010 9599 4001
4P 24/48 VDC 9506 4012
125 A 4P 12 VDC 9505 4012
4P 230 VAC 9503 4012 9599 4001
ATyS d S
Terminal
Rating (A) No. of poles Power supply ATyS d S Bridging bars shrouds Voltage tap Terminal retainer DIN rail
40 A 4P 2 x 230 VAC 9513 4004 Source side
2 pieces
63 A 4P 2 x 230 VAC 9513 4006
9594 4012
4P 2 pieces 4 modules
80 A 4P 2 x 230 VAC 9513 4008 9599 4001
9509 4013 9599 4003 9599 4002
Load side
100 A 4P 2 x 230 VAC 9513 4010 2 pieces
125 A 4P 2 x 230 VAC 9513 4012 9594 9012
Accessories
Bridging bars
Use
acces_395.psd
For bridging power terminals on the top or bottom side of the switch.
40 … 125 4P 9509 4013
Voltage tap
Use
Enables the required power supply for ATyS S 230 VAC and ATyS d S products to be
tapped directly from the product’s incoming power terminals. Can also be utilised in
applications without neutral, to provide 400 VAC to the autotransformer.
atys-s_022.eps

40 … 125 9599 4001
Terminal retainer
Use
These clips have a dual function: - to prevent direct access to the power
supply and control terminals and
- to secure these connector terminals.
atys-s_021.eps

40 … 125 2 pieces 9599 4003

ATyS S - ATyS d S
from 40 to 125 A
Terminal shrouds Autotransformer 400/230 VAC
Use Use
IP2X protection against direct contact with terminals or For applications without neutral, this autotransformer provides the
connecting parts. 230 VAC required to power these ATyS products.
Terminal shrouds for the source side Dimensions
Rating (A) Pack Reference 75 x 80 x 72 mm
40 … 125 2 pieces 9594 4012 Rating (A) Reference
Terminal shrouds for the load side 40 … 125 9599 4004

40 … 125 2 pieces 9594 9012 DIN rail
Use
This 4-module DIN rail can be installed
directly on the front of the ATyS S and can
be utilised, for example, for the installation of
a surge protection device.
atys-s_020.eps
atys-s_023.eps
acces_417.eps
40 … 125 9599 4002
Spares
Manual emergency operation handle
Use
This handle can be used on the product whether the motor unit is mounted or not.
poign_058.eps
40 … 125 9599 5012
Connector kit
Use
This kit, including all the connector types for the different products, can be ordered in case of
loss or breaking of one connector.
acces_416.eps

40 … 125 9509 0002

ATyS S - ATyS d S
from 40 to 125 A

40 to 125 A
Thermal current Ith at 40°C 40 A 63 A 80 A 100 A 125 A

Rated insulation voltage Ui (V) (power circuit) 800 800 800 800 800
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV) (power circuit) 6 6 6 6 6
Rated insulation voltage Ui (V) (control circuit) 300 300 300 300 300
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV) (control circuit) 4 4 4 4 4

Rated voltage Utilisation category A/B A/B A/B A/B A/B
415 VAC AC-31 B 40 63 80 100 125
415 VAC AC-32 B 40 63 80 80 80

Rated voltage Utilisation category A/B A/B A/B A/B A/B
415 VAC AC-20 A / AC-20 B 40/40 63/63 80/80 100/100 125/125
415 VAC AC-21 A / AC-21 B 40/40 63/63 80/80 100/100 100/125
415 VAC AC-22 A / AC-22 B 40/40 63/63 80/80 100/100 100/100
415 VAC AC-23 A / AC-23 B -/40 -/63 -/63 -/63 -/63
Fuse protected short-circuit withstand (kA rms prospective)

Prospective short-circuit current (kA rms) 50 50 50 25 15
Associated fuse rating (A) 40 63 80 100 125
Circuit breaker protected short-circuit withstand with any circuit breaker that ensures tripping in less than 0.3s(3)
Rated short-time withstand current 0.3s Icw (kA rms) 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5
Short-circuit capacity as per IEC 60947-6-1

Rated short-time withstand current 0.03 s. (kA) 5 5 5 5 -
Rated short-circuit making capacity lcm (kA peak) 7.65 7.65 7.65 7.65 -
Short-circuit capacity as per IEC 60947-3 (without protection)

Rated short-time withstand current 1 s. Icw (kA rms) 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
Rated peak withstand current (kA peak) 12 12 12 12 12
Connection
Maximum Cu cable cross-section (mm2) 50 50 50 50 50
Tightening torque mini / maxi (Nm) 1.2/3 1.2/3 1.2/3 1.2/3 1.2/3
Switching time (Standard setting)

I - 0 or II - 0 (ms) 500 500 500 500 500
I - II or II - I (ms) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
Duration of "electrical blackout" I - II (ms) minimum 500 500 500 500 500
Power supply
Power supply 12 VDC min / max (VDC) 9/15 9/15 9/15 9/15 9/15
Power supply 24/48 VDC min / max (VDC) 17/62 17/62 17/62 17/62 17/62
Power supply 230 VAC min / max (VAC) 160/310 160/310 160/310 160/310 160/310

Power supply 12 VDC inrush / nominal (VA) 200/40 200/40 200/40 200/40 200/40
Power supply 24/48 VDC inrush / nominal (VA) 200/40 200/40 200/40 200/40 200/40
Supply 230 VAC inrush / nominal (VA) 200/40 200/40 200/40 200/40 200/40
Durability (number of operating cycles) Ű Ű Ű Ű Ű
Weight ATyS S and ATyS d S 4 P (kg) 3 3 3 3 3
(1) Value for coordination with any circuit breaker that ensures tripping in less than 0.3s. For coordination with specific circuit-breaker references, higher short-circuit current values are available.
Please consult us.

ATyS S - ATyS d S
from 40 to 125 A

ATyS S DC version
1 preferred source
1 2 2 alternate source
1 : position 0 control
2 : position I control
3 : position II control
4 : auxiliary contact, closed when the switch is in position 0
5 : auxiliary contact, closed when the switch is in position II
atys_831_b_1_x_cat
401402 DC 6 : auxiliary contact, closed when the switch is in position I

7
7 : power supply 12 VDC (9-15 VDC) or 24 VDC / 48 VDC

4 5 6 (17-62 VDC) depending on the version.
317 316 315 314 04 01 24 21 14 11
1 2 3
ATyS S: 230 VAC
1 preferred source
2 alternate source
1 2
1 : position 0 control
4 : auxiliary contact, closed when the switch is in
atys_832_a_1_x_cat
position 0
301302

7
position II
4 5 6
position I
317 316 315 314 04 01 24 21 14 11 7 : power supply kit: 230 VAC (160-310 VAC)
1 2 3
ATyS d S: 2 x 230 VAC
1 preferred source
2 alternate source
1 2 1 : position 0 control
position 0
101102
201202
7
position II
atys_830_a_1_x_cat

4 5 6
position I
317 316 315 314 04 01 24 21 14 11 7 : power supply kit I: 230 VAC (160-310 VAC)
8 : power supply kit II: 230 VAC (160-310 VAC)
1 2 3

ATyS S - ATyS d S
from 40 to 125 A
Dimensions
104.5 8 15
11 26.5 27.5 26.5
37
72
100 100
143.5
90.6
106
113
94
72
25
115.2 74 44
198 100
181 42.5
14
Cut-out dimension
M6 125
2
3
45
16
Ø 6.4
atys-s_024_a_1_x_cat
Connection terminal
Ø M6
16
atys-s_036_a_1_x_cat
14

The ATyS range:
intuitive, reliable and robust solutions
Transfer switches
A complete range of automatic and remotely operated transfer switches from 125 to 3200 A
To meet the increasing demands of its users, the ATyS range is constantly evolving to
offer new functions. Three product versions are available to find the right solution perfectly
adapted to your application.
RTSE ATSE
(Remotely operated) (Automatic)
WEB
SERVE
OPTIONR
RS485
OPTION
ATyS r ATyS g ATyS p

Motorised Transfer Automatic Transfer Automatic Transfer
Switching Equipment Switching Equipment Switching Equipment
Automatic controller
to manage mains/
mains and mains/ Functions for energy
genset applications management
RS485 Communication
communication options
option (monitoring)

The ATyS range:
intuitive, reliable and robust solutions
The advantages Improved on load characteristics

Safe Intuitive IEC 60947-6-1/GB 14048-11
operation use q "!TOSN
• Permanent indication of product availability • Manual emergency control: q "!TOSN
(Watchdog relay). The product can be controlled quickly q "!TOSN
• Positive break indication. and safely using an emergency handle
IEC 60947-3
(motor installed or removed).
• Mechanical position interlocking. q "!TOSN
• User friendly selection of the operating
• Padlocked mode to secure maintenance
mode (Auto/Manual) using an integrated
operations (lockout).
selector.
• Secure access to the product configuration.
Enclosed RTSE
Rapid
Robust integrated commissioning
solution
• ATyS: no configuration required.
A single product with all the functions: • ATyS g: configuration in just a few minutes
• Integrated and tested solution: components using a screwdriver.
factory assembled and wired. • ATyS p: simplified configuration
• Greater reliability: compliance with (EASY CONFIG software and LCD display
($"ŰSGDRS@MC@QCFNUDQMHMF on the device).
transfer switches. • ATyS g, p@TSNBNMEHFTQ@SHNMNESGD
network parameters. See “Enclosed transfer switches”.
Proven SOCOMEC technology:
• "NLAHM@SHNMNESVNŭA@BJSNA@BJŭKN@C
break switch) PC class switches. Enclosed ATSE
• Switching based on stable positions Easy
guaranteeing constant pressure on the maintenance
contacts at all times. • 2DKEBKD@MHMFRKHCHMFBNMS@BSR
• SIRCO contact technology used in • Easy replacement of the motor and the
numerous products for over 40 years. DKDBSQNMHBTMHSDUDMNMKN@C
Expert Services

> Our Expert Services team offers customised support to make your project a
success.

ATyS r
from 125 to 3200 A
Transfer switches
The solution for
> Applications with an external

ATS/AMF controller
> Building Management
Systems (BMS)
@SXR> DOR
Strong points
> Watchdog relay to check

product availability
Function > Integrated auxiliary contacts
> Extended power supply range
ATyS r are 3 or 4 pole remotely operated motorised transfer switches with positive break
> Robust design
indication.
They enable the on-load transfer of two three-phase power supplies via remote volt-free
contacts, from either an external automatic controller, using pulse logic, or a switch. Conformity to standards
They are intended for use in low voltage power systems where interruption of the load supply
is acceptable during transfer. > IEC 60947-6-1
> IEC 60947-3
> GB/T 14048.11
Advantages
Watchdog relay to check product Extended power supply range
availability ATyS r products offer greater availability thanks
ATyS r products are equipped with a to their extensive power supply range of
Watchdog relay which constantly monitors ŰSNŰ5 "
your product, thereby securing the installation. B U R E A U
This relay informs in real time the user of VERITAS
More robust
the product's availability, i.e. whether it is The updated design includes metal mounting (1) Product references on request.
operational and ready for source switching. legs across the entire ATyS range, improving
the overall robustness of the switches. Compatible with
Integrated auxiliary contacts It also allows an easier and trouble-free
As part of the product monitoring function, the mounting of the switches on a back plate with
ATyS r enable the transmission of information preassembled screws.
relating to their position. This is possible
thanks to the standard integration of an
auxiliary contact for each position.
ATyS C25, ATyS C35, ATyS C55, ATyS C65
ATS Controller
Enclosed RTSE
atys_984_a.ai
coff_546.psd

ATyS r
from 125 to 3200 A
References
ATyS r
Rating (A) / Terminal Terminal Auxiliary 3 position Auto

Frame size No. of poles ATyS r Bridging bars(4) shrouds screens contact padlocking transformer
3P 9523 3012
125 A / B3
4P 9523 4012
3P 9523 3016 3P 3P
2694 3014(2) 1509 3012
160 A / B3 4109 0019
4P 4P
4P 9523 4016 2694 4014(2) 1509 4012
3P 9523 3020
200 A / B3
4P 9523 4020
3P 9523 3025
250 A / B4 4109 0025
4P 9523 4025
1599 0502 9599 0003(3)
3P 9523 3031 3P 3P
(2)
2694 3021 1509 3025
315 A / B4
4P 4P
4P 9523 4031 2694 4021 (2)
1509 4025
4109 0039
3P 9523 3040
400 A / B4
4P 9523 4040
3P 9523 3050
500 A / B5 4109 0050
4P 9523 4050 3P 3P
2694 3051(2) 1509 3063
4P 4P
3P 9523 3063 2694 4051(2) 1509 4063 5 "
630 A / B5 4109 0063
1599 4064 (5)
4P 9523 4063
3P 9523 3080
800 A / B6
4P 9523 4080
4109 0080
3P 9523 3100 3P
1509 3080
1000 A / B6
4P
4P 9523 4100 1509 4080
1599 0532
3P 9523 3120
1250 A / B6 4109 0120
4P 9523 4120
3P 9523 3160 3P
1509 3160
! 4109 0160 9599 0004(3)
4P
4P 9523 4160 1509 4160
3P 9523 3200
2000 A / B8
4P 9523 4200
3P 9523 3250 3P
(1) 1509 3200
2500 A / B8 included
4P
4P 9523 4250 1509 4200
3P 9523 3320
3200 A / B8
4P 9523 4320

For top and bottom shrouding for the front only, order quantity 2.
(3) Factory mounting only.
(5) Order 1 auto transformer per source without neutral line conductor.

ATyS g
from 125 to 3200 A
Transfer switches
The solution for
> Mains/mains and mains/genset

applications
atys-g_001.psd
Strong points
> Rapid commissioning

> ATS with integrated DPS
and controller for functions
Function dedicated to mains/mains or
ATyS g are 3 or 4 pole automatic transfer switches, with positive break indication. They mains/genset applications
incorporate all the functions offered by the ATyS r, as well as functions intended for
mains/mains and mains/genset applications.
In automatic mode they enable the monitoring of, and the on-load changeover between, two Conformity to standards
power supply sources, in accordance with the parameters configured via potentiometers > IEC 60947-6-1
and DIP switches. Remote monitoring of the ATyS g is possible with the optional RS485
communication module. > IEC 60947-3
They are intended for use in low voltage power supply systems where a brief interruption of the > GB/T 14048.11
load supply is acceptable during transfer.

Advantages
Rapid commissioning
ATyS g switches offer significant time saving RS845 communication
during commissioning (process takes 2 An optional RS485 communication module B U R E A U
to 3 minutes). Owing to the design that (p/n 4825 0092) can be fitted to the AtyS g VERITAS
allows commissioning through just four controller. (1) Product references on request.
potentiometers and four DIP switches, a It allows remote monitoring of available power
screwdriver is all that is required to configure sources and their parameters, timers, as
the parameters. Enclosed RTSE
well as displaying the product’s status and
For added simplicity, they also offer an configuration.
autoconfiguration function which enables Communication speed is up to 38400 bauds.
automatic adjustment of the rated voltage and
frequency.
Specifically designed for mains/mains and

mains/genset applications
The ATyS g’s integrated controller has been
coff_546.psd
designed to provide specific functions for

these applications (genset startup, on-load or
off-load tests...) together with the monitoring
of the voltage and frequency of both sources
for three-phase and single-phase networks.
The generator supply must be connected to
switch II, located at the rear.

ATyS g
from 125 to 3200 A
References
ATyS g
Rating (A) / Voltage sensing and

Frame size No. of poles ATyS g Bridging bars(3) power supply kit Terminal shrouds Terminal screens Auxiliary contact
3P 9553 3012
125 A / B3
4P 9553 4012
3P 3P 3P
3P 9553 3016
1559 3012 2694 3014(2) 1509 3012
160 A / B3 4109 0019
4P 4P 4P
4P 9553 4016 1559 4012 2694 4014(2) 1509 4012
3P 9553 3020
200 A / B3
4P 9553 4020
3P 9553 3025 1559 3025

250 A / B4 4109 0025
4P 9553 4025 1559 4025
1599 0502
3P 3P
3P 9553 3031 (2)
2694 3021 1509 3025
315 A / B4
3P 4P 4P
4P 9553 4031 2694 4021 (2)
1509 4025
1559 3040
4109 0039
4P
3P 9553 3040 1559 4040
400 A / B4
4P 9553 4040
3P 9553 3050
500 A / B5 4109 0050
3P 3P 3P
4P 9553 4050
1559 3063 2694 3051(2) 1509 3063
4P 4P 4P
3P 9553 3063 1559 4063 2694 4051(2) 1509 4063
630 A / B5 4109 0063
4P 9553 4063
3P 9553 3080
800 A / B6
3P
4P 9553 4080
1559 3080
4109 0080
4P 3P
3P 9553 3100 1559 4080 1509 3080
1000 A / B6
4P
4P 9553 4100 1509 4080
1599 0532
3P 9553 3120 1559 3120
1250 A / B6 4109 0120
4P 9553 4120 1559 4120
3P 9553 3160 1559 3160 1509 3160

1600 A / B7 4109 0160
4P 9553 4160 1559 4160 1509 4160
3P 9553 3200
2000 A / B8
4P 9553 4200
3P 3P
3P 9553 3250
(1) 1559 3200 1509 3200
4P 4P
4P 9553 4250 1559 4200 1509 4200
3P 9553 3320
3200 A / B8
4P 9553 4320
(1) See "Copper bar connection pieces".
(2) For complete shrouding at front, rear, top and bottom, order quantity 4; if equipped with bridging bars order quantity 3. For top and bottom shrouding for the front only, order quantity 2.

ATyS p
from 125 to 3200 A
Transfer switches
The solution for
> Applications requiring

power management and
communication.
Strong points
atys-p_001.psd
> Optional communication

modules
> Recording of events
> Configuration software
> Power measurements
> Possibility to set periodic
genset startup
Function Conformity to standards

ATyS p are 3 or 4 pole automatic transfer switches with positive break indication. They > IEC 60947-6-1
incorporate all the functions offered by the ATyS t and g, as well as functions designed for power > IEC 60947-3
management and functions communication.
> GB/T 14048.11
In automatic mode they enable the monitoring of, and the on-load changeover between, two
power supply sources, in accordance with the parameters configured through LCD display, or
via communication.
They are intended for use in low voltage power supply systems where a brief interruption of the Approvals and certifications(1)
load supply is acceptable during transfer.
Advantages
B U R E A U
Recording of events Power measurements VERITAS
ATyS p switches enable effective monitoring ATyS p products are particularly suited to (1) Product references on request.
of your installation thanks to timestamped energy management and monitoring.
event recording. In addition to their integrated power and Webserver
Events can be retrieved and read via energy measurement functions (with a 2%
communication. accuracy level), programmable inputs/outputs The Webserver function
can be utilised to control load shedding based comprises HTML pages
Optional communication modules on a load level or tariff. embedded in the Ethernet
The ATyS p offers communication functions communication module.
through the addition of optional modules, Possibility to set periodic genset startup These pages can be accessed
such as RS485 Modbus or Ethernet with ATyS p switches offer additional functions for via an internet browser, simply
embedded Webserver. maintenance. They include a programmable by entering the IP address.
genset starting function which allows the
The webserver offers the
Configuration software starting dates and operating times to be
following functionalities:
configured.
Software (Easyconfig) is available enabling the > Display of source status and
ATyS p parameters to be easily configured switch position
and the existing configuration to be saved and
sent to other units. > Display of the main
measurements
> Extraction of the latest
logged events
> Display of the product
configuration

ATyS p
from 125 to 3200 A
Front panel
3
1. Slots for optional plug-in modules.
2. Backlit LCD display.
1 3. Source availability and position indication LEDs.
4. Parameter programming keypad.
atys-p_001x_a_1.eps
Communication and configuration

Easyconfig
Easyconfig software is the ideal solution to save
time and simplify complex configuration.
Allows configuration of the following parameters:

• application type,
• voltage/frequency thresholds,
• timers,
• inputs/outputs...
atys-p_064_a_en.eps
Webserver
Thanks to optional modules, ATyS p can
communicate in Modbus and Ethernet
protocols.
The Ethernet communication module includes
the Webserver function for access to the
ATyS p via an internet browser.
The Webserver function enables:

• display of source status and switch position,
• display of voltage measurements,
• display of parameters,
• access to the list of logged events.
atys 850 a

ATyS p
from 125 to 3200 A
References
ATyS p
Voltage sensing
Rating (A) / and power Terminal Optional
(3)
Frame size No. of poles ATyS p Bridging bars supply kit shrouds Terminal screens modules Auxiliary contact
3P 9573 3012
125 A / B3
4P 9573 4012
3P 3P 3P
3P 9573 3016 1559 3012 2694 3014(2) 1509 3012
160 A / B3 4109 0019
4P 4P 4P
4P 9573 4016
1559 4012 2694 4014(2) 1509 4012
3P 9573 3020
200 A / B3
4P 9573 4020
3P 9573 3025 1559 3025

250 A / B4 4109 0025
4P 9573 4025 1559 4025
3P 3P 1599 0502
3P 9573 3031
315 A / B4 2694 3021(2) 1509 3025
4P 9573 4031 3P 4P 4P
1559 3040 2694 4021(2) 1509 4025 RS485 MODBUS
4109 0039 communication
3P 9573 3040 4P
1559 4040 4825 0092
400 A / B4
4P 9573 4040 2 inputs /
2 outputs
3P 9573 3050 1599 2001
500 A / B5 4109 0050 3P 3P 3P
4P 9573 4050 1559 3063 2694 3051(2) 1509 3063 Ethernet
4P 4P 4P communication
3P 9573 3063 4825 0203
1559 4063 2694 4051(2) 1509 4063
630 A / B5 4109 0063
4P 9573 4063 Ethernet
communication +
3P 9573 3080 RS485 MODBUS
800 A / B6 gateway
3P
4P 9573 4080 1559 3080 4825 0204
4109 0080
4P 3P
3P 9573 3100 Analogue outputs
1000 A / B6
1559 4080 1509 3080
4P 4825 0093
4P 9573 4100
1509 4080
3P Pulse outputs 1599 0532
3P 9573 3120 4825 0090
1559 3120
1250 A / B6 4109 0120
4P
4P 9573 4120
1559 4120
3P 9573 3160 3P 1509 3160
1559 3160
1600 A / B7 4109 0160
4P
4P 9573 4160 1509 4160
1559 4160
3P 9573 3200
2000 A / B8
4P 9573 4200
3P 3P
3P 9573 3250 1559 3200 1509 3200
(1)
4P 4P
4P 9573 4250
1559 4200 1509 4200
3P 9573 3320
3200 A / B8
4P 9573 4320
(1) See "Copper bar connection pieces".
(2) For complete shrouding at front, rear, top and bottom, order quantity 4; if equipped with bridging bars order quantity 3. For top and bottom shrouding for the front only, order quantity 2.

ATyS p
from 125 to 3200 A
ATyS p
Key handle
Rating (A) / 3 position interlocking Door protective Remote control
Frame size No. of poles ATyS p DC power supply padlocking system surround interface
3P 9573 3012
125 A / B3
4P 9573 4012
3P 9573 3016
160 A / B3
4P 9573 4016
3P 9573 3020
200 A / B3
4P 9573 4020
3P 9573 3025
250 A / B4
Using lock
4P 9573 4025 RONIS EL11AP
9599 0003(1) 1539 0012
in position 0
3P 9573 3031
315 A / B4
9599 1006(1)
4P 9573 4031
12 VDC/230 VAC
3P 9573 3040 1599 5012
400 A / B4
4P 9573 4040 24 VDC/230 VAC
1599 5112
3P 9573 3050
500 A / B5
48 VDC/230 VAC
4P 9573 4050 D20
1599 5212
9599 2020
3P 9573 3063 +
630 A / B5
RJ45 cable
4P 9573 4063
connection
3P 9573 3080 1599 2009
800 A / B6
4P 9573 4080
3P 9573 3100
1000 A / B6
4P 9573 4100
3P 9573 3120
1250 A / B6
4P 9573 4120
Using lock
3P 9573 3160 RONIS EL11AP
1600 A / B7 9599 0004(1) 1539 0080
in position 0
4P 9573 4160
9599 1004(1)
3P 9573 3200
2000 A / B8
4P 9573 4200
3P 9573 3250
2500 A / B8
4P 9573 4250
3P 9573 3320
3200 A / B8
4P 9573 4320
(1) Factory mounting only.

ATyS range
ATyS r, ATyS g, ATyS p
from 125 to 3200 A
Transfer switches
Accessories
Terminal shrouds
Use Advantages
IP2X protection against direct contact with terminals or connecting Perforations allow remote thermographic inspection without the
parts. need to remove the shrouds.
acces_206_a_2_cat
Terminal screens
Use
Upstream and downstream protection against direct contact with terminals or connection parts.
For upstream and downstream protection, order quantity 1.
125 … 200 B3 3P top / bottom 1509 3012
acces_207_a_2_cat
125 … 200 B3 4P top / bottom 1509 4012
250 … 400 B4 3P top / bottom 1509 3025
250 … 400 B4 4P top / bottom 1509 4025
500 … 630 B5 3P top / bottom 1509 3063
500 … 630 B5 4P top / bottom 1509 4063
800 … 1250 B6 3P top / bottom 1509 3080
800 … 1250 B6 4P top / bottom 1509 4080
1600 B7 3P top / bottom 1509 3160
1600 B7 4P top / bottom 1509 4160
2000 … 3200 B8 3P top / bottom 1509 3200
2000 … 3200 B8 4P top / bottom 1509 4200
Inter-phase barrier
Use
Safe isolation between the terminals, essential for use at 690 VAC or in a polluted or dusty atmosphere.
Rating (A) Frame size No. of poles Reference
125 … 200 B3 3P 2998 0033
125 … 200 B3 4P 2998 0034
250 … 400 B4 3P 2998 0023
250 … 400 B4 4P 2998 0024
500 … 630 B5 3P 2998 0013
500 … 630 B5 4P 2998 0014
800 … 3200 B6 … B8 3/4 P included

ATyS range
from 125 to 3200 A
Bridging bars
Use
For bridging power terminals on the outgoing side of the switch.
acces_205_a_2_cat
Rating (A) Frame size Diameter (mm) Reference (1)
125 … 200 B3 20 x 2.5 4109 0019
250 B4 25 x 2.5 4109 0025
315 … 400 B4 32 x 5 4109 0039
500 B5 32 x 5 4109 0050
630 B5 50 x 5 4109 0063
800 … 1000 B6 50 x 6 4109 0080
1250 B6 60 x 8 4109 0120
1600 B7 90 x 10 4109 0160
acces_041_a_1_cat
Copper bar connection pieces
Use Fig. 1
A (1)
For ratings 2000 to 3200 A. Once installed, the power terminal is
Enables: connection ready.
- Flat connection: the connection pieces
provide a link between the two power For 3200 A rating, connection pieces
acces_459_a_1_x_cat
terminals of the same pole (Fig. 1). O@QSŰ @QDRTOOKHDC@RRS@MC@QC !NKSRDSR
- Edgewise connection: the connection must be ordered separately.
pieces provide a link between the two power
terminals of the same pole and an edgewise
bar connection terminal.
- Top or bottom bridging between two poles
(Fig. 3).
B
Connection: the quantities given in the below table refer to the number of pieces required per (1) Single pole connection: 1 pole (top or bottom) comprises
pole, top or bottom. two power terminals which are to be linked with the copper
connection kit.
Bridging connection: the quantities given refer to the number of pieces required to complete a
single bridging connection between two poles. Fig. 2
C
2000 – 2500 A 3200 A
Fig. 1 Fig. 2 Fig. 3 Fig. 1 Fig. 2 Fig. 3
Connection Bridging Connection Bridging
connection connection
Reference Flat Edgewise I - II Flat Edgewise I - II
acces_460_a_1_x_cat
A
Connection - part A 2619 1200 1 1 2(2) included included included
!NKSJHSŰLLO@QS! 2699 1201 1(1) 2(2) 1(1) 2(2)
!NKSJHSŰLLO@QS! 2699 1200 1(1) 1(1)
T + Bolt kit - part C 2629 1200 1 1 1 1
Bracket + bolt kit - part D 2639 1200 1 1
Bar + bolt kit - part E 4109 0320 1 1
D
(1) Choose the bolt length according to the thickness of the bars being connected; if bar thickness is greater than 20 mm,
ŭLLANKSR@QDQDPTHQDC
(2) For bridging connections, quantity 2 pieces are required for creating the link between the two power terminals of the same
Fig. 3 C
pole for switch bodies I and II.
The quantities of the applicable pieces then need to be multiplied by the number of connection E
points (power terminals) in order to determine the total quantity required of each part. B
Example: For a 4 pole 2500 A SIRCOVER with upstream edgewise connection (Fig. 2) and A
downstream bridging (Fig. 3), the following quantities will be required:
acces_461_a_1_x_cat
Part Upstream edgewise quantity Downstream bridging quantity Total quantity

A 8 8 16
B 0 8 8
C 8 4 12
D 8 0 8
E 0 4 4

ATyS range
from 125 to 3200 A
Autotransformer
Use Rating (A) Frame size Reference
For applications without neutral, this autotransformer provides the 125 … 3200 B3 … B8 1599 4064
230 VAC required to power these ATyS products.
Specified protection for the autotransformer:
- Protection of the primary:
fuse holder ref 57010020 + fuse ref 60130000
- Protection of the secondary:
fuse holder ref 57010015 + fuse ref 60130001.
DC power supply
Use Rating (A) Frame size Operating voltage Reference
Allows an ATyS to be supplied from a 12 or 24 VDC source. To be 125 … 1600 B3 … B7 12 VDC / 230 VAC 1599 5012
positioned as close as possible to the DC power supply source. 125 … 1600 B3 … B7 24 VDC / 230 VAC 1599 5112
125 … 1600 B3 … B7 48 VDC / 230 VAC 1599 5212
Voltage sensing and power supply kit
Use 125 to 630 A kit

For power supply and voltage The kit can be fitted on the top or bottom
measurement (4 wire, three-phase) for the of the switch.
ATyS g and p. Routing of the conductors Note: the 3-pole version does not
atys_606_a_1_cat
is controlled, which means that no specific integrate the power supply.
protective device is necessary for these
connections.
For ATyS g and ATyS p - 3 pole

125 … 200 B3 1559 3012
800 to 3200 A kit
250 B4 1559 3025
315 … 400 B4 1559 3040
atys_603_a_2_cat
500 … 630 B5 1559 3063
800 … 1000 B6 1559 3080
1250 B6 1559 3120
1600 B7 1559 3160
2000 … 3200 B8 1559 3200
For ATyS g and ATyS p - 4 pole

125 … 200 B3 1559 4012
250 B4 1559 4025
315 … 400 B4 1559 4040
500 … 630 B5 1559 4063
800 … 1000 B6 1559 4080
1250 B6 1559 4120
1600 B7 1559 4160
2000 … 3200 B8 1559 4200

ATyS range
from 125 to 3200 A
Voltage sensing tags

Use
For use with ATyS r, g and p, the voltage sensing tags allow voltage to be tapped directly off of
ATyS power terminals to provide a supply to, for example, a control circuit or source presence
acces_493_a_x.ai
indicator lamps.
Voltage sensing tags are equipped with a Faston connector and can be mounted on the top
or bottom side of the transfer switch.
With ATyS r, this accessory allows easy connection to an ATyS C25 controller via the ATyS
C25 cable harness.
1 pack contains 8 voltage sensing tags.
5NKS@FDRDMRHMFS@FR@QDHMSDFQ@SDCNM 3X2®
acces_494_a_x.ai
125 … 200 B3 9599 4020
250 … 400 B4 9599 4040
500 … 630 B5 9599 4063
ATyS C25 cable harness

Use
The ATyS C25 cable harness is a fast and reliable solution for connecting an ATyS r transfer
switch to a C25 controller in order to create an Automatic Transfer Switch. It is equipped
with Faston voltage tap-offs and provides a safe connection between the controller and
changeover switch for:
- monitoring availability of the incoming power sources,
- monitoring changeover switch status,
- providing an electrical interlock function,
- automatic control and transfer between power sources.
Provides a DPS auxiliary supply to the ATyS r. Cable harness length is approximately 2 metres.
The cable harness is for use with 4 pole ATyS r only and requires neutral conductors to be on
acces_495_a_x.ai
the right side of the transfer switch.
%NQ 3X2Q HSHRMDBDRR@QXSNNQCDQUNKS@FDRDMRHMFS@FRRDO@Q@SDKXQDPTHQDCENQUNKS@FD
tap-off connections).
For ATyS r connection to a C25 controller

125 … 630 B3 … B5 9529 4063
800 … 3250 B6 … B8 9529 4080

ATyS range
from 125 to 3200 A
Voltage relay
Use
The DS is a voltage relay for monitoring a If it detects a fault in the source, the fault
atys_762_a_1_cat
single power supply. relay contact closes.
DS 192X 0056
Door protective surround

Use
Door surround to provide a clean and safe finish to the panel’s cut-out.
For ATyS
atys_595_a_2_cat
125 … 630 B3 … B5 1529 0012
800 … 3200 B6 … B8 1529 0080
For ATyS g and p

125 … 630 B3 … B5 1539 0012
800 … 3200 B6 … B8 1539 0080
Auxiliary contact
Use
Pre-break and signalling of positions I and II: Low level AC: contact us. ATyS are supplied
each reference provides 1 NO/NC auxiliary with 1 NO aux contact for all three positions
contact for positions I and II. Possibility to as standard which are located in the motor
install up to 2 auxiliary contacts for each unit.
acces_396_a
position. Suitable for use as a 1st or 2nd 800 to 1600 A
auxiliary contact.
If additional auxiliary contacts are
Nominal 250 VAC 400 VAC 24 VDC 48 VDC required please consult us.
Rating (A) Frame size current (A) AC-13 AC-13 DC-13 DC-13
125 … 3200 B3 … B8 16 12 8 14 6
Rating (A) Frame size Type of mounting Reference
acces_397_a
125 … 630 B3 … B5 Customer fit 1599 0502
800 … 1600 B6 … B7 Customer fit 1599 0532
2 AC per position 125 to 630 A
2000 … 3200 B8 -
fitted as standard
3 position padlocking (I - 0 - II)

Use
Enables the product to be padlocked in positions 0, I and II (factory fitted).
atys_867_a
125 … 630 B3 … B5 9599 0003

800 … 3200 B6 … B8 9599 0004

Use
With the product in manual mode, it enables locking in position 0 using a RONIS EL11AP lock (factory fitted).
As standard, locking in position 0. With the 3 position padlocking accessory: key interlocking in I, 0 & II.
Locks (key N° random) :
atys_868_a
- RONIS EL11AP ref 4409 8511

- TRAYVOU XOP10 ref 4409 8601

125 … 630 B3 … B5 9599 1006
800 … 3200 B6 … B8 9599 1004

ATyS range
from 125 to 3200 A
Current transformer
Use - for ATyS p only
Used with ATyS p units, these current
transformers enable information to be
obtained on the load current. F2
trafo_077_b_1_cat
201 202
102 101
24 24
LOAD
203 204 205 206
106 105 104 103

L1
trafo_025_a_2_cat
L3
L2
atys_829_c_1_x_cat
L2
L3
L1
N
207 208 209 210
416 415 414 413

R1 R2 S1 S2 T1 T2
22
Plug-in optional modules

Use - for ATyS g and ATyS p
Number of modules per device
ATyS g: Compatible with RS485 JBUS/MODBUS module only. One module maximum can be installed (can be fitted in any slot).
ATyS p: A maximum of four modules can be fitted. With Ethernet communication module installation, only 2 additional modules can be fitted.
diris_447_a_1_cat
RS485 JBUS / MODBUS® communication

• RS485 link with JBUS / MODBUS® protocol (speed up to 38400 bauds).
diris_449_a_1_cat
2 inputs - 2 outputs
• 2 inputs and 2 outputs (programmable) on each module.
diris_777_a_1_cat
• Ethernet link with MODBUS/TCP or JBUS/MODBUS RTU over TCP.

• Embedded Ethernet Webserver software.
Ethernet communication with RS485 JBUS/MODBUS gateway

diris_776_a_1_cat
atys_016_c_1_cat
• Ethernet link with MODBUS/TCP or JBUS/MODBUS RTU over TCP.

• Connect 1 to 247 RS485 JBUS/MODBUS slaves.
• Embedded Ethernet Webserver software.
diris_448_a_1_cat
Analogue outputs
• Allocate outputs to: 3I, In, 3V, 3U, F, ± ΣP, ± ΣQ, ΣS.
diris_445_a_1_cat
Pulse outputs
• 2 configurable pulse outputs (type, weight and duration)
on ±kWh, ±kvarh and kVAh.
Description of accessories Suitable for Reference

RS485 MODBUS communication ATyS g & p 4825 0092
2 inputs - 2 outputs ATyS p 1599 2001
Ethernet communication (embedded Ethernet Webserver software) ATyS p 4825 0203
Ethernet communication + RS485 JBUS/MODBUS gateway (embedded Ethernet Webserver software) ATyS p 4825 0204
Analogue outputs ATyS p 4825 0093
Pulse outputs ATyS p 4825 0090

ATyS range
from 125 to 3200 A
Remote interfaces
Use D20 - for ATyS p
To remotely display source availability and In addition to the functions of the D10, the
position indication typically used on the front of D20 displays measurements and enables
a panel when the product is enclosed. control and configuration from the front of
atys_564_d_1_cat
atys_565_d_1_cat
Interfaces are powered from the ATyS transfer a panel.
switch via the RJ45 connection cable. Protection degree: IP21
Maximum cable length: 3 m. Door mounting
D10 - for ATyS g 2 holes Ø 22.5.
To display source availability and position ATyS transfer switch via RJ45 cable, 96 x 96 Ø 22.5
indication on the front panel of an enclosure. not isolated. Cable available
Protection degree: IP21 as an accessory.
atys_161_a_1_x_cat
atys_597_a_1_cat
36
40
20
Description of accessories Suitable for Reference
D10 ATyS g 9599 2010 = =
D20 ATyS p 9599 2020 RJ45 port to connect to ATyS. Drilling
Connecting cable for remote interfaces

Use Characteristics
To connect between a remote interface RJ45 8 straight-through, non insulated
acces_209_a_2_cat
(type D10 or D20) and a control product B@AKDRKDMFSGŰL
(ATyS g or p).
For ATyS g and p

Type Length Reference
RJ45 cable 3m 1599 2009
Sealable cover
Use - for ATyS g
Prevents access to the configuration of ATyS g devices (seals supplied).
atys_870_a
125 … 3200 B3 … B8 9599 0000
Auto/Manual key selector

Use
Replaces the standard Auto/Manual selector knob with a key selector.
atys_869_a

125 … 3200 B3 … B8 9599 1007
Double power supply - DPS

Use 3
Allows an ATyS r to be supplied by two 230 VAC, 50/60 Hz networks.
ATyS DPS Modular DPS

atys_612_a_2_cat
Voltage (VAC)
Min 166 200
Max 332 288
Current (A)
Max Output 15 3.15
Connection (mm2)
Max 2.5 6
atys_616_a_1_cat
atys-d_001.psd
Description Suitable for ATyS r Reference

Modular DPS 125 … 1600 A 1599 4001 1 and 2. Inputs
1 3. Output 2
ATyS DPS 125 … 3200 A 9539 2001

ATyS range
from 125 to 3200 A
Spares
ATyS p front panel
This front panel is used, for the ATyS p only, if source 2 is connected to unit I and source 1 is
connected to unit II. Positions I and II are reversed on the front panel.
atys-p_002_a_1_x_cat.ai
Product model Reference
ATyS p 9599 1008
Electronic module - controler

The electrical components of the ATyS g and p are easy to replace in case there is a problem,
even when on-load.
Product model Reference

ATyS g 9559 2001
ATyS p 9579 2001
atys-p_001_b
Motorisation module
The motor units of the ATyS r, g and p are easy to replace in case there is a problem,
even when on-load.

125 … 200 9509 5020
250 … 400 9509 5040
500 … 630 9509 5063
atys_871_a
800 … 1250 9509 5120
1600 9509 5160
2000 … 3200 9509 5320
Switching module
If you need to replace just the switching part on an ATyS r, g or p, order
SIRCOVER items.
Please refer to “SIRCOVER” pages.
svr_151_a

ATyS range
from 125 to 3200 A

125 to 630 A
Thermal current Ith to 40°C 125 A 160 A 200 A 250 A 315 A 400 A 500 A 630 A
Frame size B3 B3 B3 B4 B4 B4 B5 B5
Rated insulation voltage Ui (V) (power circuit) 800 800 800 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV) (power circuit) 8 8 8 12 12 12 12 12
Rated insulation voltage Ui (V) (control circuit) 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV) (control circuit) 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Rated voltage Utilisation category
415 VAC AC-31 B 125 160 200 250 315 400 500 630
415 VAC AC-32 B 200 315 400 500 500
415 VAC AC-33 B 200 200 200 400 400
415 VAC AC-21 A / AC-21 B 125/125 160/160 200/200 250/250 315/315 400/400 500/500 630/630
415 VAC AC-22 A / AC-22 B 125/125 160/160 200/200 250/250 315/315 400/400 500/500 630/630
415 VAC AC-23 A / AC-23 B 125/125 160/160 200/200 200/200 315/315 400/400 500/500 500 /630
500 VAC AC-21 A / AC-21 B 125/125 160/160 200/200 250/250 315/315 400/400 500/500 630/630
500 VAC AC-22 A / AC-22 B 125/125 160/160 200/200 200/250 200/315 200/400 500/500 500/500
500 VAC AC-23 A / AC-23 B 80/80 80/80 80/80 200/200 200/200 200/200 400/400 400/400
690 VAC(3) AC-21 A / AC-21 B 125/125 160/160 200/200 200/200 200/200 200/200 500/500 500/500
690 VAC(3) AC-22 A / AC-22 B 125/125 125/125 125/125 160/160 160/160 160/160 400/400 400/400
690 VAC(3) AC-23 A / AC-23 B 63/80 63/80 63/80 125/125 125/125 125/125 400/400 400/400
220 VDC DC-21 A / DC-21 B 125/125 160/160 200/200 250/250 250/250 250/250 500/500 630/630
220 VDC DC-22 A / DC-22 B 125/125 160/160 200/200 250/250 250/250 250/250 500/500 630/630
220 VDC DC-23 A / DC-23 B 125/125 125/125 125/125 200/200 200/200 200/200 500/500 630/630
440 VDC (2) DC-21 A / DC-21 B 125/125 125/125 125/125 200/200 200/200 200/200 500/500 630/630
440 VDC (2) DC-22 A / DC-22 B 125/125 125/125 125/125 200/200 200/200 200/200 500/500 630/630
440 VDC (2) DC-23 A / DC-23 B 125/125 125/125 125/125 200/200 200/200 200/200 500/500 630/630
Current rated as conditional short-circuit with fuse gG DIN, according to IEC 60947-3
Prospective fuse protected short-circuit withstand at 415 VAC(6) 100 100 50 50 50 50 50 50
Prospective fuse protected short-circuit withstand at 690 VAC(kA rms) 50 50 50 50 50
Associated fuse rating (A) 125 160 200 250 315 400 500 630
Rated short-time withstand current 0.3s Icw at 415 VAC (kA rms) 12 12 12 15 (4) 15 (4) 15 (4) 17 (4) 17 (4)
Rated short-time withstand current 1s Icw at 415 VAC (kA rms) 7 7 7 8 (4) 8 (4) 8 (4) 11 (4) 10 (4)
Rated peak withstand current at 415 VAC (kA peak) 20 20 20 30 30 30 45 45
Connection
Minimum Cu cable cross-section as per IEC 60947-1 (mm²) 35 35 50 95 120 185 2 x 95 2 x 120
Recommended Cu busbar cross-section (mm²) 2 x 32 x 5 2 x 40 x 5
Maximum Cu cable cross-section (mm²) 50 95 120 150 240 240 2 x 185 2 x 300
Min./max. tightening torque (Nm) 9/13 9/13 9/13 20/26 20/26 20/26 40/45 40/45
Power dissipation (W/pole) 1.9 3.2 4.1 5.9 7.8 15.1 17 32.4
Switching time (rated voltage, after receiving command)
Transfer time I-II or II-I (s) 0.85 0.85 0.85 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.95 0.95
I-0 or II-0 (s) 0.55 0.55 0.55 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.55 0.55
Contact transfer time ("black-out" I-II) minimum (s) 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4
Power supply
Min./max. auxiliary power supply (VAC) 166/332 166/332 166/332 166/332 166/332 166/332 166/332 166/332
Inrush / nominal power (VA) - ATyS r 184/92 184/92 184/92 276/115 276/115 276/115 276/150 276/150
Inrush / nominal power (VA) - ATyS g , p 206/114 206/114 206/114 298/137 298/137 298/137 298/172 298/172
Durability (number of operating cycles) 10,000 10,000 10,000 8,000 8,000 8,000 5,000 5,000
Weight ATyS r 3 P / 4 P (kg) 5.7/ 6.9 5.7/ 6.9 5.7/ 6.9 6.6/ 7.4 6.7/ 7.8 6.7/ 7.8 11.4/ 13.3 11.9/ 14.0
Weight ATyS g, p 3 P / 4 P (kg) 6.8/ 8.0 6.8/ 8.0 6.8/ 8.0 7.7/ 8.5 7.8/ 8.9 7.8/ 8.9 12.5/ 14.4 13.0/ 15.1
(2) 3-pole device with 2 pole in series for the “+” an 1 pole for the “-”. (4) Values given at 690 VAC.
4-pole device with 2 poles in series by polarity.

ATyS range
from 125 to 3200 A
800 to 3200 A
Thermal current Ith at 40°C 800 A 1000 A 1250 A 1600 A 2000 A 2500 A 3200 A
Frame size B6 B6 B6 B7 B8 B8 B8
Rated insulation voltage Ui (V) (power circuit) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV) (power circuit) 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
Rated insulation voltage Ui (V) (control circuit) 300 300 300 300 300 300 300
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp (kV) (control circuit) 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
415 VAC AC-31 B 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 3200
415 VAC AC-32 B 800 1000 1250 1250 2000 2000 2000
415 VAC AC-33 B 800 1000 1000 1000 1250 1250 1250
415 VAC AC-21 A / AC-21 B 800/800 1000/1000 1250/1250 1600/1600 -/2000 -/2500 -/3200
415 VAC AC-22 A / AC-22 B 800/800 1000/1000 1250/1250 1600/1600 -/2000 -/2500 -/3200
415 VAC AC-23 A / AC-23 B 800/800 1000/1000 1250/1250 1250/1250 -/1600 -/1600 -/1600
500 VAC AC-21 A / AC-21 B 800/800 1000/1000 1250/1250 1600/1600 -/2000 -/2000 -/2000
500 VAC AC-22 A / AC-22 B 630/630 800/800 1000/1000 1600/1600
500 VAC AC-23 A / AC-23 B 630/630 630/630 800/800 1000/1000
690 VAC(3) AC-21 A / AC-21 B 800/800 1000/1000 1250/1250 1600/1600 -/2000 -/2000 -/2000
690 VAC(3) AC-22 A / AC-22 B 630/630 800/800 1000/1000 1000/1000
690 VAC(3) AC-23 A / AC-23 B 630/630 630/630 800/800 800/800
220 VDC DC-21 A / DC-21 B 800/800 1000/1000 1250/1250 1250/1250
220 VDC DC-22 A / DC-22 B 800/800 1000/1000 1250/1250 1250/1250
220 VDC DC-23 A / DC-23 B 800/800 1000/1000 1250/1250 1250/1250
440 VDC (2) DC-21 A / DC-21 B 800/800 1000/1000 1250/1250 1250/1250
440 VDC (2) DC-22 A / DC-22 B 800/800 1000/1000 1250/1250 1250/1250
440 VDC (2) DC-23 A / DC-23 B 800/800 1000/1000 1250/1250 1250/1250
Current rated as conditional short-circuit with fuse gG DIN, according to IEC 60947-3
Prospective fuse protected short-circuit withstand at 415 VAC(kA rms) 50 50 100 100
Prospective fuse protected short-circuit withstand at 690 VAC(kA rms) 50 50 50
Associated fuse rating (A) 800 1000 1250 2x800
Rated short-time withstand current 0.3s Icw at 415 VAC (kA rms) 64 64 64 78 78 78 78
Rated short-time withstand current 1s Icw at 415 VAC (kA rms) 35 35 35 50 50 50 50
Rated peak withstand current at 415 VAC (kA peak) 55 55 80 110 120 120 120
Connection
Minimum Cu cable cross-section as per IEC 60947-1 (mm²) 2 x 185
Recommended Cu busbar cross-section (mm²) 2 x 50 x 5 2 x 63 x 5 2 x 60 x7 2 x 100 x 5 3 x 100 x 5 2 x 100 x 10 3 x 100 x 10
Maximum Cu cable cross-section (mm²) 4 x 185 4 x 185 4 x 185 6 x 185
Min./max. tightening torque (Nm) 9/13 9/13 20/26 40/45 40/45 40/45 40/45
Power dissipation (W/pole) 41.7 46.9 93.3 122 178 255 330
Switching time (rated voltage, after receiving command)
Transfer time I-II or II-I (s) 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.9 2.8 2.8 2.8
I-0 or II-0 (s) 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.8 1.8 1.8
Contact transfer time ("black-out" I-II) minimum (s) 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.5 1 1 1
Power supply
Min./max. auxiliary power supply (VAC) 166/332 166/332 166/332 166/332 166/332 166/332 166/332
Inrush / nominal power (VA) - ATyS r, 460/184 460/184 460/184 460/230 812/322 812/322 812/322
Inrush / nominal power (VA) - ATyS g , p 482/206 482/206 482/206 482/252 834/344 834/344 834/344
Durability (number of operating cycles) 4,000 4,000 4,000 3,000 3,000 3,000 3,000
Weight ATyS r 3 P / 4 P (kg) 27.9/ 32.2 28.4/ 32.9 28.9/ 33.6 33.1/ 39.4 50.7/ 61.6 50.7/ 61.6 61.0/ 75.3
Weight ATyS g, p 3 P / 4 P (kg) 29.0/ 33.3 29.5/ 34.0 30.0/ 34.7 34.2/ 40.5 51.8/ 62.7 51.8/ 62.7 62.1/ 76.4
(2) 3-pole device with 2 pole in series for the “+” an 1 pole for the “-”. (4) Values given at 690 VAC.
4-pole device with 2 poles in series by polarity.

ATyS range
from 125 to 3200 A
Connections and terminals

ATyS r
1 primary source (network or genset)
2 backup source (mains network or genset)
1 2
1 : position 0 control (contact or logic if closed)
2: position I control
3: position II control
F1
4: primary control position 0
atys_825_b_1_x_cat
301 3022 5: closing this contact allows position control commands

6: product availability relay
6 7 8 9 7: auxiliary contact - closed when the switch is in position II
312 313 314 315 316 317 63A 64A 24 14 04 13 8: auxiliary contact - closed when ther switch is in position I
9: auxiliary contact - closed when the switch is in position 0
5 4 3 2 1
ATyS r with ATyS DPS
1 primary source (mains network or genset)

2 backup source (mains network or genset)
1 2
1 : position 0 control (contact or logic if closed)
F2 F1 3: position II control
4: primary control position 0
1022 101
201 2022
5: closing this contact allows position control commands

6: product availability relay
10
atys_826_c_1_x_cat
7: auxiliary contact - closed when the switch is in position II

RJ
8: auxiliary contact - closed when the switch is in position I

6 7 8 9 9: auxiliary contact - closed when the switch is in position 0
312 313 314 315 316 317 63A 64A 24 14 04 13 10: D10 remote interface
5 4 3 2 1

ATyS range
from 125 to 3200 A
ATyS g
1 primary source (mains network)
2 backup source (genset or network)
1: position 0 control (contact or logic if closed)
2 1 2: position I control
3: position II control
F2 F1 4: primary control position 0
201 202
102 101
22 22 5: closing this contact allows position control commands
6: Motor unit availability relay
203 204 205 206
106 105 104 103

7: auxiliary contact - closed when the switch is in position II
L1
N
L3
L2
21 21
L2
L3

L1
N
10: D10 remote interface

207 208 209 210
63B 64B 417 416 415 414 413
15
16 11: Electrical unit availability relay
14
17
13 12: automatic operation inhibited
12 13: confirm manual retransfer
ATyS g Voltage 19
14 : bypass for time delay 2AT
72 71 74
Sensing and Power

Supply Kit excludes 20 11 15 : M/G: priority test on load.
23
the need for fuses M/M: with or without priority.
Opt. 4
Opt. 3
Opt. 2
Opt. 1
10
atys_828_e_1_x_cat
RJ
F1 & F2 4 3 2 1 16: remote test without load

17: M/G: test on load
6 7 8 9
M/M: preferred source selection
312 313 314 315 316 317 63A 64A 24 14 04 13 19-20: genset start and stop commands
5 4 3 2 1 Order 71/72 (19) 71/74 (20)
Genset start-up Closed contact Open contact
Genset stop Open contact Closed contact
21: voltage inputs

22: power inputs
23: 4 slots for optional RS485 communication module
ATyS p
1 primary source (network or genset)

2 backup source (network or genset)
2 1
1: position 0 control (contact or logic if closed)
F2 F1
3: control position II
201 202
102 101
24 24 4: primary control position 0

LOAD
5: closing this contact allows position control commands
203 204 205 206
106 105 104 103

L1
6: Motor unit availability relay

L3
L2
23 23 7: auxiliary contact - closed when the switch is in position II

L2
L3

L1
N

207 208 209 210
64B 63B 417 416 415 414 413
12
16
13 10: D20 remote interface
17 R1 R2 S1 S2 T1 T2
22
14 11: Electrical unit availability relay
18 15
12-17: programmable inputs
72 71 74
ATyS p Voltage 19 18: auxiliary power supply for optional modules

Sensing and Power 20 11
21 19-20: genset start and stop commands
Supply Kit excludes
Opt. 4
Opt. 3
Opt. 2
Opt. 1
atys_829_c_1_x_cat
the need for fuses 10 Order 71/72 (19) 71/74 (20)

RJ
4 3 2 1
F1 & F2 Genset start-up Closed contact Open contact
6 7 8 9 Genset stop Open contact Closed contact
312 313 314 315 316 317 63A 64A 24 14 04 13
21 : 4 slots for optional modules
5 4 3 2 1 22: TI measurement connection
23 : voltage inputs
24 : power inputs

ATyS range
from 125 to 3200 A
Dimensions
125 to 630 A / B3 to B5
J
Fix. M J1
1. Locking bracket for up to
U ŰO@CKNBJR
2. Maximum operating radius with
an operating angle of 2 x 90°
3. Connection and disconnection
270
area
4. Phase barriers
119
ĺ[. 187.5
5. Emergency removable handle
229.5
105
AC
BA
AA
90
120
140
48
V
88
Y Y
atys_980_a_1_x_cat.ai
10 X T T T Z1
F Z2
A H
Terminal Switch
Rating (A) / Overall dimensions shrouds Switch body mounting Connection
Frame size A 3p. A 4p. C AC F 3p. F 4p. H J 3p. J 4p. J1 M 3p. M 4p. T U V W X 3p. X 4p. Y Z1 Z2 AA BA CA
125 / B3 304 334 244 233 286.5 317 151 154 184 34 120 250 36 20 25 9 28 22 3.5 38 134 135 115 10
160 / B3 304 334 244 233 286.5 317 151 154 184 34 120 250 36 20 25 9 28 22 3.5 38 134 135 115 10
200 / B3 304 334 244 233 286.5 317 151 154 184 34 120 250 36 20 25 9 28 22 3.5 38 134 135 115 10
250 / B4 345 395 244 288 328 378 152 195 245 35 160 210 50 25 30 11 33 33 3.5 39.5 133.5 160 130 15
315 / B4 345 395 244 288 328 378 152 195 245 35 160 210 50 35 35 11 33 33 3.5 39.5 133.5 160 130 15
400 / B4 345 395 244 288 328 378 152 195 245 35 160 210 50 35 35 11 33 33 3.5 39.5 133.5 170 140 15
500 / B5 394 454 321 402 377 437 221 244 304 34 210 270 65 32 50 14 42.5 37.5 5 53 190 260 220 20
630 / B5 394 454 321 402 377 437 221 244 304 34 210 270 65 45 50 13 42.5 37.5 5 53 190 260 220 20
800 to 1600 A / B6 to B7
J
3
4
Fix. M 51.5
6
U
250
V
169
=
ĺ[. 250
200
280
AC
AA
B
164
166
1 2 Y 5 Y 48
12.5 X T T T 3
F Z1 3
1. Locking bracket for up to 3 padlocks 253.5 89

2. Maximum operating radius with an operating angle of 2 x 90° 293
3. Connection and disconnection area
391.5
4. Terminal screens
5. Phase barriers
6. Emergency removable handle
Overall Terminal
Rating (A) / dimensions shrouds Switch body Switch mounting Connection
Frame size B AC F 3p. F 4p. J 3p. J 4p. M 3p. M 4p. T U V X Y Z1 AA
800 / B6 370 461 504 584 307 387 255 335 80 50 60.5 47.5 7 66.5 321
1000 / B6 370 461 504 584 307 387 255 335 80 50 60.5 47.5 7 66.5 321
1250 / B6 370 461 504 584 307 387 255 335 80 60 65 47.5 7 66.5 330
1600/B7 380 531 596 716 399 519 347 467 120 90 44 53 8 67.5 288

ATyS range
from 125 to 3200 A
2000 to 3200 A / B8
J
3
4 Fix. M 51.5 6
90
250
44
169
=
ĺ[. 250
461
380
288
200
280
=
166
265
1
3
5 3 48
2
12.5 53.5 120 120 120 67.5 8
F 133.5
149
1. Locking bracket for up to 3 padlocks 320
2. Maximum operating radius with an operating angle of 2 x 90°
386
3. Connection and disconnection area
4. Terminal screens 425
5. Phase barriers
6. Emergency removable handle 524
Switch body Switch mounting

Rating (A)
F 3p. F 4p. J 3p. J 4p. M 3p. M 4p.
2000 … 3200 596 716 398.5 518.5 347 467
Door cutout
125 to 630 A / B3 to B5 800 to 1600 A / B6 to B7
ATyS r ATyS g, p ATyS r ATyS g, p
138
138 20
20
138
20
138
20
214
165
atys_840_a_1_x_cat
atys_841_a_1_x_cat
atys_842_a_1_x_cat
atys_843_a_1_x_cat
150
101
50.5
50.5
50.5
50.5
800 to 1000 A / B6 1250 A / B6 1600 to 3200 A / B7 to B8
ø9 16 x 11 ø12.5
5 5
12.5
28.5
10 33
ø 15
svr_098_a_1_x_cat
svr_077_a_1_x_cat
svr_078_b_1_x_cat
15
15.25
25 25
8.5 33 8.5 15.75 28.5 15.75 30 30
50 60 45 45
90

ATyS d H
from 4000 to 6300 A
Transfer switches
The solution for
> Data centre

> Telecommunications
> Industries
atys_865_a
Strong points
> Ready for installation in the

enclosure of your choice
> High-performance switching
Function > Safe on-load transfer: I-0-II
The ATyS d H is a three-phase transfer switch, 3 and 4 poles, designed for low voltage high
power applications that require high-performance and fast reliable switching. The open transition
SQ@MREDQHRODQENQLDCNMKN@CHMKHMDVHSG($"RS@MC@QCR"K@RRŰ/"VHSGLHMHL@K
power supply interruption to the load during transfer. > ,(&
3GD 3X2C'HRQDLNSDSQ@MREDQRVHSBGHMFDPTHOLDMS132$VHSG@MHMSDFQ@SDCCT@KONVDQ
RTOOKX#/2SG@S@BBDOSRQDLNSDNQCDQRSGQNTFGUNKSEQDDBNMS@BSR
Advantages
Enclosed solution
Ready for installation in the enclosure of Safe on-load transfer: I-0-II
your choice The ATyS d H includes two mechanically > Please contact your
The ATyS d H has been designed to facilitate HMSDQKNBJDCRVHSBGDRSNDMRTQDE@RSRVHSBGHMF SOCOMEC office
installation. It is composed of two switches VGHKRSOQNUHCHMF@MDTSQ@K.EEONRHSHNM
that are mounted one above the other with This ensures that the main and alternative
easily accessible power connections located power supplies do not overlap. External automatic controller
at the rear. Furthermore the ATyS d H does
not need any external bridging bars as the > The ATyS d H is an RTSE
load side is connected within the product. which is compatible with
This enables to save time during installation. most building management
V\VWHPV,WPD\DOVR}EH
High-performance switching supplied as an ATSE by
The ATyS d H offers high withstand short LQFOXGLQJDQ$7\6&}}&
BHQBTHSBTQQDMSQ@SHMFRNEŰJ (cmL@JHMF controller with a door
@MCŰJ ENQ RDB(cwVHSGRS@MC mounted external display.
Further to its high short circuit withstand,
SGD 3X2ŰCŰ'ODQENQL@MBDHMSDQLRNEKN@C
RVHSBGHMFB@O@BHSXHR "H!ŰWŰ(nBNR
without derating.
References
ATyS d H Control relay
Rating (A) Number of poles Reference Reference
/ 9533 3400
4000 A
/ 9533 4400 ATyS C55
/ 9533 3500 1600 0055
5000 A
/ 9533 4500 ATYS C65
/ 9533 3630 1600 0065
6300 A
/ 9533 4630

ATyS d H
from 4000 to 6300 A
Characteristics according to IEC 60947-6-1

Thermal current Ith at 40°C 4000 A 5000 A 6300 A
Rated operating voltage Ue5 660
Rated insulation voltage Ui5 660
Rated impulse withstand voltage UimpJ5 12
5DWHGVKRUWFLUFXLWZLWKVWDQGDW9$&
Rated short-time withstand current 0.1s IcwJ QLR 65
1@SDCOD@JVHSGRS@MCBTQQDMSJ OD@J 143
Rated operational current Ie @S5 " "! 4000 5000 6300
Rated operational current Ie @S5 " "H!W(MBNR 4000 5000 6300
Connection
Rear connection with busbar • • •
/NVDQCHRRHO@SHNM6ONKD 128 200 317
Switching time
(SNLR
SN(@MCSN((LR
((SNLR
((((((R 1.2
Operating frequency 10 operations per hour
Power supply
5 "ONVDQRTOOKXONVDQDCCHQDBSKXNMSDQLHM@KR2@MC2 230
,@HMBNHKNODQ@SHMFBTQQDMSOD@JCTQHMFSQ@MREDQR 65 A
#TQ@AHKHSXMTLADQNENODQ@SHMFBXBKDR 3000
6DHFGSJF%HWDC/LNCDK
(1) Instantaneous value. For a complete operation, power should be available during 0.5 s.
Dimensions
491 52 38
30
A Power
105
30
LOAD
15
530
105
30
B Power
217
190
1 1 1 1
16 833 (3P) / 1064 (4P) 16 22 163 280 79 38

865 (3P) / 1096 (4P) 603
700
80
25 25
21
52
Ø13
230 282 230 161 256 256 161
195 195 195 195 195 195

52
R R S S T T N N R R S S T T
1 1 1
atys-dh_006_b_1_gb_cat
1 1 1
1. Fixing hole base: Ø13 mm

ATyS C25
ATS Controller
simple functions
Transfer switches
The solution for
> ATS panels

> Compact transfer enclosures
> Basic ATS controls
atysc_015.eps
ATyS C25
Strong points
> Self-supplied from sensing

Function circuit
> Integrated AC
ATyS C25 is an entry level ATSE controller with communications. It can be used to pilot a Double Power Supply
remotely operated transfer switch, such as ATyS r, ATyS S and ATyS d M, as well as contactors
type transfer switches, for circuit breaker type transfer switches see ATyS C55 and ATyS C65. > RS485 Communications
ATyS C25 ensure the automatic or remotely controlled transfer from one source to another with > Multiple mounting options
fixed timers and thresholds.
Advantages > IEC 61010-2-201
Flexible space saving Fast commissioning & testing > IEC 60947-6-1
The ATyS C25 controller can be mounted on • 8 dip-switches allow very fast > GB/T 14048.11
either a DIN rail or to the panel door, offering commissioning, even offline. Annex C
flexibility and optimising space. • All main functions such as remote position
control, mode selection, lamp test and
Cost-effective genset test on load are available on the Compatible with
The ATyS C25 has an integrated DPS, for front of the product allowing quick and easy
supplying the motorisation of the switch, and operation.
can be door mounted, therefore there’s no • Remote product information is available
need for an external DPS or display, reducing through RS485 Modbus communication.
installation time and costs.
General characteristics ATyS r

• Self-powered from sensing. • Voltage sensing on all phases. Transfer Switching Equipment
• Voltage supply range (184 - 300 VAC). • Three-phase + Neutral &

• DC aux power supply (for optional use). Single-phase + Neutral networks.
• Main/Main or Main/Genset networks. • Phase rotation checking.
• Fixed I/Os. • Door or DIN rail mounting.
• RS485 Modbus communication.
References
ATyS C25 – ATS controller 1600 0025
ATyS r - Remotely operated Transfer Switching Equipment 9523 xxxx (1)
(1) xxxx variable based on the number of poles and rating.

ATyS C25
ATS Controller
simple functions
Front panel Dimensions (mm)

1. Controller status indication. 106
2. Configuration dip-switches. 144 12
3. Lamp test / Test on Load (3s).
4. Position orders (in Manual).
1 5. Auto/Manu mode selector.
2
96
92
6. Mimic panel. 5
6
atysc_015x_a.ai
5
3
4
138
atysc_001_b_1_x_cat.ai
Characteristics
Electrical characteristics Measurement characteristics
AC operating limits 184 (1) - 300 VAC Nominal voltage DIP 1 (1PH+N / 3P+N) 230 / 400 VAC
Optional DC supply 10-30 VDC Nominal frequency (fixed) 50 Hz
Frequency limits 45 - 65 Hz Voltage threshold settings DIP 4 10% / 20% of Nominal voltage
Power consumption < 10 W Frequency threshold settings DIP 4 5% / 10% of nominal frequency
5 - fixed (auto inhibit & DC fire input, position Voltage and frequence Hysteresis (fixed) NEƃ4ƃ%
Inputs
indication I-0-II) Other settings
Outputs 4 - fixed (position control I-0-II & genset start) 0DT dead-band timer DIP 5 0/2s
Impulse withstand 6/4 kV(2) FT Source 1 and 2 fail timer DIP 6 3 / 10s
Overvoltage category CAT 3 RT Source 1 and 2 return timer DIP 7&8 0 (3s) / 3 / 10 / 30 min
Mechanical characteristics Source priority DIP 2 Priority source 1 / No priority
Weight 845 gr Position Output signal DIP 3 Impulse / Maintained
Door cutout 138 x 92 mm (1) 200 VAC in contactor mode.
Operating temperature -25 … +70°C (2) 6 kV tested between phases of a different source and 4 kV tested between phases of a the
Communications same source.
Interface type RS485. 2 to 3 half duplex wires

Protocol ,.#!42134
Baudrate 2400-38400
Terminals
70 71 72 73 F1 F2 63A 64A NC NC 35 36 37 52 54 51
C I II 0 - +
DC
INPUTS FIRE CTRL RS485 GENSET
INPUT OUTPUT
1 2 3 4 7
9
1. Switch position inputs
CONTROL SIGNAL 2. DC fire input (forces 0 & inhibit)
OUTPUTS 3. Control inputs
8 5 6 5 4. RS485 communication
5. DPS input (source 1 and 2)
atysc_003_b_1_en_cat
10 SOURCE 2 SOURCE 1 SOURCE 2 DPS SOURCE 1

6. DPS output to motor
7. Genset NO/NC output
82 81 17 16 15 14 206 205 204 203 106 105 104 103 201 202 301 302 101 102 8. Voltage sensing S1 & S2
+ - COM 0 I II L3 L2 L1 N L3 L2 L1 N L1 N L1 N L1 N 9. Control outputs to transfer device
DC 10. DC aux power supply (for optional use)

ATyS C35
ATS Controller
digital functions
Transfer switches
The solution for
new > ATS panels

> Compact transfer enclosures
> Simple ATS controls
atysc_047.eps
ATyS C35
Strong points
> Self-supplied from sensing

Function circuit
ATyS C35 is an ATS controller with a display screen and communication functionality. It is > Integrated AC
specifically designed to pilot Socomec remotely operated transfer switches, such as ATyS r, Double Power Supply
ATyS S and ATyS dM, and can also function with other brands using switch based, contactor > RS485 Communications
based or circuit breaker based remote transfer switches. > Multiple mounting options
> LCD Display
ATyS C35 ensures the automatic or remote transfer in open transition from one source to
another with programmable thresholds and timers. This controller also displays the information
that it collects from the network and switch both on screen as well as on the LED synoptic,
enabling users to keep track of the installation status.
> IEC 61010-2-201
> IEC 60947-6-1
Advantages
> GB/T 14048.11
Flexible space saving Flexible configuration options Annex C
The ATyS C35 controller can be mounted on • Programmable thresholds and timers.
either a DIN rail or to the panel door, offering • 3 programmable inputs.
flexibility and optimising space. • Functional with PC, CB or CC. Compatible with
Cost-effective Display and communications

The ATyS C35 has an integrated DPS, for • Displays voltages, frequencies and phase
supplying the motorisation of the switch, and angle.
can be door mounted, therefore there’s no • Timer counters displayed on screen.
need for an external DPS or display, reducing
• RS485 Modbus communications for
installation time and costs.
monitoring and programming.
ATyS r
Transfer Switching Equipment
• Self-powered from sensing. • Voltage sensing on all phases.
• Voltage supply range (184 - 300 VAC). • Three-phase + Neutral &
• DC aux power supply (for optional use). Single-phase + Neutral networks.
• Main/Main or Main/Genset networks. • Phase rotation checking.
• Programmable inputs. • Door or DIN rail mounting.
• RS485 Modbus communication.
References
ATyS C35 – ATS controller 1600 0035

ATyS C35
ATS Controller
digital functions

1. Controller status indication. 106
2. Configuration dip-switches. 144 12
3. Dashboards / Test on Load (3s).
1 4. Position orders (in Manual).
5. Auto/Manu mode selector.
2
96
92
6 6. Mimic panel. 5
atysc_0xxx_a.ai
3
4
138
atysc_001_b_1_x_cat.ai
Characteristics
Electrical characteristics Mechanical characteristics
AC operating limits 184 (1) - 300 VAC Weight 845 gr
Optional DC supply 10-30 VDC Door cutout 138 x 92 mm
Frequency limits 45 - 65 Hz Operating temperature -25 … +70°C
Power consumption < 10 W Communications
Inputs 4 fixed 3 programmable Interface type RS485. 2 to 3 half duplex wires
Outputs 4 fixed - 1 programmable(3) Protocol MODBUS RTU
External DPS max current (240 VAC) 6A AC1 - 1.5A AC15 Baud rate 2400-38400
(2)
Impulse withstand 6/4 kV (1) 200 VAC in contactor mode.
Overvoltage category CAT 3 (2) 6 kV tested between phases of a different source and 4 kV tested between phases of a the
same source.
(3) Only in main-main mode.
Terminals
70 71 72 73 F1 F2 91 92 93 94 35 36 37 52 54 51
C I II 0 - +
DC
INPUTS FIRE CTRL RS485 GENSET
INPUT OUTPUT
1 2 3 4 7
9
1. Switch position inputs
CONTROL SIGNAL 2. DC fire input (forces 0 & inhibit)
OUTPUTS 3. Control inputs
8 5 6 5 4. RS485 communication
5. DPS input (source 1 and 2)
atysc_003_d_1_en_cat
10 SOURCE 2 SOURCE 1 SOURCE 2 DPS SOURCE 1

6. DPS output to motor
7. Genset NO/NC output
82 81 17 16 15 14 13 206 205 204 203 106 105 104 103 201 202 301 302 101 102 8. Voltage sensing S1 & S2
+ - COM 0 I II L3 L2 L1 N L3 L2 L1 N L1 N L1 N L1 N 9. Control outputs to transfer device
DC 10. DC aux power supply (for optional use)

ATyS C55
ATS Controller
smart functions
Transfer switches
The solution for
> Commercial buildings

> Applications:
- Genset/Genset
- Network/Genset
- Network/Network
- External/portable systems
@SXRB>>EQNMS DOR
ATyS C55
Strong points
Function
> Smart commissioning
ATyS C55 is a complete ATSE controller that can be used to pilot a remotely operated transfer
switch of any technology: motorised switches (e.g. ATyS r, ATyS S or ATyS d M), circuit > Intuitive use
breakers or contactors. ATyS C55 ensure the automatic or remotely controlled transfer from > Hi-resolution LCD screen
one source to another, with configurable timers and thresholds, for any combination of sources:
ŰSQ@MRENQLDQRSQ@MRENQLDQ@MCFDMRDSNQFDMRDSR
Advantages > IEC 61010-2-201
Fast commissioning Clear visualisation and operation > IEC 60947-6-1
On initial power up, the ATyS C55’s smart • High-resolution LCD screen with clear > GB/T 14048.11
wizard will guide the operator through the defined messages. Annex C
commissioning process. • Real-time pop-ups to show timers, alarms,
faults and information alerts.
Communication gateways
Versatile • Quick and easy access to main functions
The ATyS C55 is compatible with contactors, through the front face with direct key input.
breakers and switches. It can also work for • Complete configuration can be achieved
all type of 2-source applications combining through the front face or via software
mains and gensets. (EasyConfig).
DIRIS Digiware M-70 & D-70
• Self-powered from sensing. • Main/Main, Main/Genset
• Wide voltage range (88-576VAC). and Genset/Genset applications.
Compatible with
• 24 VDC aux power supply (for optional use). • Easyconfig configuration software.
• 2 latching relays. • RS485 Modbus communication.
• Smart commissioning wizard. • $SGDQMDS2-,/! "MDSTRHMF#(1(2,
• IP65 degree of protection with gasket gateways. Includes Webserver.
(accessory). • #(1(2#HFHV@QD#F@SDV@XB@MAD
• K@QLR@MC$UDMSR utilised as a remote display for multiple
3X2""BNMSQNKKDQRSGD# ATyS r Double power supply
• 6 fully configurable I/O. Transfer Switching DPS Optional for use
also provides Ethernet, SNMP & BACnet
• Genset scheduler. Equipment with ATyS r, breakers
connectivity. and contactors without
• Door or back plate mounting.
integrated DPS
References
ATyS C55 – ATS controller (includes mounting kits) 1600 0055
IP65 gasket for door cut-out 1609 0001
#(1(2#HFHV@QD,LTKSHOQNSNBNK$SGDQMDSF@SDV@X 4829 0221
#(1(2#HFHV@QD#LTKSHONHMSCHROK@X$SGDQMDSNTSOTS 4829 0204
#(1(2#HFHV@QD,BNLLTMHB@SHNMF@SDV@XENQ$SGDQMDS6DARDQUDQ 4829 0222
#(1(2#HFHV@QD#BNLLTMHB@SHNMF@SDV@XENQ$SGDQMDS6DARDQUDQ@MCLTKSHOQNCTBSCHROK@X 4829 0203
Double power supply - DPS 1599 4001
(1) The gasket provides an IP65 seal between the controller and the panel door; the front face (display & keys) is IP65 as standard.

ATyS C55
ATS Controller
smart functions

10 1 #@RGAN@QCCHROK@XR 64
2. Navigation keypad. 240
14
3. Mimic LED indication.
9 4. Lamp test button / LED info.
2
5. AUTO mode select.
3 6. TEST button.
4 7. CONTROL mode select.
8. Position orders
180
158
5
(only in CONTROL mode).
@SXRB>W
9. Inhibit and communication

indication.
7 8 6
'HQDR+"#RBQDDM
218
@SXRB>>@>>W>B@S @H
Characteristics
AC operating limits 5 " Weight FQ
Optional DC supply 24 VDC Door cutout WLL
Frequency limits 45 - 65 Hz Protection degree IP65 with optional gasket
Power consumption 6 Operating temperature v
"
Inputs 6, fully programmable Communications
Outputs 6, fully programmable Interface type RS485. 2 to 3 half duplex wires
Output relays " Protocol MODBUS RTU
EMC classification Class A and B Baudrate OQNFQ@LL@AKDAOR
Impulse withstand 8/6 kV Display
Overvoltage category CAT 3 Screen resolution WOHWDKR
(1) 8 kV tested between phases of a different source and 6 kV tested between phases of a the Event recorder DUDMSR
same source.
Terminals
81 82 70 76 75 74 73 72 71 62 64 61 52 54 51 42 44 41 32 34 31 22 24 21 12 14 11
- + C IN6 IN5 IN4 IN3 IN2 IN1
USB DC
1 2
INPUTS OUT 6 OUT 5 OUT 4 OUT 3 OUT 2 OUT 1
3 4 5
9 RESET
8 BATTERY
1. Configuration USB
2. 24 VDC aux power supply
(for optional use)
3. 6 x inputs
4. 2 x latching relay outputs
7 6 5. 4 x relay outputs
@SXRB>>@>>W>B@S
6. Source sensing
RS485 SOURCE 2 SOURCE 1
7. RS485 communication
+ - NC L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3 N 8. Replaceable RTC battery
9. Hard reset button

ATyS C65
ATS Controller
connected functions
Transfer switches
The solution for
> Life safety

> Critical applications
> Transfer panels with ACB
atysc_020_front.eps
ATyS C65
Function
Strong points
ATyS C65 is an advanced ATSE controller offering all the functions of the ATyS C55 with
the addition of current, power & energy monitoring, increased I/O capacity and functions, > Advanced I/O functions
load shedding, lift control function, energy backup, increased number of events and alarms > Power monitoring
(measurement and combination alarms) and DIRIS Digiware module compatibility.
> Energy backup
Advantages
Fast commissioning Intuitive operation Conformity to standards
On initial power up, the ATyS C65’s smart • The high-resolution LCD screen provides
wizard will guide the operator through the several dashboards enabling easy monitoring > IEC 61010-2-201
commissioning process. of all parameters, including power and > IEC 60947-6-1
energy consumption of the loads.
> GB/T 14048.11
User customisable • The integrated energy backup provides Annex C
Front face LEDs, Load shedding, Genset transitional power to the product enabling
schedulers and the lift control signal are just status indication (switch position,
a few of the many customisable features timer status, fault notifications) and Communication gateways
@U@HK@AKDNM 3X2Ű" communication to remain active with no
supply present.
• Quick and easy access to main functions
through the front face with direct key input.
• Complete configuration can be achieved
through the front face or via software
(EasyConfig).
DIRIS Digiware M-70 & D-70
• Self-powered from sensing. • Multiple fully configurable timers, thresholds
• 6HCDUNKS@FDQ@MFDŰ5 " and I/O.
• Easyconfig configuration software.
Compatible with
• 5#"@TWONVDQRTOOKXENQNOSHNM@KTRD
• 2 latching relays. • Shock resistant IK08+.
• #HFHV@QD(.(.DWSDMRHNMTOSN • Digiware compatible (replaces U module).
ŰHMOTSR@MCNTSOTSR • Ethernet, SNMP, BACnet using DIRIS M-70
• /NVDQ$MDQFXLDSDQHMFVHSGŰ NQŰ gateway. Includes Webserver.
current transformers. • A DIRIS Digiware D-70 gateway can be
• Energy backup. used as a remote display for multiple ATyS r Double power supply
3X2Ű""BNMSQNKKDQRSGD# Transfer Switching DPS Optional for use
• IP65 degree of protection Equipment with ATyS r, breakers
(panel gasket included). also provides Ethernet, SNMP & BACnet and contactors without
connectivity. integrated DPS
• 3000 Alarms and Events.
References
ATyS C65 – ATS controller (includes mounting kits) and IP65 gasket 1600 0065
DIRIS Digiware M-50 multi-protocol Ethernet gateway 4829 0221
DIRIS Digiware D-50 multipoint display, Ethernet output 4829 0204
DIRIS Digiware M-70 communication gateway for Ethernet & Webserver 4829 0222
DIRIS Digiware D-70 communication gateway for Ethernet & Webserver and multi-product display 4829 0203
Double power supply - DPS 1599 4001

ATyS C65
ATS Controller
connected functions

1. Dashboard displays. 64
10 1 240
2. Navigation keypad. 14
3. Mimic LED indication.
4. Lamp test button / LED info.
9 2 5. AUTO mode select.
6. TEST button.
3
7. CONTROL mode select.
4
180
158
8. Position orders
5 (only in CONTROL mode).
@SXRB>W
9. Customisable LED.
10. Hi-res LCD screen.
7 8 6
218
@SXRB>>@>>W>B@S @H
Characteristics
AC operating limits 5 " Weight 1080 gr
Optional DC supply 5#" Door cutout WLL
Frequency limits 45 - 65 Hz Protection degree IP65
Power consumption < 10 W Operating temperature -30 … +70 ºC
Current transformers 1 or 5A Communications
Measurement type true RMS (TRMS) Interface type 12 SNG@KECTOKDWVHQDR
Inputs 6, fully programmable Protocol MODBUS RTU
Outputs 6, fully programmable Baudrate programmable 1200 - 115200 bps
Output relays 8 A AC15 Digiware bus RJ45 cable
(.$WSDMRHNM(. up to 30 inputs and 18 outputs Display
EMC classification class A and B Screen resolution WOHWDKR
Impulse withstand J5 (1) Event recorder 3000 events
Overvoltage category CAT 3 Energy backup up to 30 seconds
(1) 8 kV tested between phases of a different source and 6 kV tested between phases of a the same source.
Terminals
81 82 70 76 75 74 73 72 71 62 64 61 52 54 51 42 44 41 32 34 31 22 24 21 12 14 11
- + C IN6 IN5 IN4 IN3 IN2 IN1
USB DC
1 2
INPUTS OUT 6 OUT 5 OUT 4 OUT 3 OUT 2 OUT 1
3 4 5
11 RESET
10 BATTERY 1. Configuration USB

2. 5#"@TWONVDQ
supply (for optional use)
3. WHMOTSR
4. WK@SBGHMFQDK@XNTSOTSR
5. WQDK@XNTSOTSR
9 DIGIWARE 6. Source sensing
(110 - 480 ±20%)
7. RS485 communication
@SXRB>>@>>W>B@S
8. Current transformers
CT RS485 SOURCE 2 SOURCE 1 (1 or 5 A)
9. Digiware RJ45 connectors
GNDGND IN I3 I2 I1 + - NC L1 L2 L3 N L1 L2 L3 N 10. Replaceable RTC battery
8 7 6 11. Hard reset button

Transfer switches The UL product range
A range of manual or remotely operated transfer switches up to 1200 A
MTSE RTSE
(Manual) (Remotely operated)
SIRCOVER UL1008 ATyS UL1008

Manual Transfer Switching Equipment Motorised Transfer Switching Equipment
Typical applications
The ATyS UL 1008 range provides safe transfer for mains/genset and genset/genset applications.
Mains/Mains Mains/Genset Genset/Genset

atys-ul_005_b_1_cat
atys-ul_006_b_1_cat
atys-ul_007_b_1_cat
ATyS ATyS ATyS

The UL product range
Function SOCOMEC UL products

ATYS and SIRCOVER UL 1008 transfer switching equipment ensure: The ATYS UL is a full load break transfer switch where the main
• Maintenance free transfer switching equipment with a robust and switching components are from proven technology devices
reliable design. (SIRCOVER - Manual Transfer Switches) also fulfilling requirements
• Power control and safety between a normal and an alternate source. in UL 98 and IEC 60947-3 standards. The transfer is done in open
transition with a minimum supply interruption during transfer ensuring
• Integrated and robust switch disconnection.
full compliance with UL 1008 and IEC 60947-6-1 international TSE
• A stable OFF position with integrated padlocking to facilitate safe
standards.
downstream maintenance.
• Positive break indication with clear visible position indication I - 0 - II.
As a stand-alone product, the ATyS is a non-automatic power transfer
• An inherent failsafe mechanical interlock prevents asynchronous
switch (an electrically operated transfer switch that is not self-acting),
paralleling of the two sources.
generally used in applications where the load is non-emergency, does
• Stable positions (I – 0 – II) non-affected by typical vibration and not require automatic transfer and where operating persons can be
shock. made available to initiate the transfer.
• Constant pressure on the contacts non affected by network voltage The electrical control of the ATyS UL may be direct through push-
perturbation. buttons and dry contacts fitted onto the enclosure door or through a
• Quick, easy and extremely safe manual operation. dedicated local or remote ATS controller.
Further to the above the ATyS also includes: Your preferred brand of ATS controller, genset / AMF controller or
• A simple and secure motorisation remote controls interface. power / building management system, may easily be paired with the
• Integrated switch position auxiliary contacts. ATyS to provide a complete automatic transfer switch to suit your
• An active “product availability” status feedback. needs.
• Compatibility with virtually any make of ATS, AMF and Genset
controller provided with volt-free contacts. ATyS have three stable positions (I-0-II) which can be selected
remotely, via volt-free contacts, or directly, through use of the
Power supply continuity for most electrically controlled total emergency operation handle; emergency operation requires no supply
system optional standby power applications. to be present. The OFF position provides disconnection of both
supplies ensuring downstream isolation for safe maintenance.
UL Applications
ATYS UL 1008 transfer switches are rated from 100 to 1200 A and designed for use in total system optional standby power applications for
the safe transfer of a load supply between a normal and an alternate source.
Optional standby systems are those systems installed to provide an alternate source of power for structures for which a power outage could
cause discomfort or interruption or damage to products or processes.

Energy measurement
& management
Integrated technologies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 224
Measurement and monitoring system for electrical installations AC selection guide p. 226
Active energy meters and pulse concentrators selection guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 272
Multifunction meters selection guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 292
Current transformers selection guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 328
Software solutions selection guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 344
Multi-circuit metering & measurement Current sensors

DIRIS Digiware AC
AC current sensors
DIRIS Digiware D DIRIS Digiware C DIRIS Digiware M TE, TR, iTR, TF
p. 258
p. 232 p. 238 p. 242
Quality analyser
DIRIS Digiware U DIRIS Digiware S DIRIS Digiware I
p. 248 p. 250 p. 254
',5,6b'LJLZDUH'& DIRIS Q800

p. 324
Measurement devices
DIRIS Digiware R-60 DIRIS Digiware IO
p. 266 p. 270
Current
transformers
Single-circuit metering, measurement & analysis 5 to 6000 A
p. 330
COUNTIS E MULTIS L50

p. 288 p. 274
DIRIS A DIRIS B
p. 294 p. 316
Software suite
Embedded web server &RQðJXUDWLRQVRIWZDUH
WEBVIEW (DV\&RQðJ6\VWHP
p. 346 p. 348

Integrated technologies
Groundbreaking technologies for greater simplicity and performance
Multi-circuit metering
& measurement
PreciSense Virtual,NMHSNQ AutoCorrect

Products that are setting new standards The simple and cost-saving solution Software elimination
in measurement accuracy for monitoring your protective devices of wiring errors
The PreciSense technology ensures 3GD5HQST@K,NMHSNQSDBGMNKNFXDM@AKDR@M 3GD TSN"NQQDBSSDBGMNKNFXDMRTQDRSG@S

ŰQDKH@AKD@BBTQ@BX@BQNRRSGDFKNA@K @CU@MBDCLNMHSNQHMFNEOQNSDBSHUDCDUHBDR SGDLD@RTQDLDMSHROQNODQKXVHQDC@S@KK
LD@RTQDLDMSBG@HM @S@KKKDUDKRVHSGHMSGDDKDBSQHB@KHMRS@KK@SHNM SHLDRSGTR@UNHCHMFNMRHSDHMSDQUDMSHNMR
!DFT@Q@MSDDCNESGD@BBTQ@BXNEXNTQ 5HQST@K,NMHSNQ TSN"NQQDBSDMRTQDRSGDNODQ@SHNMNESGD

LD@RTQDLDMSR • CDSDBSRSGDONRHSHNM@MCRS@STR OQNODQLD@RTQHMFRXRSDLSG@MJRSNRHLOKD
• ENQSGDFKNA@KLD@RTQDLDMSBG@HM NESGDOQNSDBSHUDCDUHBD @MCQ@OHCCDSDBSHNMNEVHQHMFDQQNQR
• ENQQDKH@AKDLD@RTQDLDMSR • CDSDBSRHESGDAQD@JDQG@RSQHOODC • @TSNL@SHBVHQHMFBNMSQNKUNKS@FDBTQQDMS
• ENQQDKDU@MSBNQQDBSHUD@BSHNMR • CNTMSRSGDMTLADQNENODQ@SHNMR OG@RD@RRNBH@SHNM
@MCSQHOR • BNQQDBSHNMNEDQQNQRVHSG@RHMFKDBKHBJ
/QDBH2DMRDNEEDQRSGDADRS@BBTQ@BXNMSGD • ED@STQD@U@HK@AKDNEEKN@C
L@QJDSQDF@QCKDRRNESGDSXODNEBTQQDMS 5HQST@K,NMHSNQSDBGMNKNFXLNMHSNQR
RDMRNQRTRDCRNKHCBNQDROKHSBNQDEKDWHAKDNQ SGDRS@STRNEOQNSDBSHUDCDUHBDR $QQNQBNQQDBSHNMR@QDB@QQHDCNTSVHSGNTS
DLADCCDCHMSGD#(1(2#HFHV@QDŰ2LNCTKD • .MXNTQDMSHQDDKDBSQHB@KHMRS@KK@SHNM @MXOGXRHB@KLNCHEHB@SHNMSNSGDVHQHMF
VHSGNTS@CCHSHNM@KRO@BD
• 1DLNSDKX@MCHMQD@KSHLD
• 6HSGNTS@CCHSHNM@KG@QCV@QDNQVHQHMF
VHSGNTS@CCHMF@TWHKH@QXBNMS@BSR
#HRBNUDQSGDUHCDN #HRBNUDQSGDUHCDN #HRBNUDQSGDUHCDN
28#(5>>

Groundbreaking technologies for greater simplicity and performance
/QDBH2DMRD5HQST@K,NMHSNQ@MC TSN"NQQDBSSDBGMNKNFHDR@QDDLADCCDC

HM2NBNLDBRONVDQLNMHSNQHMFRNKTSHNMR
Power metering and monitoring system for AC electrical installations
• #(1(2#HFHV@QD2VHSGHSRHMSDFQ@SDCRDMRNQR@MC#(1(2#HFHV@QD(@RRNBH@SDCVHSGH31RDMRNQR
#(1(2#6> /2#
Multifunction meters
• #(1(2 VHSGH31RDMRNQR
#(1(2> /2#
3.1$> $/2
3.1$> $/2
3.1$> /2#

Multi-circuit power monitoring Selection guide
Power monitoring system AC
DIRIS Digiware AC
Build your own AC system
System interface, displays and gateways Voltage Current acquisition

(24 VDC) acquisition module with integrated
module sensors
or or + +
DIRIS Digiware D DIRIS Digiware M DIRIS Digiware C DIRIS DIRIS

display gateway RS485 interface Digiware U Digiware S
Digital and analogue

Current acquisition modules Current sensors
input/output modules
+ + +
DIRIS DIRIS DIRIS TE TR/iTR TF

DIRIS
Digiware I-3x Digiware I-4x Digiware I-6x Solid Split-core Flexible
Digiware IO
3 inputs 4 inputs 6 inputs
Find the best DIRIS Digiware configuration!
3GD2NBNLDB,DSDQ2DKDBSNQHRXNTQCHFHS@K@RRHRS@MSGDKOHMFXNTEHMCSGDADRS#(1(2Ű#HFHV@QD
configuration for your power monitoring projects, and all in just a few clicks!
• Fill in information regarding your project.
• Download the system diagram and bill of material.
• All your projects are archived in your personal account.

Selection guide
DIRIS Digiware AC
Control and power supply interface
Application Centralisation and display of data Data centralisation Repeater
DIRIS Digiware D-50 D-70 M-50 M-70 C-31 C-32

p. 232 p. 232 p. 242 p. 242 p. 238 p. 238
Function
Centralising measurement points • • • • •
High-resolution LCD display (configuration, selection and visualisation display of circuits) • •
Repeater •
Power supply
24 VDC • • • • • •
Communication
RS485 Modbus Input/Output Input/Output Input/Output Input/Output Output
Digiware bus • • • • • •
Bluetooth • • • •
Modbus TCP Modbus TCP Modbus TCP Modbus TCP
Ethernet BACnet IP BACnet IP BACnet IP BACnet IP
SNMP SNMP SNMP SNMP
Embedded web server WEB-CONFIG WEBVIEW-M WEB-CONFIG WEBVIEW-M
Voltage acquisition module
Application Metering Analysis
DIRIS Digiware U U-10 U-30

p. 248 p. 248
Multi-measurement
U12, U23, U31, V1, V2, V3, f • •
U system, V system •
Ph/N unbalance •
Ph/Ph unbalance •
Quality analysis
THDv1, THDv2, THDv3, THDu12, THDu23, THDu31 •
Crest factors V1, V2, V3, U12, U23, U31 •
Individual harmonics U & V (up to 63rd) •
Voltage dips, interruptions and swells (EN50160) •
Alarms
On threshold •
History
Average values •
Format
Width/number of modules 18 mm / 1 18 mm / 1

Selection guide
DIRIS Digiware AC
Current acquisition modules
Application Metering Analysis Monitoring Analysis Metering
DIRIS Digiware I I-30 I-31 I-35 I-43 I-45 I-60 I-61

p. 254 p. 254 p. 254 p. 254 p. 254 p. 254 p. 254
Number of current inputs 3 3 3 4 4 6 6

Metering
± kWh, ± kvarh, kVAh • • • • • • •
Load curves • • • •
Multi-tariff • • • •
Multi-measurement
I1, I2, I3, In, ȭP, ȭQ, ȭS, ȭPF • • • • • • •
P, Q, S, PF per phase • • • • •
Predictive power • •
Current unbalance (Inba, Idir, Iinv, Ihom, Inb) • •
Phi, cos Phi, tan Phi • •
Quality
THDi1, THDi2, THDi3, THDin • • •
Individual harmonics I (up to 63rd) • •
Crest factors l1, l2, l3, ln • •
Overcurrents • •
Alarms
On threshold • •
Inputs/outputs 2/2 2/2
History
Average values • •
Format
Width/number of modules 18 mm / 1 18 mm / 1 18 mm / 1 27 mm / 1.5 27 mm / 1.5 36 mm / 2 36 mm / 2

Selection guide
DIRIS Digiware AC
Current acquisition module with integrated sensors
S-130 S-135
DIRIS Digiware S
p. 250 p. 250
Number of current inputs 3 3

Basic current Ib 10 A 10 A
Maximum current Imax 63 A 63 A
1P + N 1P + N
Load type accepted 2P / 2P + N 2P / 2P + N
3P / 3P + N 3P / 3P + N
Metering
± kWh, ± kvarh, kVAh • •
Multi-tariff (max 8) •
Load curves •
Multi-measurement
I1, I2, I3, In, ȭP, ȭQ, ȭS, ȭPF • •
P, Q, S, PF per phase •
Predictive power •
Current unbalance (Inba, Inb, Idir, Iinv, Ihom) •
Phi, cos Phi, tan Phi •
Quality
THDi1, THDi2, THDi3, THDin •
Individual harmonics I (up to 63rd) •
Crest factors U, V, I •
K factor •
Overcurrents •
Alarms
Thresholds and combinations •
Load level
Wiring errors •
Protective device •
Trends
Average values •
Format
Width 54 mm 54 mm

Selection guide
DIRIS Digiware AC
Current sensors
Solid-core current sensors
Suitable for new installations

match the pitch of protective
devices
TE-18 TE-25 TE-35 TE-45 TE-55 TE-90

p. 258 p. 258 p. 258 p. 258 p. 258 p. 258
Nominal current In (A) 5 … 2000 5 … 20 25 … 63 40 … 160 63 … 250 160 … 630 400 … 1000 600 … 2000
Real range covered (A) 0.1 … 2400 0.1 … 24 0.5 … 75.6 0.8 … 192 1.26 … 300 3.2 … 756 8 … 1200 12 … 2400
Aperture (mm) Ø 8.4 Ø 8.4 13.5 x 13.5 21 x 21 31 x 31 41 x 41 64 x 64

Dimensions (mm) 28 x 20 x 45 28 x 20 x 45 25 x 32.5 x 65 35 x 32.5 x 71 45 x 32.5 x 86 55 x 32.5 x 100 90 x 126 x 24.6
Connection RJ12 RJ12 RJ12 RJ12 RJ12 RJ12 RJ12
For currents above 2000 A, the 5A / RJ12 adapter provides compatibility with 1A or 5A secondary CTs.
Split-core current sensors
Suitable for existing installations
TR / iTR-10 TR / iTR-14 TR / iTR-21 TR / iTR-32

p. 262 p. 262 p. 262 p. 262
Nominal current In (A) 25 … 600 25 … 63 40 … 160 63 … 250 160 … 600
Real range covered (A) 0.5 … 720 0.5 ... 90 0.64 ... 120 1.26 ... 200 4 ... 720
Aperture (mm) Ø 10 Ø 14 Ø 21 Ø 32
Dimensions (mm) 26 x 44 x 28 29 x 67 x 28 37 x 65 x 43 53 x 86 x 47
Connection RJ12 RJ12 RJ12 RJ12
For currents above 600 A, the 5A / RJ12 adapter provides compatibility with 1A or 5A secondary CTs.
Flexible current sensors
Suitable for existing installations

with space constraints or
with high currents
TF-40 TF-55 TF-80 TF-120 TF-200 TF-300 TF-600

p. 264 p. 264 p. 264 p. 264 p. 264 p. 264 p. 264
Nominal current In (A) 100 … 6000 140 … 400 150 ... 600 150 … 600 400 ... 2000 600 … 4000 1600 … 6000 1600 … 6000
Real range covered (A) 2 … 7200 2 … 480 3 ... 720 3 … 720 8 ... 2400 12 ... 4800 32 … 7200 32 … 7200
Aperture (mm) Ø 40 Ø 55 Ø 80 Ø 120 Ø 200 Ø 300 Ø 600

Connection RJ12 RJ12 RJ12 RJ12 RJ12 RJ12 RJ12

Selection guide
DIRIS Digiware AC
Input/output modules
Application Metering / monitoring / control
IO-10 IO-20
DIRIS Digiware IO
p. 270 p. 270
Number of digital inputs/outputs 4/2

Number of analogue inputs 2
Format

Multi-circuit power monitoring DIRIS Digiware D
Multipoint display and communication gateway
for the DIRIS Digiware system
The solution for
> Industry
> Building
> Infrastructure
> Data centers
diris-dw_151
DIRIS Digiware D-50/D-70
Centralisation and display of data
Configuration
with Easy Config System.
Strong points
> Plug & Play

Function > Multi-circuit
DIRIS Digiware D-50 and D-70 remote The D-50 and D-70 displays also offer: > Embedded Web server
displays allow a local visualisation of the - Bluetooth connectivity for collecting and > Cyber security
data from DIRIS Digiware modules and and viewing data from environmental sensors > Advanced Connectivity
concentrate the 24 VDC power supply and - the memory extension of the connected > Email notifications
communication in a single point. devices,
The D-50 and D-70 also act as an Ethernet - Automatic export of data to an FTP(S) server,
gateway for all products connected to the - notification by email in the event of an alarm
Digiware bus or the RS485 bus and have Compliance with standards
on one of the connected products (SMTPS),
an embedded web server for configuring
- automatic time setting of all system products
network parameters and remote viewing of > IEC 62974-1
via SNTP.
measurement data. (Serveur d’énergie)
> IEC 62443

(Cyber sécurité)
Advantages
Plug & Play Multi-circuit
• Digiware and RS485 to Ethernet direct gateway Possibility of displaying the measurement data > UL 61010
• Auto detection of connected products. Easy of up to 196 feeders on the same screen. Easy Guide FTRZ/PICQ
setup circuit selection, navigation and data display with Fichier E257746
• 24 VDC SELV (Safety Extra Low Voltage) 10 direct-access capacitive buttons.
power supply
> FCC
Advanced connectivity
> IC
Embedded web server • Ethernet output for communication using
A WEB-CONFIG is integrated into the D-50 multiple protocols: Modbus TCP, BACnet IP
display to configure the communication and SNMP v1, v2, v3 (encrypted) to suit any
power metering and monitoring application. Create your project
architecture. WEBVIEW-M is integrated into the
D-70 display and available without license fees to • Possibility of RS485 slave configuration, for
example to communicate measurement data > Find the best DIRIS Digiware
view measurements and consumption remotely.
to a 2nd PLC. configuration:
www.meter-selector.com
Cyber security
The D-50 and D-70 displays integrate advanced Email notifications
cyber security functions compliant with the IEC The D-50/D-70 display can send e-mail
62443 standard to guarantee the confidentiality, notifications in the event of an alarm.
integrity and availability of data and reduce the
risk of cyber attacks:
- personalised security policy (blocking or
restriction of certain protocols and services),
- secure browsing in HTTPS by setting up TLS/
SSL certificates,
- push data transfer (FTPS, SMTPS),
- setting up a firewall and whitelist rules to guard
against denial of service attacks.

DIRIS Digiware D
Application Control and power supply interface
DIRIS Digiware D-50 D-70 D-50 Bluetooth D-70 Bluetooth

Digiware input • • • •
RS485 input • • • •
RS485 output • • • •
Modbus Modbus Modbus Modbus
Ethernet output BACnet IP BACnet IP BACnet IP BACnet IP
SNMP v1, v2, v3 SNMP v1, v2, v3 SNMP v1, v2, v3 SNMP v1, v2, v3
Bluetooth • •
Webserver WEB-CONFIG WEBVIEW-M WEB-CONFIG WEBVIEW-M
Functions
WEBVIEW-M
Embedded web server in the DIRIS Digiware D-70 display
WEBVIEW-M allows the display and remote monitoring of all the electric parameters measured
by up to 32 devices. They are displayed in the form of overview screens, graphs or tables for
clear and user-friendly analysis.
soft_073_b
Access to WEBVIEW is made by a web browser on a PC or tablet and offers multiple features
such as the automatic export of data via FTPS or e-mail notification in the presence of alarms
2,3/2 Ű
The Photoview application is available via the WEBVIEW interface embedded in the
#(1(2Ű#HFHV@QD#CHROK@X (S@KKNVRSGDCHROK@XNEDKDBSQHB@KPT@MSHSHDRNM@BTRSNLHRDC
background picture such as a cabinet, a wiring diagram or the map of a site.
Accessories
DIN rail mounting kit
The accessory allows you to install the
DIRIS Digiware D-50/D-70 display on a
#(-ŰQ@HK
This kit is not included with the displays and
must be ordered separately.
diris-dw_162_a.psd

DIRIS Digiware D
Dimensions (mm)
DIRIS Digiware D-50 / D-70
diris-dw_037_b_1_x_cat
92
92 31 16
Configuration
Equipment consumption Calculation rules for the max. number of products on the Digiware Bus
Product Power delivered (W) Power consumed (W) 3GDSNS@KONVDQBNMRTLDCAXSGDDPTHOLDMSBNMMDBSDCSNSGD#HFHV@QD!TR
Power supply must not exceed the power from the 24 VDC supply.
The power supply must not exceed 20 W/70 °C or 27 W/40 °C.
P15 100-240 VAC / 24 VDC 15
Size with P15 power supply (ref: 4829 0120) delivering 15 W
P30 100-240 VAC / 24 VDC 20
For example, it is possible to use
Cables • 1 DIRIS Digiware D-50 display (2.5 W)
50 metre package 1.5 • 1 DIRIS Digiware voltage module U-xx (0.72 W)
System interfaces • 50 metres of cable (1.5 W)
DIRIS Digiware D-50 / D-70 2.5 and
DIRIS Digiware C-31 0.8 • 19 DIRIS Digiware current modules I-3x (19 x 0.52 = 9.9 W)
Module voltage ‫ ۇ‬Total power = 14.845 W
or
DIRIS Digiware U-xx 0.72
• 9 DIRIS Digiware current modules I-4x (9 x 1.125 = 10.125 W)
DIRIS Digiware U-3xdc 0.6 ‫ۇ‬Total power = 14.345 W.
Current modules Size with a 24 VDC power supply delivering a maximum of 20 W
DIRIS Digiware I-3x 0.52 (Power supply P30 ref: 4729 0603)
DIRIS Digiware I-4x 1.125 For example, it is possible to use
DIRIS Digiware I-6x 0.7 • 1 DIRIS Digiware D-50 display (2.5 W)
DIRIS Digiware I-3xdc • 1 DIRIS Digiware voltage module U-xx (0.72 W)
2
(+ 3 DC current sensors) • 50 metres of cable (1.5 W)
DIRIS Digiware S-xx 0.35 and
Input/output modules • 29 DIRIS Digiware current modules I-3x (29 x 0.52 = 15.1 W)
DIRIS Digiware IO-10/IO-20 0.5 ‫ ۇ‬Total power = 19.82 W
Repeater or
• 13 DIRIS Digiware current modules I-4x (13 x 1.125 = 14.625)
DIRIS Digiware C-32 1.5
‫ ۇ‬Total power = 19.345 W.
Repeater
6GDMDUDQSGDONVDQBNMRTLOSHNMHRGHFGDQSG@M 6NQSGDCHRS@MBDHRFQD@SDQSG@M L@#(1(2#HFHV@QD"QDOD@SDQHRQDPTHQDC
In a DIRIS Digiware system, a maximum of 2 repeaters may be used.
100 m max 100 m max

or max. 20 W power consumption or max. 20 W power consumption
diris-dw_039_en
DIRIS Digiware U-xx I-3x C-32 I-3x

D-x0
24 VDC II-4x
4x 24 VDC II-4x
4x
power supply power supply

DIRIS Digiware D
Connections
RS485 slave mode
RS485 Digiware Ethernet
Ethernet
Digiware
Bus
LIYCY-CY
NC RS485
120 ź 120 ź
Digiware Bus
diris-dw_056_d_en_1_cat
SLAVE
SUPPLY
24 VDC
24 V
(20 W max)
24 VDC*
(20 W max)
DIRIS Digiware D
(*) 1A / 24 VDC fuse protection is recommended if the 24 VDC power supply is not provided by Socomec.
RS485 master mode

RS485 Digiware Ethernet
Ethernet
Ethernet
Digiware
Bus
diris-dw_104_c_1_en_cat.ai
LIYCY-CY
NC Digiware Bus
MASTER 24 VDC*
SUPPLY
(20 W max)
24 VDC DIRIS Digiware D
24 V
(20 W max) RS485

120 ź
(*) 1A / 24 VDC fuse protection is recommended if the 24 VDC power supply is not provided by SOCOMEC.

DIRIS Digiware D
Technical characteristics
Mechanical characteristics Environmental specifications
Type of screen Capacitive touch-screen technology, 10 keys Storage temperature -20 to +70 °C
Screen resolution 350 x 160 pixels Operating temperature -10 to +55 °C
Front panel protection index IP65 Humidity 95% at 40 °C
Communication Installation category,
CAT III, 2
Gateway function (D-50/D-70): degree of pollution
Modbus TCP Ports
Ethernet RJ45 10/100 Mbs
BACnet IP Digiware Input
SNMP v1, v2, v3
RS485 Input/Output
RJ45 Digiware Control and power supply interface function
Ethernet Output
Modbus RTU communication function
RS485 2-3 wires
Configurable as input or output
Upgrade and configuration via type B micro
USB
USB connector
Electrical characteristics
Power supply 24 VDC ±15 %
Power consumption 2.5 VA
Battery lifetime 10 years

DIRIS Digiware D
References
DIRIS Digiware Reference
D-50 Multipoint display, Ethernet & RS485 output + WEB-CONFIG 4829 0204
D-70 Multipoint display, Ethernet & RS485 output + WEBVIEW-M 4829 0203
D-50 Bluetooth Multipoint display, Ethernet & RS485 output + WEB-CONFIG + Bluetooth 4829 0206
D-70 Bluetooth Multipoint display, Ethernet & RS485 output + WEBVIEW-M + Bluetooth 4829 0207
Power supply Reference
P15 Power supply 100-240 VAC/ 24 VDC 15 W 4829 0120
Digiware connection cables Reference
Length 0.06 m 4829 0189
Length 0.10 m 4829 0181
Length 0.20 m 4829 0188
Length 0.50 m 4829 0182
Length 1 m 4829 0183
RJ45 cables for Digiware Bus
Length 2 m 4829 0184
Length 3 m 4829 0190
Length 5 m 4829 0186
Length 10 m 4829 0187
50 m reel + 100 connectors 4829 0185
Termination for Digiware Bus (supplied with interfaces D) 4829 0180
USB configuration cable 4829 0050
Accessories To be ordered in multiples of Reference
Repeater C-32 4829 0103
Fuse holder to protect voltage inputs (type RM) 1 pole + neutral 4 5701 0017
gG 10x38 0.5 A fuses 10 6012 0000
DIN rail mounting kit for D-50 and D-70 displays 1 4829 0230
Door mounting kit DIN 144 x 96 mm 4729 0290
IP 65 flexible cover for 144 x 96 mm door mounting frame 4729 0291
Expert Services
To ensure that you always have a functional and accurate Also, ideal for ISO 50001 sites (periodic verification):
energy monitoring system, Socomec offers many services: • Verification of measurement consistency at 3%
• Device integration • Verification of measurement accuracy to 0.2%
EXPERT • System audit
SERVICES For more information, consult your Socomec contact.
• Commissioning
• Training of your teams

Multi-circuit power monitoring DIRIS Digiware C-31
The solution for
> Industry
> Building
> Infrastructure
> Data centers
diris-dw_142
DIRIS Digiware C-31
Centralisation
Configuration
Strong points
> Compact
> 24 VDC SELV (Safety Extra
Function Low Voltage) power supply
For applications without a local display, DIRIS Digiware C-31 interface centralises all
measurements and communicates data over RS485 to an external software or PLC.
DIRIS Digiware C-31 interface is 24 VDC powered.
> IEC 61557-12
Advantages
Compact 24 VDC Safety Extra Low Voltage power supply
Centralise your measurement data on 1 module • No dangerous voltage,
without a local screen, for a complete system: • The power supply is transmitted to the whole > UL 61010
- single 24 VDC auxillary power supply, system by the Digiware bus. Guide FTRZ/PICQ
- a single RS485 communication. File E257746
Create your project
> Find the best DIRIS Digiware

configuration:

DIRIS Digiware C-31
Dimensions (mm)
90
diris-dw_062_a_1_x_cat
C-3x
44 15
18 65
Configuration
Equipment consumption Calculation rules for the max. number of products on the Digiware Bus
Product Power delivered (W) Power consumed (W) The total power consumed by the equipment connected to the Digiware Bus
Power supply must not exceed the power from the 24 VDC supply.
The power supply must not exceed 20 W/70 °C or 27 W/40 °C.
P15 100-240 VAC / 24 VDC 15
Size with P15 power supply (ref: 4829 0120) delivering 15 W
P30 100-240 VAC / 24 VDC 20
For example, it is possible to use
Cables • 1 DIRIS Digiware D-50 display (2.5 W)
50 metre package 1.5 • 1 DIRIS Digiware voltage module U-xx (0.72 W)
System interfaces • 50 metres of cable (1.5 W)
DIRIS Digiware D-50 / D-70 2.5 and
DIRIS Digiware C-31 0.8 • 19 DIRIS Digiware current modules I-3x (19 x 0.52 = 9.9 W)
Module voltage ‫ ۇ‬Total power = 14.845 W
or
DIRIS Digiware U-xx 0.72
• 9 DIRIS Digiware current modules I-4x (9 x 1.125 = 10.125 W)
DIRIS Digiware U-3xdc 0.6 ‫ۇ‬Total power = 14.345 W.
Current modules Size with a 24 VDC power supply delivering a maximum of 20 W
DIRIS Digiware I-3x 0.52 (Power supply P30 ref: 4729 0603)
DIRIS Digiware I-4x 1.125 For example, it is possible to use
DIRIS Digiware I-6x 0.7 • 1 DIRIS Digiware D-50 display (2.5 W)
DIRIS Digiware I-3xdc • 1 DIRIS Digiware voltage module U-xx (0.72 W)
2
(+ 3 DC current sensors) • 50 metres of cable (1.5 W)
DIRIS Digiware IO-10/IO-20 0.5 ‫ ۇ‬Total power = 19.82 W
Repeater or
‫ ۇ‬Total power = 19.345 W.
Repeater
Whenever the power consumption is higher than 20 W or the distance is greater than 100 m, a DIRIS Digiware C-32 repeater is required.
100 m max 100 m max

diris-dw_039_en
DIRIS Digiware U-xx I-3x C-32 I-3x

D-x0
24 VDC II-4x
4x 24 VDC II-4x
4x
power supply power supply

DIRIS Digiware C-31
Connections
DIRIS Digiware C-31
Power supply Digiware bus DIRIS Digiware C-31

Communication
RS485 24VDC
Supply
SUPPLY
DIGIWARE BUS
24 V
LIYCY-CY
NC
NC
RS485
RJ45
1 2
ON
Co
Com Supply
RS485 Modbus
RS 24VDC
DIRIS Digiware C-32
diris-dw_057_a_1_en_cat
Power supply Digiware bus
SUPPLY
7 mm 7 mm
DIGIWARE BUS
24 V
IN
RJ45
OUT
Electrical characteristics Mechanical features

Input voltage 24 VDC ± 20% - 20 W max Casing type DIN-rail mounting module and base
Connection Removable screw terminal block, 2 positions, Casing protection index IP20 / IK06
RSQ@MCDCNQRNKHC ŰLL£B@AKD Front panel protection index IP40 on the nose in modular assembly / IK06
P15 power supply Technical characteristics: 100-240 VAC/ 24 VDC - 0.63 A - 15 W
Modular format - Dimensions (H x L): 90 x 36 mm
Environmental specifications
Ambient operating temperature -10 to +70 °C
Communication specifications
Storage temperature -25 to +70 °C
Digiware Bus
Operating humidity 55 °C / 97% HR
Function Connection between DIRIS Digiware modules
Operating altitude < 2000 m
Cable type Specific SOCOMEC cable with RJ45 connections
RS485
Connection type 2 to 3 half duplex wires
Protocol Modbus RTU
Baudrate 9600 to 115 200 bauds
Function Data configuration and reading
Location Single-point on DIRIS Digiware C

DIRIS Digiware C-31
References
C-31 System interface - no display, RS485 output 4829 0101
C-32 Repeater 4829 0103
Expert Services
To ensure that you always have a functional and accurate Also, ideal for ISO 50001 sites (periodic verification):
energy monitoring system, Socomec offers many services: • Verification of measurement consistency at 3%
• Device integration • Verification of measurement accuracy to 0.2%
EXPERT • System audit
SERVICES For more information, consult your Socomec contact.
• Commissioning
• Training of your teams

DIRIS Digiware M
Multi-protocol communication gateways
The solution for

& measurement
> Data centre

> Building
> Industrial process
diris-dw_165.eps
DIRIS Digiware M-50 - M-70 gateway
Function
The DIRIS Digiware M-50 and M-70 The M-50 and M-70 gateways offer a wide Strong points
communication gateways are the access range of functionalities, including:
point for the DIRIS Digiware system, - Bluetooth connectivity to collect data from > Plug & Play
centralising the 24 VDC power supply and environmental sensors, > Advanced connectivity
communication in one single point. - memory extension for connected devices, > Embedded web server
The M-50 and M-70 act as the Ethernet - automatic export of logged consumption > Cyber security
gateway for all the devices connected on the and data to an FTP(S) server,
Digiware or RS485 bus, and integrate a web > (PDLO QRWLILFDWLRQV
- notification emails if there is an alarm on one
server to configure the network parameters of the connected devices (SMTPS), municatio
om
and to remotely display measurement data.
n
- automatic time synchronisation of all RJ45 (Digiware bus) cables
connected devices via SNTP. are available.
RJ45
Advantages
Plug & Play Cyber security Compliance with standards
• Direct Digiware and RS485 to Ethernet The M-50 and M-70 gateways include
gateway. advanced cyber security features following > IEC 62974-1
• Automatic detection of connected devices. the IEC 62443 referential to secure the (Energy Server)
• Easy setup. transmission of data and reduce the risk of
> IEC 62443
cyber attacks:
• Safety Extra Low Voltage 24 VDC power (Cyber security)
supply. - customised security policy (blocking or
restricting certain protocols and services),
- secured HTTPS navigation by uploading
Advanced connectivity
TLS/SSL certificates,
• Ethernet output for communication using > UL 61010
- secured data push (FTPS, SMTPS),
multiple protocols: Modbus TCP, BACnet IP Guide FTRZ/PICQ
@MC2-,/UUUŰDMBQXOSDCSNRTHS@MX - implementation of a Firewall and Whitelist
rules to guard against denial-of-service File E257746
metering and power monitoring application.
attacks.
• Possible to configure as RS485 slave to
communicate measurement data to a > FCC
second PLC, for example. Email notifications
> IC
The M-50/M-70 gateway can send email
Embedded web server notifications in case of an alarm.
A WEB-CONFIG is embedded in the M-50 Create your project
gateway to configure the communication
architecture. > Find the best
WEBVIEW-M is embedded in the M-70 ',5,6}'LJLZDUHFRQILJXUDWLRQ
gateway and available without license fees www.meter-selector.com
to visualise measurements and consumption
remotely.
• 24 VDC power supply.
• Modbus RTU/TCP, BACnet IP, SNMP v1, v2, v3 & Traps, HTTPS, FTPS, SMTPS, SNTP, DHCP.
• Up to 32 devices (max. 196 circuits) displayed.
• Free embedded web-based software.

DIRIS Digiware M
Application Multi-protocol communication gateway
DIRIS Digiware M M-50 M-70

Digiware bus input • •
RS485 Input/output (1) Input/output (1)
Ethernet output • •
Modbus RTU Modbus RTU
Modbus TCP Modbus TCP
Compatible protocols
BACnet IP BACnet IP
SNMP v1, v2, v3, Traps SNMP v1, v2, v3, Traps
Bluetooth • •
FTP(S) (automatic data export) • •
SMTP(S) (email notifications in case of alarm) • •
SNTP (time synchronisation) • •
Web Server WEB-CONFIG WEBVIEW-M
(1) The gateways can be configured as Modbus master (RS485 input) or slave (RS485 output).
Architecture
MEASURE COLLECT VISUALISE
Digiware bus Digiware bus
WEBVIEW-M
CO
UN
TIS
E Ci3
120 ź RS485
DIRIS B COUNTIS E DIRIS A
H
R
-T
DIRIS Digiware
B
M-50 / M-70
Ethernet
Digiware bus
CO
UN
TIS
E Ci3
DIRIS Digiware
H
R
-T
B
120 ź RS485
D-50 / D-70
DIRIS B COUNTIS E
Digiware bus
Pulse
H
DIRIS Digiware
R
-T
B
M-50 / M-70
diris-dw_169

DIRIS Digiware M
Embedded webserver
WEB-CONFIG (M-50)
The M-50 gateway includes a WEB-CONFIG allowing you to:
- configure the device hierarchy and data access,
- block or restrict access to certain peripherals, protocols or
services.
WEBVIEW-M (M-70)
In addition to the WEB-CONFIG, the M-70 gateway allows a
remote visualisation of data on the embedded WEBVIEW-M
software, available without licence fees.
• Real-time measurements.
• On-going and terminated alarms.
• Consumption curves and load curves per load or usage.
• Photoview: displays electrical parameters on a customised
background such as a site map, an electrical diagram or
a panel picture to provide an overview of your electrical
installation.
Data storage
These gateways extend the memory of connected devices so
you can log a year's worth of measurements, load curves and
consumption curves.

DIRIS Digiware M
Configuration
Device consumption Calculation rules for the max. number of devices on the Digiware bus
Device Power supplied (W) The total power consumed by the devices connected to the Digiware bus must
Power supply not exceed the power from the 24 VDC supply.
P15 100-240 VAC / 24 VDC 15 The power supply must not exceed 20 W / 70°C or 27 W / 40°C.
P30 100-240 VAC / 24 VDC 20 Size with P15 power supply (ref: 4829 0120) delivering 15 W
Device Power consumed (W) For example, it is possible to use
Cables • 1 DIRIS Digiware M-50 gateway (2.5 W)
50-metre package 1.5 • 1 DIRIS Digiware voltage module U-xx (0.72 W)
• 50 metres of cable (1.5 W)
6\VWHP LQWHUIDFHV
and
• 29 DIRIS Digiware current modules S-xx (29x 0.35 = 10.15 W)
DIRIS Digiware D-50/D-70 2.5 ➱ Total power = 14.87 W
DIRIS Digiware M-50/M-70 2.5 or
Voltage module • 9 DIRIS Digiware current modules I-4x (9 x 1.125 = 10.125 W)
DIRIS Digiware U-xx 0.72 ➱ Total power = 14.845 W.
DIRIS Digiware U-3xdc 0.6 Size with a 24 VDC power supply delivering a maximum of 20 W
Current modules (P30 ref. 4729 0603)
DIRIS Digiware I-3x 0.52 Possible options include:
DIRIS Digiware I-4x 1.125 • 1 DIRIS Digiware M-50 gateway (2.5 W)
DIRIS Digiware I-6x 0.7 • 1 DIRIS Digiware voltage module U-xx (0.72 W)
DIRIS Digiware I-3xdc (+ 3 DC current sensors) 2 • 50 metres of cable (1.5 W)
DIRIS Digiware IO-10/IO-20 0.5
➱ Total power = 19.8 W
or
Repeater
DIRIS Digiware C-32 1.5 ➱ Total power = 19.345 W.
Repeater
With power consumptions higher than 20 W or distances greater than 100 m, a DIRIS Digiware C-32 repeater is required.
100 m max 100 m max

diris-dw_172_b_1_en_cat.ai
DIRIS Digiware
U-xx I-3x
M-xx C-32 I-3x
24 VDC I-4x 24 VDC

power supply power supply I-4x

DIRIS Digiware M
Dimensions (in/mm)
Ø 0.24
Ø6
3.52
89.5
4.49
114
1.77
0.24
45
6
diris-dw_170_a_x.ai
3.5 1.97
89 50
2.56
65
Electrical characteristics Communication characteristics
Power supply 24 VDC ± 10 % - 20 W max Gateway function (M-50/M-70):
Power consumption 2.5 W Modbus TCP
Ethernet RJ45 10/100 Mbs
BACnet IP
Battery life 10 years SNMP v1, v2, v3, Traps
Mechanical characteristics Digiware bus
Casing type DIN-rail or back plate mounting Function 2 to 3 half duplex wires
Weight 166 g Cable type Specific Socomec cable with RJ45 connection
Protection degree IP40 on the nose in modular assembly RS485
Connection type 24 VDC +10 % / -20%
Environmental characteristics
Protocol Modbus RTU
Ambient operating temperature -10 … +55°C
9600 bds (max. 10 devices)
Storage temperature -25 … +70°C Baudrate
38400 bds - 115200 bds (max. 32 devices)
Operating humidity 95% at 40°C Communication with PMD and meters or energy
Function
Operating altitude < 2000 m management systems (in RS485 slave mode)
USB
Protocol Modbus RTU over USB
Function Configuration of gateway and connected PMDs/meters

DIRIS Digiware M
References
M-50 Multi-protocol Ethernet gateway 4829 0219
M-70 Multi-protocol Ethernet gateway with embedded WEBVIEW-M web server 4829 0220
M-50 Bluetooth Multi-protocol Ethernet gateway (with Bluetooth connectivity) 4829 0221
M-70 Bluetooth Multi-protocol Ethernet gateway with embedded WEBVIEW-M web server (with Bluetooth connectivity) 4829 0222
Power supply Reference
Digiware connection cables Reference
Length 0.06 m 4829 0189
Length 0.10 m 4829 0181
Length 0.20 m 4829 0188
Length 0.50 m 4829 0182
Length 1 m 4829 0183
RJ45 cables for Digiware bus
Length 2 m 4829 0184
Length 3 m 4829 0190
Length 5 m 4829 0186
Length 10 m 4829 0187
Terminal for Digiware bus (spare part ref. only as already supplied with M-50 and M-70 gateways) 4829 0180
Accessories Available for order in multiples of Reference
Fuse circuit breakers to protect voltage inputs (type RM) 1 pole + neutral 4 5701 0017
gG 10x38 0.5 A fuses 10 6012 0000
Expert Services
Need help to integrate this sytem in your network?

No problem for our "Expert Services" team. They will fully integrate all your SOCOMEC devices,
audit your system, commission selected equipment and train your staff on its use.
For further information, please contact your nearest SOCOMEC branch.

DIRIS Digiware Uac
The solution for

& measurement
> Industry
> Building
> Infrastructure
> Data center
diris-dw_005_a_cat
DIRIS Digiware U-10ac/U-20ac/ U-30ac
Strong points
Configuration
> 1 single voltage
measurement point for the
entire system
> Plug & Play
Function > Compact
The DIRIS Digiware Uac module measures voltage for the entire system. This pools together all om
municatio
n
voltage measurements. RJ45 (Digiware Bus) cables
The Digiware RJ45 Bus allows you to pass voltage measurements as well as power supply and are available.
RJ45
communication to all connected products.
Advantages Conformity to standards
• 1 single voltage measurement point for the • No hazardous voltage on cabinet doors. > IEC 61557-12
entire system. • Adapted to all types of network:
• Single point of protection for voltage single-phase, three-phase.
measuring.
• A complete, dedicated solution: > ISO 14025
- metering,
- monitoring voltage,
- quality analysis of the supplied voltage.
> UL
Create your project

configuration:

DIRIS Digiware Uac
Voltage measurement module

DIRIS Digiware Uac U-10ac U-30ac

Multi-measurement
U12, U23, U31, V1, V2, V3, f • •
U system, V system •
Ph/N unbalance •
Ph/Ph unbalance •
Quality analysis
THDv1, THDv2, THDv3, THDu12, THDu23, THDu31 •
Voltage dips, swells and interruptions (EN 50160) •
Alarms
On threshold •
History of average values
45 days (max) •
Format
Dimensions (mm) Specifications

DIRIS Digiware Uac Measuring characteristics
Voltage measurement - DIRIS Digiware Uac
Characteristics of the network
50-300 VAC (Ph/N) - 87-520 VAC (Ph/Ph) - CAT III
measured
Frequency range 45 … 65 Hz
Frequency accuracy Class 0.02
Network type Single-phase/ Two-phase / Two-phase with
neutral / Three-phase / Three-phase with neutral
Measurement by voltage Primary: 400 000 VAC
transformer 2DBNMC@QXŰ5 "
90
Input consumption 5

Permanent overload 300 VAC Ph/N
Accuracy of voltage measurement Class 0.2

Connection Removable screw terminal block, 4 positions,
RSQ@MCDCNQRNKHC v ŰLL£B@AKD
44 15 USB
18 65 Protocol Modbus RTU on USB
Function Configuration of DIRIS Digiware U and I modules
Location On each DIRIS Digiware U and I measurement module
Connection Type B micro USB connector
References
Digiware connection cables Reference DIRIS Digiware Reference
Length 0.06 m 4829 0189 U-10ac Metering 4829 0105
Length 0.10 m 4829 0181
U-30ac Analysis 4829 0102
+DMFSGŰ L 4829 0188
Length 0.50 m 4829 0182
RJ45 cables Length 1 m 4829 0183 To be ordered
for Digiware Accessories in multiples of Reference
Bus +DMFSGŰL 4829 0184
Fuse holder to protect voltage inputs
+DMFSGŰL 4829 0190 3 5701 0019
(type RM) 3 pole + neutral
+DMFSGŰL 4829 0186 gG 10x38 0.5 A fuses 10 6012 0000
+DMFSGŰL 4829 0187
Reel 50 m + 100 connectors 4829 0185
Replacement reference: Digiware bus terminating resistor
4829 0180
(supplied with C and D devices)

DIRIS Digiware S
The solution for

& measurement
Distribution boards in:

> Data center
> Building
diris-dw_127.psd
> Industry
DIRIS Digiware S
Strong points
Configuration
> Plug & Play
> Multi-circuit
> Compact
municatio
Function om
n
RJ45 (Digiware Bus) cables
DIRIS Digiware S current acquisition modules have 3 integrated current sensors are available.
RJ45
for the measurement of electrical circuits up to 63 A.
Positioned directly above or below the protective devices, they are associated with the
#(1(2Ű#HFHV@QD4UNKS@FDLD@RTQDLDMSLNCTKDSNLD@RTQDBNMRTLOSHNM@MCSNLNMHSNQSGD Integrated technologies
electrical installation and the quality of the power supply.
Advantages
Plug & Play Compact
• Save wiring time: the current sensors are • A measurement module offering For more information see our website
www.socomec.com
integrated in the module. the best compactness/performance ratio
• Quick RJ45 connection between modules. of the market.
• Positioning possible upstream or • Matches the pitch of the protective device. Compliance with standards
downstream of the protective device.
Accurate > IEC 61557-12
Multi-circuit • Class 0.5 for active energy in accordance with
Multiple DIRIS Digiware S modules can be the IEC 61557-12 standard, allowing accurate
used within the measurement system enabling measurements over a wide range of currents.
the monitoring of a large number of loads. > ISO 14025
Functional diagram
Downstream Upstream > UL 257746
diris-dw_130.eps
diris-dw_131.eps
The DIRIS Digiware S measurement module can be mounted upstream or downstream

of the protective device solving issues of space constraints.

DIRIS Digiware S
Current measurement module with integrated

sensors
DIRIS Digiware S S-130 S-135

Number of current inputs 3 3
Basic current Ib 10 A 10 A
Maximum current Imax 63 A 63 A
1P + N 1P + N
Load type accepted 2P / 2P + N 2P / 2P + N
3P / 3P + N 3P / 3P + N
Metering
Multi-tariff (max 8) •
Load curves •
Multi-measurement
I1, I2, I3, In, 6P, 6Q, 6S, 6PF • •
Predictive power •
Current unbalance (Inba, Inb, Idir, Iinv, Ihom) •
Phi, cos Phi, tan Phi •
Quality
THDi1, THDi2, THDi3, THDin •
"QDRSE@BSNQR45( •
K factor •
Overcurrents •
Alarms
Thresholds and combinations •
Wiring errors •
Protective device • •
Trends
Average values •
Format
Width 54 mm 54 mm
Mounting accessories
Temporary MCB insert DIN rail and back plate mounting Cable tie tether
(for use during panel assembly)
2
diris-dw_138_b_x.ai
diris-dw_139_b_x.ai
diris-dw_137_b_x.ai

DIRIS Digiware S
Dimensions (mm)
54
11.5 15.5 15.5 28

13
diris-dw_117_a_x_cat.eps
42.5
Connections
Current is measured by the integrated inputs I01, I02 and I03 on the DIRIS Digiware S module.
3P+N - 3CT 3P - 3 CT 2P+N - 2CT & 2P+N - 1CT
L1 L1 L1
L2 L2 L2
L3 L3 N
N N
I01 I02 I03

I01 I02 I03 I01 I02 I03
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
diris-dw_120_a_x_cat.ai
3 3 2 2
V1 V2 V3 VN V1 V2 V3 VN V1 V2 V3 VN
V V V
1P+N - 1 CT (3x) 3P+N - 1CT (3x) 2P+N - 1CT (3x)
L1 L1 L1
N L2 L2
L3 N
N
I01 I02 I03

I01 I02 I03 I01 I02 I03
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
V1 V2 V3 VN V1 V2 V3 VN V1 V2 V3 VN
V V V
I01 I02 I03

DIRIS Digiware S 3 Load Fuses : 0.5 A gG / BS 88 2 A gG / 0.5 A class CC
1

DIRIS Digiware S
Measurement characteristics Communication specifications

Measurement of current Digiware BUS
Number of current inputs 3 Function "NMMDBSHNMADSVDDM#(1(2#HFHV@QD24(LNCTKDR
Associated current sensors Integrated in the product and system interfaces
Basic current Ib 10 A Cable type Specific Socomec cable with RJ45 connections
Maximum current Imax 63 A USB
Current measurement Protocol ,.#!42134NM42!
Class 0.5 IEC 61557-12 Function Configuration of DIRIS Digiware modules
accuracy
Measurement of energy Location On each DIRIS Digiware module
Accuracy of active energy Class 0.5 IEC 61557-12 Connection 3XOD!LHBQN42!BNMMDBSNQ
Accuracy of reactive energy Class 1 IEC 61557-12 Environmental specifications
Mechanical characteristics Ambient operating
-10 … +55°C
temperature
Casing type DIN rail or back plate mounting
Storage temperature -25 … +70°C
Casing protection index IP20 / IK08
Operating humidity 40°C / 95% RH
Weight 63 g
Operating altitude < 2000 m
Module power consumption 0.35 VA
References
DIRIS Digiware S Reference Digiware connection cables Reference
S-130 Metering - 3 integrated current inputs 4829 0160 Length 0.06 m(1) 4829 0189
S-135 Analysis - 3 integrated current inputs 4829 0161 Length 0.10 m 4829 0181
Accessories Reference Length 0.20 m 4829 0188
DIN rail and back plate mounting clip (x10) 4829 0195 Length 0.50 m 4829 0182
Temporary MCB insert (x10) 4829 0196 RJ45 cables Length 1 m 4829 0183
for Digiware
Bus Length 2 m 4829 0184
Length 3 m 4829 0190
Length 5 m 4829 0186
Length 10 m 4829 0187
Termination for Digiware Bus (supplied with interfaces C and D) 4829 0180
42!BNMEHFTQ@SHNMB@AKD 4829 0050
(1) The RJ45 6 cm cables can be used on 3-pole or 4-pole protective devices.
Expert Services
Require integration onto your network?


DIRIS Digiware Iac
The solution for

& measurement
> Industry
> Building
> Infrastructure
> Data center
diris-dw_004_a_cat
diris-dw_007_a_cat
t
diris-dw_007_a_cat
dw 007 a cat
i d 007
diris
di
DIRIS Digiware I-3x DIRIS Digiware I-4x DIRIS Digiware I-6x
Strong points
Configuration
> Multi-circuit
> Plug and Play
> Compact
> High-precision measurement
Function chain
DIRIS Digiware Iac modules measure The RJ45 and RJ12 connections allow you
consumption and monitor the system at the to connect modules very quickly and to
closest point to the loads. The flexibility of automatically configure connected current
these modules allows you to allocate the sensors:
loads to be measured or monitored through - communication address,
independent current inputs. - load type,
For example: - sensor type and ratio,
- 1 three-phase load, - automatic rating and verification of current
For more information see our website
- 3 single-phase loads. travel direction. www.socomec.com
Wiring errors are also prevented and
installation is simplified.
> IEC 61557-12
Advantages
• RJ45 and RJ12 rapid connection. • Compliant with standard IEC 61557-12,
> ISO 14025
• Available with 3, 4 or 6 inputs. guaranteeing the quality and accuracy of
• Single-output or multi-output for maximum the system:
optimisation of the number of products. - class 0.5 for the 2 - 120% rated current
• Compact format: 1 or 2 modules sized for global measurement chain In
(with TE/ iTR/TF current sensors). > UL
integration at the closest point to the loads.
• A complete, dedicated solution:
- metering,
- monitoring,
- quality analysis.
Create your project

configuration:

DIRIS Digiware Iac
Current measurement modules

Application Metering Analysis Monitoring Analysis Metering
DIRIS Digiware Iac I-30 I-31 I-35 I-43 I-45 I-60 I-61
Number of current inputs
3 3 3 4 4 6 6
Metering
± kWh, ± kvarh, kVAh • • • • • • •
Load curves • • • •
Multi-tariff • • • •
Multi-measurement
I1, I2, I3, In, 6P, 6Q, 6S, 6PF • • • • • • •
P, Q, S, PF per phase • • • • •
Quality
THDi1, THDi2, THDi3, THDin • • •
Individual harmonics I (up to 63rd) • •
Overcurrents • •
Alarms
On threshold • •
Inputs/outputs 2/2 2/2
45 days (max) • •
Format
Width/number of modules 18 mm / 1 18 mm / 1 18 mm / 1 27 mm / 1.5 27 mm / 1.5 36 mm / 2 36 mm / 2
Accessories
Digiware plug-in connector
With the Digiware plug-in connector you can disconnect a DIRIS Digiware module form the Bus
while ensuring the DIRIS Digiware system continues to run downstream.
This accessory is particularly useful in applications with retractable drawers or
diris-o_025.eps
BQHSHB@KŰ@OOKHB@SHNMRRTBG@RHMC@S@BDMSQDR
CLICK
= TEST
U-xx
I-3x I-3x
I-3x
I-3x
ON
diris-o_026.ai
ON
ON
OFF

DIRIS Digiware Iac
Dimensions (mm)
DIRIS Digiware I-3xac / I-6xac DIRIS Digiware I-4xac
150
21
45
90
I-3x I-6x
44 15
18 36 65 27 27
45
58
72
Connections
Associated current sensors
Various types of current sensors are connected to the DIRIS Digiware: closed (TE), split core (TR/iTR) or flexible (TF). This range of sensors can be adapted to all
types of new or existing installations. A rapid RJ12 connection makes wiring easy and reliable and prevents wiring errors. The DIRIS Digiware system automatically
recognises the sensor size and type. This guarantees the overall accuracy of the DIRIS Digiware + current sensor measurement chain.
For more information see “TE, TR and TF sensors” pages.
Network and connection examples

I-3x
Three-phase Three-phase
3P - 3CT (1 three-phase load) 3P - 1CT (3 balanced, three-phase loads)
L1 L1
L2 L2
L3 L3
diris-dw_032_c_1_x_cat
1 1 1 1 1 1
3 3 3
3
V1 V2 V3 VN I01 I02 I03 V1 V2 V3 VN I01 I02 I03

V I V I
I-4x
Three phase + neutral Single-phase
3P+N - 4CT (1 three-phase load + Neutral measured) 1P+N-1CT (4 single-phase loads)
L1 L1
L2 N
L3
N
1 1
1 1 1
diris-b_061_a_1_x_cat
1 1 1 1
3 +N
V1 V2 V3 VN I01 I02 I03 I04 V1 V2 V3 VN I01 I02 I03 I04

V I V I
1. 0.5 A gG / 0.5 A class CC fuses. 3

CT: Current sensor Load

DIRIS Digiware Iac
Specifications
Measuring characteristics Outputs - DIRIS Digiware I-45ac

Number of
Current measurement - DIRIS Digiware Iac 2
outputs
Number of current inputs I-3x: 3 / I-45: 4 / I-6x: 6
Relay type 230 VAC ±15 % - 1 A
Associated current sensors Solid TE, split-core TR / iTR, flexible TF current sensors 30 VDC - 3 A
Accuracy of current 0.2 DIRIS Digiware class only Function Configurable alarm (current, power, etc.) when threshold is
measurement Class 0.5 with TE, iTR or TF sensors exceeded or remote controlled status
Class 1 with TR sensors
Connection Removable screw terminal block, stranded or
Connection Specific Socomec cable with RJ12 connectors
RNKHC ŰLL£B@AKD
Inputs - DIRIS Digiware I-45ac
Number of inputs 2
Type / Power supply Non-insulated input, internal polarisation 12 VDC max, 1mA USB
Input functions Logic status, pulse meter, multi-tariff Protocol Modbus RTU on USB
Connection Removable screw terminal block, stranded or Function Configuration of DIRIS Digiware U and I modules
RNKHC ŰLL£B@AKD Location On each DIRIS Digiware U and I measurement module
Connection Type B micro USB connector
References
DIRIS Digiware Reference Digiware connection cables Reference
I-30 Metering - 3 current inputs 4829 0110 Length 0.06 m 4829 0189
I-31 Metering + load curve - 3 current inputs 4829 0111 Length 0.10 m 4829 0181
I-35 Analysis - 3 current inputs 4829 0130 +DMFSGŰ L 4829 0188
I-43 Monitoring - 2 inputs/ 2 outputs - 4 current inputs 4829 0129 Length 0.50 m 4829 0182
I-45 Analysis - 2 inputs/ 2 outputs - 4 current inputs 4829 0131 RJ45 cables Length 1 m 4829 0183
for Digiware
I-60 Metering - 6 current inputs 4829 0112 Bus +DMFSGŰL 4829 0184
I-61 Metering + load curve - 6 current inputs 4829 0113 +DMFSGŰL 4829 0190
+DMFSGŰL 4829 0186
Accessories Reference +DMFSGŰL 4829 0187
Digiware x 5 plug-in connector 4829 0605 Reel 50 m + 100 connectors 4829 0185
Digiware bus terminating resistor (supplied with C and D devices) 4829 0180
(1) DIRIS D-30 display characteristics see “DIRIS B” pages.
Expert Services


TE sensors
Solid current sensors
used with DIRIS Digiware, DIRIS A-40 and DIRIS B
Current sensors
The solution for
> Industry
> Building
> Infrastructure
> Data center
i t 003
diris-t_003
diris-t_010
tore_065
di
TE solid sensors
Strong points
Function
> Plug & Play
TE smart current sensors measure the load currents of an electrical system and send the
data to meters and measurement hubs via an RJ12 plug-and-play output. Thanks to a wide > Accuracy as per standard
measurement range, TE current sensors cover the full current range of 5 to 2000 A, with IEC 61557-12
ŰQDEDQDMBDR 3$RNKHCBTQQDMSRDMRNQRB@MADBNMMDBSDCSN#(1(2 #HFHV@QD#(1(2 @MC > Installation
DIRIS B via a rapid RJ12 connection.
Numerous accessories are available to aid the installation of sensors in any type of cabinet.
> IEC 61557-12

Advantages
Plug & Play Installation
• A rapid RJ12 connection makes wiring • The TE solid sensor range is specially > ISO 14025
easy and reliable and prevents wiring errors. designed for new installations, and has the
This also allows automatic detection of the same pitch as the most common protective
sensor type and size/transformation ratio. devices.
> UL
• The sensors can be installed in both
directions.
Accuracy as per standard IEC 61557-12

• Class 0.5 for the global measuring chain
(measurement hub + TE current sensors) Create your project
from 2 to 120% of the nominal current In.
configuration:

TE sensors
Mounting
Linear assembly with the protective devices Staggered assembly Cable mounting
TE-25 / TE-35 / TE-45 / TE-55 / TE-90 TE-18 / TE-35 / TE-45 / TE-55
diris-t_005
diris-t_006
diris-t_035
DIN rail mounted Back-plate mounting Bar mounting
diris-t_033
diris-t_034
diris-t_036_
diris-t_049
TE-90 clamps
diris-t_048
Connections
TE / TR / iTR / TF current sensors
DIRIS B or TF
DIRIS Digiware I
TR / iTR
TE
RJ12 Connection
diris-b_033

TE sensors
Mounting accessories
Mounting accessories delivered with TE sensors:
TE-35
TE-45
Switch mounting TE-18 TE-25 TE-55 TE-90
DIN rail and

1 pc 2 pcs
back-plate
diris-t_042_a - 043_a - 044_a - 045_a
DIN rail 2 pcs 2 pcs
Back-plate 4 pcs 4 pcs 6 pcs
Busbar 2 pcs
Compatible accessories
Adapter for CT with 5A secondary Coupling link Sealable cover
• With this adapter you can • Associated with the TE range, this accessory is • Using a sealable cover guarantees the immunity
use a current transformer for inter-connecting the sensors when linear or of the sensor connection on TE / TR / iTR / TF
diris-t_041_a_1_cat
with a 1 A or 5 A output on staggered mounted. current sensors.

#(1(2Ű#HFHV@QD(#(1(2!
and DIRIS A-40.
diris-t_046_a_1_cat
diris-t_020_a_1_cat
For use with 5 A CTs

(measurement up to
Ű NQ "3R
(measurement up to
Ű 3GDCHLDMRHNMR
are the same as the TE-18.
Dimensions (mm)
TE - Solid current sensors
TE-18 TE-25 / TE-35 / TE-45 / TE-55 TE-90
W 2.2 D
1
Ø
H
=
H
diris-t_022_c_1_gb_cat.ai
= F =
diris-t_023_c_1_gb_cat.ai
= F =
=
1
diris-t_047_b_1_gb_cat.ai
T
W D
W D
19.7
1. Switch mounting
36
Model Nominal current range (A) Real range covered (A) Pitch (mm) H x W x D (mm) F (mm) T (mm)
TE-18 5 … 20 / 25 ... 63 0.1 … 24 / 0.5 … 75 18 45 x 28 x 20 8.6 -
TE-25 40 … 160 0.8 … 192 25 65 x 25 x 32.5 13.5 x 13.5 17.5
TE-35 63 … 250 1.26 … 300 35 71 x 35 x 32.5 21 x 21 17.5
TE-45 160 … 630 3.2 … 756 45 86 x 45 x 32.5 31 x 31 19.5
TE-55 400 … 1000 8 … 1200 55 100 x 55 x 32.5 41 x 41 21.5
TE-90 600 … 2000 12 … 2400 90 126 x 90 x 24.6 64 x 64 -

TE sensors
Specifications
TE - Solid current sensors

Model TE-18 TE-18 TE-25 TE-35 TE-45 TE-55 TE-90
Nominal current range In (A) 5 … 20 25 … 63 40 … 160 63 … 250 160 … 630 400 … 1000 600 … 2000
Real range covered (A) 0.1 … 24 0.5 … 75 0.8 … 192 1.26 … 300 3.2 … 756 8 … 1200 12 … 2400
Max. current (A) 24 75.6 192 300 756 1200 2400
Weight (g) 24 24 69 89 140 187 163
Max. voltage (phase/neutral) 300 V 600 V
Rated withstand voltage 3 kV
Frequency 50/60 Hz
Intermittent overload 10 x In over 1 sec
Measurement category CAT III
Protection degree IP30 / IK06
Operating temperature -10 … +70°C
Storage temperature vŰ
¦"
Relative humidity 95% RH non-condensing
Altitude < 2000 m
Connection Socomec RJ12 cable
References
Model Nominal current range (A) Real range covered (A) Pitch (mm) Reference
TE-18 5 … 20 0.1 … 24 18 4829 0500
TE-18 25 … 63 0.5 … 75 18 4829 0501
TE-25 40 … 160 0.8 … 192 25 4829 0502
TE-35 63 … 250 1.26 … 300 35 4829 0503
TE-45 160 … 630 3.2 … 756 45 4829 0504
TE-55 400 … 1000 8 … 1200 55 4829 0505
TE-90 600 … 2000 12 … 2400 90 4829 0506
Coupling link (20 linear assembly parts and 10 for staggered assembly) 4829 0598
5 A CT adapter (max primary current 2000 A /1 A or 10 000 A /5 A) 4829 0599
Sealable caps (20 pieces) 4829 0600
Cable length (m)

RJ12 connection 50 m reel +
cables 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 1 2 3 5 10 ŮBNMMDBSNQR
Number of cables Reference Reference Reference Reference Reference Reference Reference Reference Reference Reference
1 - - - - - - - 4829 0602 4829 0603 4829 0601
3 4829 0580 4829 0581 4829 0582 4829 0595 4829 0583 4829 0584 4829 0606 - - -
4 - - - 4829 0596 4829 0588 4829 0589 - - - -
6 4829 0590 4829 0591 4829 0592 4829 0597 4829 0593 4829 0594 - - - -

TR/iTR sensors
Split-core AC current sensors
Current sensors
The solution for
> Retrofit applications

> Industry
> Building
> Infrastructure
> Data centers
tore_074.psd
TR Split-core current sensors
Function Strong points

The split-core current sensors in the TR and iTR ranges enable the current of an electrical > Smart sensors
HMRS@KK@SHNMSNADLD@RTQDC 4RDCVHSGONVDQLNMHSNQHMFCDUHBD#(1(2#HFHV@QD#(1(2Ű
> PreciSense technology:
DIRIS B, they make it possible to perform measurements between 25 and 600 A,
Accurate
with guaranteed accuracy. The RJ12 connection provides quick connections,
and the integrated intelligence prevents any configuration errors. > Easy installation and
The sensors in the iTR range revolutionise the world of measurement and provide access to configuration
VirtualMonitor status monitoring technologies and to AutoCorrect automatic configuration.
Integrated technologies(1)
Advantages of the TR and iTR ranges

Smart sensors Accurate
• Sensors with an extended • Measurement precision guaranteed in acc. (1) AutoCorrect and VirtualMonitor are only available
operational range. with standard IEC 61557-12 : class 0.5 (iTR) with iTR sensors.
• Automatic detection of rating. or 1 (TR) for the global measuring chain For more information see our website
• Secured disconnection of load. from 2 to 120% of In. www.socomec.com
• Quick connection via RJ12 and identification

of cable by colour code. Compliance with standards
> IEC 61557-12
Unique advantages of the iTR range > ISO 14025
VirtualMonitor technology AutoCorrect technology

VirtualMonitor provides monitoring of AutoCorrect guarantees that your > UL
protective devices: measurement system is working correctly:
• Across the entire electrical installation. • Automatic wiring control (current voltage
• Remotely and in real-time. phase association).
• Without additional hardware or wiring • Correction of errors.
(no auxiliary contacts needed). • Feature available off load.
Create your project

configuration:

TR / iTR sensors
Split-core AC current sensors
Installation Dimensions (mm)

Cable mounting TR-10 / TR-14 / TR-21 / TR-32
D
diris-t_037_b_1_cat.eps
E
A
diris-t_024_c_1_x_cat.eps
B C
diris-t_038_b_1_cat.eps
Nominal current Real range A B C D E Ø

Model range (A) covered (A) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
TR / iTR-10 25 ... 63 0.5 ... 75.6 44 26 28 - - 10
TR / iTR-14 40 ... 160 0.8 ... 192 67 29 28 14 15 14
TR / iTR-21 63 ... 250 1.26 ... 300 65 37 43 21 23 21
TR / iTR-32 160 ... 600 3.2 ... 720 86 53 47 32 33 32
Model TR-10 iTR-10 TR-14 iTR-14 TR-21 iTR-21 TR-32 iTR-32
Nominal current range In (A) 25 ... 63 40 ... 160 63 ... 250 160 ... 600
Real range covered (A) 0.5 ... 75.6 0.8 ... 192 1.26 ... 300 3.2 ... 720
Max. current (A) 75.6 192 300 720
Weight (g) 74 117 211 311
Max. voltage (phase/neutral) 300 V
Rated withstand voltage 3 kV
Frequency 50/60 Hz
Intermittent overload 10 x In for 1 s
&KNA@KBK@RRTRDCVHSG#HQHRŰ#HFHV@QD !! Class 1 Class 0.5 Class 1 Class 0.5 Class 1 Class 0.5 Class 1 Class 0.5
Operating temperature range -10 to +70°C -10°...+55°C
Storage temperature range SNŰ
¦"
Altitude < 2000 m
Connection Socomec RJ12 cable
References
Nominal current Real range Nominal current Real range
Model range (A) covered (A) Ø (mm) Reference Model range (A) covered (A) Ø (mm) Reference
TR-10 25 … 63 0.5 ... 75 10 4829 0555 iTR-10 25 … 63 0.5 … 75 10 4829 0655
TR-14 40 … 160 0.8 ... 192 14 4829 0556 iTR-14 40 … 160 0.8 … 192 14 4829 0656
TR-21 63 … 250 1.26 ... 300 21 4829 0557 iTR-21 63 … 250 1.26 … 300 21 4829 0657
TR-32 160 … 600 3.2 … 720 32 4829 0558 iTR-32 160 … 600 3.2 … 720 32 4829 0658
Cable length (m)

1 - - - - - - - 4829 0602 4829 0603 4829 0601
3 4829 0580 4829 0581 4829 0582 4829 0595 4829 0583 4829 0584 4829 0606 - - -
4 - - - 4829 0596 4829 0588 4829 0589 - - - -
6 4829 0590 4829 0591 4829 0592 4829 0597 4829 0593 4829 0594 - - - -

TF sensors
Flexible TF current sensors
Current sensors
The solution for
> Industry
> Building
> Infrastructure
> Data centers
diris-t_077.eps
TF Flexible current sensors
Strong points
Function > Plug & Play

> Accuracy according
TF flexible current sensors measure the load currents of an electrical circuit and send the to IEC 61557-12
data to meters and Power Monitoring Devices or current modules via an RJ12 plug-and-play
connection. Thanks to a wide measurement range, TF current sensors cover a wide current > Safe locking mechanism
range from 100 to 6000 A, with only 7 references. TF flexible current sensors can be used with > Installation
DIRIS Digiware I modules, DIRIS A-40 and DIRIS B. > Simplified installation
Advantages Integrated technologies
Plug & Play Installation

• A rapid RJ12 connection makes wiring • The TF flexible sensor range is specially
easy and reliable and prevents wiring errors. designed for existing installations with
This also allows automatic detection of the strict integration constraints or with
For more information see our website
sensor type and rating. high-intensity currents. www.socomec.com
• The sensors can be installed in both
directions. Simplified installation
• The Rogowski integrator is directly Compliance with standards
Accuracy according to IEC 61557-12 integrated to the RJ12(1) cable enabling a
• Class 0.5 for the global measuring chain quick and compact integration (no DIN rail > IEC 61557-12
(PMD + TF current sensors) from 2 to 120% assembly required) inside electrical panels.
of the nominal current In. • The integrator is self supplied by the PMD
• Accuracy is guaranteed regardless of the through the RJ12 cable and does not need
position of the conductor in the loop. any external power supply. > ISO 14025
(1) Except for TF-55.
Safe locking mechanism(1)
• The locking system prevents the loop > UL
from opening, guaranteeing continuous
functioning and accuracy even under harsh
conditions.
Installation Create your project
Cable mounting Bar mounting > Find the best DIRIS

Digiware configuration:
diris-t_079.psd
diris-t_080.psd

TF sensors
Flexible TF current sensors
Dimensions (mm)
TF-55 TF-40 and TF-80 to TF-600
1000 1000
1500
Integrator
Ø6
L Ø
85
diris-t_027_c_1_x_cat.eps
diris-t_078_c_x.ai
L
38 Ø 7 (TF-40)
18 Ø 8.3 (TF-80 ... TF-600)
Model Nominal current range (A) Real range covered (A) D = Ø loop (mm) L = Loop length (mm)
TF-40 100 ... 400 2 ... 480 40 126
TF-55 150 ... 600 3 ... 720 55 173
TF-80 150 ... 600 3 ... 720 80 251
TF-120 400 ... 2000 8 ... 2400 120 377
TF-200 600 ... 4000 12 ... 4800 200 628
TF-300 1600 ... 6000 32 ... 7200 300 942
TF-600 1600 ... 6000 32 ... 7200 600 1885
Integrator dimensions: 128 x 19 x 15 mm
Model TF-40 TF-55 TF-80
TF-120 TF-200 TF-300 TF-600
Nominal current range In (A) 100 ... 400 150 ... 600 150 ... 600
400 ... 2000 600 ... 4000 1600 ... 6000 1600 ... 6000
Real range covered (A) 2 ... 480 3 ... 720 3 ... 720
8 ... 2400 12 ... 4800 32 ... 7200 32 ... 7200
Weight (g) 114 114 142 130 164 193 274
Max. voltage (phase/neutral) 600 V
Rated withstand voltage 3.6 kV
Accuracy class 0.5 in association with DIRIS Digiware I, DIRIS A-40, DIRIS B based on IEC 61557-12
Frequency 50 / 60 Hz
Intermittent overload 10 x In for 1 s
Operating temperature -10 to +70°C
Storage temperature SNŰ
¦"
Altitude < 2000 m
Connection Socomec cable or equivalent RJ12 straight, twisted pair, unshielded, 600 V, -10 ... +70 °C
References
Model Nominal current range (A) Real range covered (A) D = Ø loop (mm) L = Loop length (mm) Reference
TF-40 100 ... 400 2 ... 480 40 126 4829 0573
TF-55 150 ... 600 3 ... 720 55 173 4829 0570
TF-80 150 ... 600 3 ... 720 80 251 4829 0574
TF-120 400 ... 2000 8 ... 2400 120 377 4829 0575
TF-200 600 ... 4000 12 ... 4800 200 628 4829 0576
TF-300 1600 ... 6000 32 ... 7200 300 942 4829 0577
TF-600 1600 ... 6000 32 ... 7200 600 1885 4829 0578
Female/female connector for extension of the RJ12 connection between PMD and TF sensor 4829 0670
Cable length (m)
1 - - - - - - - 4829 0602 4829 0603 4829 0601
3 4829 0580 4829 0581 4829 0582 4829 0595 4829 0583 4829 0584 4829 0606 - - -
4 - - - 4829 0596 4829 0588 4829 0589 - - - -
6 4829 0590 4829 0591 4829 0592 4829 0597 4829 0593 4829 0594 - - - -

Residual Current Monitoring DIRIS Digiware R-60
Residual Current Monitoring module
The solution for
> Industries
> Data centres
diris-dw_173_front
Strong points
> 2 in 1
> Multi-circuit
DIRIS Digiware R-60 > Plug & play solution
> Smart alarming
Configuration with
> Patented innovation
Easy Config System software.
Function > IEC 62020

> IEC 61557-12
DIRIS Digiware R-60 modules combine residual current monitoring (RCM) with power metering
and monitoring functions, for any combination of 1-phase, 2-phase or 3-phase circuits used in
TN-S and TT earthing systems.
6HSGRHW1)BG@MMDKRSGDXB@MADBNMMDBSDCSN@LHWNEƃ("QDRHCT@K"3R@MC3$31H313% > ISO 14025
current sensors via RJ12 cables enabling quick connection and avoiding wiring errors.
Advantages
Create your project
2 in 1 Smart alarming
.MD#(1(2#HFHV@QD1LNCTKDB@MAD #(1(2#HFHV@QD1OQNUHCDRSGDLNRS > Find the best
BNMMDBSDCSNQDRHCT@K"3R@MCSQ@CHSHNM@K3$ advanced RCM alarm features for preventive ',5,6}'LJLZDUHFRQILJXUDWLRQ
31H313%BTQQDMSRDMRNQRSNONNKQDRHCT@K notifications: www.meter-selector.com
current and power monitoring. • before the residual current device (RCD) trips,
• before leakage currents become hazardous
Multi-circuit for people and assets,
.MD#(1(2#HFHV@QD1LNCTKDB@MLNMHSNQ • if the RCD is defective.
SGDQDRHCT@KBTQQDMSNMTOSNBHQBTHSR The combination with Virtual Monitor
The Digiware modular concept allows several technology specifies if the RCD has tripped on
1LNCTKDRSNAD@CCDCVHSGHM@RHMFKD an overload or a high residual current.
system, making it easy to implement RCM for
a large number of outgoing circuits instead of Patented innovation
the main incomer only.
Thanks to an automatic learning sequence,
launched for a chosen duration representative
Plug & Play solution of the normal operation of the electrical
The Digiware concept and the RJ45 bus HMRS@KK@SHNMCXM@LHBQDRHCT@KBTQQDMS
allow: (ƃ) thresholds are automatically set. This
• D@RXBNMMDBSHNMNE1LNCTKDRSN@M facilitates the determination of the maximum
DWHRSHMF#(1(2#HFHV@QDRXRSDL residual current not to be exceeded for each
• optimal scalability by adding additional outgoing circuit.
modules when needed.
The connection to current sensors is quick
and error-free thanks to colour coded RJ12
cables.

DIRIS Digiware R-60
Applications
DIRIS Digiware
R-60
TE x 4
DIRIS
WEBVIEW-M DIRIS Digiware DIRIS Digiware
D-70 U-30 Ź,&[
Proactive alarm
TE x 4
A Residual Current Device (RCD) can trip
RS@QSHMF@SNE(ƃM. While an RCD interrupts TE x 4
Ź,&[
the energy supply, an RCM system alerts the
TE x 3
user that the residual current has reached a Ź,&[
high threshold before the RCD trips. TE x 3
3 Ź,&[
+N
Maximum safety Ź,&[
3
Monitoring and keeping the residual current +N
DIRIS
at a low value also reduces the risk of fire 3
diris-dw_174_b_gb.ai
@MCDWOKNRHNM 3GD#(1(2#HFHV@QD1", DIRIS Digiware
DIRIS
R-60
system, which can pick up leakage currents 3
DIRIS Digiware
DIRIS
from 3 mA, provides a proactive detection of Digiware Bus R-60
leakage currents current, making the safety DIRIS Digiware
DIRIS
of people and assets as a top priority, without R-60
interrupting the supply. DIRIS Digiware
R-60
Protective earthing (PE) conductor Compliance with installation standards According to IEC 60364-6 installation
CCHMF@QDRHCT@K"3NMSGDTORSQD@L/$ Many local electrical codes require an standards and many national
conductor is essential to ensure the proper insulation resistance measurement as part transpositions, periodic insulation
connection to earth. NESGD/DQHNCHB(MRODBSHNM@MC3DRSHMF 3GHR resistance testing is not necessary if
(SHR@KRNSGDD@RHDRS@MCBGD@ODRSV@XSN operation is costly as it must be done on all permanently monitored by an RCM solution
measure the upstream residual current reliably. outgoing circuits and intrusive as the main such as the DIRIS Digiware RCM system.
protective device must be opened.
Measurements Front face
DIRIS Digiware R-60

Residual Current Monitoring
(· •
(/$ •
Metering 1
J6G
JU@QGJ5 G • 2
3
Multi-tariff (max 8) • 4
diris-dw_175_b_x_cat.ai
5
Load curves • 7
6
Multi-measurement
((((MΣP, ΣQ, ΣS, ΣPF •
Alarms
#XM@LHB(ƃ@MC(/$ thresholds •
1. USB port for configuration.
Overloaded neutral conductor •
2. .-+$# +HFGSRVGDMSGDCDUHBDHR@BSHUD
Protective device (opening, Trip, defective RCD) • 3. + 1,+$#ENQRXRSDL@K@QLR"3CHRBNMMDBSDCDSB
(ƃ@MC(/$ comparisons • 4. ".,+$# %K@RGDRVGDMSGDBNLLTMHB@SHNMATRHR@BSHUD
Trends 5. 1",% 4+3 +HFGSRHESGDQDHR@M1",@K@QLNM@MXNESGDBG@MMDKSGQNTFG
3$231$2$3ATSSNM 2S@QSRSGD@TSNSDRSKNMFOQDRR@MCQDRDSR@K@QLRRGNQSOQDRR
(· •
Used during auto-discovery process for the resolution of address conflicts.
(/$ • 7. (MCHUHCT@K+$#@K@QLRHFM@KRENQD@BGBG@MMDKSN
Load curves •

DIRIS Digiware R-60
Connections
Associated sensors
5@QHNTRSXODRNEQDRHCT@K"3R@MCBTQQDMSRDMRNQRB@MADBNMMDBSDCSNSGD#(1(2#HFHV@QD1LNCTKDƃ("RNKHCBNQDƃ(/1ROKHSBNQDQDRHCT@K"3R@MCRNKHCBNQD
3$ROKHSBNQD31H31EKDWHAKD3%BTQQDMSRDMRNQR 3GHRQ@MFDNERDMRNQRB@MAD@C@OSDCSN@KKSXODRNEMDVNQDWHRSHMFHMRS@KK@SHNMR Q@OHC1)BNMMDBSHNML@JDR
wiring easy and reliable and prevents wiring errors.
For more information: refer to the residual CTs and current sensors catalogue pages
TE solid current sensors İ,&VROLGFRUHUHVLGXDO&7V

CHQHRS>
CHQHRS>
SNQD>
TR/iTR split-core TF Flexible current sensors Ƃ,35VSOLWFRUHUHVLGXDO&7V
current sensors
diris dw 177
diris_dw_177
CHQHRS>
CHQHRS>
SNQD>
Connection examples
1",(ƃ)– 3 x 3-Ph load 1",(ƃ
(/$) – 1 x 3-Ph load
Load current monitoring – L1, L2, L3, upstream Load current monitoring – 1 x 3-Ph load (L1, L2, L3, N)
L1 L1
L2 L2
L3 L3
N N
PE PE
CHQHRCV>>A>>W>B@S @H
1 1
3
diris-dw_179_a_1_x_cat.ai
3 +N 3 +N
3 +N
V1 V2 V3 VN I04 I05 I06
U I01 I02 I03 R-60
V1 V2 V3 VN I04 I05 I06
U I01 I02 I03 R-60
1",(ƃ)– 3 x 3-Ph load 1",(ƃ) – 3 x 1-Ph load

Load current monitoring – 3 x 3-Ph balanced loads Load current monitoring – 3 x 1-Ph loads
L1
L2
L3 L1
N
PE PE
CHQHRCV>>@>>W>B@S @H
1
diris-dw_181_a_1_x_cat.ai
1
3 3 3
1 1 1
V1 V2 V3 VN I04 I05 I06

U I01 I02 I03 R-60
V1 V2 V3 VN I04 I05 I06
U I01 I02 I03 R-60
Balanced load Unbalanced load Current sensor 2 A gG Residual CT

DIRIS Digiware R-60
Dimensions (mm) Terminals and wiring
Fix. 6 66
DIGIWARE BUS OUTPUT I 01 I 04
11 14 12
HRNLCV>>A>>W>B@S @H
I 02 I 05
Fix. 100
RJ45
HRNLCV>>@>>W>B@S @H
114
6
90
45
24V (1A MAX)
I 03 ! I 06
DIGIWARE BUS: RJ45 bus to connect to other Digiware modules
11 - 12 - 14: alarm relay output

36 51 I01 - I02 - I03 - I04 - I05 - I06: RJ12 connection of residual CTs (via the
3@C@OSNQ@MCBTQQDMSRDMRNQR
Measurement characteristics Electrical characteristics

RCM type 3XOD @BBNQCHMFSN($" Auxiliary power supply 24 VDC with Digiware bus
Number of RJ12 channels 1BNMRTLOSHNM 6
Residual CTs connection 1)B@AKDRUH@#HFHV@QD3@C@OSNQ Communication characteristics
Current sensors connection RJ12 cables Digiware bus
Current measurement accuracy "K@RR @BBNQCHMFSN($" Function Connection between Digiware modules
Active energy accuracy "K@RR @BBNQCHMFSN($" Cable type Specific Socomec RJ45 cable
Reactive energy accuracy "K@RR@BBNQCHMFSN($" USB
Digital output characteristics Protocol Modbus RTU on USB
Number of contacts 1 Function "NMEHFTQ@SHNMNE#(1(2#HFHV@QDLNCTKDR
Contact type Changeover switch Cable type Type B micro USB connector
Nominal voltage 5 "5#" Environmental characteristics
Max current 1A Operating temperature
¦"
Default mode Normally open Storage temperature
¦"
Mechanical characteristics Operating humidity ¦"1'
Mounting type #(-Q@HKNQA@BJOK@SD Operating altitude L
Casing protection index (/
Weight F
References
Module Reference
#(1(2#HFHV@QD1 4829 0114
Accesories Reference
#(1(2#HFHV@QD31)@C@OSNQ 4829 0620
Cable length (m)

1 - - - - - - - 4829 0602 4829 0603 4829 0601
3 4829 0580 4829 0581 4829 0582 4829 0595 4829 0583 4829 0584 4829 0606 - - -
4 - - - 4829 0596 4829 0588 4829 0589 - - - -
4829 0590 4829 0591 4829 0592 4829 0597 4829 0593 4829 0594 - - - -
Expert Services

-NOQNAKDLENQNTQŭ$WODQS2DQUHBDRŭSD@L 3GDXVHKKETKKXHMSDFQ@SD@KKXNTQ2.".,$"CDUHBDR
%NQETQSGDQHMENQL@SHNMOKD@RDBNMS@BSXNTQMD@QDRS2.".,$"AQ@MBG

DIRIS Digiware IO
Digital and analogue input/output modules
The solution for

& measurement
> Industry
> Building
> Data center
CHQHRCV>>A
CHQHRCV>>A
DIRIS Digiware IO-10 DIRIS Digiware IO-20 Strong points
4 digital inputs/2 digital outputs 2 analogue inputs
> Plug & Play

Configuration
> Multifunction
> Integrated
> Compact
Function
#(1(2Ű#HFHV@QDŰ(.LNCTKDRDMQHBGSGD • 3G@MJRSNSGDHQ@M@KNFTDHMOTSR
LD@RTQDLDMSRXRSDLVHSGLTKSHOKDED@STQDR #(1(2Ű#HFHV@QD(.LNCTKDRB@MBNKKDBS > IEC 61557-12
• #(1(2Ű#HFHV@QDŰ(.LNCTKDRG@UDCHFHS@K C@S@EQNL@M@KNFTDRDMRNQROQDRRTQD
GTLHCHSXSDLODQ@STQD > IEC 61010
HMOTSR@MCCHFHS@KNTSOTSR
3GDCHFHS@KHMOTSRB@MADTRDCSNLNMHSNQ
SGDRS@STRNESGHQCO@QSXCDUHBDRONRHSHNMNE KKSGDHMENQL@SHNMQDONQSDCAXSGD(.
OQNSDBSHUDCDUHBDRSQHOBNTMSDQNQSNBNKKDBS @MC(.LNCTKDRB@MADUHDVDCNM > ISO 14025
OTKRDREQNLLTKSHEKTHCLDSDQR #(1(2Ű#HFHV@QD#WWCHROK@XR@MCNM
3GDCHFHS@KNTSOTSR@KKNVSGDQDLNSD 6DAUHDVSGDVDARDQUDQDLADCCDC
BNMSQNKNESGHQCO@QSXDPTHOLDMSRHFM@K HM#(1(2Ű&F@SDV@XR@MCHMSGD
K@QLRB@MADBNMEHFTQDC@MC@RRHFMDCSN #(1(2Ű#HFHV@QDŰ#CHROK@XTMHS > UL
SGDCHFHS@KNTSOTSR
Create your project

configuration:
CU@MS@FDR www.meter-selector.com
Plug & Play Integrated

3GD(.LNCTKDRB@MADD@RHKX@CCDC KKSGDQDONQSDCHMENQL@SHNMHR@BBDRRHAKDEQNL
@MXVGDQDVHSGHMSGDLD@RTQDLDMSRXRSDL SGDCHROK@XREQNL6$!5($6NQ@MXNSGDQ
SG@MJRSN@PTHBJ1)BNMMDBSHNM BDMSQ@KHRDCL@M@FDLDMSRNESV@QD
Multifunction Compact
3GDBNLAHM@SHNMNEUNKS@FDLD@RTQHMF 3GDLNCTK@QENQL@S@KKNVRSGDPTHBJ
LNCTKDRBTQQDMSLD@RTQHMFLNCTKDR@MC BNMMDBSHNMNE@K@QFDMTLADQNE(.@MC
HMOTSNTSOTSLNCTKDRL@JDR#(1(2#HFHV@QD@ (.LNCTKDR
BNLOKDSD@MCUDQR@SHKDRXRSDL

DIRIS Digiware IO
Digital and analogue input/output modules
OOKHB@SHNMCH@FQ@L "NMMDBSHNMR
DIRIS Digiware IO-10
DIRIS Digiware D-xx
Digital inputs/outputs Digiware Bus
Digiware Bus COM-

IN1
INPUT
IN2 12VDC
IN3
CHQHRF>>A>>W>B@S @H
DIGIWARE BUS
CHQHRN>>@>>B@S @H
IN4
OUTPUT
13
RJ45
OUT1
14 12-48VDC
23 12-24VAC
OUT2 50mA
24
CHQHRN>>DM @H
DIRIS Digiware IO-20
Analogue inputs Digiware Bus
CHQHRF>>A>>W>B@S @H
DIGIWARE BUS
CHQHRN>>@>>B@S @H
1-
INPUT 1+
0/4-20mA
RJ45
ĄPD[
2-
2+
#HLDMRHNMRLL 3DBGMHB@KBG@Q@BSDQHRSHBR
Measuring characteristics
5 Digital inputs/outputs- DIRIS Digiware IO-10
-TLADQNEHMOTSR
3XODONVDQRTOOKX (MRTK@SDCHMOTSHMSDQM@KONK@QHR@SHNM5#"L@W L
(MOTSETMBSHNM 2S@STRNESGHQCO@QSXCDUHBDR
,NMHSNQHMFNEOQNSDBSHUDCDUHBDR.-.%%3QHO
/TKRDBNTMSDQ
-TLADQNENTSOTSR
3XOD (MRTK@SDCNTSOTSŰ5#"L@W L @MC5 "L@W
100
.TSOTSETMBSHNM 1DLNSDBNMSQNKNECDUHBDR
45
K@QLRHFM@KKHMJDCSNSGDHMOTSR
DWBDDCHMFSGQDRGNKCRS@STR
(MOTSNTSOTS 1DLNU@AKDRBQDVSDQLHM@KAKNBJONRHSHNMR
BNMMDBSHNM CDCHB@SDCSNHMOTSRCDCHB@SDCSNNTSOTSR
2SQ@MCDCNQRNKHC ŰSNŰ ŰLL£B@AKD
Analogue inputs - DIRIS Digiware IO-20
CHQHRN>>@>>W @H
-TLADQNEHMOTSR
44 15 3XODONVDQRTOOKX L ƄL@W
BBTQ@BX ETKKRB@KD
18 65
Function "NMMDBSHNMNE@M@KNFTDRDMRNQROQDRRTQDGTLHCHSX
SDLODQ@STQD VHSGBGNHBDNEHMSDQONK@SHNM
KHMD@QNQPT@CQ@SHB
(MOTSBNMMDBSHNM 1DLNU@AKDRBQDVSDQLHM@KAKNBJWONRHSHNMR
2SQ@MCDCNQRNKHC ŰSNŰ ŰLL£B@AKD
References
Digiware connection cables Reference DIRIS Digiware input/output modules Reference
+DMFSG L 4829 0189 (. CHFHS@KHMOTSRNTSOTSRLNCTKD 4829 0140
+DMFSG L 4829 0181 (. @M@KNFTDHMOTSLNCTKD 4829 0145
+DMFSGŰ L 4829 0188
+DMFSG L 4829 0182
1)B@AKDR +DMFSG L 4829 0183
ENQ#HFHV@QD
!TR +DMFSGŰL 4829 0184
+DMFSGŰL 4829 0190
+DMFSGŰL 4829 0186
+DMFSGŰL 4829 0187
1DDKL
BNMMDBSNQR 4829 0185
3DQLHM@SHNMENQ#HFHV@QD!TRRTOOKHDCVHSGHMSDQE@BDR"@MC# 4829 0180
42!BNMEHFTQ@SHNMB@AKD 4829 0050

Selection guide
Active energy meters and pulse concentrators
COUNTIS E
measurement & analysis
Single-circuit metering,
Which type Which load

of network? current?
Single-phase Single-phase Three-phase

Network - Input current Direct Direct Direct
up to 40 A up to 80 A up to 80 A
Active energy meters: COUNTIS E E00 / E02 E03 / E04 E05 / E06 E11 / E12 E13 / E14 E15 / E16 E17 / E18 E21/E22 E23 / E24
p. 274 p. 274 p. 274 p. 276 p. 276 p. 276 p. 276 p. 278 p. 278
Main specifications
0,'(1bPRGXOH% 'FHUWLILFDWLRQ ŗ( ŗ( ŗ( ŗ( ŗ( ŗ( ŗ( ŗ( ŗ(
560RGEXV • • •
0%XV • •
(WKHUQHW0RGEXV7&3578 •
:LGWK PRGXOH PRGXOH PRGXOH PRGXOHV PRGXOHV PRGXOHV PRGXOHV PRGXOHV PRGXOHV
,QSXWYROWDJH 9$& 9$& 9$& 9$& 9$& 9$& 9$& Ř9$& Ř9$&
Functions
7RWDOSDUWLDOHQHUJ\N:K ŗŗ ŗŗ ŗŗ ŗŗ ŗŗ ŗŗ ŗŗ ŗŗ ŗŗ
$FWLYHSRZHU5HDFWLYHSRZHU ŗŗ ŗŗ ŗŗ ŗŗ ŗŗ ŗŗ ŗŗ ŗŗ ŗŗ
'XDOWDULIIIRUN:K • • • • • • • •
7RWDOSDUWLDOHQHUJ\NYDUK ŗŗ ŗŗ ŗŗ ŗŗ ŗŗ ŗŗ ŗŗ ŗŗ ŗŗ
N9$ YLD&20 YLD&20 • • • • •
/RDGFXUYH
0HDVXUHPHQW,9346)DQG3) • • • • • • • • •
&7FRQQHFWLRQLQGLFDWLRQ
%LUHFWLRQDOHQHUJ\FRQVXPSWLRQDQGSURGXFWLRQ • • • • • • • • •
,QWHJUDWHGZHEVHUYHU •
&RPSDWLELOLW\ZLWK:HEYLHZ • • • •
Accuracy
$FWLYHHQHUJ\,(& FODVV FODVV FODVV FODVV FODVV FODVV FODVV FODVV FODVV
5HDFWLYHHQHUJ\DFFRUGLQJWR,(& FODVV FODVV FODVV FODVV FODVV FODVV FODVV FODVV FODVV
$FWLYHHQHUJ\(1b FODVV%( FODVV%( FODVV%( FODVV%( FODVV%( FODVV%( FODVV%( FODVV%( FODVV%(
Characteristics
0HWURORJLFDO/(' • • • • • • • • •
3XOVHRXWSXW :K :K :K :K :K :K :K :K
6HDOLQJFRYHU0,'YHUVLRQRQO\ ŗ( ŗ( ŗ( ŗ( ŗ( ŗ( ŗ( ŗ( ŗ(
3KDVHQHXWUDOLQYHUVLRQSURWHFWLRQ
Pulse concentrator COUNTIS ECi2 COUNTIS ECi3

p. 286 p. 286
Case 4 modules 4 modules
Logical inputs 7 7
Analogue inputs 2
212))RXWSXWDODUP 1 1
3DUWLDOWRWDOGDLO\ZHHNO\RUPRQWKO\N:KRURWKHUW\SHVRIGDWDOLWHUVP3Ř • •
/RDGFXUYHIURPWRPLQXWHV • •
560RGEXV • •

Selection guide
Active energy meters and pulse concentrators
COUNTIS E
Which MID Communication View data on

accuracy? FHUWLĺFDWLRQ" or pulse output? the web server?
Direct Direct
CT 1/5 A CT/5 A
up to 80 A up to 100 A
E25 / E26 E27/ E28 E30 / E31 / E32 E33 / E34 E35 / E36 E41 / E42 E43 / E44 E45 / E46 E47 / E48 E50 E53
p. 278 p. 278 p. 280 p. 280 p. 280 p. 282 p. 282 p. 282 p. 282 p. 284 p. 284
ŗ( ŗ( ŗ( ŗ( ŗ( ŗ( ŗ( ŗ( ŗ(

• • •
• • •
• •
PRGXOHV PRGXOHV PRGXOHV PRGXOHV PRGXOHV PRGXOHV PRGXOHV PRGXOHV PRGXOHV [ [
Ř9$& Ř9$& Ř9$& Ř9$& Ř9$& Ř9$& Ř9$& Ř9$& Ř9$& Ř9$& Ř9$&
ŗŗ ŗŗ ŗŗ( ŗ YLD&20( ŗ YLD&20( ŗŗ ŗŗ ŗŗ ŗŗ ŗŗ ŗŗ
ŗŗ ŗŗ ŗ ŗ YLD&20 ŗ YLD&20 ŗŗ ŗŗ ŗŗ ŗŗ ŗŗ ŗŗ
• • ŗ( ( XSWRYLDFRP XSWRYLDFRP • XSWRYLDFRP XSWRYLDFRP XSWRYLDFRP • •
ŗŗ ŗŗ YLD&20 YLD&20 ŗŗ ŗŗ ŗŗ ŗŗ • •
• • YLD&20 YLD&20 • • • • • •
YLD&20 YLD&20 YLD&20 YLD&20 YLD&20
• • YLD&20 YLD&20 • • • • • •
• • • • • •
• • ŗ( ŗ( • • • •
• •
• • • • •
FODVV FODVV FODVV FODVV FODVV FODVV FODVV FODVV FODVV FODVV FODVV
FODVV FODVV FODVV FODVV FODVV FODVV FODVV FODVV
FODVV%( FODVV%( FODVV%( FODVV%( FODVV%( FODVV&( FODVV&( FODVV&( FODVV&(
• • • • • • • • •
:K :K FRQILJXUDEOH FRQILJXUDEOH FRQILJXUDEOH FRQILJXUDEOH
ŗ( ŗ( ŗ( ŗ( ŗ( ŗ( ŗ( ŗ( ŗ(
• • • • • •

COUNTIS E0x
Active energy meters for electrical distribution
single-phase - direct 40 A
The solution for
> Data centre

> Building
count_252.psd
Strong points
> Compact
> Communication via RS485
COUNTIS E04 - MID
MODBUS, M-BUS or pulse
Function output
The COUNTIS E0x is a modular electrical power meter. It shows kWh and kVArh readings and > B+D module, MID-certified
other measurements on its backlit LCD. These devices connect directly to a 40 A circuit. > Socomec monitoring
The COUNTIS E0x is fully integrated into the SOCOMEC monitoring ecosystem (Webview, ecosystem: user software,
screens, gateways, configuration software, etc.). COUNTIS E02, E04 and E06 are MID-certified. remote displays
MID certification
Advantages Functional diagram > COUNTIS E
Compact units meet MID
standards and
Only one module wide.
provide accurate
Communication via RS485 MODBUS, and reliable metering for
M-BUS or pulse output power-billing applications.
COUNTIS E0x units have either one pulse
> The COUNTIS E MID has
output or an RS485 (MODBUS) or M-BUS
tamper-proof accessories to
communication output.
prevent fraud.
The pulse output transmits the consumption
reading in kWh to a remote system (PC/BMS)
count_211_a_1_x_cat.eps
so you can use it for billing purposes, to save Compliance with standards
energy and manage your energy costs.
B+D module, MID-certified > IEC 62053-21 Class 1
COUNTIS E0x COUNTIS E0x
COUNTIS E units meet MID standards > IEC 62053-23 Class 2
and ensure accurate and reliable metering
(all crucial prerequisites of power-billing > IEC 62053-31
applications). > IEC 62052-11
The "module B+D" certification proves that an > EN 50470-1
external laboratory has verified the design and > EN 50470-3
production process of these devices.
Socomec monitoring ecosystem: user
software, remote displays Associated current
Inherent compatibility with energy Common characteristics transformers
management systems and Socomec
gateways (Webview, screens, gateways, etc.). • Compact
• Measurement accuracy: 1%.
• Displayed on backlit screen.
• Multiple measurements on-screen.
Models Specific features

E00 Output (pulses)
E02 Pulse output + MID See "Current transformers".
E03 Dual-tariff + pulse output + communication via RS485 MODBUS
E04 Dual-tariff + pulse output + communication via RS485 MODBUS + MID
E05 Dual-tariff + pulse output + communication via M-BUS
E06 Dual-tariff + pulse output + communication via M-BUS + MID

COUNTIS E0x
single-phase - direct 40 A
Front panel Electrical characteristics

1 1. Neutral terminal with terminal shroud Current monitoring (TRMS)
(COUNTIS E02/E04/E06).
2 Type Single-phase - direct 40 A
2. M-Bus/MODBUS connection.
4 3
3. Metrological LED. Input consumption Max. 0.5 VA
5
4. Navigation button. Permanent overload Ű
5. Serial number. Transient overload 30 Imax over 10 ms
6 6. Backlit LCD.
count_252x_b_1_cat.ai
7 Inrush current (Icfst/cf) 20 mA

7. MID marking (COUNTIS E02/E04/E06). Minimum current (Imin) Ű
8. Pulse output.
8 Transient current (Icftr/cf) Ű
9. Voltage and current terminals.
Reference current (Iref) Ű
9
Voltage measurements (TRMS)
Measurement range 184 to 276 V AC
Dimensions (mm) Input consumption
1.5 VA max. E00/E02/E03/E04
1 VA max. E05/E06
18 64
Permanent overload Ű5 "
44
25 Power monitoring accuracy
Active (according to IEC 62053-21) Class 1
Active (according to EN 50470) Class B
Reactive (according to IEC 62053-22) Class 2
count_212_d_x_cat.ai
Power supply
45
90
Self-powered Yes
Frequency Ű'Y
Output (pulses)
Number 1
Type of optical coupler 27 V DC - 27 mA (IEC 62053-31)
Type Modular Fixed pulses 100 Wh
Number of modules 1 Pulse duration 100 ms
Dimensions W x H x D 18 x 90 x 64 (mm) Environment
Casing protection degree IP 20 Operating temperature -25 to +55°C
Front panel protection degree IP 51(1) Storage temperature -40 to +75°C
Display type LCD 7 digits with backlighting Relative humidity 80%
Communication COUNTIS E03/E04 COUNTIS E05/E06
Cross-section of rigid connecting cable 1.5 to 6 mm2
Link RS485 Wired
Cross-section of flexible connecting cable 1.5 to 6 mm2
Type 2 to 3 half duplex wires 2 half duplex
100 g E03/E04
Weight Protocol MODBUS in RTU mode M-Bus
80 g E00/E02/E05/E06
(1) Cabinet installations require a protection degree of at least IP51. Baudrate 2400 to 38400 bauds 300, 2400, 9600 bps
Connections
N’ N’ N’
1 L’ 1 L’ 1 L’
L L L
N N N
count_249_b_1_x_cat.eps
count_239_c_1_x_cat.eps
count_213_e_1_x_cat.ai
- + + - NC - + - +
N N' L L' 4 5 N N' L L' 1 2 3 4 5 N N' L L' 2 3 4 5
RS485 M-Bus
COUNTIS E00/E02 COUNTIS E03/E04 COUNTIS E05/E06

1. 0.5 A gG / 0.5 A class CC fuses.
N - L: network input. N' - L': network output.
References
COUNTIS E00 COUNTIS E02 COUNTIS E03 COUNTIS E04 COUNTIS E05 COUNTIS E06
Type Reference Reference Reference Reference Reference Reference
Direct 40 A 4850 3058
Direct 40 A - MID 4850 3059
Direct 40 A - Dual-tariff + communication via RS485 MODBUS 4850 3039
Direct 40 A - Dual-tariff + communication via RS485 MODBUS + MID 4850 3040
Direct 40 A - Dual-tariff + communication via M-BUS 4850 3041
Direct 40 A - Dual-tariff + communication via M-BUS + MID 4850 3042
10x 1U sealing kits 4850 305U
Fuse disconnect switches for voltage input protection (RM type) 1-pole 6 5702 5001
gG 14x51 40 A fuses 10 6022 0040

COUNTIS E1x
Single-phase - direct 80 A
The solution for
> Data centre

> Building
count_253.psd
Strong points
COUNTIS E14 - MID > Communication via RS485
Function (MODBUS), M-Bus, Ethernet
or pulse outputs
The COUNTIS E1x is a modular electrical power meter. It shows kWh, kVArh and kVA readings > Multi-tariff
and other measurements on its backlit LCD. These devices are suited to single-phase power
metering with a direct connection up to 80 A.
> B+D module, MID-certified
The COUNTIS E1x is fully integrated into the SOCOMEC monitoring ecosystem > Socomec monitoring
(Webview, screens, gateways, configuration software, etc.).
ecosystem: user software,
remote displays
Advantages Functional diagram MID certification

Communication via RS485 (MODBUS), > COUNTIS E
M-Bus, Ethernet or pulse outputs units meet MID
COUNTIS E1x units have either one pulse standards and
output or one RS485 (MODBUS), M-Bus or provide accurate
Ethernet Modbus TCP communication output. and reliable metering for
Multi-tariff power-billing applications.
Allows you to assign energy metering to > The COUNTIS E MID has
different time slots (every hour, off-peak hours) tamper-proof accessories to
or different sources (normal, replacement) to prevent fraud.

accurately monitor energy consumption. COUN
TIS
COUN
TIS
E14 E14
B+D module, MID-certified

80A 80A
COUNTIS E units meet MID standards Compliance with standards

COUNTIS E1x COUNTIS E1x
and ensure accurate and reliable metering,
all crucial prerequisites of power-billing > IEC 62053-21 Class 1
applications. The "module B+D" certification > IEC 62053-23 Class 2
proves that an external laboratory has verified > IEC 62053-31
the design and production process of these
> IEC 62052-11
devices.
Socomec monitoring ecosystem: user > EN 50470-1
software, remote displays > EN 50470-3
Inherent compatibility with energy Common characteristics
gateways (Webview, screens, gateways, etc.). • Measurement accuracy: 1%. Associated current
• Displayed on backlit screen. transformers
• Compact.
E11 Dual-tariff + pulse output
E12 Dual-tariff + pulse output + MID
E15 Dual-tariff + pulse output + communication via M-BUS See "Current transformers".
E17 Dual tariff + Ethernet
E18 Dual-tariff + Ethernet + MID

COUNTIS E1x
Single-phase - direct 80 A

1. Serial number. Measurement of currents
2. Backlit LCD. Type Single-phase - direct 80 A
3. MID marking
Input consumption Max. 0.5 VA
(COUNTIS E12/E14/E16/E18).
4. Metrological LED. Inrush current (Icfst/cf) 20 mA
1
5. Navigation button. Minimum current (Imin) Ű
count_253x_b_1_cat.ai
2 3 6. Voltage, current, neutral terminals Transient current (Icftr/cf) Ű

with terminal shrouds Reference current (Iref) Ű
4 5 (COUNTIS E12/E14/E16/E18). Permanent overload (Imax) Ű
6 Transient overload 30 Imax over 10 ms
Voltage measurement
Measurement range 230 to 240 V ± 20%
3.5 VA max. E13/E14/E17/E18
Consumption (VA)
7.5 VA max. E11/E12/E15/E16
Dimensions (mm) Permanent overload 290 V phase-neutral
Power monitoring accuracy
Power supply
45
90
Self-powered Yes
count_377_a_1_x_cat.ai
Frequency 50/60 Hz
Output (pulses)
Type of optical coupler (IEC 62053- 250 V AC/DC - 100 mA (E11/E12)
31) 27 V DC - 27 mA (E13/E14/E15/E16)
36 6 44
Number 1
64
Fixed pulses 100 Wh
50 ± 2 ms ON time
Type Modular Pulse duration
30 ± 2 ms OFF time
Number of modules 2 Environment
Dimensions W x H x D WWŰLL Operating temperature -25 to 55°C
Casing protection degree IP 20 Storage temperature -25 to 75°C
Front panel protection degree IP 51(1) Relative humidity 80%
Display type Backlit LCD Communication COUNTIS E13/14 COUNTIS E15/E16 COUNTIS E17/E18
Cross-section of rigid connecting cable 1.5 to 35 mm2 Link RS485 Wired RJ45
Cross-section of flexible connecting cable 1.5 to 35 mm2 2 half duplex Bi-directional mode
Type
215 g E13/E14/E17/E18 2-3 half duplex (E13/E14) (full duplex)
Weight
205 g E11/E12/E15/E16 MODBUS TCP,
Protocol MODBUS® RTU M-BUS
(1) Cabinet installations require a protection degree of at least IP51. HTTP, NTP, DHCP
Baudrate 1200 to 115200 bauds 300 to 9600 bauds 10/100 Mbps
Connections
N
N N N 1
1 L’ 1 1 L L’
L L L’
count_241_d_1_x_cat.eps
L L’
count_181_e_1_x_cat.ai
T1/2 + - COM - + + - M-BUS

RJ45
1 2 3 4 5 A-V A N 1 2 3 4 5 A-V A N 1 2 3 4 A-V A N A-V A N
RS485
COUNTIS E11/E12 COUNTIS E13/14 COUNTIS E15/16 COUNTIS E17/E18
References
COUNTIS COUNTIS COUNTIS COUNTIS COUNTIS COUNTIS COUNTIS COUNTIS
E11 E12 E13 E14 E15 E16 E17 E18
Type Reference Reference Reference Reference Reference Reference Reference Reference
Direct 80 A - Dual-tariff 4850 3060
Direct 80 A - Dual-tariff + MID 4850 3061
Direct 80 A - Dual-tariff + MODBUS communication via RS485 4850 3043
Direct 80 A - Dual-tariff + MODBUS communication via RS485 +
4850 3044
MID
Direct 80 A - Dual-tariff + communication via Ethernet Modbus TCP 4850 3047
Direct 80 A - Dual-tariff + communication via Ethernet Modbus TCP + MID 4850 3048
10x sealing kits, 2U 4850 306U
gG 22x58 80 A fuses 10 6032 0080

COUNTIS E2x
three-phase - direct 80 A
The solution for
> Data centre

> Building
count_254.psd
COUNTIS E24 - MID Strong points

Function > Communication via RS485
The COUNTIS E2x is a modular electrical power meter. It shows kWh, kVArh and kVa readings (MODBUS), M-Bus, Ethernet
and other measurements on its backlit LCD. These devices are intended for three-phase or pulse outputs
networks and accommodate a direct connection up to 80 A. > Multi-tariff
The COUNTIS E2x is fully integrated into the SOCOMEC monitoring ecosystem > B+D module, MID-certified
(Webview, screens, gateways, configuration software, etc.). > Socomec monitoring
remote displays
Advantages Functional diagram

MID certification
Communication via RS485 (MODBUS),
M-Bus, Ethernet or pulse outputs > COUNTIS E
COUNTIS E2x units have either one pulse units meet MID
output or one RS485 (MODBUS), M-Bus or standards and
Ethernet Modbus TCP communication output. provide accurate
Multi-tariff
and reliable metering for
power-billing applications.
Allows you to assign energy metering to
different time slots (every hour, off-peak hours) > The COUNTIS E MID has
or different sources (normal, replacement) to tamper-proof accessories to
accurately monitor energy consumption. COUNTIS E2x prevent fraud.
B+D module, MID-certified
COUNTIS E units meet MID standards and Compliance with standards
ensure accurate and reliable metering (crucial
prerequisites of power-billing applications). > IEC 62053-21 Class 1
The "module B+D" certification proves that an

external laboratory has verified the design and COUNTIS E2x > IEC 62053-23 Class 2
production process of these devices. COUNTIS E2x
> IEC 62053-31
Socomec monitoring ecosystem: user > IEC 62052-11
software, remote displays > EN 50470-1
Inherent compatibility with energy
> EN 50470-3
gateways (Webview, screens, gateways, etc.).
Common characteristics
Associated current
• Measurement accuracy: 1%. transformers
• Displayed on backlit screen.

E25 Dual-tariff + pulse output + communication via M-BUS See "Current transformers".
E27 Dual-tariff + pulse output + Ethernet
E28 Dual-tariff + pulse output + Ethernet + MID

COUNTIS E2x

Measurement of currents
1. Neutral terminal. Type Three-phase - direct 80 A
1 2. Backlit LCD.
Input consumption 0.5 VA max. per phase
3. Navigation button. Inrush current (Icfst/cf) 20 mA
4. ENTER key. Minimum current (Imin) Ű
3 5. 5. Metrological LED.
count_254x_b_1_cat
Transient current (Icftr/cf) Ű

2 4 6. Current/voltage terminals with terminal Reference current (Iref) Ű
5 Permanent overload (Imax) Ű
shrouds (COUNTIS E02/E04/E06). Transient overload 30 Imax over 10 ms
6 Voltage measurement
Measurement range 230 to 240 V ±20%
7.5 VA max. (0.5 W) per phase E21/E22/E25/E26
Consumption (VA)
3.5 VA max. (1 W) per phase E23/E24/E27/E28
Dimensions (mm) Permanent overload 290 V phase-neutral / 500 V phase-phase
Power supply
Self-powered Yes
45
90
Frequency Ű'Y
Output (pulses)
Type of optical coupler (IEC 250 V AC/DC - 100 mA (E21/E22)

62053-31) 27 V DC - 27 mA (E23 to E28)
2 (E21/E22)
Number
72 6 44 1 (E23 to E28)
64 Fixed pulse Ű6G
50 ± 2 ms ON time
Pulse duration
30 ± 2 ms OFF time
Type Modular Environment
Number of modules 4 Operating temperature -25 to 55°C
Storage temperature -25 to 75°C
Dimensions W x H x D WWŰLL
Relative humidity 80%
Casing protection degree IP 20 COUNTIS E25/ COUNTIS E27/
Communication COUNTIS E23/24
Front panel protection degree IP 51(1) E26 E28
Display type Backlit LCD, 8 digits Link RS485 Wired RJ45
2 half duplex Bi-directional mode
Cross-section of rigid connecting cable 1.5 to 35 mm2 Type
2 to 3 half duplex (E23/E24) (full duplex)
Cross-section of flexible connecting cable 1.5 to 35 mm2 MODBUS in RTU MODBUS TCP,
Protocol M-BUS
Weight 440 g mode HTTP, NTP, DHCP
(1) Cabinet installations require a protection degree of at least IP51. Baudrate 1200 to 115200 bauds 300 to 9600 bauds 10/100 Mbps
Connections
N N IMPORTANT: Neutral connection is mandatory
L1 L1’ L1 L1’ NM".4-3(2Ű$$$$MDTSQ@K
L2 L2’ L2 L2’ is represented by the solid line in the image

L3 1 1 1
L3’ L3 1 1 1 L3’ opposite).
COM - + - +
N 1 2 3 4 5 6 A-V A A-V A A-V A N 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 A-V A A-V A A-V A -DTSQ@KHRNOSHNM@KNM".4-3(2Ű$$$$

T1/2 (neutral is represented by the dashed line in the
RS485 T1/2
image opposite).
COUNTIS E21/E22 COUNTIS E23/E24
N
N
L1 L1’ L1 L1’
L2’ L2 L2’
L2
L3 L3’ L3 L3’
M-Bus - + 1 1 1 - + 1 1 1
RJ45
N 1 2 3 4 5 6 A-V A A-V A A-V A N 1 2 A-V A A-V A A-V A

T1/2
COUNTIS E25/E26 1. 0.5 A gG / 0.5 A class CC fuses.
COUNTIS E27/E28
References
E21 E22 E23 E24 E25 E26 E27 E28
Direct 80 A - Dual-tariff 4850 3062
Direct 80 A - Dual-tariff + MODBUS communication via RS485 4850 3050
Direct 80 A - Dual-tariff + MODBUS communication via RS485 + MID 4850 3051
Direct 80 A - Dual-tariff + communication via Ethernet Modbus TCP 4850 3054
Direct 80 A - Dual-tariff + Ethernet Modbus TCP + MID 4850 3055
Panel mounting kit, 4 modules 192J 8015
gG 22x58 80 A fuses 10 6032 0080

COUNTIS E3x

The solution for
> Data centre

> Building
count_219.psd
Strong points
COUNTIS E32 - MID > Communication via RS485

(MODBUS or M-BUS) or
Function Functional diagram pulse outputs
The COUNTIS E3x is a modular electrical > Connection error detection
power meter. It shows power readings > B+D modules are
(kWh and kW) on its backlit LCD. These MID-certified, providing
devices are intended for three-phase multi-power monitoring and
power metering and accommodate a direct load curves
connection up to 100 A.
The COUNTIS E3x is fully integrated into
> Socomec monitoring
the SOCOMEC monitoring ecosystem
(Webview, screens, gateways, configuration
remote displays
COUNTIS E3x
software, etc.).
COUNTIS E32, E34 and E36 are also MID- MID certification
certified.
> COUNTIS E
count_225_a_1_x_cat
units meet MID

Advantages standards and
COUNTIS E3x
Communication via RS485 (MODBUS or provide accurate
COUNTIS E3x
M-BUS) or pulse outputs and reliable metering for
COUNTIS E3x units have either one pulse power-billing applications.
output or one RS485 MODBUS or M-BUS > The COUNTIS E MID has
communication output. tamper-proof accessories to
Connection error detection Multi-power monitoring and load curves prevent fraud.
The devices are protected against phase/ Shows electrical readings (I, U, V, P, Q, S, PF)
neutral inversion and detect wiring errors. Easy and the load curve over a 7-day period via the
to install and commission – reduces costs and communication methods. Compliance with standards
ensures the proper functioning of the devices. Socomec monitoring ecosystem
B+D module, MID-certified Inherent compatibility with energy
> IEC 62053-21 Class 1
COUNTIS E units meet MID standards and management systems and Socomec > IEC 62053-31
ensure accurate and reliable metering (crucial gateways (Webview, screens, gateways, etc.). > IEC 62053-11
prerequisites of power-billing applications). > EN 50470-1
The "module B+D" certification proves that an
external laboratory has verified the design and > EN 50470-3
production process of these devices. General characteristics
• Measurement accuracy: 1% Associated current
• Backlit LCD. transformers
• Detects connection errors.
Models Main specifications

E30 Output (pulses)
E31 Dual-tariff (2 partial meters) + pulse output
E32 Dual-tariff + MID + pulse output
E33 Dual-tariff + communication via RS485 MODBUS
E34 Dual-tariff + communication via RS485 MODBUS + MID See "Current transformers".
E35 Dual-tariff + communication via M-BUS
E36 Dual-tariff + communication via M-BUS + MID

COUNTIS E3x

1. Terminal shrouds Current measurement
(COUNTIS E32, E34 and
1 Type Three-phase - direct 100 A
E36).
2. Backlit LCD.
Inrush current (Icfst/cf) 80 mA
3. MID-marking
Minimum current (Imin) 0.5 A(1)
".4-3(2Ű$$@MC
Transient current (Icftr/cf) 2 A(2)
2 E36).
5 4. Serial number Reference current (Iref) 20 A(3)
count_179x_b_1_cat
6 (COUNTIS E32, E34 and Permanent overload (Imax) Ű

7 E36). Transient overload 3000 A over 10 ms
5. Navigation button. Voltage measurement
6. Reset button. Measurement range 230 to 400 V ± 20%
3 4 7. Metrological LED. Consumption (VA) 2
Permanent overload 280 V phase-neutral / 480 V phase-phase
Dimensions (mm) Active (according to IEC 62053-21) Class 1
62.5 Active (according to EN 50470) Class B
126 45 Power supply
Self-powered Yes
Output (pulse) (COUNTIS E30/E31/E32)
Number 1
count_192_b_1_x_cat
Type of optical coupler IEC 62053-31 Class A (20 to 30 VDC)

90
45
Fixed pulses Ű6G

Pulse duration 100 ms
Environment
Operating temperature -10 to 55°C
Type Modular Communication COUNTIS E33/34 COUNTIS E35/E36
Number of modules 7 Link RS485 Master/Slave
Dimensions W x H x D 126 x 90 x 62.5 mm Type 2-wire half duplex 2-wire half duplex
Casing protection degree IP20 Protocol MODBUS in RTU mode M-BUS
Front panel protection degree IP51 Baudrate 4800 to 38400 bauds 300 to 9600 bauds
Display type Backlit LCD (1) I(min) (SQ
Cross-section of rigid connecting cable 2.5 to 35 mm2 (2) Guaranteed accuracy between Itr and Imax.
Cross-section of flexible connecting cable 2.5 to 35 mm2 (3) I(ref) = I(b)A@RDBTQQDMS ((tr) for direct connection COUNTIS devices.
Weight 490 g
Connections
N N N
1 1 1
L1 L1’ L1 L1’ L1 L1’
1 1 1
L2 L2’ L2 L2’ L2 L2’
1 1 1
L3 L3’ L3 L3’ L3 L3’
count_184_d_1_x_cat
count_185_d_1_x_cat
count_188_f_1_x_cat
+ - + - + -
2 4 6 1 3 5 7 9 11 2 15 17 13 1 3 5 7 9 11 2 4 6 8 10 1 3 5 7 9 11
N L1 L1’ L2 L2’ L3 L3’ N RS-485 L1 L1’ L2 L2’ L3 L3’ N T1/2 L1 L1’ L2 L2’ L3 L3’
COUNTIS E30 COUNTIS E33/E34/E35/E36 COUNTIS E31/E32

,@W F& LETRD
IMPORTANT:-DTSQ@KHRNOSHNM@KNM".4-3(2Ű$WMDTSQ@KHRQDOQDRDMSDCAXSGDC@RGDCKHMDHMSGDHL@FDNOONRHSD
References
COUNTIS COUNTIS COUNTIS COUNTIS COUNTIS COUNTIS COUNTIS
E30 E31 E32 E33 E34 E35 E36
Type Reference Reference Reference Reference Reference Reference Reference
Direct 100 A 4850 3005
Direct 100 A- Dual tariff 4850 3006
Direct 100 A - Dual-tariff + MODBUS communication via RS485(1) 4850 3012
Direct 100 A - Dual-tariff + MODBUS communication via RS485 + MID(1) 4850 3013
Direct 100 A - Dual-tariff + communication via M-BUS(1) 4850 3025
Direct 100 A - Dual-tariff + communication via M-BUS + MID(1) 4850 3026
S@QHEEUH@12BNLLTMHB@SHNM

gG 22x58 100 A fuses 10 6032 0100

COUNTIS E4x
three-phase – connect to current transformers up to 12000 A

The solution for
> Data centre

> Building
count_347.psd
COUNTIS E44 - MID Strong points
> Communication via RS485

Function Functional diagram (MODBUS), M-Bus, Ethernet
The COUNTIS E4x is a modular electrical or pulse outputs
power meter. It shows kWh, kVArh and kVA > B+D module, MID-certified
readings and other measurements on its > Bi-directional, multi-reading
backlit LCD. These devices are intended for and load-curve metering
three-phase power metering via CT, they are
> Socomec monitoring
suitable for applications up to 12000 A.
The COUNTIS E4x is fully integrated into the remote displays
SOCOMEC monitoring ecosystem (Webview,
> Multi-tariff
screens, gateways, configuration software, etc.).
COUNTIS E42, E44, E46 and E48 are MID- COUNTIS E4x
certified. MID certification
> COUNTIS E
units meet MID
standards and
Advantages COUNTIS E4x
provide accurate
Communication via RS485 (MODBUS), COUNTIS E4x and reliable metering for
M-Bus, Ethernet or pulse outputs power-billing applications.
COUNTIS E4x have either one or two pulse Socomec monitoring ecosystem > The COUNTIS E MID has
output(s), or one RS485 (MODBUS), M-BUS Inherent compatibility with energy tamper-proof accessories to
or Ethernet Modbus TCP communication management systems and Socomec prevent fraud.
output. gateways (Webview, screens, gateways, etc.).
B+D module, MID-certified Multi-tariff
COUNTIS E units meet MID standards and
Allows you to assign energy metering to
ensure accurate and reliable metering (crucial different time slots (every hour, off-peak hours) > IEC 62053-21 Class 1
prerequisites of power-billing applications). or different sources (normal, replacement) to > IEC 62053-23 Class 2
The "module B+D" certification proves that an accurately monitor energy consumption.
external laboratory has verified the design and > IEC 62053-31
production process of these devices. > IEC 62053-11
Bi-directional, multi-reading and load- > EN 50470-1
curve metering > EN 50470-3
In bi-directional mode, the device can measure
both consumed and generated energy at the
same time. Shows electrical readings (I, U, V, • Measurement accuracy: 1% / 0.5% (MID). Associated current
P, Q, S, PF) and the load curve over a 7-day • Backlit LCD. transformers
period via the communication methods. • Multiple measurements on-screen.

E43 4-tariff + pulse output + communication via RS485 MODBUS
E44 4-tariff + pulse output + communication via RS485 MODBUS + MID
E45 4-tariff + pulse output + communication via M-BUS
E46 4-tariff + pulse output + communication via M-BUS + MID See "Current transformers".
E47 4-tariff + pulse output + Ethernet
E48 4-tariff + pulse output + Ethernet + MID

COUNTIS E4x
three-phase – connect to current transformers up to 12000 A

1. Terminal shroud Current measurement
1 (COUNTIS E42, E44, E46 and E48).
Type Three-phase on CT 1 and 5A up to 12000 A
2. Backlit LCD.
count_347x_b_1_cat.eps
3. Navigation button.
3 1 mA - Class C
4. ENTER key. Inrush current (Icfst/cf)
2 4 2 mA - Class 1
5. Metrological LED. Minimum current (Imin) 10 mA
5
6. Current/voltage terminals and terminal shrouds Transient current (Icftr/cf) 50 mA
6 (COUNTIS E42/E44/E46/E48). Reference current (Iref) Ű
Permanent overload (Imax) Ű
Transient overload 120 A for 0.5 s
Dimensions (mm) Voltage measurement
Measurement range 230 to 240 V ± 20%
Max. 7.5 VA (0.5 W) per phase E41/E42/E45/E46
Consumption (VA)
Max. 3.5 VA (1 W) per phase E43/E44/E47/E48
Permanent overload 290 V phase-neutral / 500 V phase-phase
45
90

Active (according to EN 50470) Class C
72 6 44
Power supply
64
Self-powered Yes
Type Modular Frequency 50 / 60 Hz
Number of modules 4
Output (pulses)
Dimensions W x H x D 72 x 90 x 64 mm
2 (E41/E42)
Casing protection degree IP20 Number
1 (E43 to E48)
Front panel protection degree IP51 250 V AC/DC - 100 mA (E41/E42)
Display type Backlit LCD, 8 digits Type of optical coupler
27 V DC - 27 mA (E43 to E48)
Cross-section of rigid connecting cable 1.5 to 6 mm2 1 Wh ➱ CT = 1 to 4
Cross-section of flexible connecting cable 1.5 to 6 mm2 5 Wh ➱ TC = 5 to 24
Weight 322 g 25 Wh ➱ TC = 25 to 124
Pulses
125 Wh ➱ TC = 125 to 624
Connections 1000 Wh ➱ CT = 625 to 3124
10000 Wh ➱ TC = 3125 to 12000
We recommend: 50 ± 2 ms ON time
Pulse duration
- Connecting CT secondaries is strictly prohibited with IT earthing arrangements; 30 ± 2 ms OFF time
it is, however, optional in TT/TN earthing arrangements. Environment
- When disconnecting the COUNTIS device, it is essential to short-circuit the Operating temperature -25 to +55°C
secondaries of each current transformer. This operation can be carried out Storage temperature -25 to +75°C
automatically by a PTI, which can be found in the SOCOMEC catalogue. Relative humidity 80%
Contact us IMPORTANT: Neutral connection COUNTIS COUNTIS COUNTIS
N
L1 is mandatory on COUNTIS Communication E43/E44 E45/E46 E47/E48
L2 E43 / E44 / E47 / E48 (neutral is Link RS485 Master/Slave RJ45
count_379_b_1_x_cat.ai
L3
represented by the solid line in Bi-directional
the image opposite). Type 2 to 3 half duplex 2 half duplex
1 1 1 mode (full duplex)
Neutral is optional on MODBUS in RTU MODBUS CTP,
".4-3(2Ű$$$$ Protocol M-BUS
N 1 2 3 4 5 6 A V A A V A A V A mode HTTP, NTP, DHCP
T1/2 S1
L1
S2 S1
L2
S2 S1
L3
S2 (neutral is represented by Baudrate 1200 to 115200 bauds 300 to 9600 bauds 10/100 Mbps
COUNTIS E41 / E42 the dashed line in the image
opposite).
N N N
L1 L1 L1
L2 L2 L2
L3 L3 L3
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
COM - + - + M-Bus + - - +
RJ45
N 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 A V A A V A A V A N 1 2 3 4 5 6 A V A A V A A V A N 1 2 A V A A V A A V A
RS485 T1/2 S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2 T1/2 S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2
L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3
COUNTIS E43/E44 COUNTIS E45/E46 COUNTIS E47/E48
References
E41 E42 E43 E44 E45 E46 E47 E48
Via CT - Dual-tariff 4850 3063
Via CT - Dual-tariff + MID 4850 3064
Via CT - Dual-tariff + MODBUS communication via RS485(1) 4850 3065
Via CT - Dual-tariff + MODBUS communication via RS485 + MID(1) 4850 3066
Via CT - Dual-tariff + communication via M-BUS(1) 4850 3067
Via CT - Dual-tariff + communication via M-BUS + MID(1) 4850 3068
Via CT - Dual-tariff + communication via Ethernet Modbus CTP(1) 4850 3056
Via CT - Dual-tariff + communication via Ethernet Modbus CTP + MID(1) 4850 3057
(1) 4-tariff via RS485 communication.
Panel mounting kit, 4 modules 192J 8015
gG 10x38 0.5 A fuses 10 6012 0000

COUNTIS E5x
three-phase – connect to current transformers up to 6000 A – door-mounted

The solution for
> Data centre

> Building
count_196
COUNTIS E53 - up to 6000 A (via CT)

Strong points
Function Functional diagram > RS485 (MODBUS)
communication or pulse
The COUNTIS E5x is an active and reactive outputs
plug-in electrical energy meter intended for
three-phase networks. It accommodates CT > Detection of connection
wiring up to 6000 A. errors
The COUNTIS E5x is fully integrated into the > Large backlit screen
SOCOMEC monitoring ecosystem > Multi-power monitoring and
(Webview, screens, gateways, configuration CO
UN
TIS
E 50
meter readings on-screen
software, etc.). > Socomec monitoring
count_197_b_1_x_cat
The user can configure the CT connection by ecosystem: user software,

using the keyboard and the display. COUNTIS E50 remote displays
Advantages
RS485 (MODBUS) communication or pulse CO
UN
outputs
TIS
> IEC 62053-23

E 50
As an easy way to centralise your CO

UN
TIS
E 50 Class 2
consumption readings, the COUNTIS E5x > IEC 62053-22
COUNTIS E50
is equipped with either a pulse output or an Class 0.5S
RS485 MODBUS communication output. COUNTIS E50
> IEC 61557-12
Detection of connection errors
The COUNTIS E5x is protected against phase/
neutral inversion and has an integrated test • Metering:
mode to detect wiring errors. Any installation
Measurement index
- Active power: ± kWh
errors can be corrected without having to > 210
- Reactive power: ± kvarh
re-arrange the wiring.
- Apparent power: kVAh
Easy to install and commission – reduces
costs and ensures the proper functioning of Socomec monitoring ecosystem: user Related software
the devices. software, remote displays
Large backlit screen Inherent compatibility with energy > We offer a range of specially
management systems and Socomec designed application tools,
With its multi-display screen and hotkeys,
gateways (Webview, screens, gateways, etc.). to help you make the most of
the COUNTIS E5x is easy to use. It shows
your Socomec metering and
you your consumption and a wide range of
monitoring devices.
electrical readings: I, U, V, S, FP, etc.
Multi-power monitoring and meter readings
on-screen Associated current
• Multi-power monitoring: transformers
- Currents: realtime: I1, I2, I3 • Measurement accuracy: 0.5%.
- Voltages: realtime: V1, V2, V3, U12, U23, • Large backlit screen.
U31, F • Shows multi-measurement and meter
- Power: realtime 3P, 3Q, 3S, average, readings on-screen.
maximum: 3P • Connection guaranteed.
- Power factor: realtime: 3PF
Models Model-related specifications
E50 Pulse output
See "Current transformers".
E53 RS485 MODBUS communication

COUNTIS E5x
three-phase – connect to current transformers up to 6000 A – door-mounted

1. Backlit LCD Measurement of currents
2. Button to show energy values Type Three-phase on CT/5A up to 6000 A
and test mode Input consumption < 0.6 VA
3. Button to show power Startup current (Ist) 40 mA
readings and power factor Minimum current (Imin) 50 mA(1)
4. Button to show currents and Transition current (Itr) 250 mA(2)
voltages Reference current (Iref) 5 A(3)
count_196x_b_2_cat
5. Enter button for programming Permanent overload (Imax) 6A

mode Intermittent overload 50 A for 1 s
Voltage measurement
Range of measurement 86 to 520 VAC
1 2 3 4 5
Input consumption < 0.1 VA
Case Permanent overload 800 VAC
Power accuracy
92 +- 0.0
0.8
Active (according to IEC 62053-22) Class 0.5s
Power supply
Self-powered No
Auxiliary power supply Us 110 to 400 VAC / 125 to 350 VDC +-10 %
Frequency 45 to 65 Hz
Output (pulses)
count_194_d_1_x_cat
Number 1
96 Type 100 VDC - 0.5 A - 10 VA
92 +- 0.0
0.8
Max. number of actions 8

Operating conditions
35
Operating temperature -10 to 55°C
45
15 Storage temperature -20 to 85°C
96 Relative humidity 95%
Communication
Type Plug-in Link RS485
Dimensions W x H x D 96 x 96 x 60 mm Type 2 to 3 half duplex wires
Casing protection degree IP30 Protocol MODBUS® RTU
Front panel protection degree IP52 MODBUS® speed 1400 to 38400 bauds
Display type LCD with blue backlighting
Cross-section of cables for voltage and other terminals 0.5 to 2.5 mm² References
Cross-section of cables for current 1.5 to 6 mm² COUNTIS E50 COUNTIS E53
Weight 370 g Type Reference Reference
(1) I(min) (tr
Output (pulses) 4850 3010
(2) Guaranteed accuracy index between I(tr) and I(max). MODBUS RS485 communication(1) 4850 3011
(3) I(ref) = I(b)A@RDBTQQDMS ((tr) for direct connection COUNTIS devices. COUNTIS software
(1) 4-tariff via RS485 communication.
Fuse disconnect switches to protect the 1-pole + neutral auxiliary power supply (RM type) 6 5701 0017
gG 10x38 0.5 A fuses 10 6012 0000
Connection
Recommendation: - When disconnecting the COUNTIS device, the secondary of each current
- With an IT arrangement, you are recommended not to earth CT secondaries. transformer must be short-circuited. This operation can be carried out
automatically by a PTI, which can be found in the SOCOMEC catalogue.
Contact us.
Low voltage balanced network Low voltage unbalanced network
3/4 wires with 1 CTs 3/4 wires with 3 CTs 3 wires with 2 CTs
N P1 L1
N
P1 P1 S1 P1
L1 L1 L2
S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2
L2 L2 L3
L3 P1 L3
S1 S2
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1
diris_392_d_1_x_cat
diris_395_d_1_x_cat
diris_397_e_1_x_cat
V1 V2 V3 VN S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2 V1 V2 V3 VN S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2 V1 V2 V3 VN S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2
I1 I2 I3 I1 I2 I3 I1 I2 I3
The use of 1 CT reduces the accuracy of the phase from which The use of 2 CTs reduces the accuracy of the phase
the current is derived by 0.5% (using a vector calculation). from which the current is derived by 0.5% (using a vector
calculation).
Additional information
Communication via RS485 link AC and DC auxiliary power supply
110 / 400 VAC
120 / 350 VDC
LIYCY-CY 1 1
diris_398_c_1_x_cat
diris_400_i_1_x_cat
0V - + A U X
ON
RS485 1. 0.5 A gG / 0.5 A class CC fuses.

COUNTIS ECix
multifluid pulse concentrator
The solution for
> Data centres

> Industry
> Infrastructure
count_207.psd
Strong points
> Up to 7 multifluid meters and

COUNTIS ECi3 2 analogue sensors
> Load curves
> RS485 MODBUS
communication
> Improved customisation
Function Principle diagram
The COUNTIS ECix is a multifluid pulse Management software
concentrator which communicates via an
RS485 link using MODBUS protocol. > To get the most effective
use from your Socomec
CO
UN
TIS
It enables pulses from water, gas,

E Ci3
compressed air, electricity meters and, for measurement and metering

COUNTIS ECi
the COUNTIS ECi3, the output of analogue devices, we offer a range of
sensors (light, temperature, wind etc.) to be CO
UN
TIS
E 63
dedicated software tools.
registered and stored. All data, ie. total and 485
partial meters and load curves (available COUNTIS E 232
count_210_c_1_gb_cat
for all logical and analogue inputs) can

be centralised via RS485 communication L
using MODBUS protocol.
m3
kWh
€
PC
Energy efficiency software
Advantages
Up to 7 multifluid meters and RS485 MODBUS communication
2 analogue sensors • Centralisation and transmission of pulse and
• 7 digital inputs + 2 analogue inputs. analogue data to a supervision station.
• Total, partial and programmable metering • Remote configuration of COUNTIS ECi
(day, week, month, year). device.
Load curves Improved customisation
Load curves are available for each of the • Selection of the measuring unit:
ŰKNFHB@KHMOTSR J6GŰL3, liters.
A history of average values are available for • Selection of the currency unit: €, K€, £, $.
the 2 analogue inputs (ECi3). Values can be displayed in the unit of your
choice and energy costs can be directly
calculated.
Models Key characteristics

ECi2 7 insulated inputs
ECi3 7 insulated inputs + 2 analogue inputs.

COUNTIS ECix
multifluid pulse concentrator
Front panel Characteristics

1. Backlit LCD display. Auxiliary power supply
2. Navigation keys. Self-supplied no
3. Validation pushbutton in programming mode. Alternating voltage 110 / 400 VAC
4. Communication status indicator (COM). Direct voltage 120 / 300 VDC
count_207x_b_2_cat
Tolerance ± 10 %
2 Consumption 5 VA
Insulation voltage 3.5 kV
3 Communication
Link RS485
Type 2 … 3 half duplex wires
Protocol MODBUS RTU
1 4
MODBUS® speed 9600 … 38400 bauds
Inputs
Dimensions (mm) Number 7
73 67 Control voltage (integrated) 10…30 VDC
Minimum signal width 10 ms
44 Maximum signal width 2s
Minimum duration between 2 pulses 30 ms
Edge triggering rising
Analogue inputs (ECi3)
Number 2
Current 25 mA
count_208_a_1_x_cat
Accuracy 0.5 %
90
45
Response time 500 ms

Input resistance ´
Consumption 0.1 VA
Operating temperature -10 … +55 °C
Storage temperature -20 … +70 °C
Type modular Relative humidity 95 %
Number of modules 4
Case degree of protection IP20
Front degree of protection IP51
Display type backlit LCD display
Terminal blocks type fixed
Rigid cable cross-section 1 … 10 mm2
Flexible cable cross-section 0.5 … 6 mm2
Weight 215 g
Connection
Us 31 : logical input n°1. 13-15-17 : RS485 link.
32 : logical input n°2.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 33 : logical input n°3. 5-6 : Analogue input n°1.
1 1 34 : logical input n°4. 7-8 : Analogue input n°2.
R = 120 Ω 35 : logical input n°5. 9-10 : output.
count_209_a_1_x_cat
36 : logical input n°6. 20-22 : power supply

31 32 33 34 35 36 51 50 13 15 17 37 5 6 7 8 9 10 20 22 37 : logical input n°7. U=110...400 VAC ± 10 %.
+ 0V + - + - + - OUT PUT AUX
RS485 0/4...20 mA SUPPLY 51-50 : Inputs internal/
external power supply.
COUNTIS ECi
1. 0.5 A gG fuses.
References
COUNTIS ECi2 COUNTIS ECi3
Auxiliary power supply Us Reference Reference
230 / 400 VAC 4853 0000
230 / 400 VAC + 2 analogue inputs 4853 0001
Door mounting kit 192J 8015
gG 10x38 0,5 A fuses 10 6012 0000

MULTIS L50
Digital panel meter
three-phases - via CT up to 6000 A dimensions 96 x 96 mm
The solution for
> Industry
> Infrastructure
multi_076.eps
Strong points
MULTIS L50
> Large backlit LCD display
> Direct display of
Function Principle diagram multimeasurement and
metering values
The MULTIS L50 is a panel mounted digital
> RS485 MODBUS
meter displaying multi-measurement and
communication
energy values directly on its large backlit
LCD display. It is designed for utilisation > Inputs/Output for control/
on three-phase or single-phase networks command or pulses
with connection via CT and is suitable for
applications of up to 6000 A. The product can MUL
TIS
L5
0
be configured by the user via the keypad and

the display.
MULTIS L50
> IEC 62053-21
class 1
Easy to use class 2
multi_063_a_1_x_cat
MUL
TIS
L5
0
Thanks to its large backlit LCD display and

its multiple viewing screens with direct MUL
TIS
L5
0
pushbutton access, MULTIS L50 provide MULTIS L50

clear readings and are easy to use.
MULTIS L50
They directly display a number of multi-
measurement and metering values.
Advanced functionalities
The MULTIS L50 offers input/output functions
as standard and has a pulse output or RS485
MODBUS communication output.
Functions
Multi-measurement Metering Communications(1)

• Currents • Active energy: ± kWh RS485 with MODBUS protocol
- instantaneous: I1, I2, I3, In • Reactive energy: ± kvarh Output
- maximum average: I1, I2, I3, In • Hours: • Remote command of device
• Voltages & frequency Harmonic analysis • Pulse report
- instantaneous: V1, V2, V3, U12, U23, U31, F • Total harmonic distortion (level 51) Inputs
• Power - Currents: thd I1, thd I2, thd I3 • Remote status device
- instantaneous: 3P, 6P, 3Q, 6Q, 3S, 6S - Phase-to-neutral voltage: thd V1, thd V2, thd V3 (1) Available as an option (see the following pages).
- maximum average: 6P, 6Q, 6S - Phase-to-phase voltage: thd U12, thd U23,
- unbalance: U unb SGCŰ4
• Power factors
- instantaneous: 3PF, 6

MULTIS L50
Digital panel meter
Front panel
2. Direct access key for currents (instantaneous and max. values), current THD.
3. Direct access key for voltages, frequency and voltage THD.
4. Pushbutton for active, reactive, and apparent power (instantaneous and max. values)
and power factor.
multi_076x_a_2_cat.eps
5. Direct access key for energies, hour meter and programming menu.
1 2 3 4 5
Case
92 +- 0.0
0.8
Type panel mounting
Terminal block type fixed or plug-in
Voltage and other connection cross-section 0.2 … 2.5 mm2
multi_075_a_1_x_cat.eps
96 Current connection cross-section 0.5 … 6 mm2

92 +- 0.0
0.8
Weight 400 g
I
>
V
>
F
P
PF
35
OK
PR
E 45
OG
15
96
Plug-in modules
MULTIS L50
1 Output
1 output assignable to:
• Pulses: configurable (type, weight, duration) in kWh or kvarh.
diris_445
• Remote command of device.

diris_773
Communication
RS485 link with JBUS / MODBUS protocol
diris_447
(speed up to 38400 bauds)
3 inputs, 1 output
3 inputs assignable to:
• Remote status device.
diris_449
1 output assignable to:

• Pulses: configurable (type, weight, duration) in kWh or kvarh.
• Remote command of device.
Accessories
Current transformers IP65 protection Panel mounting kit
for a 144 x 96 mm cut-out
trafo_077
diris_720
diris_718
trafo_024

MULTIS L50
Digital panel meter
Current measurement (TRMS) Energy accuracy
Via CT primary 9 999 A Active (according to IEC 62053-21) Class 1
Via CT secondary 5A Reactive (according to IEC 62053-23) Class 2
Measurement range 0 … 11 kA Auxiliary power supply
Input consumption 0.6 VA Alternating voltage 110 … 250 VAC
Measurement updating period 1s AC tolerance ± 10 %
Direct voltage 120 … 250 VDC
Accuracy 1%
DC tolerance ± 10%
Permanent overload 6A
Intermittent overload 10 In for 1 s
Consumption 10 VA
Voltage measurements (TRMS) Pulse or alarm output
Direct measurement between phases 50 … 500 VAC Number 1
Direct measurement between phase and neutral 28 … 289 VAC Type 100 VDC - 0.5 A - 10 VA
Input consumption 5 Max. number of operations 8
Measurement updating period 1s Inputs
Accuracy 1% Number 3
Permanent overload 800 VAC Power supply 10 … 30 VDC
Power measurement Minimum signal width 10 ms
Measurement updating period 1s Minimum duration between 2 pulses 18 ms
Accuracy 1% Type Phototransistors
Power factor measurement Communication
Measurement updating period 1s Link RS485
Accuracy 1% Type 2 … 3 half duplex wires
Frequency measurement Protocol MODBUS RTU
MODBUS® speed 1400 … 38400 bauds
Measurement range 45 … 65 Hz
Measurement updating period 1s
Operating temperature - 10 … + 55 °C
Accuracy 0.1 %
Storage temperature - 20 … + 85 °C
Relative humidity 95 %
Terminals
S1 - S2: current inputs.

V1 V2 V3 VN A U X S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2
I1 I2 I3 AUX: auxiliary power supply Us.
V1, V2, V3 & VN: voltage inputs.
MULTIS L50
Communication module Output or alarm module 3 inputs, 1 output module

+ - + - + -
0V - + 1 1 8 19
1 2 13 1 4 15 1 6 17 1 9 18
0n OUT 1
RS485 R = 120 IN 3 IN 2 IN 1 OUT 1
MULTIS L50 MULTIS L50 MULTIS L50

RS485 link. 18 - 19 : output n°1
5 ƃ selectable internal resistance for
RS485 end of line termination.
Connection
Recommendation:
- For IT earthing systems, it is recommended that the CT secondary is not connected to earth.
- When disconnecting the DIRIS, the secondary of each current transformer must be short-circuited. This operation can be carried out automatically by a SOCOMEC
PTI, an accessory which is included in this catalogue. Please consult us.
Low voltage balanced network

3/4 wires with 1 CT Single-phase Two-phase
N P1 P1 L1
P1 L1
L1 S1 S2 S1 S2
S1 S2 N L2
L2
L3
1 1 1 1 1 1
I1 I2 I3 I1 I2 I3 I1 I2 I3
Use of 1 CT reduces by 0.5% the accuracy of the phases, 1. Fuses 0.5 A gG / 0.5 A class CC. 1. Fuses 0.5 A gG / 0.5 A class CC.
the current of which is worked out by vector calculation.
1. Fuses 0.5 A gG / 0.5 A class CC.

MULTIS L50
Digital panel meter
Low voltage unbalanced network
3/4 wires with 3 CTs 3 wires with 2 CTs 3 wires with 2 CTs
P1 L1 P1 L1
N S1 S2 S1 P1
P1 L2 L2
L1 P1 S1 S2
S1 S2 L3 L3
L2
P1 S1 S2
L3
S1 S2
1 1 1 1 1 1
diris_395_d_1_x_cat.eps
1 1 1
S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2 V1 V2 V3 VN S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2 V1 V2 V3 VN S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2
V1 V2 V3 VN
I1 I2 I3 I1 I2 I3 I1 I2 I3
1. Fuses 0.5 A gG / 0.5 A class CC. Use of 2 CTs reduces by 0.5% the accuracy of the Use of 2 CTs reduces by 0.5% the accuracy of the
phases, the current of which is worked out by vector phases, the current of which is worked out by vector
calculation. calculation.
1. Fuses 0.5 A gG / 0.5 A class CC. 1. Fuses 0.5 A gG / 0.5 A class CC.
Communication via RS485 link AC & DC auxiliary power supply
110 / 250 VAC

120 / 250 VDC
1 1
LIYCY-CY
0V - + A U X
ON
RS485
References
Basic device MULTIS L50

Reference
MULTIS L50 192J 9120
Optional plug-in modules Reference
1 output 4825 0080
RS485 MODBUS® communication 4825 0082
3 inputs, 1 output 4825 0083
Accessories
Description of accessories To be ordered in multiples of Reference
IP65 protection 1 4825 0089
Panel mounting kit for a 144 x 96 mm cut-out 1 4825 0088
Fuse holder for the protection of voltage inputs (type RM) 3 poles 4 5601 0018
Fuse holder for the protection of the auxiliary supply (type RM) 1 pole + neutral 6 5601 0017
Fuse type gG 10x38 0.5 A 10 6012 0000
Ferrite to be associated with communication modules 1 4899 0011
Current transformer range 1 See “TE sensors” pages
Expert Services
Our experts “Expert Services” offer complete support for the success
of your project.

Selection guide
DIRIS
Which Which
application? functions?
',5,6b$ ',5,6$',1 ',5,6$[

p. 294 p. 298 p. 298
Functions &855(1775$16)250(56
Remote display
Number of loads 1 1 1
Mounting DIN DIN or 96*96 DIN or 96*96
Power supply AC AC AC
All In One • • •
Optional modules
Ethernet (Modbus TCP / Bacnet IP) o /- o /- o /-
RS485 (Modbus / Bacnet MSTP) •/- •/- •/-
Profibus DPV1
Webserver / File export o /- o/o o/o
Max. number of inputs (digital / analogue) 1/-
Max. number of outputs (digital / analogue) 1/-
4-quadrant energy metering • • •

Load curves (local memory) • •
0DQDJHHQHUJ\FRQVXPSWLRQV
Rebilling of energy (MID approved) • •
Multi-tariff management 2 4 4
Instantaneous, average, min and max values • • •
0RQLWRUWKHHOHFWULFDO
Voltage unbalance measurement
installation
Neutral current (measured / calculated) -/• -/• -/•
Harmonic analysis (THD / Individual) •/- •/- •/-
Dip and swell detection
&KHFNWKHSRZHUTXDOLW\
Overcurrent detection
1/2 cycle RMS curves on events
Operating hours •
Number of operations (info / alarm)
0DQDJHWKHORDGV
Protective device monitoring (on / off / tripped) •
Predictive power analysis and load shedding
•: integrated in the product. o: optional via DIRIS Digiware M-50/M-70 or modules.

Selection guide
DIRIS
Which
Which Which
communication
dimensions? options?
protocol?
',5,6b$ ',5,6b$ ',5,6b$

Modbus Modbus + Modbus +
',5,6b$ ',5,6b$$ ',5,6% ',5,6% Profibus Ethernet
p. 302 p. 306 p. 316 p. 316 p. 312 p. 312 p. 312
&855(1775$16)250(56 60$576(16256
• •
1 1 1 to 4 1 to 4 1
96 x 96 96 x 96 DIN DIN 96 x 96
AC AC / DC AC AC AC / DC
•
• • • •
o /- o /- •/o •/o -/- -/- •/•
•/ - •/- •/o •/o •/- •/- •/-
o o o - • -
o/o Via DIRIS G o/o o/o o/o o/o • /•
3/- 6/4 2/2 3/-
1/- 6/4 2/2 2/-
• • • • •
o • •
8 8 4
• • • • •
• • • •
-/• • (with A-41) •/• •/• -/•
•/- •/• •/- •/• •/•
• •
• •
• • • • •
•/- •/- •/- •/• •/•
• • • • •
• • •

DIRIS A-10
Multifunction meters - PMD
measuring and monitoring - modular format

The solution for
> Industry
> Infrastructures
> Tertiary
diris_978_front.psd
Function
The DIRIS A-10 is a modular multifunction
meter for measuring electrical values in low
voltage networks with connection to current
transformers. DIRIS A-10
Strong points
It allows all electrical parameters to be
displayed and utilised for communication and/ Principle diagram
> Easy to use
or output functions.
> Integrated temperature
Advantages sensor
Easy to use > Detects wiring errors
Five direct access pushbuttons enable all > &RPSOLDQWZLWK,(&}
measurements to be clearly viewed on its
backlit LCD display.
Integrated temperature sensor
It allows variations in temperature to be OK
TEST
PROG
OK
TEST
PROG
> ,(&
detected. > ,(&
DIRIS A-10 RS485 DIRIS A-10
FODVV6
Detects wiring errors > ,(&
An integrated test function can be utilised to 485 General
measurement
FODVV
ETH
detect incorrect wiring and to automatically report
correct CT installation errors.
> UL
&RPSOLDQWZLWK,(&b
PC Curves for
IEC 61557-12 is a high-level standard for current
diris_808_f_1_gb_cat
all PMDs (Performance Monitoring Devices) PLC

per phase
that are designed to measure and monitor Associated with current
electrical parameters in distribution networks. transformers
Compliance with IEC 61557-12 ensures
a high level of equipment performance, in
terms of metrology, and the mechanical and
environmental aspects (EMC, temperature, etc.).
Functions
Multi-measurement Harmonic analysis
• Currents • Total harmonic distortion (level 51)
See “Current transformers”.
- instantaneous: I1, I2, I3, In - Currents: thd I1, thd I2, thd I3
- maximum average: I1, I2, I3, In - Phase-to-neutral voltage: thd V1, thd V2, thd V3
• Voltages & frequency - Phase-to-phase voltage: thd U12, thd U23,
- instantaneous: V1, V2, V3, U12, U23, U31, F thd U31
• Power Dual tariff function
- instantaneous: 3P, 6P, 3Q, 6Q, 3S, 6S Selection of one out of 2 billing tariffs
- maximum average: 6P, 6Q, 6S Events
• Power factors Alarms on all electrical values
- instantaneous: 3PF, 6PF Communications(1)
Metering RS485 with MODBUS protocol
• Active energy: +/- kWh Input
• Reactive energy: +/- kVarh • Tariff selection
• Hours: • Remote device status
Output
• Remote command of device
• Alarm report
• Pulse report
(1) Available on specific version (see the following pages).

DIRIS A-10
Front panel

2. Direct access key for currents (instant and maximum), current THD and test function.
3. Direct access key for voltages, frequency and voltage THD.
4. Direct access key for active, reactive and apparent power (instantaneous and max. values) and
diris_978x_a_1_cat
power factor.
5. Direct access key for energies.
2
6. Pushbutton for hour meter, temperature and programming menu access.
3
4 7. Metrological LED.
5
6
7
Case
64
72 44
Type modular
Number of modules 4
Case degree of protection IP 30
diris_809_b_1_x_cat
Front degree of protection IP 52

45
90
Voltage and current connection

4 mm2
cross-section
Connection cross-section for AUX
2.5 mm2
supply, input, output and comms.
Weight 205 g (4825 0010) - 215 g (4825 0011)
Via CT primary 9 999 A Active (according to IEC 62053-22) Class 0.5 S
Input consumption 0.6 VA Alternating voltage 110 … 277 VAC
Measurement updating period 1s AC tolerance ± 15 %
Accuracy 0.2 % Frequency 50 / 60 Hz
Permanent overload 6A Consumption < 3 VA
Intermittent overload 10 In for 1 s Digital output (pulses)
Voltage measurements (TRMS) Number 1
Direct measurement between phases 50 … 500 VAC Optocoupler type (IEC 62053-31) Class A and B (10 ... 30 VDC, 27mA)
Direct measurement between phase and neutral 28 … 289 VAC Input (tariff)
Input consumption 5 Number 1
Measurement updating period 1s Type 0 VAC: T1 / 200-277 VAC: T2
Accuracy 0.2 % Communication
Power measurement Link RS485
Measurement updating period 1s Type 2 … 3 half duplex wires
Accuracy 0.5 % Protocol MODBUS RTU
Power factor measurement MODBUS® speed 2400 … 38400 bauds
Measurement updating period 1s Operating conditions
Accuracy 0.5 % Operating temperature - 10 … + 55 °C
Frequency measurement Storage temperature - 20 … + 70 °C
Measurement range 45 … 65 Hz Relative humidity 85 %
Accuracy 0.1 %

DIRIS A-10
Connection
Recommendation:
- When disconnecting the DIRIS, the secondary of each current transformer must be short-circuited. This operation can be carried out automatically by
a SOCOMEC PTI, an accessory which is included in this catalogue. Please consult us.
- It is recommended that the earthing point for the DIRIS A-10 and the current transformer secondaries are not earthed at the same time.
/RZYROWDJHEDODQFHGQHWZRUN
N P1 P1
P1 L1 L1
L1 S1 S2 S1 S2
S1 S2 N L2
L2
L3
1 1 1 1 1 1
diris_810_a_1_gb_cat
I1 I2 I3 I1 I2 I3 I1 I2 I3
1. Fuses 0.5 A gG / 0.5 A class CC. 1. Fuses 0.5 A gG / 0.5 A class CC. 1. Fuses 0.5 A gG / 0.5 A class CC.
/RZYROWDJHXQEDODQFHGQHWZRUN
3/4 wires with 3 CTs ZLUHVZLWK&7V ZLUHVZLWK&7V
N P1 L1 P1 L1
P1 L1 S1 S2 L2 S1 P1 L2
S1 S2 L2 P1 L3 S1 S2 L3
P1 L3 S1 S2
S1 S2
1 1 1
1 1 1
1 1 1
I1 I2 I3 I1 I2 I3 I1 I2 I3
1. Fuses 0.5 A gG / 0.5 A class CC. Use of 2 CTs reduces by 0.5% the accuracy of the Use of 2 CTs reduces by 0.5% the accuracy of the
phases, the current of which is worked out by vector phases, the current of which is worked out by vector
calculation. calculation.
&RPPXQLFDWLRQYLD56OLQN AC auxiliary power supply
110-277 VAC
1 1
LIYCY-CY
diris_821_e_1_x_cat
diris_820_a_1_x_cat
0V - + 20 22
AUX
RS485

DIRIS A-10
Terminals
diris_816_a_1_x_cat
12 14 16 2 20 22 1 3 5 7 9 11 18
I1 I2 I3
DIRIS A-10
AUX: auxiliary power supply Us. 66 current inputs.
999 91 voltage inputs.
Communication terminals Pulse or alarm output terminals Input terminals
diris_819_b_1_x_cat
diris_816_a_1_x_cat
diris_818_a_1_x_cat
1 3 15 17 4 6 8 10
0V + - + - IN 1
RS485 OUT 1
DIRIS A-10 DIRIS A-10 DIRIS A-10

56OLQN output n°1 8 - 10 : input n°1
References
Basic device DIRIS A-10
DIRIS A-10 4825 0400
DIRIS A-10 with RS485 MODBUS communication 4825 0401
Fuse disconnect switches for the protection of voltage inputs (type RM) 3 poles 4 5701 0018
Fuse disconnect switches for the protection of the auxiliary supply (type RM) 1 pole + neutral 6 5701 0017
Fuses type gG 10x38 0.5 A 10 6012 0000
Current transformer range 1 See “Current transformers” pages
Management software for DIRIS See “Easy Config System” pages
Door mounting kit 4825 0088
Automatic CT short-circuiting device See “Current transformers” pages
Expert Services
> 6WXG\GHILQLWLRQDGYLFHLPSOHPHQWDWLRQPDLQWHQDQFHDQGWUDLQLQJf
2XUH[SHUWVq([SHUW6HUYLFHVrRIIHUFRPSOHWHVXSSRUWIRUWKHVXFFHVV
RI\RXUSURMHFW

DIRIS A14
PMD - MID multifunction measuring unit
The solution for
> Industry
> Infrastructures
diris_908_a_1_cat.eps
> Data centers
diris_964.psd
DIRIS A14 panel mounted DIRIS A14 DIN rail mounted
Function Functional diagram

Strong points
The DIRIS A14 is an MID approved
multifunction meter - for measuring electrical > Single-phase and three-phases
values in low voltage networks. MID certified
It allows all electrical parameters to be > Bi-directional metering
displayed and utilised for communication and/ > Multi-measurement
or output functions. and load curves
> IEC 61557-12 measuring
Advantages method
Single-phase and three-phases MID certified > Detection of connection errors
DIRIS A14
DIRIS A14 products with MID certification RS485 panel mounted
provide the guaranteed accuracy required DIRIS A14
DIN rail mounted
for applications in which sub-billing of the 485 General
electrical energy consumed is necessary, ETH measurement
whether on a three-phase or single-phase report > IEC 61557-12
network. “Module B+D” certification > IEC 62053-23
guarantees that the design and manufacturing class 2
process of products are approved by an PC Curves for
accredited laboratory. current > EN50470-1
PLC per phase
> EN50470-3 class C
diris_907_c_1_gb_cat.eps
Bi-directional metering (four quadrants)

This function is for metering energy production Associated with current
or energy consumption. transformers
Multi-measurement and load curve Detection of connection errors

Display of electrical values (I, U, V, 6P, 6Q, 6S, The product is protected against phase/
PF) and P+ load curve over a 7 day period via neutral inversion and detects wiring errors.
communication. The power supply internally derived from the
IEC 61557-12 measuring method voltage connections ensures realtime MID See “Current transformers”.
IEC 61557-12 is a high-level standard covering counting as soon as the mains voltage is
all PMDs (Performance Monitoring Devices). By present.
using the measuring method of IEC 61557-12
ensures a high level of equipment performance,
in terms of metrology.
Functions
Multi-measurement Total and partial metering Events (via communication)
• Currents • Active energy: + kWh, - kWh • Active energy consumption:
- instantaneous: I1, I2, I3, In • Reactive energy: + kvarh, - kvarh day n-1 / week n-1 / month n-1
- maximum average: I1, I2, I3, In • Active power load curves:
Harmonic analysis (via communication) P 10 minutes over 7 days with time-log
• Frequency • Total harmonic distortion (rank 63)
• Voltages Communications
- Currents: thd I1, thd I2, thd I3
- instantaneous: V1, V2, V3, U12, U23, U31, F • RS485 with MODBUS protocol
- Phase-to-neutral voltage: thd V1, thd V2, thd V3
• Powers - Phase-to-phase voltage: thd U12, thd U23, thd U31
- instantaneous: 6P, 6Q, 6S
Multi tariff function (via communication)
- maximum average: 6P, 6Q, 6S
• Selection of one out of 4 billing tariffs
• Power factor (cos M
- instantaneous: 6cos M
- maximum average: 6cos M

DIRIS A14
Front panel
1. Backlit LCD display
2. Direct access for energies and validation key
3. Programming key
4. Navigation key for measurements
5. Metrological LED
6. MID marking
7. Serial Number
2
1 2
3
6 4 3
diris_908x_a_2_cat
diris_964x_a_2_cat
7 5 4
5
1 6
7
Case
DIRIS A14 DIN rail mounted
64 DIRIS A14 DIRIS A14
72 6 44 DIN rail mounted door mounted
Type modular Recessed
Number of modules 4 -
Dimensions W x H x D 72 x 90 x 64 mm 96 x 96 x 69.5 mm
diris_906_a_1_x_cat

45
90

Display type Backlit LCD
Rigid cable cross-section 1.5 … 10 mm2
Flexible cable cross-section 1 … 6 mm2
DIRIS A14 door mounted Weight 240 g 450 g
96 69.5 24
diris_914_a_1_x_cat
96
Via CT primary 10 … 2500 A Active (according to IEC 62053-22) Class 0.5 S
Input consumption 0.6 VA Active (according to EN 50470) Class C
Startup current (Ist) 5 mA Metrological LED (EA+,EA-)
Minimum current (Imin) 50 mA Pulse weight 10000 pulses/kWh
Transmission current (Itr) 250 mA Colour Red
Reference current (Iref) 5A Auxiliary power supply
Measurement updating period 1s Self-powered Yes
Accuracy 0.5% Frequency 50 / 60 Hz
Permanent overload 6A Communication
Intermittent overload 120 A for 0.5 s Link RS485
Voltage measurements (TRMS) Type 2 to 3 half duplex wires
Direct measurement (four phases) 50 …460 VAC Protocol MODBUS® RTU
Input consumption 2 VA MODBUS® speed 4800 … 38400 bauds
Accuracy 0.2% Operating temperature -10 … +55°C
Permanent overload 480 V (phase-to-phase measurement) Storage temperature -20 … +70°C
Power measurement Relative humidity 95% non-condensing
Accuracy 0.5%
Power factor measurement (cos M
Accuracy 0.01

DIRIS A14
Connection
Recommendation:
- When disconnecting the DIRIS, the secondary of each current transformer must be short-circuited.
This operation can be carried out automatically by a SOCOMEC PTI, which can be found in the SOCOMEC catalogue: please consult us.
3/4 wires with 3 CTs Single-phase
N P1 L1
P1 L1 S1 S2 N
S1 S2 L2
P1 L3
S1 S2
1
diris_902_b_1_x_cat
diris_916_a_1_x_cat
1 1 1
V1 V2 V3 N S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2 V1 V2 V3 VN S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2
I1 I2 I3 I1 I2 I3
1. 0.5 A gG / 0.5 A class CC fuses. 1. 0.5 A gG / 0.5 A class CC fuses.
3 wires with 2 CTs 3 wires with 2 CTs

P1 L1 P1 L1
S1 S2 L2 S1 P1 L2
P1 L3 S1 S2 L3
S1 S2
1 1 1 1 1 1
diris_918_a_1_x_cat
diris_917_a_1_x_cat
V1 V2 V3 VN S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2 V1 V2 V3 VN S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2
I1 I2 I3 I1 I2 I3
Communication via RS485 link
LIYCY-CY
diris_903_a_1_x_cat
NC - +
RS485

DIRIS A14
Terminals
Communication Module
diris_1000_a_1_x_cat.eps
1 5 17 13 12 14 16 2 1 3 5 7 9 11
+ - NC V1 V2 V3 N S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2
RS485
I1 I2 I3
DIRIS A-14 DIRIS A-14 DIRIS A-10
RS485 link. V1, V2, V3 & N : voltage inputs. S1 - S2 : current inputs.
References
Basic device DIRIS A14
DIRIS A14 MID DIN rail mounted 4825 0020
DIRIS A14 MID door mounted 4825 0021
Fuse disconnect switches for the protection of voltage inputs (type RM) 4 5701 0018
gG 10x38 0,5 A fuses type 10 6012 0000
Expert Services
of your project.

DIRIS A-20
Multifunction measuring unit - PMD
measurement and monitoring - door mounting

The solution for
> Industry
> Infrastructure
> Building
diris_981_front.eps
DIRIS A-20 Strong points
> User-friendly operation

Function Functional diagram
> &RPSOLDQWZLWK,(&}
DIRIS A-20 units are performance metering > Detects wiring errors
and monitoring devices that provide the
user with all of the measurements needed to
> Customisable
complete energy efficient projects successfully
and to provide assured monitoring of electrical
distribution.
All of this information can be used and > ,(&
analysed remotely with the help of energy
efficiency software programs. > ,(&
FODVV6
Advantages > ,(&
RS485 DIRIS A-20
DIRIS A-20 FODVV
User-friendly operation
With its large backlit multiple-display screen > UL
DIRIS Digiware M-70
with 4 hot keys, the DIRIS A-20 is easy to use.
Compliant with IEC 61557-12
DIRIS_576_i_1_en_cat
Reference standard for PMDs (Performance Related software

metering & monitoring devices), IEC 61557-
PLC > To use Socomec PMDs
12 guarantees performance levels and
satisfactory performance from the PMDs effectively, we can offer you
under the environmental conditions typical of Energy efficiency software several dedicated software
industrial and tertiary applications. tools.
Detects wiring errors See “Easy Config System”
The DIRIS A-20 is equipped with an error pages.
correction function for CT connection.
Customisable
Additional communication and input/
output modules can extend the basic
functional scope of this product. Equipped
with additional modules, the DIRIS A-20
can provide the user with flexibility and
expandability throughout the service life
of the product.
Functions
Multi-measurement Metering Events
• Currents • Active energy: +/- kWh Alarms on all electrical parameters
- instantaneous: I1, I2, I3, In • Reactive energy: +/- kvarh Communications (1)
- maximum average: I1, I2, I3, In • Hours: RS485 with MODBUS protocol
• Voltages & frequency Harmonic analysis Output
- instantaneous: V1, V2, V3, U12, U23, U31, F • Total harmonic distortion (rank 51) • Equipment control
• Powers - Currents: thd I1, thd I2, thd I3 • Alarm report
- instantaneous: 3P, 6P, 3Q, 6Q, 3S, 6S - Phase-to-neutral voltage: thd V1, thd V2, thd V3 • Pulse report
- maximum average: 6P, 6Q, 6S Phase-to-phase voltage: thd U12, thd U23, thd Input
• Power factors U31 • Information report from a dry external contact
- instantaneous: 3PF, 6PF (1) Available as an option (see the following pages).

DIRIS A-20
Front panel

2. Pushbutton for currents (instantaneous and maximum), THD currents
and the connection correction function.
3. Pushbutton for voltages, frequency and THD voltages.
4. Pushbutton for power (instantaneous and maximum), active, reactive
DIRIS_981x_b_1_cat
and effective, power factor.

5. Pushbutton for energy sources and timer counter.
1 2 3 4 5
Case
92 +- 0.0
0.8
Type Plug-in
Display type Backlit LCD
Type of terminal strips Fixed or removable
DIRIS_577_e_1_x_cat
96
92 +- 0.0
0.8
Section for connection of voltages and other terminals 0.2 … 2.5 mm2
Section for connection of currents 0.5 … 6 mm2
I
5/TE
ST V
F
35 Weight 400 g
4 P
PF
OK
PR
E 45
OG
15
96
Plug-in optional modules

1 output
DIRIS® A-20
1 output that can be configured for:
• pulses: configurable (type, weight, duration) to kWh
diris_445_
or kVarh.
• Monitoring: 3I, In, 3V, 3U, F, 6P, 6Q, 6S, 6PFL/C,
THD 3I, THD 3V, THD 3U and timer meter.
DIRIS_773_a_1_cat
• Equipment control
Communication
RS485 link with MODBUS protocol
(speed up to 38 400 baud).
diris_447
3 inputs , 1 output
3 inputs can be configured into:
• Information report from an external contact.
diris_449
1 output that can be configured for:

• pulses: configurable (type, weight, duration) to kWh or kVarh.
• Monitoring: 3I, In, 3V, 3U, F, 6P, 6Q, 6S, 6PFL/C, THD 3I, THD 3V,
THD 3U and timer meter.
• Equipment control
Accessories
Current transformer IP65 protection
See “Current transformers” pages.
trafo_077
DIRIS_720
trafo_024

DIRIS A-20
Via CT primary 9 999 A Active (according to IEC 62053-22) Class 0.5 S
Via CT secondary 5A Reactive (in acc. with CEI 62053-23) Class 2
Input consumption 0.6 VA Alternative voltage 110 … 400 VAC
Measurement updating period 1s AC tolerance ± 10%
DC voltage 120 … 289 VDC
Accuracy 0.2%
DC tolerance ± 20%
Permanent overload 6A
Intermittent overload 10 In over 1 sec
Power consumption 10 VA
Voltage measurements (TRMS) Pulse or alarm output
Direct measurement between phases 50 … 500 VAC Number 1
Direct measurement between phase Type 100 VDC - 0,5 A - 10 VA
28 … 289 VAC
and neutral Max. number of manoeuvres 8
Input consumption 5 Inputs
Measurement updating period 1s Number 3
Accuracy 0.2% Power supply 10 … 30 VDC
Power measurement Minimum width of signal 10 ms
Measurement updating period 1s Minimum length between 2 pulses 18 ms
Accuracy 0.5% Type Optical couplers
Power factor measurement Communication
Measurement updating period 1s Link RS485
Accuracy 0.5% Type 2 to 3 half duplex wires
Frequency measurement Protocol MODBUS® in RTU mode
Measurement range 45 … 65 Hz MODBUS® speed 1400 … 38400 baud
Accuracy 0.1% Operating temperature range - 10 … + 55°C
Storage temperature - 20 … + 85°C
Terminals
S1 - S2 : current inputs.
DIRIS_578_a_1_x_cat
I1 I2 I3 AUX : auxiliary power supply Us.
V1, V2, V3 & VN : voltage inputs.
DIRIS A20
Module communication Output or alarm module Module with 3 inputs, 1 output

DIRIS_580_b_1_x_cat
DIRIS_579_a_1_x_cat
+ - + - + -
0V - + 1 1 8 19
1 2 13 1 4 15 1 6 17 1 9 18
0n OUT 1
RS485 R = 120 IN 3 IN 2 IN 1 OUT 1
DIRIS A20 DIRIS A20 DIRIS A20

RS485 link. 18 - 19 : output n°1
5 ƃ internal resistance for
the RS485 link.
Connection
Recommendation
- When disconnecting the DIRIS, the secondary of each current transformer must be short-circuited. This operation can be carried out automatically
by a SOCOMEC PTI, which can be found in the SOCOMEC catalogue: please consult us.
N P1
P1 P1 L1 L1
L1 S1 S2
S1 S2 S1 S2 N L2
L2
L3
1 1 1 1 1 1
diris_393_d_1_x_cat
diris_392_d_1_x_cat
diris_394_d_1_x_cat
I1 I2 I3 I1 I2 I3 I1 I2 I3
The 1CT solution reduces by 0.5% the accuracy of the phase

for which the current is deduced by a vector calculation.
1. 0.5 A gG / 0.5 A class CC fuses. 1. 0.5 A gG / 0.5 A class CC fuses. 1. 0.5 A gG / 0.5 A class CC fuses.

DIRIS A-20
3/4 wires with 3 CTs 3 wires with 2 CTs 3 wires with 2 CTs
P1 L1 P1 L1
N
P1 S1 S2 S1 P1
L1 L2 L2
S1 S2 P1 S1 S2
L2 L3 L3
P1 L3 S1 S2
S1 S2
diris_396_d_1_fr_cat
1 1 1 1 1 1
diris_395_d_1_fr_cat
1 1 1
diris_397_e_1_x_cat
I1 I2 I3 I1 I2 I3 I1 I2 I3
1. 0.5 A gG / 0.5 A class CC fuses. The 2CT solution reduces by 0.5% the accuracy of the phase The 2CT solution reduces by 0.5% the accuracy of the phase
for which the current is deduced by a vector calculation. for which the current is deduced by a vector calculation.
Communication via RS485 link AC and DC auxiliary power supply
110 / 400 VAC

120 / 350 VDC
1 1
diris_398_c_1_x_cat
diris_400_i_1_fr_cat
LIYCY-CY
A U X
0V - +
ON
RS485
References
Basic device DIRIS A-20
Auxiliary power supply Us Reference
110 … 400 VAC / 120 … 350 VDC 4825 0402
Options
Plug-in modules Reference
On/Off output. 4825 0080
RS485 MODBUS® communication 4825 0082
3 inputs, 1 output 4825 0083
Accessoires To be ordered in multiples of Reference
/QNSDBSHNMŰ(/ 1 4825 0089
Plug-in kit for cutout 144 x 96 mm 1 4825 0088
3-pole fuse disconnect switches to protect input voltages (RM type) 4 5601 0018
1-pole + neutral fuse disconnect switches to protect the auxiliary supply (RM type) 6 5601 0017
gG 10x38 0.5 A fuses 10 6012 0000
Ferrite for use with communication modules 1 4899 0011
Current transformer range 1 See “Current transformers” pages
Software associated with DIRIS See “Easy Config System” pages
Expert Services
Our experts "Expert Services" offer complete support for the success
of your project.

DIRIS A-30/A-41
measurement and advanced monitoring - door mounting

The solution for

> Industry
> Building
> Infrastructures
diris_984_front.eps
DIRIS A-30
Strong points
> User-friendly operation

Function Functional diagram > Detects wiring errors
The DIRIS A-30 and A-41 are power DIRIS A-41
> Customisable
monitoring devices that provide the user with
all of the measurements needed to complete > &RPSOLDQWZLWK,(&}
energy efficiency projects and to assure the
monitoring of electrical distribution.
Ethernet
All the information can be used and analysed diris_581_i_1_en_cat

remotely using energy efficiency software DIRIS A-30 DIRIS A-30 DIRIS A-30
packages. > ,(&
> ,(&
FODVV6
RS485
> ,(&
Advantages FODVV
User-friendly operation > UL
Energy efficiency
With its large backlit multiple-display screen software
with 6 hot keys, the DIRIS A-30 is easy to use.
Detects wiring errors
The DIRIS A-30 is provided with a correction PLC
function for TC wiring errors.
Customisable &RPSOLDQWZLWK,(&b
The DIRIS A-30 can be equipped with Reference standard for PMDs (Performance
additional modules that give the user flexibility metering & monitoring devices), IEC 61557-12
throughout the service life of the product. guarantees performance levels and satisfactory
Communication modules and additional digital performance from the PMDs under the
or analogue inputs/outputs can be used to environmental conditions typical of industrial
increase its range of functionality. and tertiary applications.
Functions
Multi-measurement • Kfactor • Individual harmonics up to 63rd Communications (1)
• Currents • Temperatures (1) - Currents: HI1, HI2, HI3, HIn • RS485 (Modbus)
- instantaneous: I1, I2, I3, In, Isystem - internal - Phase-to-neutral voltage: • Ethernet
- average/max average: I1, I2, I3, In - external via 3 PT100 probes HV1, HV2, HV3, ,NCATR3"/NQ,NCATRŰ134
• Voltages & frequency Metering - Phase-to-phase voltages: • Ethernet with RS485 Modbus RTU
- instantaneous: V1, V2, V3, U12, HU12, HU23, HU31 gateway over TCP
• Active energy: +/- kWh
U23, U31, F, Vsystem, Usystem Load curve (1) • Profibus DP Sub-D9
• Reactive energy: +/- kvarh
- average/max average: V1, V2, V3, • Effective power: kVAh • Active & reactive power: Inputs/ Outputs(1)
U12, U23, U31, F 6P+/- ; 6Q+/- • Pulse counting
• Hours:
• Powers • Voltages & frequency: V1, V2, V3, • Checking / control of equipment
Harmonic analysis U12, U23, U31, F
- instantaneous: 3P, 6P, 3Q, 6Q, • Alarm report
• Level of harmonic distortion
3S, 6S Events (1) • Pulse report
- Currents: thd I1, thd I2, thd I3, thd In • Alarms on all electrical parameters.
- max average: 6P, 6Q, 6S Analogue output
- Phase-to-neutral voltage: thd V1, thd
- predictive: (6P), (6Q), (6S) • Analogue 0/4- 20 mA
V2, thd V3
• Power factors (1) Available as an option
Phase-to-phase voltage: thd U12, thd
- instantaneous: 3PF, 6PF U23, thd U31 (see following pages).
- average/max average: 6PF

DIRIS A-30/A-41
Front panel
2. Pushbutton for currents and for connection correction function
3. Pushbutton for voltages and frequency..
4. Pushbutton for active, reactive and effective powers and for power factor.
5. Pushbutton for maximum and average values for currents and power levels.
6. Pushbutton for harmonics.
7. Pushbutton for electrical energy meters, timers and impulse counters
diris_984x_b_1_cat
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Plug-in modules
Pulse outputs
diris_445_a_1_cat
2 configurable pulse outputs (type, weight and run)

on ±kWh, ±kvarh and kVAh.
DIRIS® A-30
diris_447_a_1_cat
MODBUS® communication
RS485 link with MODBUS® protocol (speed up to 38400 baud).
diris_775_a_1_cat
diris_773_a
PROFIBUS® DP communication
SUB-D9 link with PROFIBUS® DP protocol (speed up to 12 Mbaud).
Analogue outputs
You can connect a maximum of 2 modules, i.e. 4 analogue outputs.
diris_448_a_1_cat
2 outputs can be allocated to:

3I, In, 3V, 3U, F, ±6P, ±6Q, 6S, 6PFL/C, Isys, Vsys, Usys, Ppred, Qpred, Spred,
T°C internal, T°C 1, T°C 2, T°C3 and to 30 VDC power supply.
LQSXWVRXWSXWV
DIRIS® A-41*
You can connect a maximum of 3 modules, i.e. 6 inputs / 6 outputs.
2 outputs can be allocated to:
diris_449_a_1_cat
- monitoring: 3I, In, 3V, 3U, F, ±6P, ±6Q, 6S, 6PFL/C, THD 3I, THD In, THD 3V, THD
3U, Ppred, Qpred, Spred, T°C internal, T°C 1, T°C2, T°C3 and of time counter,
- remote control,
- timed remote control,
- 2 inputs for pulse counting.
diris_774_a
diris_682_a_1_cat
Storage capability
• Memory function up to max. 62 days for P+, P-, Q+, Q- with a TOP for internal or
external synchronisation of 5, 8, 10, 15, 20, 30 and 60 minutes.
• Memory function for the last 10 timed and dated alarms.
* With current measurement module for Neutral • Memory function for the last min and max instantaneous values for 3U, 3V, 3I, In,
as standard. F, 6P±, 6Q±, 6S, THD 3U, THD 3V, THD, 3U, THD, 3V, THD, 3I, THD In.
• Memory function of average values 3U, 3V et F as a function of synchronisation
(maximum 60 days).
diris_777_a_1_cat
• Ethernet link with MODBUS/TCP or MODBUS RTU over TCP.
diris_776_a_1_cat
(WKHUQHWFRPPXQLFDWLRQZLWK5602'%86JDWHZD\
• Ethernet link with MODBUS/TCP or MODBUS RTU over TCP.
• Connect 1 to 247 RS485 MODBUS slaves.

DIRIS A-30/A-41
Accessories
Current transformer ,3SURWHFWLRQ
See “Current transformers” pages.
trafo_077_b_2_cat
trafo_024_a_2_cat
diris_720_a_2_cat
Terminals
',5,6b$
66 current inputs
diris_569_a_1_x_cat
$8; auxiliary power supplies Us
I1 I2 I3 99991 voltage inputs
DIRIS A-30
',5,6b$
66 current inputs
diris_570_a_1_x_cat
V1 V2 V3 VN A U X S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2
$8;auxiliary power supplies Us
I1 I2 I3 IN
99991voltage inputs
DIRIS A-41
Communication module Pulse output module Analogue output module

diris_571_a_1_x_cat
diris_572_a_1_x_cat
1 2 3 4
diris_573_a_1_x_cat
0V - + 1
5 6 7 8
0n + - + -
RS485 R = 120 0/4-20 mA 0/4-20 mA
OUT 1 OUT 2 OUT 1 OUT 2
DIRIS A-30 / A-41 DIRIS A-30 / A-41 DIRIS A-30 / A-41
RS485 link. pulse output n°1. analogue output n°1.
5 ƃ internal resistance for the RS485 link. relay output n°2. analogue output n°2.
LQSXWRXWSXWPRGXOH Memory module Temperature module

diris_683_a_1_x_cat
diris_753_a_1_en_cat
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
9 10 11 12 17 18
sensor 1 sensor 2
OUT 1 OUT 2 + -
diris_574_b_1_x_cat
A-Cd A-Cd IN
synchro 27 28 29 30
1 3 14 15 16 DIRIS A-30 / A-41 sensor 3
- + - + DIRIS A-30 / A-41
IN 1 IN 2 synchronisation input. Probe 1 Probe 2 Probe 3
DIRIS A-30 / A-41 red red red
relay output n°1. red red red
relay output n°2. white white white
optical input n°1. white white white
optical input n°2.
Ethernet module (WKHUQHWPRGXOH5602'%86JDWHZD\

diris_751_c_1_en_cat
diris_752_a_1_x_cat
10 BASE T 10 BASE T 0V - + 1
100 BASE T 100 BASE T 0n
RS485
RJ45 RJ45 gateway R = 120Ω
DIRIS A-30 / A-41 DIRIS A-30 / A-41

DIRIS A-30/A-41
Measurement of currents on insulated inputs (TRMS) Module 2 inputs - 2 outputs: outputs (alarms / control)
Via CT primary 9,999 A Number of relays 2(1)
Via CT secondary 1 or 5 A Type 250 VAC - 5 A - 1150 VA
Measurement range 0 … 11 kA Module 2 inputs - 2 outputs: optical coupler inputs
Input consumption 5 Number 2(1)
Measurement updating period 1s Power supply 10 … 30 VDC
Accuracy 0.2% Minimum width of signal 10 ms
Permanent overload 6A Minimum length between 2 pulses 18 ms
Intermittent overload 10 In for 1 s Type Optical couplers
Voltage measurements (TRMS) Pulse output module
Direct measurement between phases 50 to 1039 VAC Number of relays 2
Direct measurement between phase and neutral 28 to 600 VAC Type 100 VDC - 0.5 A - 10 VA
VT primary measurement 500,000 VAC Max. number of manoeuvres 8
VT secondary measurement 60, 100, 110, 173, 190 VAC Analogue output module
Frequency 50 / 60 Hz Number of outputs 2(2)
Input consumption 5 Type Insulated
Measurement updating period 1s Scale 0 / 4 … 20 mA
Accuracy 0.2% Load resistance Ƅ
Current - voltage product Maximum current 30 mA
Limitation for TC 1 A 10,000,000 MODBUS communication module
Limitation for TC 5 A 10,000,000 Link RS485
Power measurement Type 2 to 3 half duplex wires
Measurement updating period 1s Protocol MODBUS® RTU
Accuracy 0.5% MODBUS® speed 4800 to 38400 baud
Power factor measurement PROFIBUS DP communication module
Measurement updating period 1s Link SUB-D9
Accuracy 0.5% Protocol PROFIBUS® DP
Frequency measurement PROFIBUS® speed 9.8 kbaud … 12 Mbaud
Measurement range 45 … 65 Hz Ethernet communication module
Measurement updating period 1s Connection technology RJ45
Accuracy 0.1% Baud rate 10 base T / 100 base T
Energy accuracy Protocol MODBUS TCP or MODBUS RTU on TCP
Active (according to IEC 62053-22) Class 0.5 S Temperature module (inputs)
Reactive (according to IEC 62053-23) Class 2 Type PT100
Auxiliary power supply Connection 2, 3 or 4 wires
Alternative voltage 110 …400 VAC Dynamic - 20°C ... 150°C
AC tolerance ± 10 % Accuracy ± 1 digit
Direct current 120 … 350 VDC / 12 … 48 VDC Maximum length 300 cm
DC tolerance ± 20 % / - 6 … + 20 % Operating conditions
Frequency 50 / 60 Hz Operating temperature range -10 to +55°C
Power consumption 5
(1) Max. 3 modules / DIRIS.
(2) Max. 2 modules / DIRIS.
Case
+ 0.8
92 - 0.0
Type Panel mounting

Display type Backlit LCD display
Type of terminal strips Fixed or detachable
Section of connection for
0,2 … 2.5 mm2
voltages and other terminals
Section of connection for currents 0.5 … 6 mm2
96 DIR
IS
A4
0 92
+ 0.8
Weight 400 g
- 0.0
diris_582_f_1_x_cat
35
45
15
96

DIRIS A-30/A-41
Connections
Balanced low-voltage network for DIRIS A-30
5HFRPPHQGDWLRQWhen disconnecting the DIRIS, the secondary of each current transformer must be short-circuited. This operation can be carried
out automatically by a SOCOMEC PTI, which can be found in the SOCOMEC catalogue: please consult us.
In TNC mode, it is advisable to connect the DIRIS A-30/A-41 to earth using the functional earth module.
N P1 P1 L1
P1 L1
L1 S1 S2 S1 S2 L2
S1 S2 N
L2
L3
1 1 1
diris_392_d_1_x_cat
1 1 1
diris_393_e_1_x_cat
diris_394_d_1_x_cat
I1 I2 I3 I1 I2 I3 I1 I2 I3
The use of 1 TC reduces by 0.5% the accuracy of the phases, 1. 0.5 A gG / 0.5 A class CC fuses. 1. 0.5 A gG / 0.5 A class CC fuses.
the current for which is worked out by vector calculation.

3/4 wires with 3 CTs ZLUHVZLWK&7V ZLUHVZLWK&7V
P1 L1 P1 L1
N S1
P1 S1 S2 L2 P1 L2
L1
S1 S2 P1 S1 S2
L2 L3 L3
P1 L3 S1 S2
S1 S2
diris_395_d_1_x_cat
diris_396_d_1_x_cat
diris_397_d_1_x_cat
1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1
I1 I2 I3 I1 I2 I3 I1 I2 I3
1. 0.5 A gG / 0.5 A class CC fuses. The use of 2 TC reduces by 0.5% the accuracy of the phase, The use of 2 TC reduces by 0.5% the accuracy of the phase,
the current for which is worked out by vector calculation. the current for which is worked out by vector calculation.

4 wires with 4 CTs
P1 N
P1 S1 L1
S1 S2 L2
P1 L3
S1 S2
1 1 1
diris_575_b_1_x_cat
V1 V2 V3 VN S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2
I1 I2 I3 IN
&RPPXQLFDWLRQYLD56OLQN Connection of potential transformer for HV AC and DC auxiliary power supply
networks
110 / 400 VAC
L1 120 / 350 VDC
L2
L3
1 1
LIYCY-CY
diris_399_b_1_x_cat
diris_398_c_1_x_cat
diris_400_i_1_x_cat
A U X
0V - +
ON V1 V2 V3 N
RS485

DIRIS A-30/A-41
References
#(1(2Ů
Basic device #(1(2Ů
With CT on the neutral
Auxiliary power supply Us Reference Reference
110 ... 400 VAC / 120 ... 350 VDC 4825 0403 4825 0404
12 ... 48 VDC 4825 0405 4825 0406
Options
Plug-in modules Reference Reference
Pulse outputs 4825 0090 4825 0090
RS485 MODBUS® communication 4825 0092 4825 0092
PROFIBUS® DP communication 4825 0205 4825 0205
Analogue outputs 4825 0093 4825 0093
2 inputs - 2 outputs 4825 0094 4825 0094
Storage capability 4825 0097 4825 0097
Ethernet communication(2) 4825 0203 4825 0203
Ethernet communication + RS485 gateway(2) 4825 0204 4825 0204
Temperature inputs. 4825 0206 4825 0206
(1) Ease of integration of additional functions (maximum 4 slots on A-30 and 3 on A-41).
(2) Dimensions: 2 slots.
To be ordered To be ordered
Accessories Reference Reference
in multiples of in multiples of
IP65 protection. 1 4825 0089 1 4825 0089
(MSDFQ@SHNMJHSENQWŰLLBTSNTS 1 4825 0088 1 4825 0088
Fuse holders to protect voltage inputs (type RM) 3 pole 4 5701 0018 4 5701 0018
Fuse holders to protect the auxiliary power supply (type RM) 1 pole + neutral 6 5701 0017 6 5701 0017
gG 10x38 0.5 A fuses 10 6012 0000 10 6012 0000
See “Current See “Current
Range of current transformers 1 1
transformers” pages transformers” pages
Ferrite for use with communication modules 1 4899 0011 4899 0011
PT100 temperature probe, M6 screw 1 4825 0208 1 4825 0208
PT100 temperature probe, M6 lug 1 4825 0209 1 4825 0209
Associated DIRIS software See “Easy Config System” pages
Expert Services
> 6WXG\GHILQLWLRQDGYLFHLPSOHPHQWDWLRQPDLQWHQDQFHDQGWUDLQLQJf
2XUH[SHUWV([SHUW6HUYLFHVRIIHUFRPSOHWHVXSSRUWIRUWKHVXFFHVV
RI\RXUSURMHFW

DIRIS A-40
measurement, monitoring and event analysis with smart sensors - door mounting
Single-circuit metering
The solution for

& measurement
> Industry
> Building
diris_989.psd
> Infrastructure
DIRIS A-40
Strong points
> Assisted configuration

Function
> Connected to the Cloud
The DIRIS A-40 is a panel-mounted power 3GD#(1(2Ű NEEDQR@Q@MFDNEETMBSHNMR > Compliant with IEC 61557-12
monitoring device (PMD). It is designed for for measuring voltage, current, power, energy
> Smart sensors
measuring, monitoring and reporting electrical and quality.
energy. It allows the analysis of a single-phase or
three-phase load.
CU@MS@FDR
Assisted configuration Connected to the Cloud
The configuration wizard guides the The range comprises IoT ready connected
user step by step. It also detects and products that enable data to be exported For more information see our website
corrects configuration errors. This cuts the automatically for remote operation without any www.socomec.com
commissioning time in half and always delivers limit on time, distance and time in storage.
a reliable result.
Compliant with IEC 61557-12
Smart sensors Reference standard for PMDs (Performance > IEC 61557-12
Three current sensor formats (solid-core TE, metering & monitoring devices),
> UL E257746
split-core TR/iTR and Rogowski coil TF) allow IEC 61557-12 standard guarantees
HMSDFQ@SHNMNESGD#(1(2 HMSNMDV@MC performance levels and satisfactory > EN 50160
existing electrical installations. performance from the PMDs under the
environmental conditions typical of industrial
and tertiary applications.
Functions
Multi-measurement Quality Monitoring of protection
• Currents • Voltage Unbalance • TWHKH@QXBNMS@BSLNMHSNQHMF
- I1, I2, I3, In, Isystem - Vdir, Vinv, Vhom, Udir, Uinv, Unba, Vnba, Vnb, Unb • Report and alarm on trips
• Voltages & frequency • Current unbalance • Number of operations
- V1, V2, V3, VN, Vsystem, U12, U23, U31, - Idir, Iinv, Ihom, Inba, Inb Load curves and historical records (max. 130 days)
Usystem, f • Total harmonic distortion • BSHUDQD@BSHUD@MC@OO@QDMSONVDQ
• Powers - Currents THDi1, THDi2, THDi3,THDiN, TDDI • Currents, voltages and frequency
- P1, P2, P3, 6P, Q1, Q2, Q3, 6Q, S1, S2, S3, 6S - Phase-to-neutral voltage THDv1, THDv2, THDv3 Alarms
- Predictive powers 6P, 6Q, 6S - Phase-to-phase voltage THDu12, THDu23, • K@QLRENQ@KKDKDBSQHB@KU@KTDRDUDMSR@MCHMOTS
• Power factor THDu31 status changes, possibility of logical combination
- PF1, PF2, PF3, 6PF • Individual harmonics up to 63rd • Time-stamping of events
• Cos M & tangent M "TQQDMSR'('('('(M Communication
- Instantaneous values per phase /G@RDSNMDTSQ@KUNKS@FD'5'5'5 • #(1(2 12,NCATR@RRS@MC@QC
Metering /G@RDSNOG@RDUNKS@FD'4'4'4 • #(1(2 $SGDQMDS,NCATR
• BSHUDDMDQFX
J6G • Kfactor & Crest factor • #(1(2 /1.%(!42#/5
• 1D@BSHUDDMDQFX
JU@QG • $UDMSR@BBNQCHMFSN$- Inputs
• OO@QDMSONVDQJ5 G - Voltage dips, outages, interruptions, swells • 3 digital inputs
• Multi-tariff (8 max.) • 6@UDENQLB@OSTQD /NVDQRTOOKHDCEQNL#(1(2 NQ@MDWSDQM@KRNTQBD
• Hour Meter - TSNL@SHBV@UDENQLB@OSTQDRVGDMDUDMSNBBTQR %TMBSHNMKNFHBRS@STRRS@STRNEBHQBTHSAQD@JDQBNTMSHMF
and manual recording of the waveform of pulses or synchronization multifluid metering
- U@HK@AKDSGQNTFGBNLLTMHB@SHNM • 2 logical outputs
%TMBSHNM"NLL@MCDMDQFXOTKRDNTSOTS
load shedding, alarm

DIRIS A-40
Functions
Monitoring Metering Alarming
• Real-time measurement of electrical values. • Measurement of active, reactive • Display of alarms.
• View data as graphs or tables. and apparent energies. • History of alarms.
• Power quality analysis of the utility supply • Historical record of measurements.
and of loads. • Graphic display on monthly, weekly, daily or
RNES>>@>>EQ>B@S DOR hourly basis.
RNES>>@>>EQ>B@S DOR
RNES>>@>>EQ>B@S DOR
Terminals Dimensions (mm)
Auxiliary power supply

Voltage
measurement
RS485 92
96
diris_967_a_1_x_cat.ai
USB 3URĺEXV 92 68 17
96
Ethernet
3 digital
inputs
diris_968_a_1_en_cat.ai
Current
measurement
2 digital
outputs
Current measurement Voltage connections RS485

inc auxiliary power supply
RJ12 L1
RS485
CHQHRA>>A>>W>B@S @H
Slave
I 01 I 02 I 03 L2 NC
LIYCY-CY
L3
N
3 inputs supplied by the product 110-230VAC I 01
1 1 1
12 VDC
diris_977_a.ai
V1 V2 V3 VN
IN
1 L
2 N
3
3 inputs with external power supply 2 outputs Earth

10-30 VDC
IN
1
2
3
OUTPUT

DIRIS A-40
Connections
5@QHNTRSXODRNEBTQQDMSRDMRNQRB@MADBNMMDBSDCSNSGD#(1(2 RNKHCBNQD3$ROKHSBNQD31H31NQ1NFNVRJH3% 3GHRQ@MFDNERDMRNQRHRRTHS@AKDENQ@KK
SXODRNEMDVNQDWHRSHMFHMRS@KK@SHNMR PTHBJ1)BNMMDBSHNML@JDRVHQHMFD@RX@MCQDKH@AKD@MCOQDUDMSRVHQHMFDQQNQR 3GD#(1(2 @TSNL@SHB@KKXQDBNFMHYDR
SGDRDMRNQRHYD@MCSXOD 3GHRFT@Q@MSDDRSGDNUDQ@KK@BBTQ@BXNESGD#(1(2
BTQQDMSRDMRNQLD@RTQDLDMSBG@HM
%NQLNQDHMENQL@SHNMRDDf3$31H313%RDMRNQRtO@FDR
TE solid current sensors
TE / TR/iTR / TF current sensors
TF
CHQHRS> ORC
CHQHRS> ORC
',5,6}$
TR/iTR
TR/iTR split-core current TF Rogowski current sensors

sensors
TE
1)"NMMDBSHNM
diris_991.eps
CHQHRS> DOR
SNQD> DOR

Three-phase + Neutral Three-phase
/
-"3SGQDDOG@RDKN@C
B@KBTK@SDC-DTSQ@K 3P - 3CT (1 three-phase load)
L1 L1
L2 L2
L3 L3
N
3 +N 3
diris_973_a.ai
CHQHR>>@ @H

V I V I
Three-phase Single-phase
3P - 1CT (1 balanced three-phase load) /
-"3RHMFKDOG@RDKN@C
L1 L1
L2 N
L3
1
3
diris_976_a.ai
diris_975_a.ai

V I V I

3
If self-supplied, a fuse must always be added to the Neutral. "3"TQQDMSRDMRNQ Load

DIRIS A-40
#(1(2 BG@Q@BSDQHRSHBR
Electrical characteristics Input characteristics

Auxiliary power supply Number 3
KSDQM@SHUDUNKS@FD 5 "NQ5#""@S((( Type / Power .OSNBNTOKDQVHSGHMSDQM@K5#"NQDWSDQM@K
Frequency 'Y supply 5#"ONK@QHR@SHNM
Power 5 "5 #" Input function Logic status, status of circuit breaker, synchronization
consumption 5 "5 #" topography, multifluid pulse metering
Connection 1DLNU@AKDROQHMFB@FDSDQLHM@KAKNBJWONRHSHNMR ŰŰ Connection Removable screw terminal block, 5 positions, stranded
LL£RNKHCB@AKDNQ ŰŰ LL£RSQ@MCDCB@AKDVHSGDMCOHDBD NQRNKHC ŰŰ ŰLL£B@AKD
Measurement characteristics Output characteristics

Power and energy measurement Number 2
BBTQ@BX "K@RR #(1(2 NMKX Type .OSNBNTOKDQ5C B L@WL L@W2$+5
BSHUDDMDQFX "K@RR VHSG3$3%NQH31RDMRNQR .TSOTSETMBSHNM Command, energy pulse output, load shedding, alarm
and active power Class 1 with TR sensors Connection 1DLNU@AKDRBQDVSDQLHM@KAKNBJONRHSHNMRRSQ@MCDC
BBTQ@BXNEQD@BSHUD NQRNKHC ŰŰ ŰLL£B@AKD
Class 2 with TE, TR / iTR or TF sensors
energy
Communication characteristics
Power factor measurement
DIRIS A-40 RS485
BBTQ@BX "K@RR VHSG3$3%NQH31RDMRNQR
Class 1 with TR sensors Link 12
Voltage measurement Connection type 2 to 3 half duplex wires
Characteristics of the network 5 "/G-5 "/G/G Protocol Modbus RTU
measured " 3((( !@TCQ@SD SNA@TC
Frequency range SN'Y 42! "NMEHFTQ@SHNMNE#(1(2
Frequency accuracy "K@RR
Network type Single-phase/ Two-phase / Two-phase with
Measurement by voltage transformer /QHL@QX5 "
2DBNMC@QXŰ5 "
Input consumption 5
BBTQ@BXNEUNKS@FDLD@RTQDLDMS "K@RR
Connection Removable spring-cage terminal block,
ONRHSHNMR ŰŰ LL£RNKHCB@AKD
NQ ŰŰ LL£RSQ@MCDCB@AKDVHSGDMCOHDBD
Current measurement
Number of current inputs 3
RRNBH@SDCBTQQDMSRDMRNQR Solid TE, split-core TR/iTR, flexible TF current sensors
BBTQ@BX #(1(2 BK@RRNMKX
"K@RR VHSG3$3%NQH31RDMRNQR
Class 1 with TR sensors
Connection 2ODBHEHB2NBNLDBB@AKDVHSG1)BNMMDBSNQR
References
DIRIS A-40 monitoring devices Reference
#(1(2Ű 12,NCATRHMOTSRNTSOTSR 4825 0500
#(1(2Ű $SGDQMDS,NCATR3"/NQ! "MDS(/VDARDQUDQ12,NCATRHMOTSRNTSOTSR 4825 0501
#(1(2Ű /QNEHATR#/512,NCATRHMOTSRNTSOTSR 4825 0502
Fuse disconnect switches to protect voltage inputs (RM type) 5701 0018
%TRDCHRBNMMDBSRVHSBGDRSNOQNSDBSSGDONKD
MDTSQ@K@TWHKH@QXONVDQRTOOKX1,SXOD 6 5701 0017
F&W ETRDR 6012 0000

DIRIS B
measurement, monitoring and event analysis with smart sensors - modular format
The solution for
> Industry
> Building
> Infrastructure
> Local authority
DIRIS B-10 / B-30 diris-b_038.eps

RS485
Strong points
> Plug & Play

Configuration
with Easy Config System. > Global accuracy class 0.5
in accordance with
,(&}
> Multi-circuit
> Communication
Function
The DIRIS B is a power monitoring device in a The DIRIS B is connected to current sensors Integrated technologies
modular format that communicates via RS485. (RJ12 connection) that are suitable for all types
The 4 RJ12 independent current inputs of the of installation: solid TE, split-core TR/iTR, and
device allow it to manage several types and flexible TF current sensors.
MTLADQNEBHQBTHSRENQDW@LOKDŰRHMFKDOG@RD
KN@CRNQSGQDDOG@RDKN@C
ŰRHMFKDOG@RD
load. For more information see our website
www.socomec.com
Advantages Conformity to standards

Plug & Play Multi-circuit
> 8/(
A rapid RJ12 connection makes wiring easy and • 4 current measurement inputs allow you
reliable and prevents wiring errors. Automatically to configure multiple circuits in order to > ,(&
addressing and configuring the product optimise the number of measurement > (1
(communication address, load type, type and devices per installation. > ,62
ratio of current sensor) allow you to simplify
implementation and to save time. Communication
• The DIRIS B can be connected to:
Class 0.5 in accordance with IEC 61557-12 - a remote DIRIS D-30 screen for displaying
• Class 0.2 for the meter alone. measurement and metering data,
• Class 0.5 from 2% to 120% of nominal - DIRIS Digiware M-50/M-70 gateways for
current for the global measurement chain centralisation and communication of data
(associated with TE/iTR/TF current sensors). via Ethernet. DIRIS Digiware M-70 embeds
WEBVIEW-M, a webserver for remote
visualisation of measurement data,
- optional modules for more communication
options including a second RS485 port or
PROFIBUS DP protocol. Digital or Analog
input/output, as well as temperature input
modules can also be connected.

DIRIS B
Application Local metering Local analysis
DIRIS B B-10 RS485 B-30 RS485

Number of current inputs
4 4
Metering
Load curves •
Multi-tariff • •
Multi-measurement
U12, U23, U31, V1, V2, V3, f • •
U system, V system • •
I1, I2, I3, In, 6P, 6Q, 6S, 6PF • •
P, Q, S, PF per phase • •
/G-TMA@K@MBD • •
Ph/Ph unbalance • •
Quality analysis
THDv1, THDv2, THDv3, THDu12, THDu23, THDu31 • •
THDi1, THDi2, THDi3, THDin • •
Crest factor I1, I2, I3, In •
Crest factor V1, V2, V3, U12, U23, U31 •
5NKS@FDCHORHMSDQQTOSHNMRRVDKKR$- •
Overcurrents •
Alarms
On threshold •
Inputs/outputs •
45 days (max) •
Communication
RS485 Modbus • •
2 inputs (status / pulse) • •
Accessories
DIRIS B sealing cover USB configuration cable (2 m)
• Prevents access to the cabling of the monitoring device. • Advanced configuration of DIRIS B gateways can be achieved using the
$ 28Ű".-%(&RNESV@QDUH@$SGDQMDSNQCHQDBS42!BNMMDBSHNM
diris-b_039.eps

DIRIS B
DIRIS D-30 display

DIRIS D-30 Connection
diris-d_004_b_1_x_cat
RJ9
diris-d_001_a_1_cat
DIRIS D-30 DIRIS B
Optional modules
DIRIS O
Optional modules (4 max.)*
• Digital inputs/outputs
• Analogue inputs/outputs
• Temperature inputs
• Communication protocols
diris-b_031_a
* maximum 4 optional modules with maximum 1 temperature

module and 1 communication module (Modbus, PROFIBUS).
Optional module DIRIS B
DIRIS O-iod
• 2 digital inputs centralises the metering pulses or the input status changes of the
diris-o_019_a
auxiliary contacts.
• 2 digital outputs can be connected to configurable alarms warning of exceeded
thresholds (power, current, etc.) or can be piloted remotely.
DIRIS O-ioa
• 2 inputs (4-20 mA) centralise analogue sensors
diris-o_018_a
(pressure, humidity, temperature, etc.)

• 2 outputs (4-20 mA) report the measurements
(power, currents, etc.) to PLCs.
DIRIS O-it
• 3 temperature inputs to be connected to PT100 or PT1000 sensors.
diris-o_020_a
• Ambient air temperature.
DIRIS O-m
• Provides a second RS485 Modbus communication port to the DIRIS B for
diris-o_024_a
simultaneous sending of information via RS485 to two supervision stations.
DIRIS O-p
• Adds a PROFIBUS DPV1 communication port to the DIRIS B.
diris-o_023_a

DIRIS B
DIRIS B terminals
Voltage measurement Display Auxiliary power supply

DIRIS D-30
USB
DIRIS O
optional module
diris-d_027_b_1_gb_cat
2 digital
inputs
RS485
Current
measurement
Current measurement Self supply Separate power supply

diris-b_020_b_1_x_cat
Easy connection of the power supply from the

RJ12 measurement terminal (specific terminals)
L1 L1
I 01 I 02 I 03 I 04
L2 L2
L3 L3
N N
Voltage measurement and
110-230VAC
auxiliary power supply 1 1 1 1 1 1
V1 V2 V3 VN V1 VN V1 V2 V3 VN V1 V2 V3 VN V1 VN
L V1 VN
L
L
N N
N
110-230VAC
2 inputs supplied by the product 2 inputs with external power supply RS485 RJ9 for DIRIS D-30
(self-supply and data)
10-30 VDC
RS485
12 VDC
diris-b_024_b_1_x_cat
Slave
IN
IN
1 1
NC
2
RJ9
2
LIYCY-CY
I 04 I 04 I 01
Terminals of optional DIRIS O modules

Optional module power supply DIRIS O-iod DIRIS O-ioa DIRIS O-it DIRIS O-m RS485
diris-o_014_a_1_x_cat
INPUT INPUT IN3

SUPPLY
IN1 IN2
OUTPUT OUTPUT
DIRIS O-p
SUBD 9

DIRIS B
Connections
Various types of current sensors can be connected to the DIRIS B: solid-core TE , split-core TR/iTR, flexible TF current sensors. This range of sensors can be adapted
to all types of new or existing installations. A rapid RJ12 connection makes wiring easy and reliable and prevents wiring errors. The DIRIS B automatically recognises the
type of sensor used and its current rating. This guarantees the overall accuracy of the DIRIS B + current sensor measurement chain.
For more information: see “TE, TR/iTR, TF sensors” pages.
TE solid-core current sensors
TE / TR / iTR / TF current sensors
TF
DIRIS B
diris-t_001
diris-t_003
TR/iTR
TR/iTR split-core current TF flexible current sensors

sensors
TE
RJ12 Connection
tore_078_a
diris-b_033_b
diris-t_077

Three-phase + neutral Three-phase
/
-"3RLD@RTQDLDMSENQSGQDDOG@RDKN@C
-DTSQ@K 3P - 2CTs (2 three-phase loads without neutral)
L1 L1
L2 L2
L3 L3
N
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
diris-b_015_c_1_x_cat
3 3
3 +N
V1 V2 V3 VN V1 V2 V3 VN I01 I02 I03 I04

I01 I02 I03 I04
Three-phase Single-phase
/
-"3R/
-"3SGQDDOG@RDKN@CRHMFKDOG@RDKN@C /
-"3RHMFKDOG@RDKN@CR
L1 L1
L2 N
L3
N
1 1
1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1
3 +N 1
V1 V2 V3 VN V1 V2 V3 VN I01 I02 I03 I04

I01 I02 I03 I04
In case of self-supply, a fuse must be added on the neutral.
3
CT: Current sensors Load

DIRIS B
Dimensions (mm)
DIRIS B DIRIS O optional modules
100
90
90
diris-o_001_b_1_x_cat
44 15
54 44 15
A 65
65
DIRIS O optional modules A (mm)
DIRIS O-iod - DIRIS O-ioa - DIRIS O-it 45
DIRIS O-m - DIRIS O-p 54
DIRIS D-30
92
92 27 18
Communication architecture
Example of communication architecture with
',5,6b'LJLZDUH0JDWHZD\DQG:(%9,(:0
embedded web server.
WEBVIEW-M
Supervision
Ethernet
Digiware Bus
DIRIS Digiware M-70
RS485
diris-g_171_a_1_en_cat
CO
UN
TIS
E Ci3
TEST
OK
PROG
DIRIS B DIRIS B DIRIS A COUNTIS E

RS485 RS485

DIRIS B
DIRIS B characteristics DIRIS D-30 display characteristics

Screen type Capacitive touch-screen technology, 10 keys
Auxiliary power supply
Screen resolution 350 x 160 pixels
AC voltage 5 "/G-NT/G/G"@S(((
Single product connection
Frequency 50/60 Hz
RJ9 Self-supply and data
Consumption < 2 VA without display < 6VA with display
Micro-USB Updating
Connection Removable spring-cage terminal, 2 x 2 positions, 0.5 … 2.5 mm²
solid cable or 0.25 … 1.5 mm² stranded cable with ferrule Degree of protection IP65 (front face)
Environment
Measurement characteristics
Storage temperature (°C) -20 ... +70°C
Energy and power measurement
Operating temperature (°C) -20 ... +70°C
Accuracy Class 0.2 DIRIS B alone
Active energy and active Class 0.5 with TE, iTR or TF current sensors Humidity 95 % to 40°C
power Class 1 with TR current sensors Installation category CAT III
Reactive energy accuracy Class 2 with TE, TR or TF current sensors Degree of pollution 2
Power factor measurement
Accuracy Class 0.5 with TE, iTR or TF current sensors DIRIS O optional modules characteristics
Class 1 with TR current sensors
Voltage measurement Power supply(1)
-DSVNQJBG@Q@BSDQHRSHBRLD@RTQDC 5 "/G-5 "/G/G" 3((( AC voltage 110-230 VAC ±15 %
Frequency range 45 … 65Hz Frequency 50/60 Hz
Frequency accuracy Class 0.02 (1) No power supply on DIRIS O-it.
-DSVNQJSXOD Single-phase / Two-phase / Two-phase with DIRIS O-iod - 2 digital inputs/2 digital outputs
-TLADQNEHMOTSR 2 per optional modules - max. 4 optional modules
Measurement by voltage transformer Primary: 400 000 VAC
2DBNMC@QXŰ5 " Optocoupler internal polarisation (12 VDC ± 10 %)
Type
NQDWSDQM@KONK@QHR@SHNMŰ5#"
Input consumption 5
Function Logic status or pulse meter
Permanent overload 5 "/G-
-TLADQNENTSOTSR 2 per optional modules - max. 4 optional modules
Voltage measurement accuracy Class 0.2
Type Relay / 230 VAC ±15 % - 1 A
Connection Removable spring-cage terminal,
2 x 6 positions, 0.5 … 2.5 mm² solid cable Configurable alarm (current, power…) on threshold overruns
Function
or 0.25 … 1.5 mm² stranded cable with ferrule or remote controlled status
Inputs/Outputs Removable screw terminal, 4 positions,
Current measurement
connection 0.14 to 1.5 mm² stranded or solid cable
-TLADQNEBTQQDMSHMOTSR 4
DIRIS O-ioa - 2 analogue inputs/2 analogue outputs
Associated current sensors Solid TE , split-core TR/iTR , flexible TF current sensors
-TLADQNEHMOTSR 2 per optional modules - max. 4 optional modules
Accuracy Class 0.2 DIRIS B alone
Class 0.5 with TE, iTR or TF current sensors Type 4-20 mA
Class 1 with TR current sensors Connection of analogue sensors
Function
Connection RJ12 connectors with specific SOCOMEC cable (pressure, humidity, temperature…)
-TLADQNENTSOTSR 2 per optional modules - max. 4 optional modules
Input characteristics
Type 4-20 mA
-TLADQ 2 Function Transmission of measurement image (current, power…) to PLCs
Type / Power Optocoupler internal polarisation (12 VDC ± 10 %) DIRIS O-it - 3 temperature inputs
supply NQDWSDQM@KONK@QHR@SHNMŰ5#"
-TLADQNEHMOTSR 3 external inputs + 1 measurement for ambient temperature
Input function Logic status, pulse meter or synchronisation pulse status (input 1)
Dynamic Űv¦"
Communication characteristics Type PT100 or PT1000
DIRIS B RS485 Function inputs 1, 2 and 3 Temperature measurement
Link RS485 DIRIS O-m - RS485 communication
Connection type 2 … 3 half duplex wires Link RS485 2 … 3 half duplex wires
Protocol Modbus RTU Protocol Modbus RTU
Speed 1200 … 115200 bauds Speed 1200 … 115200 bauds
USB DIRIS B RS485 configuration Removable screw terminal, 3 positions,
Connection
Environment characteristics 0.14 to 1.5 mm² stranded or solid cable
DIRIS O-p - PROFIBUS communication
Operating temperature -10 … +70 °C
Protocol PROFIBUS DPV1
Storage temperature -25 … +85 °C
Operating humidity 55 °C / 97% relative humidity
Operating altitude 2000 m
Vibration &EQNLSN'Y

DIRIS B
References
DIRIS B monitoring devices Reference
DIRIS B-10 RS485 - Modbus - 230 VAC 4829 0010
DIRIS B-30 RS485 - Modbus - 230 VAC 4829 0000
DIRIS O optional modules Reference
DIRIS O-iod 2 digital inputs / 2 digital outputs 4829 0030
DIRIS O-ioa 2 analogue inputs/2 analogue outputs 4-20 mA 4829 0031
DIRIS O-it 3 temperature inputs PT 100 / PT 1000 4829 0032
DIRIS O-m RS485 Modbus communication 4829 0033
DIRIS O-p PROFIBUS communication 4829 0034
DIRIS D-30 - Single-point display 4829 0200
RJ9 cable for DIRIS D-30 display - 1.5 m 4829 0280
RJ9 cable for DIRIS D-30 display - 3 m 4829 0281
DIRIS B sealing cover for I/O terminals 4829 0049
Fuse disconnect switches to protect voltage inputs (RM type) 4 5701 0018
F&W ETRDR 10 6012 0000

DIRIS Q800
Electrical network analyser
quality analysis of electrical energy and power grids
The solution for

> Industry
> Infrastructure
> Data centers
diris-q_012_a
Strong points
DIRIS Q800 > Large colour touchscreen

> High performance and
Function accuracy
> Regulatory compliance
The DIRIS Q800 is a multifunction network To achieve these objectives, the DIRIS Q800
analyser for all energy efficiency projects. It does the following: > Multiple communication
helps to actively ensure the electrical system • Measures electrical parameters and status channels
runs continuously and at optimised rates. (via auxiliary contacts).
As such, with this system you can: • Analyses the quality of energy according to
• Improve the efficiency of your facility. Compliance with standards
class A IEC 61000-4-30:2015 Ed.3.
• Reduce production losses. • Measures differential current. > IEC 61000-4-30
• Optimise running costs. • GPS synchronisation. :2015 Ed.3
• Reduce maintenance costs. • Sends an email in the event of an alarm. class A
> IEC 62586-1
> IEC 62586-2
> IEC 62053-24
Large colour touchscreen Multiple communication channels
> EN 50160
The 192 x 144 mm color touchscreen is With its multiple communication options, the
tactile, easy to operate and provides intuitive DIRIS Q800 can be integrated into any type of
navigation. communication infrastructure:
• 1 rear Ethernet port for permanent cable
Regulatory compliance connection.
By its compliance with IEC 61000-4-30:2015 • 1 front Ethernet for local diagnostics.
$C "K@RRŰ ENQ@KKDKDBSQHB@KO@Q@LDSDQR@MC • 1 Wifi port.
IEC 62586-2 , you have the assurance of a • 1 RS485 port.
certified and high quality product. • 1 USB port.
• GPS synchronisation.
• Built-in Webserver.
• Protocols: HTTP, HTTPS, FTP, NTP,
MODBUS, PQDIF, SMTP.

DIRIS Q800
Functions
Measurements Logging
• Measures across 4 quadrants • EN 50160 events ½ period (10 ms): voltage dips, voltage cutouts,
• Voltage by phase, current by phase, frequency. voltage surges.
• Neutral current, differential current. • Current events 1/2 period (10 ms): inrush
• Neutral/earth voltage. • Data exported automatically via FTP.
• Active, reactive and apparent power. • EN 50160 reports with CBEMA / ITIC curves for PQ events.
• Cos phi and power factor. • Transients (20 micro seconds).
• THD and spectral analysis up to the 63rd for current and voltage.
• Flicker (Pst, Plt). Inputs/outputs
• Voltage and current unbalance. • 4 digital inputs.
• Remote control signals. • 4 digital outputs.
• Current and Power Demand: average and maximum (timestamped) • 4 analogue outputs.
Dimensions (mm)
191 206 6
Dimensions
192 x 144 DIN /
Cutout
186 x 138 mm
Front panel (W x H) 191 x 143 mm
Enclosures (W x H x D) 183 x 135 x 190 mm
143
135
Weight 1400 g
diris_935_c_1_cat
183
Specifications
Auxiliary power supply Communication
Voltage range 100 ... 240 VAC / 65 … 250 VDC Ethernet ports 2 Auto MDIX RJ45 10/100 Base Ethernet
Frequency 50/60 Hz RS485 opto-insulated port (slave) 0.5 UL 4800 to 115200 bps
Power consumption Max. 15 VA Passive WIFI antenna RP-SMA female
Backup battery Li-ion 2500 mAh (>15 min autonomy) Active GPS antenna SMA female
Measurement inputs HTTP, HTTPS, FTP, SFTP, NTP, NMEA,
Protocols
Modbus RTU/TCP, SMTP
P-N: max 580 V RMS CAT III
Direct voltage measurement input USB port USB 2.0
L-L: max 1000 V RMS CAT III
U4 direct voltage measurement input Max 580 V RMS CAT II Environmental conditions
Voltage input crest factor 2 Operating temperature (max. range) -25 … +55°C
Current inputs Max 7 A RMS Storage temperature -25 … +75°C
Current input consumption 0.04 VA Humidity Max. 95 %
Current input crest factor 3 Max.altitude 2000 m
Voltage input impedance i,Ƅ Standards and safety
Frequency range 42.5 to 57.5 Hz/51 to 69 Hz Product comformity IEC/EN 62586-1, IEC/EN 62586-2
Voltage reference channel U1N/U12 Safety EN 61010-2-030
Sampling 51.2 kHz @50 Hz Degree of pollution 2 (EN 61010-1)
Accuracy Degree of protection IP40 front, IP20 rear
Three-phase voltage ± 0.1% RED §3.1a Health EN 62311 :2008
Directive
4th voltage (neutral/earth) ± 0.2% RED § 3.1b EMC
Currents ± 0.2%
Power ± 0.2%
Frequency ± 10 mHz
Harmonics Class 1 IEC/EN 61000-4-7
Active energy Class 0.2S IEC/EN 62053-22
Reactive energy Class 1 IEC/EN 62053-24
References
DIRIS Q800 100 ... 240 VAC / 65 … 250 VDC 4826 0100 (1)
(1) Power supply 19 ... 60 VDC: please contact us.

DIRIS Q800
Terminals
2
1. Product label
2. Earth connection
3 3. RS485 MODBUS RTU communication
RS485 100-240 VAC 50-60 Hz 15 W
65-250 VDC AUX 4. Auxiliary power supply and fuse
5. Voltage and current inputs
1 1 2 3 1 2 6. Auto MDIX ETHERNET port
C B- A+ L N 7. Battery switch
4
DIG. OUT - 24 VDC/max 50 mA DIG. IN - 24 VDC AN. OUT - 4-20 mA/max 500 ohm T500 mAH 250 V 8. GPS and WIFI antenna
9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9. Logical outputs, analogue inputs/outputs
WIFI ant.
GPS ant.
(3.3 VDC out)
8 3+1 Phase AC Voltage - max. 3x580/1000 V CAT III
ON
L1 L2 L3 L4 N
BATT
7
OFF
3+1 Phase AC Current CH5 (EL) AC Current
1(7) A RMS 1(7) A RMS
diris_933_a_1_x_cat
ETHERNET
L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 5
10/100 Base T
Communication via RS485 link AC and DC auxiliary power supply Ethernet communication
100-240 VAC
65/250 VDC
LIYCY-CY
diris_921_b_1_x_cat.eps
C B- A+ L N
Ethernet
AUX 10/100 Base T
RS485 DIRIS Q800
Digital outputs Digital inputs Analogue outputs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
DIG. OUT 24 VDC / max 50 mA DIG. IN 24 VDC AN. OUT 4-20 mA / max 500 Ohm
DIRIS Q800 DIRIS Q800 DIRIS Q800

1-2: optocoupler output 1 1-2: optocoupler input 1 1-2: analogue output 1
Current and voltage inputs

L1 L2 L3 L4 N 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2
3+1 phase AC voltage I1 I2 I3 IN I5
3+1 phase AC current Ch5 (EL) AC current
DIRIS Q800 DIRIS Q800 DIRIS Q800
L1, L2, L3, L4, N: voltage inputs 1-2: current input i1 1-2: differential core connections
3-4: current input i2
5-6: current input i3
7-8: current input iN

DIRIS Q800
Connections
Three-phase + neutral, 4 CT + differential measurements (1/5 A) Three-phase + neutral, 3 CT + differential measurements (1/5 A)
L1 P1 P2 P1 P2 P1 P2 P1 P2
L1
S1 S2 P1 P2 S1 S2 P1 P2
L2 L2
S1 S2 P1 P2 S1 S2 P1 P2
L3 L3
S1 S2 P1 P2 S1 S2
N S1 S2
N
S1 S2 S1 S2
PE PE
1 1
diris-q_020_a_1_x_cat.ai
L1 L2 L3 L4 N 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 L1 L2 L3 L4 N 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2
3+1 phase AC voltage S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2 3+1 phase AC voltage S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2
I1 I2 I3 IN I5 I1 I2 I3 IN I5
3+1 phase AC current AC current 3+1 phase AC current AC current
Three-phase, 3 CT + differential measurements (1/5 A) Three-phase, 2 CT + differential measurements (1/5 A)

L1 P1 P2 P1 P2 L1 P1 P2 P1 P2
S1 S2 P1 P2 S1 S2
L2 L2
S1 S2 P1 P2 P1 P2
L3 L3
S1 S2 S1 S2 S1 S2
S1 S2
PE PE
1 1
L1 L2 L3 L4 N 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 L1 L2 L3 L4 N 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2
Two-phase + neutral, 3 CT + differential measurements (1/5 A) Single-phase, 1 CT + differential measurements (1/5 A)

L1 P1 P2 P1 P2 L P1 P2 P1 P2
S1 S2 P1 P2 S1 S2
L2
S1 S2
P1 P2
N S1 S2
N S1 S2
S1 S2
PE PE
1 1
L1 L2 L3 L4 N 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 L1 L2 L3 L4 N 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2
Expert Services
of your project.

Selection guide
Current transformers
Current sensors
TRB TRB TRB TCA TCA TCA TCB TCB TCB TCB TCB TCB
Type
60 70 135 14 21 22 17-20 26-30 28-30 26-40 32-40 44-50
Format Wound primary Cable Cable – busbar
Class 0.5 0.5 0.5 1 0.5/1 1 1 0.5/1 0.5/1 1 0.5/1 0.5/1
T2CB T2CB
Version 0.2s (1) (2)
26-30 32-40
p. 331 p. 333 p. 334
Rating (A)
0.5
5 5
…
10 10
5
15
…
20
40
25
30
40
50 *
25
60 25
… 40
75 …
150 …
80 150
150
100
60
125 60
…
150 … 50
300 80
160 400 …
100 …
200 * 750 100 75
… * 500
250 … …
600 150 150 *
300 … 750 1000
… 200
400 600 150
750 …
500 750 …
600 1250
750
800
1000
1200
1250
1500
1600
2000
2500
3000
4000
5000
Dimensions
Height 75.5 85.5 85 65 65 65 65 61 70 75.5 88.5 98.5
Width 61 71 135 45 45 49.5 49.5 75.5 49.9 61 71 86
Depth 35 45 60 30 30 35 50 48 68 48 58 58
Cable (Ø mm) 14 21 22.5 17.5 26 28 26 32 44
Busbar 1 20x5 30x10 30x10 32x18 40x10 50x12
Busbar 2 20x10 (x2) 40x12 30x5 (x2) 40x10 (x2)
Busbar 3
* Class 1.
2DD31!ENQ@ 2VNTMCOQHL@QXUDQRHNM #HLDMRHNMRCHEEDQEQNL31!ŭ
2DD3" ŭENQ@ 2BKNRDCKNNOB@AKDUDQRHNM #HLDMRHNMRCHEEDQEQNL3" ŭ

Selection guide
TCB TCB TCD TCB TBA TBA TBA TBA TBA TO TO TO TO

44-63 55-80 85-100 100-125 60 80 100 103 127 23 58 812 816
Cable – busbar Busbar Split-core
0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5/1 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 1/3 0.5/1 0.5/1 0.5
T2CB T2BA T2BA T2BA
44-63 100 103 127
p. 335 p. 338 p. 342
100
…
400
250
…
200 * 200 1000 250
… 300 … …
1600 … 1600 300 1500
400 400
1500 …
… … *
2000
2000 2000 1000 400
750 600 …
… 1200
… 1000 … * 4000
1500 …
3000 … 4000 1200 1000
2000
3000 … …
3000 5000
105.5 123.5 184.8 184.8 129 117 167 150 175 106 158 198 243
96 120 172 172 88 96 129 99 100 93 125 155 195
58 58 52 52 48 68 78 58 55 58 58 58 79
44 55 85 100
63x10 80x10 100x10 123x30 60x30 84x34 100x55 103x41 128x38 33x23 85x55 125x85 165x85
50x10 (x2) 60x30 80x10 (x3) 100x10 (x3)
60x10 (x2)

Measurement devices
from 5 to 5000 A
The solution for
> Industry
> Office buildings
trafo_108
trafo_012
Strong points
Three-phase CT
> An adapted accuracy class

Bar-through CT
> A wide range of ratings and
dimensions
> Quick and easy to mount
trafo_077
trafo_018
> IEC 61869-2

> IEC 61439-1
Split-core transformer Cable-through CT
Function Advantages Available on request
SOCOMEC current transformers deliver to An adapted accuracy class SOCOMEC also offer
the secondary a standard current proportional In order to get the best of your DIRIS multifunction customised solutions:
to the primary current and adapted to the rating meters and COUNTIS energy meters, we can > 1 A secondary
of the associated device. They are equipped as provide current transformers with the following
standard with removable terminal covers and > Double or triple primary ratio
accuracy classes: 0.2s; 0.5; 1 or 3.
double terminals allowing the secondary to be A wide range of ratings and dimensions > Voltage transformer
short-circuited without any risk. Your measurement process can be optimised > Summation CTs
They are mounted using two screw-on metal whatever your needs in terms of ratings, space
brackets or, in certain cases, by a clip-on DIN- requirements, conductor sizing or accuracy class.
rail fastener. The connections are made by A wide range of combinations are available in our
screws or by fast-on terminals. standard range with specific versions available on
• Accuracy class: 0.2s — 0.5 or 1. request (other ratios, tropicalisation and specific
• Dielectric quality: 3 kV — 50 Hz — 1 min. frequency, class or burden).
• Operating frequency: 50 — 60 Hz. Quick and easy to mount
• Permanent overload: 1.2 In. Our current transformers are adapted to
• Insulation class: E (120 °C). any type of mounting: edgewise or flat
mounting, DIN-rail or back-plate mounting.
Implementation is easy and rapid.
Composition of the range

trafo_126_a_1_x_cat
trafo_013_b_1_cat
trafo_014_b_1_cat
trafo_015_b_1_cat
Primary wound moulded case CT Bar or cable-through CT Bar or cable-through three-phase CT Bar-through split-core CT

Measurement devices
from 5 to 5000 A
Primary wound moulded case CT

References
TRB 60 TRB 70 T2RB 115 TRB 135
Class Class Class Class
Primary Secondary(1) 0.5 Reference 0.5 Reference 0.2s Reference 0.5 Reference
5A 5A 2.5 VA 192T 0505 10 VA 192T 0521
10 A 5A 2.5 VA 192T 0510 10 VA 192T 0522
15 A 5A 10 VA 192T 0523
20 A 5A 10 VA 192T 0524
25 A 5A 10 VA 192T 0525 7.5 VA 192U 0402 10 VA 192T 0603
30 A 5A 5 VA 192T 0530 7.5 VA 192U 0403 10 VA 192T 0607
40 A 5A 5 VA 192T 0541 7.5 VA 192U 0404 10 VA 192T 0604
50 A 5A 5 VA 192T 0551 7.5 VA 192U 0405 10 VA 192T 0605
60 A 5A 7.5 VA 192U 0406 10 VA 192T 0606
75 A 5A 7.5 VA 192U 0407 10 VA 192T 0608
80 A 5A 7.5 VA 192U 0408 10 VA 192T 0609
100 A 5A 10 VA 192T 0610
125 A 5A 7.5 VA 192U 0412 10 VA 192T 0612
150 A 5A 7.5 VA 192U 0415 10 VA 192T 0615
(1) Secondary 1 A: on request.
Accessories
TRB 60 TRB 70 TRB 135
Accessories Reference Reference Reference
DIN-rail mounting 192T 0003 192T 0005 (1)
Sealable cover 192T 0105 192T 0103 192T 0101 (2)
(1) For 40 and 50 A ratings, use reference 192T 0008.
(2) For 125 and 150 A ratings, use reference 192T 0103.
CT Plug-in transducer (CEA-VA)

TRB 60 TRB 70
Power supply Output Reference Reference
Self-supplied ŰL 5#" 192Y 0015 192Y 0025 (1)
230 VAC ŰL 5#" 192Y 0215 192Y 0225 (1)
24 VDC ŰL 5#" 192Y 0115 192Y 0125 (1)
(1) Not available for 40 and 50 A ratings.
CT Plug-in transducer (CEA-VA4)

TRB 60 TRB 70
Power supply Output Reference Reference
230 VAC L 5#" 192T 0255 192Y 0265 (1)
24 VDC L 5#" 192Y 0155 192Y 0165 (1)
(1) Not available for 40 and 50 A ratings.
Certificate of performance
Each class 0.2s current transformer is supplied with an individual certificate of performance,
attesting to its accuracy.

Measurement devices
from 5 to 5000 A
Primary wound moulded case CT (continued)

Dimensions (mm)
TRB 60 TRB 70(1) TRB 70 (for 40 and 50 A)
61 71 71 55
K L K L
K L
75.5
85.5
107
trafo_036_a_1_x_cat
trafo_038_a_1_x_cat
trafo_162_a_1_x_cat
40 50
60 70 50 50
(1) different dimensions 70 67
for 40 and 50 A ratings 82
T2RB115 TRB 135
64 43 70
k I
1
k l
100
85
5
K L
31
40
L–H2–P2
trafo_037_a_1_x_cat
trafo_113_a_1_x_cat
0.5
52 50
65 70 50
92 112
1 25 to 100 A: M8 x 25
115 135
TRB 135 (for 125 and 150 A)

71 45
Primary
wound CT TRB 60 TRB 70 (1) T2RB 115 TRB 135 (2)
H x W x D (mm) 75.5 x 61 x 35 85.5 x 71 x 45 115 x 100 x 70 85 x 135 x 60
85.5
DIN-rail mounting yes yes no no

(1) Dimensions are different for TRB 70 with 40 and 50 A ratings.
5
(2) Dimensions are different for TRB 135 with 125 and 150 A ratings.
35
trafo_166_a_1_x
50 60
70 77
92
86
116
136
Associated transducers
Transducer to be associated with adapted
current transformers:
• Class 0.5.
• (MOTSNQŰ UH - 8 4 +
• Output: IA
- 0-20 mA, 0-10 V (type CEA-VA) + 7 3 -
trafo_060_a_1_x_cat
- 4-20 mA, 0-10 V (type CEA-VA4)

• Self-supplied or auxiliary power supply l 6 2 +
A UA
Ű5#"NQ5 " 5 1 -
trafo_074
k
• 3 sizes according to the CT: type 1, 2 or 3.
W D
trafo_071_a_1_gb_cat
Dimensions (mm)
H
Converter For CT Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm)

Type 1 TRB 60 50.5 60 32.5
Type 2 TRB 70 50 70 43

Measurement devices
from 5 to 5000 A
Cable-through CT
References
TCA 14 TCA 21 TCA 22 T2CA 225
Primary Secondary(1) 1 Reference 1 Class 0.5 Reference 1 Reference 0.2s Reference
40 A 5A 1 192T 1404
50 A 5A 1 192T 1405
60 A 5A 1.5 192T 1406 1 VA 192T 2006
75 A 5A 1.5 192T 1407 1.5 VA 192T 2007
80 A 5A 1.5 VA 192T 2008
100 A 5A 2.5 192T 1410 1.5 VA 192T 2010 1 VA 192T 2022
125 A 5A 2.5 192T 1412 1.5 VA 192T 2012
150 A 5A 2.5 192T 1415 1.5 VA 192T 2015 1.5 VA 192T 2023 1.5 VA 192U 2215
200 A 5A 2.5 VA 192T 2020 2.5 VA 192T 2024 2.5 VA 192U 2220
250 A 5A 2.5 VA 192T 2016 3.75 VA 192T 2025 5 VA 192U 2225
300 A 5A 2.5 VA 192T 2017 3.75 VA 192T 2030 5 VA 192U 2230
400 A 5A 5 VA 192T 2034 5 VA 192U 2240
500 A 5A 5 VA 192T 2035 (2) 10 VA 192U 2250
600 A 5A 5 VA 192T 2036 (2) 10 VA 192U 2260
(1) Secondary 1 A: on request. (2) Dimensions of T2CA 225
Accessories
Accessories Reference Reference Reference Reference
DIN-rail mounting 192T 0006 192T 0006 192T 0007 192T 0003
Guide tube Ø 8.5 mm (1) 192T 0020
Guide tube Ø 12.5 mm(1) 192T 0021 192T 0023
Guide tube Ø 16.5 mm(1) 192T 0024
Sealable cover 192T 0105
(1) For centralising cables within the CT aperture.
Dimensions (mm)
45 45 49.5 61
k I
k I
k I
65
k I
65
Ø 22.5
65
trafo_164_a_1_x_cat
trafo_039_a_1_x_cat
trafo_042_a_1_x_cat
ø14
78.5
75.5
27
ø21 ø22.5
27
K – P1
27
K – P1 K – P1
trafo_110_a_1_x_cat
24 30
31
44 47 24 28.5
62 44 48.5 K–P1
40
60
Cable-through CT TCA 14 TCA 21 TCA 22(1) T2CA 225

Ø cable (mm) 14 21 22.5 22.5
H x W x D (mm) 65 x 45 x 30 65 x 45 x 30 65 x 49.5 x 35 78.5 x 61 x 35
DIN-rail mounting yes yes yes yes
(1) Dimensions are different for 600 A: 78.5x61x35.

Measurement devices
from 5 to 5000 A
Bar or cable-through CT
References
TCB 17-20 TCB 26-30 T2CB 26-30 TCB 28-30
Class Class Class Class Class Class
Primary Secondary(1) 1 Reference 0.5 1 Reference 0.2s Reference 0.5 1 Reference
50 A 5A 1 VA 192T 2305
60 A 5A 1 VA 192T 2106 1 VA 192T 2306
75 A 5A 1 VA 192T 2107 1.5 VA 192T 2307
80 A 5A 1.25 VA 192T 2108 1.5 VA 192T 2308 1.25 VA 192T 2408
100 A 5A 1.5 VA 192T 2110 1.5 VA 192T 2310 1.5 VA 192T 2410
125 A 5A 1.5 VA 192T 2112 1.5 VA 192T 2312 2.5 VA 192T 2412
150 A 5A 2.5 VA 192T 2115 1.5 VA 192T 2315 1.5 VA 192U 2315 2.5 VA 192T 2415
160 A 5A 2.5 VA 192T 2116
200 A 5A 2.5 VA 192T 2120 2.5 VA 192T 2320 2.5 VA 192U 2320 2.5 VA 192T 2420
250 A 5A 5 VA 192T 2125 5 VA 192T 2325 2.5 VA 192U 2325 2.5 VA 192T 2425
300 A 5A 5 VA 192T 2130 5 VA 192T 2330 5 VA 192U 2330 2.5 VA 192T 2430
400 A 5A 5 VA 192T 2140 5 VA 192T 2340 5 VA 192U 2340 5 VA 192T 2440
500 A 5A 5 VA 192T 2350 5 VA 192U 2350 5 VA 192T 2450
600 A 5A 5 VA 192T 2360 5 VA 192U 2360
750 A 5A 5 VA 192T 2375 5 VA 192U 2375
TCB 26-40 TCB 32-40 T2CB 32-40

Primary Secondary(1) 1 Reference 0.5 1 Reference 0.2s Reference
75 A 5A 1.5 VA 192T 4007
100 A 5A 1.5 VA 192T 3210 1.5 VA 192T 4010
125 A 5A 2.5 VA 192T 3212 1.5 VA 192T 4012
150 A 5A 2.5 VA 192T 3215 2.5 VA 192T 4015
160 A 5A 2.5 VA 192T 3216
200 A 5A 2.5 VA 192T 3220 5 VA 192T 4020 2.5 VA 192U 4020
250 A 5A 2.5 VA 192T 3225 5 VA 192T 4025 5 VA 192U 4025
300 A 5A 5 VA 192T 3230 10 VA 192T 4030 5 VA 192U 4030
400 A 5A 5 VA 192T 3240 10 VA 192T 4040 5 VA 192U 4040
500 A 5A 5 VA 192T 3250 10 VA 192T 4050 5 VA 192U 4050
600 A 5A 5 VA 192T 3260 10 VA 192T 4060 5 VA 192U 4060
750 A 5A 10 VA 192T 3275 10 VA 192T 4075 5 VA 192U 4075
800 A 5A 10 VA 192T 4080
1000 A 5A 10 VA 192T 4090
Accessories
TCB 17-20 TCB 26-30 TCB 26-40 TCB 32-40
Accessories Reference Reference Reference Reference
DIN-rail mounting 192T 0007 192T 0003 192T 0003 192T 0005
Sealable cover 192T 0105 192T 0105 192T 0103

TCB 26-30 TCB 26-40 TCB 32-40
Power supply Output Reference Reference Reference
Self-supplied ŰL 5#" 192Y 0015 192Y 0015 192Y 0035
230 VAC ŰL 5#" 192Y 0215 192Y 0215 192Y 0235
24 VDC ŰL 5#" 192Y 0115 192Y 0115 192Y 0135

TCB 26-30 TCB 26-40 TCB 32-40
230 VAC L 5#" 192T 0255 192T 0255 192Y 0275
24 VDC L 5#" 192Y 0155 192Y 0155 192Y 0175

Measurement devices
from 5 to 5000 A
References
TCB 44-50 TCB 44-63 T2CB 44-63
Class Class Class
Primary Secondary(1) 0.5 Reference 0.5 Reference 0.2s Reference
150 A 5A 1.5 VA 192T 5015
200 A 5A 2.5 VA 192T 5020 1.5 VA 192T 6420
250 A 5A 5 VA 192T 5025 1.5 VA 192T 6425
300 A 5A 5 VA 192T 5030 2.5 VA 192T 6430 5 VA 192U 6430
400 A 5A 10 VA 192T 5040 5 VA 192T 6440 5 VA 192U 6440
500 A 5A 10 VA 192T 5050 10 VA 192T 6450 10 VA 192U 6450
600 A 5A 10 VA 192T 5060 10 VA 192T 6460 10 VA 192U 6460
750 A 5A 10 VA 192T 5075 10 VA 192T 6475 10 VA 192U 6475
800 A 5A 15 VA 192T 5080 10 VA 192T 6480
1000 A 5A 15 VA 192T 5090 15 VA 192T 6490 10 VA 192U 6490
1200 A 5A 15 VA 192T 5092 15 VA 192T 6492 10 VA 192U 6492
1250 A 5A 15 VA 192T 5095 15 VA 192T 6493 10 VA 192U 6493
1500 A 5A 15 VA 192T 6495 10 VA 192U 6495
1600 A 5A 15 VA 192T 6494
TCB 55-80 TCB 85-100 TCB 100-125

Class Class Class
Primary Secondary(1) 0.5 Reference 0.5 Reference 0.5 Reference
400 A 5A 2.5 VA 192T 8140
500 A 5A 5 VA 192T 8150
600 A 5A 5 VA 192T 8160
750 A 5A 10 VA 192T 8175 2.5 VA 192T 9675
800 A 5A 10 VA 192T 8180 5 VA 192T 9680
1000 A 5A 15 VA 192T 8190 10 VA 192T 9690 5 VA 192T 9590
1200 A 5A 15 VA 192T 8192 10 VA 192T 9692
1250 A 5A 15 VA 192T 8193 15 VA 192T 9693 10 VA 192T 9593
1500 A 5A 15 VA 192T 8195 15 VA 192T 9695 15 VA 192T 9595
1600 A 5A 15 VA 192T 8194 15 VA 192T 9694
2000 A 5A 15 VA 192T 8196 30 VA 192T 9696 30 VA 192T 9596
2500 A 5A 30 VA 192T 9697 30 VA 192T 9597
3000 A 5A 30 VA 192T 9698 30 VA 192T 9598
Accessories
TCB 44-50 TCB 44-63 TCB 55-80 TCB 85-100 TCB 100-125
Accessories Reference Reference Reference Reference Reference
Sealable cover 192T 0102 192T 0102 192T 0102 192T 0106 192T 0106

TCB 44-50 TCB 44-63 TCB 55-80
Self-supplied ŰL 5#" 192Y 0045 192Y 0045
230 VAC ŰL 5#" 192Y 0245 192Y 0245
24 VDC ŰL 5#" 192Y 0145 192Y 0145

TCB 44-50 TCB 44-63 TCB 55-80
Input Output Reference Reference Reference
230 VAC L 5#" 192Y 0285 192Y 0285
24 VDC L 5#" 192Y 0185 192Y 0185

Measurement devices
from 5 to 5000 A
Bar or cable-through CT (continued)

Dimensions (mm)
TCB 17-20 TCB 26-30 and T2CB 26-30 TCB 28-30 TCB 26-40
49.5 61 49.9
61
40.5
ø 17.5
k I
10.5
k I
k I
65
70
75.5
ø2 k I
20.5
30.5
ø2
10.5
6
75.5
27
29
trafo_045_a_1_x_cat
12.5
18.5
K – P1
6
K – P1
32
ø2
trafo_044_a_1_x_cat
K – P1
trafo_041_a_1_x_cat
33
15.5 10.5
trafo_055_b_1_x_cat
K – P1
20.5 30.5 20.5
28.5 40 30.5 32
48.5 60 40
60
TCB 32-40 and T2CB 32-40 TCB 44-50 TCB 44-63 and T2CB 44-63
71 86 96
k I k I k I
88.5
105.5
98.5
ø
30.5
32
30.5
16
30.5
12.5
10.5
4
4
ø4
36.75
ø4
43.25
48.25
K – P1
trafo_040_a_1_x_cat
K–P1
trafo_043_a_1_x_cat
K–P1
10.5
trafo_046_a_1_x_cat
40.5 40.5
50.5 50.5
50
65 63.5
70
85 70
95
TCB 55-80 TCB 85-100 TCB 100-125

99
99
96
k I
k I
k I
184.8
184.8
10.5
123.5
30.5
31
51
31
51
0
10
5
5
ø5
ø8
Ø
58.5
82
82
trafo_048_a_1_x_cat
K–P1
trafo_049_a_1_x_cat
k-P1
k-P1
trafo_047_a_1_x_cat
60.5 95
80.5 81
95 95 101
120 101 121
122 172
172
Bar or cable-through CT TCB 17-20 TCB 26-30 T2CB 26-30 TCB 26-40 TCB 28-30 TCB 32-40 T2CB 32-40
WW WW WW WW WW
Bar (mm) 20 x 5 (x 1) 30 x 10 (x 1)
20 x 10 (x 1…2) 20 x 10 (x 1…2) 32 x 18 (x 1) 30 x 5 (x 1…2) 30 x 5 (x 1…2)
Ø cable (mm) 17.5 26 26 26 28 32 32
H x W x D (mm) 65 x 49.5 x 50 75.5 x 61 x 48 75.5 x 61 x 48 75.5 x 61 x 48 70 x 49.9 x 68 88.5 x 71 x 58 88.5 x 71 x 58
DIN-rail mounting yes yes yes yes yes yes
Bar or cable-through CT TCB 44-50 TCB 44-63 T2CB 44-63 TCB 55-80 TCB 85-100 TCB 100-125
WW
WW WW WW WWv WW
Bar (mm) WW
40 x 10 (x 1…2) 50 x 10 (x 1…2) 50 x 10 (x 1…2) 80 x 10 (x 1…3) 100 x 10 (x 1…3)
60 x 10 (x 1…2)
Ø cable (mm) 44 44 44 55 85 100
H x W x D (mm) 98.5 x 86 x 58 105.5 x 96 x 58 105.5 x 96 x 58 123.5 x 120 x 58 184.5 x 172 x 52 184.5 x 172 x 52

Measurement devices
from 5 to 5000 A
Associated transducers
Transducer to be associated with adapted

current transformers:
• Class 0.5. UH - 8 4 +
IA
• Input: 1 or 5 A + 7 3 -
trafo_060_a_1_x_cat
• Output:
- 0-20 mA, 0-10 V (model CEA-VA),
l 6 2 +
- 4-20 mA, 0-10 V (model CEA-VA4), A UA
• Self-supplied or auxiliary power supply k 5 1 -
trafo_074
ŭ5#"NQ5 "
• 3 sizes according to the CT: type 1, 2 or 3.
W D
Dimensions (mm)
Converter For CT Height (mm) Width (mm) Depth (mm)
Type 1 TCB 26-30 50.5 60 32.5
Type 1 TCB 26-40 50.5 60 32.5
trafo_071_a_1_gb_cat
Type 2 TCB 32-40 50 70 43

H
Type 3 TCB 44-63 50.5 95 43

Type 3 TCB 55-80 50.5 95 43

Measurement devices
from 5 to 5000 A
Bar-through CT
References
TBA 60 TBA 80 TBA 100 T2BA 100
Class Class Class Class Class
Primary Secondary 0.5 1 Reference 0.5 Reference 0.5 Reference 0.2s Reference
200 A 5A 2.5 VA 192T 7020
250 A 5A 2.5 VA 192T 7025
300 A 5A 2.5 VA 192T 7030 2.5 VA 192T 7530
400 A 5A 5 VA 192T 7040 5 VA 192T 7540
500 A 5A 5 VA 192T 7050 5 VA 192T 7550
600 A 5A 10 VA 192T 7060 5 VA 192T 7560 5 VA 192T 8060
750 A 5A 10 VA 192T 7075 5 VA 192T 7575 5 VA 192T 8075
800 A 5A 10 VA 192T 7080 10 VA 192T 7580 5 VA 192T 8080
1000 A 5A 15 VA 192T 7090 15 VA 192T 7590 5 VA 192T 8090
1200 A 5A 15 VA 192T 7092 15 VA 192T 7592 10 VA 192T 8092 5 VA 192U 8092
1250 A 5A 15 VA 192T 7093 15 VA 192T 7593 10 VA 192T 8093 5 VA 192U 8093
1500 A 5A 15 VA 192T 7095 15 VA 192T 7595 15 VA 192T 8095 5 VA 192U 8095
1600 A 5A 15 VA 192T 7094 15 VA 192T 7594 15 VA 192T 8094
2000 A 5A 15 VA 192T 7596 15 VA 192T 8096 5 VA 192U 8096
2500 A 5A 30 VA 192T 8097 10 VA 192U 8097
3000 A 5A 30 VA 192T 8098 (1) 10 VA 192U 8098
4000 A 5A 30 VA -
(1) Dimensions are different for TBA 100 with 3000 and 4000 A primary.
TBA 103 T2BA 103 TBA 127 T2BA 127

Primary Secondary 0.5 Reference 0.2s Reference 0.5 Reference 0.2s Reference
400 A 5A 2.5 VA 192T 9340 2.5 VA 192T 9740
500 A 5A 2.5 VA 192T 9350 2.5 VA 192T 9750
600 A 5A 2.5 VA 192T 9360 2.5 VA 192T 9760
750 A 5A 2.5 VA 192T 9375 2.5 VA 192T 9775
800 A 5A 5 VA 192T 9380 5 VA 192T 9780
1000 A 5A 10 VA 192T 9390 5 VA 192U 9390 10 VA 192T 9790
1200 A 5A 10 VA 192T 9392 5 VA 192U 9392 10 VA 192T 9792 5 VA 192U 9792
1250 A 5A 10 VA 192T 9393 5 VA 192U 9393 10 VA 192T 9793 5 VA 192U 9793
1500 A 5A 15 VA 192T 9395 5 VA 192U 9395 15 VA 192T 9795 5 VA 192U 9795
1600 A 5A 10 VA 192T 9394 15 VA 192T 9794
2000 A 5A 15 VA 192T 9396 15 VA 192T 9796 5 VA 192U 9796
2500 A 5A 15 VA 192T 9797
3000 A 5A 25 VA 182T 9798 (1)
4000 A 5A 30 VA 182T 9799 (1)
(1) Replacement model TRA 127 for this rating.
Accessories
TBA 60 TBA 80 TBA 100 T2BA 100 TBA 103 T2BA 103 TBA 127 T2BA 127
Accessories Reference Reference Reference Reference Reference Reference Reference Reference
Sealable cover 192T 0102 192T 0102 192T 0102 192T 0102 192T 0102
CT Plug-in transducer (CEA-VA) CT Plug-in transducer (CEA-VA4)

TBA 100 TBA 100
Power supply Output Reference Power supply Output Reference
Self-supplied ŰL 5#" 192Y 0045 230 VAC L 5#" 192Y 0285
230 VAC ŰL 5#" 192Y 0245 24 VDC L 5#" 192Y 0185
24 VDC ŰL 5#" 192Y 0145

Measurement devices
from 5 to 5000 A
Dimensions (mm)
TBA 60 TBA 80 TBA 100 600 to 2500 A(1)
300 to 2000 A T2BA 100 1200 to 3000 A
86 96
S2 S1
S1 S2
k I
117
k I
84
129
31
167
55.5
59
60
trafo_050_a_1_x_cat
trafo_059_a_1_x_cat
trafo_082_a_1_x_cat
S2 S1
77.5
k-P1
50 34 k-P1
60.5 69
88 96
95
100.5
129
(1) TBA 100, 3000 and 4000 A: 214 x 129 x 78 mm.
TBA 103 and T2BA 103 TBA 127 and T2BA 127
S2 S1
150
38
103
175
128
69
trafo_054_a_1_x_cat
trafo_052_a_1_x_cat
17.5
L–P2
41
17
99
17.7 42.8 17.7
100
Bar-through CT TBA 60 TBA 80 TBA 100 T2BA 100 TBA 103 T2BA 103 TBA 127 T2BA 127
Bar (mm) 60 x 30 84 x 34 100 x 55 100 x 55 103 x 41 103 x 41 128 x 38 128 x 38
H x W x D (mm) 129 x 88 x 78 117 x 96 x 68 167 x 129 x 78 (1) 167 x 129 x 78 150 x 99 x 58 150 x 99 x 58 175 x 100 x 55 175 x 100 x 55
(1) TBA 100, 3000 and 4000 A: 214 x 129 x 78 mm.

Measurement devices
from 5 to 5000 A
Three-phase bar or cable-through CT

References
TCB3 18-20 TCB3 22-30
Class Class
Primary Secondary(1) 1 Reference 1 Reference
3 x 100 A 3x5A 1 VA 192T 3310
3 x 150 A 3x5A 1.25 VA 192T 3315
3 x 200 A 3x5A 1.5 VA 192T 3320
3 x 250 A 3x5A 2.5 VA 192T 3325 2.5 VA 192T 3425
3 x 300 A 3x5A 3.75 VA 192T 3430
3 x 400 A 3x5A 5 VA 192T 3440
3 x 500 A 3x5A 5 VA 192T 3450
3 x 600 A 3x5A 5 VA 192T 3460
Dimensions (mm)
TCB3 18-20 TCB3 22-30
35 35 45 45
k I k I k I
Ø 18 k I k I k I Ø 22
75
65
10
5
trafo_111_a_1_x_cat
trafo_112_a_1_x_cat
L1 K–P1 L2 L3
L1 K–P1 L2 L3
20 30
115 150
Three-phase bar or cable-through CT TCB3 18-20 TCB3 22-30

Ø cable (mm) 18 22
Bar-through 20 x 5 30 x 10
H x W x D (mm) 115 x 65 x 37 150 x 75 x 37
DIN-rail mounting no no

Measurement devices
from 5 to 5000 A
References
TCA 13 — 3P
Class
Primary Secondary(1) 1 Reference
3 x 50 A 5A 1 VA 192T 1905
3 x 60 A 5A 1.25 VA 192T 1906
3 x 75 A 5A 1.5 VA 192T 1907
3 x 80 A 5A 1.5 VA 192T 1908
3 x 100 A 5A 2.5 VA 192T 1910
3 x 125 A 5A 2.5 VA 192T 1912
3 x 150 A 5A 2.5 VA 192T 1915
3 x 160 A 5A 2.5 VA 192T 1916
Dimensions (mm)
TCA 13 — 3P
54
44
L 7
K K/P2 I K K/P2 I K K/P2 I

45
64
90
trafo_009_a_1_x_cat
K/P1 K/P1 K/P1
(1) Cable-through aperture Ø 13.5 mm.

13.5
1
Number of modules Front degree of protection Terminal degree of protection L (mm) Mounting
6 IP65 IP20 105 35 mm DIN-rail

Measurement devices
from 5 to 5000 A
Split-core CT
References
TO 23 TO 58 TO 812 TO 816
Class Class
Primary Secondary Class 1 Class 3 Reference 0.5 Class 1 Reference 0.5 Class 1 Reference Class 0.5 Reference
100 A 5A 1.25 VA 192T 4601
150 A 5A 1.5 VA 192T 4602
200 A 5A 2.5 VA 192T 4603
250 A 5A 1.5 VA 192T 4604 1.5 VA 192T 4625 1.5 VA 192T 4725
300 A 5A 3.75 VA 192T 4605 2.5 VA 192T 4630 2.5 VA 192T 4730
400 A 5A 5 VA 192T 4606 1 VA 192T 4640 2.5 VA 192T 4740
500 A 5A 2.5 VA 192T 4650 2.5 VA 192T 4750
600 A 5A 2.5 VA 192T 4660 2.5 VA 192T 4760
750 A 5A 2.5 VA 192T 4675 2.5 VA 192T 4775
800 A 5A 2.5 VA 192T 4680 2.5 VA 192T 4780
1000 A 5A 5 VA 192T 4610 5 VA 192T 4710 10 VA 192T 4810
1250 A 5A 7.5 VA 192T 4712 10 VA 192T 4812
1500 A 5A 7.5 VA 192T 4715 10 VA 192T 4815
1600 A 5A 10 VA 192T 4814
2000 A 5A 10 VA 192T 4820
2500 A 5A 10 VA 192T 4825
3000 A 5A 15 VA 192T 4830
4000 A 5A 15 VA 192T 4840
5000 A 5A 15 VA 192T 4850
Dimensions (mm)
B C Dimensions (mm)
D
Type A (mm) B (mm) C (mm) D (mm) E (mm)
TO 23 106 93 58 23 33
TO 58 158 125 58 55 85
TO 812 198 155 58 85 125
trafo_078_e_1_x_cat
TO 816 243 195 79 85 165

E
A
Fixed by M5 screw
Split-core CT TO 23 TO 58 TO 812 TO 816

H x W x D (mm) 106 x 93 x 58 158 x 125 x 58 198 x 155 x 58 243 x 195 x 75

Measurement devices
from 5 to 5000 A
Summation CT
Reference
BSA 02 BSA 03 BSA 04
Primary Secondary Reference Reference Reference

5A 192T 0802

5A 192T 0803

5A 192T 0904
Dimensions (mm)
BSA 02 and BSA 03 BSA 04
57 65
136.5
90
29.5
54
trafo_073_b_1_x_cat
trafo_069_b_1_x_cat
50 55 95 60
80 122
127 156
Summation CT BSA 02 BSA 03 BSA 04

H x W x D (mm) 90 x 127 x 57 90 x 127 x 57 136.5 x 156 x 65
DIN-rail mounting no no no

Selection guide
Software solutions for energy monitoring and analysis
What are the For what size of Where is the data

Software suite
features? project? stored?
WEBVIEW-S WEBVIEW-M WEBVIEW-L
DIRIS Digiware
DIRIS A-40 DATALOG
Hosting of the application(1) M-70 /D-70
Ethernet H80/H81
p. 346 p. 346 p. 346
Data collection
Maximum number of connected 100 (WEBVIEW-L100)
1 32
measurement devices 200 (WEBVIEW-L200)
Interfacing to third-party applications via connector
Export of data in CSV format • • •
Real time monitoring
U/V voltages and currents I • • •
Powers P, Q, S, Power factor • • •
Quality monitoring THDi, THDu, THDv, K factor, Harmonic analysis up to 63rd • • •
Energy metering Ea+, Ea-, Er+, Er-, Es • • •
Pulse counting • • •
Input/Output monitoring • • •
Measurement history U, V, I, P, Q, S, • • •
Energy analysis
Energy consumption analysis • • •
Multi-parameter analysis •
Alarm management
Product alarms • • •
Alarms history • • •
Transmission of alarms e-mail e-mail e-mail
Reporting management
Customisable user interface Photoview Photoview
Hierarchy management • •
Energy Server Standard - IEC 62974-1 • •
(1) For more information on the hardware please refer to the appropriate catalogue pages.
(2) N’VIEW is a software solution intended for energy management purposes only.

Selection guide
Software solutions for energy monitoring and analysis
Architecture
Level 4
Cloud hosting
N'VIEW
Cloud hosting
Level 3
Long-distance communication
network (WAN)
Ethernet Lan/Wan
Ethernet
3G
Level 2
Local communication
network (LAN)
WEBVIEW-L
DATALOG H80
Ethernet
Digiware bus
WEBVIEW-M ATy
S
C65
AU
TO
DIRIS Digiware M-70 ATyS C65
RS485
Level 1
PMD & sensors
CO
UN
CO TIS
WEBVIEW-M
UN E Ci3
WEBVIEW-S
TIS
E Ci3
DIRIS A-40 COUNTIS ECix DIRIS A COUNTIS E

Digiware bus
DIRIS Digiware D-70
DIRIS Digiware
SOFT_060_C_GB
Isolated or single DIRIS Digiware power metering and 0XOWLñXLGSXOVHGPHWHULQJ Other devices connected
metering points monitoring system and analogue inputs via Modbus RS485
Expert Services

No problem for our Expert Services team. They work out all the details of the measurement schedule, the complete integration of all devices
in your energy management system, the configuration of your software application, the training of your teams and details of operational
support. For further information, please contact your nearest Socomec office.

WEBVIEW
Embedded software for power monitoring and energy management
The solution for

Software suite
> Industry
> Building
> Infrastructure
> Local authority
soft_076
Strong points
> Plug & Play

Function > Easy to use
WEBVIEW is a web based software Uncover the causes of electrical disturbances > Various functions
embedded in DIRIS A-40 power monitoring and anticipate maintenance requirements
devices, DIRIS Digiware D-70 displays, DIRIS thanks to historical records of multiple
Digiware M-70 communication gateways and electrical parameters. Compliance with standards
DATALOG H80/H81 dataloggers delivering Pre-set alarms defined by the user can be
real-time monitoring of all measurements sent by e-mail. Users can access WEBVIEW > IEC 62974-1(1)
from up to 200 devices and displaying the via a web browser on a PC or a tablet.
breakdown of energy consumptions.
(1) Energy Server standard applicable to

Strong points WEBVIEW-M and L versions embedded in
DIRIS Digiware M-70/D-70 and DATALOG H80.
Plug & Play Various functions
Quickly configure WEBVIEW thanks to the Very easy to configure and to use, WEBVIEW
automatic detection of Socomec devices. offers a wide range of features including real-
Create geographical and electrical hierarchies time monitoring, alarm management and
to reflect your installation and your processes. notification by e-mail, multi-utility analysis
(electricity, water, gas), power parameter
Easy to use logging and allocation of consumption by
end-use and location.
WEBVIEW centralises measurements from
all downstream devices via a single clear and
user friendly interface. The ergonomics of
each screen allow users to easily and quickly
analyse the parameters and the behaviour of
the installation.
Characteristics
Type Hosting Functions Number of measurement devices
WEBVIEW-S #(1(2Ű Monitor, Alarm, Analyse 1
DIRIS Digiware M-70 Monitor, Alarm, Analyse, Photoview 32
WEBVIEW-M
DIRIS Digiware D-70 Monitor, Alarm, Analyse, Photovieww 32
WEBVIEW-L DATALOG H80 / H81 Monitor, Alarm, Analyse, Photoview 100/200

WEBVIEW
Embedded software for power monitoring and energy management
Functions
Monitor
• Automatic detection of connected devices.
• Summary of the parameters measured for the electrical network and loads.
• Display of voltage, current, power, power factor, total harmonic distortion (THD) and
harmonics per rank.
• Display of average/instantaneous values with min/max limits depending on the devices.
soft_076.eps
• Total and partial energy consumption per load.
• Input / output status.
• Synchronisation of device clocks.
• Graphical or table representation.
Alarm
• Alarms for overloads, events and input status changes.
• Display of alarms history.
soft_074.eps
• Sorting by type, nature, criticality or state.
• Alarms displayed on the main page.
• Alarm notification by e-mail (SMTP).
Analyse
• Historical measurements and consumption.
• Historical records of multiple electrical parameters.
• Breakdown of consumption by location, by end-use and by utility type (water, gas,
electricity…).
soft_075.eps
• Export of consumption data in a CSV format.
Photoview
• Photoview: customised dashboard of the WEBVIEW environment via the upload of graphical
files (building plans, electrical circuit diagrams, production processes…)
• Real time monitoring via drag and drop of parameters on the background pictures
(measurement points, alarms, text…).
• Display of the mapping of the measurement plan by cascading of several images.
soft_064.eps
References
Type Host device Reference

WEBVIEW-S DIRIS A-40 4825 0501
DIRIS Digiware M-70 4829 0222
WEBVIEW-M
DIRIS Digiware D-70 4829 0203
DATALOG H80 4854 0020
WEBVIEW-L 100
DATALOG H81 (3G network) 4854 0021
DATALOG H80 4854 0030
WEBVIEW-L 200
DATALOG H81 (3G network) 4854 0031

Easy Config System
Configuration software
Strong points
Software suite
> Faster
> More reliable
> More flexible
soft_122_a
Compatible with
soft_124_a
> DIRIS Digiware

power monitoring system
Function
With the Easy Config System, you can configure your Socomec power monitoring and load-
breaking equipment while visualising all electrical measurements in real time.
Its speed and simplicity make the Easy Config System software an essential tool for:
• Panel builders and system integrators who want to provide correctly configured electrical > DIRIS A & B
panels for their customers power monitoring devices
• Operators who want to configure their devices on their own or change specific settings
The bonus: you can easily save and modify your configurations and also duplicate them from
one device to another or from one system to another.
> ISOM insulation monitoring

Advantages systems
Quick configuration Reliable data

Easy Config System is a quick and easy way Easy Config System has a dynamic
for system integrators and panel builders to dashboard (see next page) which adapts
configure their installations: to the type of device and can display the
• Automatic discovery of connected devices phasor diagram, the alarms in progress or
• Configuration of multiple devices at the detected sensors and their ratings. It also > COUNTIS E energy meters
same time provides an overview of the topology, listing
the connected devices, with their firmware
• Duplication of configurations between
versions and internal clock, and the quality of
devices.
communication.
This ensures the user that the wiringand
Local or remote access
configuration are correct and, as a result, data
You can access Easy Config System either is reliable.
locally by connecting it to devices via a
> ATyS C55/C65, ATyS p and
USB cable, or remotely with an Ethernet
ATyS pm transfer switches
connection. This system provides great
and controllers
flexibility taking into account the constraints of
your facility. With the remote access option,
you can change settings and correct any Free download
configuration or wiring errors, without having Easy Config System
to physically return to site.
https://www.socomec.com/easy-
config-system_en.html

Easy Config System
Configuration software
Configuration options
Configure the entire system with an Ethernet connection to a Configure the entire system with an Ethernet connection to a
DIRIS Digiware M-xx gateway DIRIS Digiware D-xx display
(DV\&RQĺJ6\VWHP (DV\&RQĺJ6\VWHP
Ethernet
Ethernet
Digiware Bus Digiware Bus

ET
H
DIG
ET
IWA
H
BU RE
S
RS
485
soft_121_a_gb.ai
NC
SU
PP
LY
ON 24
soft_119_a_gb.ai
20 V
W max
ALA
RM
COM
DIR
IS
M-
xx
AD
DR
.
DIRIS Digiware
DIRIS Digiware Digiware system DIRIS B D-xx Digiware system DIRIS B
M-xx
RS485 RS485
Configure the equipment via USB only Configure the entire system with a USB connection to a DIRIS
Digiware M-xx gateway
(DV\&RQĺJ6\VWHP (DV\&RQĺJ6\VWHP
86%
USB
Digiware Bus
ET
H
DIG
ET
IWA
H
BU RE
S
RS
485
soft_120_a_gb.ai
NC
SU
PP
LY
ON
soft_118_a_gb.ai
ATy 24
20 V
W max
S ALA
C65 COM
RM
DIR
IS
M-
xx
AD
DR
.
AU
TO
ATyS C65 DIRIS Digiware Digiware system DIRIS B

M-xx
RS485
A dashboard adapted to each type of device

soft_126_a
soft_125_a
soft_123_a
D-xx displays and M-xx gateways Multifunction meters Transfer switches

• List of products in the topology • U/I phasor diagram • Electrical data on each source
• Firmware versions of connected devices • Main electrical readings • Status of primary and secondary sources
• Internal clock for connected devices • AutoCorrect wiring diagnostics • Input / output state
• Enabled services • Connected sensors and their ratings • Alarms in progress
• Communication diagnostics • Alarms in progress • Operating modes (AUTO/MANU/TEST)
• Timers

Expert solutions for the availability and safety of your unearthed IT system . . . . . . . . . . . p. 352
Control principle for insulation and fault location. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 353
Expert services for IT systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 354
Insulation Monitoring Devices IMD ISOM selection guide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 356
Insulation Fault Location selection guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 358
Insulation monitoring for power networks and control circuits Portable insulation
fault location system
ISOM Digiware
ISOM DIRIS
Digiware D Digiware U ISOM PS-62
Consult us Consult us Consult us
Core balance
ISOM ISOM transformers and
Digiware L-60 Digiware F-60
sensors
ISOM Digiware
ISOM
ISOM T-15
Consult us
ISOM K-20 ISOM K-40
Locating
core balance
transformers
Consult us
Insulation monitoring solutions for medical locations
ISOM Digiware
Current sensors
ISOM ISOM TE/TR/TF
Digiware D-55h Digiware L-60h Consult us
ISOM
ISOM
Locating
core balance
transformers
ISOM D-15h ISOM K-40h Consult us
Expert Services
Our experts are here for
you to make your project
a success.

Availability and security for your
(3ŰMDSVNQJlKD@UDHSSNSGDDWODQSR
Choose an IT network and make continuity

of service a priority. You have constant
control over the network and its insulation
from the earth, no matter what happens.
This gives you a secure, stable network
adapted to your needs.
appli_913.eps
Ensures a continuous power Guarantees the safety of Make your network’s
supply personnel and property maintenance budget go further
The IT system ensures you can continue to To protect against indirect contact, the Complementing an ultra-preventative
use your systems even if there’s an insulation requirements (IEC 60364, NF C 15100, etc.) earthing system, the IT system requires
fault. This particular design makes it possible state that an insulation monitoring device continuous maintenance.
to limit the risks for operators and facilities. (IMD) should be installed. The ISOM system The ISOM IMD is suitable for all kinds
@KRNLHMHLHRDRSGDQHRJNEEHQD@MCDWOKNRHNM of network. It is complemented by an
in BE2 and BE3 premises. Insulation Fault Location system (IFLs)
@KKNVHMFENQ@MDWSDMCDC@MCLNQDDEEHBHDMS
location of earth leakage faults.
Pooling the consumption measuring and
insulation infrastructure also reduces the
overall cost of monitoring your electrical
systems.
The
Thesolution
solutionfor
for
ISOM Digiware
for medical facilities
Naval and Rail and

PLOLWDU\bIDFLOLWLHV aeronautical Surgical
infrastructures unit
Process / Oil & gas

manufacturing industries
industries
isom-dw_065_b.psd
Energy Healthcare
production facilities

Control principle for insulation
and fault location
The IT system ensures you can continue to use Source
(IT system)
your systems even if there’s an insulation fault.
This means:
• A signal from the insulation monitoring device
(IMD) that there has been an insulation
change on the network Digiware bus
• Rapid fault location without interruption
ŹIP +
Insulation Fault Location system (IFLs) and ISOM T-15
elimination of insulation faults
ISOM Digiware
D-55 / D-75
ISOM Digiware
L-60
ISOM Digiware
F-60
Load M
isom-dw_043_b_gb.ai
PE Locating current IL
Control principle for insulation and fault location.
Insulation monitoring device Insulation Fault Location system (IFLs)

(IMD)
The IMD must be compatible firstly with the Faults can be detected in two ways: Like the IMD, the injector generates a pulse
leakage capacity of the network and secondly • TSNL@SHB@KKXVHSG@EHWDCRXRSDL RHFM@K@BBNQCHMFSNSGDDWSDMSNESGDHMRTK@SHNM
with the type (AC or DC) of resistive earth fault • Manually, with a portable system. fault and the mains voltage.
current generated by the receptors. In case of a major insulation fault, the signal
An Insulation Fault Location system (IFLs)
SOCOMEC IMDs with self-adaptive system comprises: value is automatically limited by current.
measurement signalling are compatible 3GDŰE@TKSHRCDSDBSDCAXBNQDA@K@MBD
• A standalone Locating Current Injector (LCI)
with highly capacitive networks. They cover transformers when the insulation fault occurs.
or one built onto the IMD.
every application and eliminate interruptions The pulse current is analysed so the fault can
• One or multiple Insulation Fault Locator
generated by power converters. be assessed.
equipped with detecting core balance
transformers.
The IMD detects an insulation fault and emits
an alarm. This information automatically
activates the Insulation Fault Location system.
ISOM Digiware
for power networks and control circuits
Performance
• The first revolutionary system with multi-
measurement and insulation monitoring.
• 100% compatible with Digiware systems.
• 100% customisable and scalable.
• Full Socomec solution.
• Option to combine Digiware ISOM and
DIRIS modules within the same system.
OhmScanner
• Precise and rapid location of insulation faults.
• Anticipates faults.
• Detailed insulation mapping (resistive and
capacitive breakdown).
isom-dw_064_b.psd
• Periodic monitoring of the degree of insulation

on each circuit.

Expert services
for IT neutral arrangements
From commissioning to
operating support and training,
Socomec service experts help
you in your energy efficiency
improvement strategy.
With access to our multi-
skilled service experts, you are
guaranteed the best startup and
use of your insulation monitoring
solution.
SITE_611_A.EPS
Services
Startup Operation support Certified training
We check the settings and the proper We offer support in the operation of your Take a personalised training course to
operation of the devices. Our services help system, allowing you to benefit from either understand the distribution of different
you get the most out of your facility and adhoc or regular site visits (application of neutral systems and to make full use of the
improve its efficiency. IEC 60363-6) as part of a support contract. functionality of our solutions.
From fault-finding to testing the insulation We provide personalised monitoring and
architecture, Socomec provides services regular upgrading of your maintenance
that draw on our extensive expertise. equipment.
The solution for What we do Approvals and certifications
> Process/manufacturing > Startup > Socomec is registered as an

industries > Operation support ongoing professional training
> Oil & gas industries organisation.
> Fault-finding
> Energy production > Testing the insulation
> Naval and military architecture
infrastructures > Certified training
> Transport
> Healthcare facilities

Startup
What we do Methods and hardware
• Check the correct hardware configuration. • Measuring equipment and fault-locating system.
• Operational tests using a simulated magnetic core fault current. • Portable fault detection case for industrial and hospital environments.
• Provide information on the main features of our products. • Locating core balance transformers (open, closed).
• Summary report containing test results, configurations and settings.
Operating support – adhoc services or support contracts

What we do Methods and hardware
• Help set up and operate the system. • Measuring equipment.
• Find faults on the system. • Handheld fault locating system (tested and certified).
• Ensure an IMD is functioning properly. • Locating core balance transformers.
• Help analyse the collected data.
• Save the various configurations.
• The support contract includes an annual onsite visit as well as exclusive
access to our experts via a dedicated webline. As part of the support
contract, we can provide regular services or keep you updated over
time about how to use equipment such as in the case of PS-61/62.
Certified training
What we do Agenda
The training is intended to be both theoretical and practical, concise • Theory module:
and interactive. At the end of the training, you will be aware of the IT - IT neutral system and layout.
neutral system concept and the elements necessary for using the fault- - Monitoring and protection hardware
detection and locating system.
- Installation standards
By simulating and detecting system faults, you can consolidate what
you learn during the training.
• Practical module
This training course is aimed at the people who will monitor and
- Study of different configurations with ISOM products.
maintain the correct level of insulation in your electrical equipment.
- Handling and configuring the devices.
- Practical exercises onsite.
References
Reference
Startup 9 231 012 200
Testing the Insulation Monitoring Device (adhoc) 9 234 022 200
Fault-finding (adhoc) 9 234 022 500
Support contract – annual testing of multi-brand IMD architecture 9 235 012 100
Support contract – annual testing of ISOM IMD architecture 9 235 012 200
Support contract – annual testing of ISOM DIGIWARE IMD architecture 9 235 022 200
Support contract – fault-finding 9 235 022 500
Training on using ISOM DIGIWARE at customer site 9 232 012 200
Training on the handheld fault location tool, PS-61/62 9 232 012 500

Selection guide
Insulation Monitoring Devices
IMD ISOM
Which
Which need? Type of network?
application?
Application Power networks

Type of network Isolated Isolated / Large Very large or disturbed
Load type AC / DC
ISOM K-20 K-40 D-x5 + L-60

Consult us Consult us Consult us
Characteristics
480 VAC 480 VAC 480 VAC
Maximum network voltage
240 VDC 240 VDC 480 VDC
Measuring principle Auto-adaptative Auto-adaptative Auto-adaptative
0D[OHDNDJHFDSDFLWDQFHƄ) 30 150 300
Number of threshold 2 2 2
9DOXHRIWKHWKUHVKROGNƃ 1-1000 1-1000 0.5 -1000
Type of display Graphical with backlight Graphical with backlight Graphical with backlight
Insulation carthography •
(QHUJ\PDQDJHPHQW30' •
Location current injection •
MODBUS TCP
Communication MODBUS RTU
MODBUS RTU
Webserver ÷'
Modular + panel Modular + panel 3DQHOPRXQWHG'[[

Casing
mounted mounted 0RGXODU/
/
'LPHQVLRQVPP 96 96
'[
Accessories IMD
Overvoltage limitor • • •
Alarm report

Selection guide
Insulation Monitoring Devices
Network size? Type of loads? Communication?
Control circuits Medical locations

Isolated Large Very large Mono Tri / Mono
AC / DC AC
K-20 K-40 D-x5 + L-60 K-40h D-55h + L-60h

Consult us Consult us Consult us Consult us Consult us
480 VAC 480 VAC 480 VAC

250 VAC 250 VAC
240 VDC 240 VDC 480 VDC
Auto-adaptative Auto-adaptative Auto-adaptative Auto-adaptative Auto-adaptative
30 150 300 5 10
2 2 2 1 1
1-1000 1-1000 0.5-1000 50-500 50-500
Graphical with backlight Graphical with backlight Graphical with backlight Graphical with backlight Graphical with backlight
• •
• •
• •
MODBUS TCP MODBUS TCP
MODBUS RTU MODBUS RTU
MODBUS RTU MODBUS RTU
÷'
Modular + panel Modular + panel 3DQHOPRXQWHG'[[ Modular + panel 3DQHOPRXQWHG'K
mounted mounted 0RGXODU/ mounted 0RGXODU/K
/K /K

96 96 96
'K 'K
•
D-15h
D-15h Consult us
Consult us D-55h
Consult us

Selection guide
Insulation Fault Location
IFL ISOM
Which
Which need? Type of network?
application?
Application
Type of network
ISOM
Characteristics
Maximum network voltage
Number of monitored circuits
Portable insulation fault
Communication
Display
Insulation cartography
Energy management (PMD)
Location current injection
Webserver
Casing
Dimensions (mm)
Accessories
Clamp 115 mm
Connection adaptator T-15
6ROLGFRUHEDODQFHWUDQVIRUPHUVƂ,3
6SOLWFRUHEDODQFHWUDQVIRUPHUVƂ,35
Rectangular core balance transformers WR/TOC
Current sensor TE
Current sensor TR
Current sensor TF
Voltage measurement module Digiware U-xx
Panel mounting frame

Selection guide
Insulation Fault Location
Network size? Type of loads? Communication?
Power networks
Control circuits
Medical locations
Very large or disturbed
Digiware F-60 PS-62

480 VAC / 480 VDC

6 circuits 1 circuit
•
MODBUS TCP
With D-x5: MODBUS TCP, MODBUS RTU
SD-card for screenshots
Leds Graphical with backlight
• •
•
•
With D-x5 •
Modular Portable casing
36 456 x 347 x 247
•
• •
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Effective protection for your electrical installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 362
Differential protection selection guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 364
Differential protection Expert Services

Our experts are here for
you to make your project
RESYS M40 RESYS M40R a success.
p. 366 p. 368 see page 8.
RESYS P40
p. 370

Effective protection
for your electrical installation
All electrical installations, particularly those With many years of experience in the Important!
which incorporate sensitive loads, must be industry and an extensive knowledge of
appropriately monitored and/or protected installation standards, SOCOMEC delivers Sound knowledge of your electrical
against indirect contact, earth leakage much more than high-performance network is essential in ensuring the
currents, short circuits and voltage surges. products. Our services include: successful outcome of your project.
• auditing your low-voltage installation Your choice of electronic protection
To secure your installation against these • defining protection requirements devices and their location on your
various risks, we offer a range of protection • seamless product integration into your installation depends on:
devices which have been grouped under electrical distribution system • the type of supply source,
the heading "Electronic protection": • system commissioning • the length of the conductors,
• RESYS earth leakage relays • training on the use of, and the standards • the type and nature of the electrical
See our selection guide, applicable to, the system loads connected to the network.
"Differential protection". • turnkey monitoring solutions.
Contact us now and let us provide you Expert Services

with a solution for your installation.
We will help you design your
protection solution, guaranteeing
perfect integration of the products in
your installation.
For further information, please

contact your nearest SOCOMEC
branch.

Effective protection
for your electrical installation
Differential protection: a RESYS solution for each application

Earth leakage relays fulfil two key functions: You can combine SOCOMEC toroids and
• Protection against indirect contact in earth leakage relays to suit the needs of
the following earthing schemes: each application:
- TT (mandatory) • Interference from variable speed drives,
- TNS and IT on second fault (with long dimmers, etc. through their TRMS
conductor lengths) measurement: RESYS relay type A or B
APPLI 268 A
- IT (with multiple earthing points in an LV • Presence of pulsing components:

network). RESYS relay type A
Motor feeder application.
• Prevention / signalling for TNS or TT • Presence of DC circuits: RESYS relay
earthing arrangements. type B.
In both cases, you need to identify the type Due to the mixture of components and
of load present on your network to choose loads in industrial applications type
the most suitable differential relay. AC differential relays do not cover all
There are three types of relay: the necessary requirements, therefore
SOCOMEC proposes type A and B
SITE 538 A
• Type AC for loads that may cause a pure

differential relays.
sinusoidal AC earth leakage current
Industrial site application.
• Type A for loads that may generate an
AC and/or a pulsing DC earth leakage
current
• Type B for loads that may generate
a DC earth leakage current (including
protection types AC & A) To identify the different categories of
load present in your installation, visit our
APPLI 146 A
website www.socomec.com/en/resys
Local battery application.

Selection Guide
Differential protection
Which Which
requirement? application?
Applications Motor load break
Model RESYS M40 RESYS P40

p. 366 p. 368
Characteristics
Type of protection DDR A type A type
Tripping threshold 30 mA … 30 A 30 mA … 30 A
Time setting 0 … 10 s 0 … 10 s
Automatic reclosing function
Pre-alarm function • •
Output contact 2 2
Case DIN modular Panel mounting
Dimensions (mm) 44 48x48
Accessories
Core balance transformers
&LUFXODUFORVHGWRURLGVŊ,& • •
6SOLWFRUHEDODQFHWUDQVIRUPHUŊ,35 • •
Rectangular closed toroids WR • •

Selection Guide
Differential protection
Which type of
protection?
Isolated sites
RESYS M40R
p. 370
A type
30 mA … 30 A
0 … 10s
•
2
Modular
44
•
•
•

RESYS M40
Type A differential relays
for motor load break
The solution for
> Processes
> Manufacturing
> Oil, gas and petrochemistry
> Energy production
Strong points
resys_083_a_1_cat
083 a 1 cat
> Fully configurable
> Measurement accuracy
resys
by TRMS
> Instantaneous display of
permanent leakage currents
Function > Compact and modular case
RESYS M40 earth leakage relays associated with a remote trip breaking device with LED bargraph
(automatic power breaking), provide the following functions: > Improved immunity to EMC
- protection against indirect contact, interferences
- limitation of leakage currents.
They also preventively monitor electrical installations via their (configurable) pre-alarm function or
when used as signalling relays.
> IEC 60755
Fully configurable Instantaneous display of permanent > IEC 60664
• 2 relays with configurable function leakage currents. > IEC 61543 A1
@K@QLNQOQD@K@QL@S(ƃM The LED bargraph provides a real-time display
• CITRSLDMSNE(ƃMEQNL SN of fluctuations in leakage currents.
• Time delay 0 to 10 s. Approvals and certifications(1)
• Positive or negative security configurable by Compact modular design
the user. 44 mm in width, the unit allows easy
• Selection of toroid ratio. integration into dedicated enclosures. The
adjustment buttons are protected by a
sealable cover, while the display of available (1) Product reference on request.
Tripping accuracy by TRMS measurement
alarms is displayed directly on the front face of
Improves immunity to nuisance tripping.
the device.
Improved immunity to EMC interferences

The device has new electronics which improve
electromagnetic compatibility.
Applications
Rapid recognition of an insulation fault

increases the availability of the distribution
network by preventing accidental power
cuts and the resulting loss of production.
Protection against fire or explosion risks

The use of Residual Differential Devices RESYS M40
VHSG@CITRSLDMS(ƃML OQNUHCDR
protection against the risk of fire or
explosion generated by tracking currents
to earth, in areas classed as BE2 or BE3 RESYS M40
respectively. This protection is mandatory in
TT, TN and IT neutral systems.
RESYS M40
resys_050_d_1_x_cat
300 m A BE 2
BE 3

RESYS M40
Type A differential relays

Auxiliary power supply Us
Frequency 47 … 63 Hz
(ƃMRDSSHMF AC operating zone 0.8 … 1.15 Us
2. Time delay setting. DC operating zone 0.8 … 1.05 Us
3. Configuration micro-switches (x4). Max. consumption 6 VA (AC) / 5 W (DC)
Insulation (according to IEC 60664-1 standard)
4. "ON" LED.
Rated insulation voltage 250 VAC
5 5. "RESET" pushbutton.
Rated impulse voltage 2.5 kV (115 VAC) / 4 kV (230/400 VAC)
6 6. “TRIP” alarm LED. Degree of pollution Class 3
+$#A@QFQ@OGW(ƃM Threshold values
7
resys_083x_a_1_cat
8. "TEST" pushbutton. (ƃMRDSSHMF 0.03 - 0.1 - 0.3 - 0.5 - 1 - 3 - 5 - 10 - 30 A

Accuracy of tripping vŰ(ƃM
8
Domain of mains frequency 15 … 400 Hz
Time delay setting 0 - 0.06 - 0.15 - 0.30 - 0.50 - 0.80 - 1 - 4 - 10 s
PRE-ALARM relay tripping Ű(ƃM
1 2 3 4 Hysteresis of the PRE-ALARM
Ű(ƃM
relay
Alarm
General characteristics Alarm configuration mode storage / automatic reset
Alarm factory setting storage
• RESYS M40 with 2 configurable relays: Reset manual by pushbutton / using terminal
- either 2 alarm relays, Output contacts
Number of contacts 2
NQ@K@QLQDK@X@MCOQD@K@QLQDK@X(ƃM Type of ALARM 1 contact 250 VAC - 8 A - 2000 VA
• Adjustment sensitivity from 0.03 mA to 30 A. Type of ALARM 2 or PRE-ALARM contact 250 VAC - 6 A - 1500 VA
• Time delay 0 to 10 s. ALARM 1 operating mode positive / negative security(1)
• Tripping accuracy by TRMS measurement. ALARM 2 or PRE-ALARM operating mode positive security(1)
Factory setting of ALARM 1 operating mode negative security
• Automatic instantaneous tripping at 30 mA. Factory setting of ALARM 2 operating mode positive security
• Positive or negative security configurable by the user. (1) Negative security: relay activated in case of alarm / Positive security: relay not activated in
• Selection of toroid ratio. case of alarm.
• Automatic permanent relay-toroid connection test. Operating conditions

• Sealable cover. Operating temperature - 20 … + 55 °C
Storage temperature - 30 … + 70 °C
Case
Type modular
Number of modules 2.5
45
61
85
Dimensions W x H x D 44 x 85 x 63.5
resys_056_a_1_x_cat
Case protection index IP40

Terminal protection index IP20
44 30 Flexible cable cross-section 0.2 … 2.5 mm2
49.5 Weight 190 g
63.5

L1 1 - 2 - 3 : external push buttons
L2
5 - 6 - 7 : auxiliary power supplies Us
L3
N 8 - 9 : SOCOMEC differential toroid connections
10 - 11 : alarm relay 2 or pre-alarm outputs
PE
12 - 13 - 14 : alarm relay 1 output
L
N Note: The earth conductor must not pass through the toroid.
resys_054_b_1_x_cat
For single phase applications, only the live and neutral need to be passed
RESET TEST
1 1
through the toroid.
50 m max Cabling: for distances > 1 m, use twisted pair cable between the unit and toroid.
Do not connect the shield to earth.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
230 V 115 V O
RESYS M40 1. Fuses 2 A gG .
References
RESYS M40
Auxiliary power supply Us(1) Reference
115 / 230 VAC 4941 3723(2)
400 VAC 4941 3740(2)
12 … 125 VDC 4941 3602(2)
(1) Other rating: Please consult us. (2) References and characteristics of closed, split core and rectangular toroids: see “Core balance transformers type A”

RESYS M40R
Type A earth leakage relays
with automatic reclosing
The solution for
> Power distribution

(Public lighting)
> Water treatment
> Processes
> Telecom, Datacom
and broadcasting
> Farm buildings
resys_082_a_1_cat
Strong points
> Automatic reclosing

> Continuity of the power
Function supply for strategic
applications
RESYS M40R earth leakage relays The relay recloses the system up to six
associated with a remote trip breaking device consecutive times after different time intervals. > Tripping accuracy by TRMS
(automatic power breaking and reclosing), If the fault is still present after the sequence of measurement
provide the following functions: six reclosing attempts, the relay is locked in > Instantaneous display of
- protection against indirect contact, alarm mode and a manual intervention will be permanent leakage currents
- limitation of leakage currents. required.
- reclosing of trip breaking device after Rapid recognition of an insulation fault
increases the availability of the distribution Conformity to standards
earth leakage detection and power supply
breaking. network by preventing accidental power cuts
and the resulting loss of production. TRMS > IEC 60755
measurement avoids repeated random > IEC 60947-2
tripping and the bargraph allows the display of > IEC 60664
permanent leakage current.
> IEC 61543 A1
Advantages
Automatic reclosing Applications
This function provides protection, particularly
in isolated sites or for processes requiring
a restart in the event of transient faults
(continuity of service ensured in the absence
of a maintenance team).
Fully configurable
• CITRSLDMSNE(ƃMEQNL SN
RESYS M40R
• Time delay 0 to 10 s.
Ensures continuity of the power supply for

strategic applications or in isolated sites
In the majority of cases, where the fault is not
permanent, simply reclosing may resolve the
resys_080_b_1_x_cat
situation.

Improves immunity to nuisance tripping. RESYS M40R
Instantaneous display of permanent The RESYS M40R relay must be combined with an auto-
leakage currents matic tripping/reclosing breaking device:
The LED bargraph provides a real-time display - a motorised switch
of fluctuations in leakage currents. - a device fitted with an undervoltage coil
- a contactor.

RESYS M40R
with automatic reclosing

Auxiliary power supply Us
CITRSLDMS(·M Frequency v'Y
2 - "ON" LED. "NODQ@SHMFYNMD 0.8 … 1.15 Us
ŭ1$2$3ŭOTRGATSSNM #"NODQ@SHMFYNMD 0.8 … 1.05 Us
4 - “TRIP” alarm LED. Max. consumption 5 "6#"
resys_078_a_1_x_cat
+$#!@QFQ@OGW(·M Insulation (according to IEC 60664-1 standard)

6 - "TEST" pushbutton. Rated insulation voltage 5 "
7 - Time delay setting. Rated impulse voltage J55 "J55 "
Degree of pollution "K@RR
Threshold values
(ƃMRDSSHMF
Accuracy of tripping vŰ(ƃM
Case Domain of mains frequency v'Y
Time delay setting R
Reclosing
resys_056_a_1_x_cat
Nb of automatic reclosing attempts 6 max

Time delay between two reclosing R
45
61
85
Reset of automatic reclosing counter (tCR) 15 min

Alarm
automatic reset
Alarm configuration mode
(6x max, then recording)
Reset manual by pushbutton / using terminal
44 30
Output contacts
49.5 Number of contacts 2
63.5 Type of ALARM 1 contact inverter
Type of ALARM 2 contact simple
Type modular Characteristics contact ALARM 1 5 " 5
Number of modules 2.5 Characteristics contact ALARM 2 5 " 5
Dimensions W x H x D WW LL ALARM 1 operating mode negative security(1)
Case protection index IP40 ALARM 2 operating mode positive security (1)
(1) Negative security: relay activated in case of alarm /
Positive security: relay not activated in case of alarm.
2
Rigid cable cross-section 0.2 … 4 mm
Flexible cable cross-section 0.2 … 2.5 mm2 Operating temperature - 20 … + 55 °C
Weight 190 g Storage temperature v
¦"

1 - 2 - 3 : external push buttons
L1
5 - 6 - 7 : auxiliary power supplies Us
L2
L3 8 - 9 : SOCOMEC differential toroid connections
N 10 - 11 : alarm relay 2 output
12 - 13 - 14 : alarm relay 1 output
PE
L <U Note: The earth conductor must not pass through the toroid.
N
For single phase applications, only the live and neutral need to be passed
RESET TEST through the toroid.
1
resys_079_b_1_x_cat
50 m max
Cabling: for distances > 1 m, use twisted pair cable between the unit and toroid.
Do not connect the shield to earth.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
230 V 115 V O
RESYS M40R
1. Fuses 2 A gG .
References
RESYS M40R
5 " 4941 3724
5 " 4941 3741
(1) Other rating: Please consult us.

RESYS P40
The solution for
> Process
> Manufacturing
> Oil, gas and petrochemistry
resys_081_a_1_cat
081 1 t
Strong points

> Tripping accuracy by TRMS
measurement
> Instantaneous display of
permanent leakage currents
RESYS P40 > Compact sealed case
Function > Improved immunity to EMC
interferences
RESYS P40 earth leakage relays associated with a remote trip breaking device
(automatic power breaking), provide the following functions:
- protection against indirect contact, Conformity to standards
- limitation of leakage currents.
They also preventively monitor electrical installations via their (configurable) pre-alarm function or > IEC 60755
when used as signalling relays. > IEC 60947-2
> IEC 60664
Advantages > IEC 61543 A1
Fully configurable Instantaneous display of permanent
• 2 relays with configurable function leakage currents.
@K@QLNQOQD@K@QL@S(ƃM The LED bargraph provides a real-time display Approvals and certifications(1)
• CITRSLDMSNE(ƃMEQNL SN of fluctuations in leakage currents.
• Time delay 0 to 10 s.
• Positive or negative security configurable Compact sealed case
by the user. "NLO@BSWŰLLB@RDHRO@QSHBTK@QKXVDKK
suited to integration in MCCs with high density (1) Product reference on request.
• Selection of toroid ratio.
withdrawable compartments.
Improves immunity to nuisance tripping. Improved immunity to EMC interferences
The device has new electronics which improve
electromagnetic compatibility.
Applications
Rapid recognition of an insulation fault

increases the availability of the distribution
network by preventing accidental power
cuts and the resulting loss of production.
RESYS P40 are particularly suitable for
insertion in electricity control panels with
withdrawable compartments.
RESYS P40
Protection against fire or explosion risks
The use of Residual Differential Devices
VHSG@CITRSLDMS(ƃML OQNUHCDR
protection against the risk of fire or RESYS P40
explosion generated by tracking currents
SND@QSGHM@QD@RBK@RRDC@R!$NQ!$
respectively. This protection is mandatory
in TT, TN and IT neutral systems.
RESYS P40
resys_051_c_1_x_cat
300 mA
BE 2
BE 3

RESYS P40
Front panel
(ƃMRDSSHMF
2. Time delay setting.
"NMEHFTQ@SHNMLHBQNRVHSBGDRW
resys_081x_a_2_cat
5
6 4. "ON" LED.
7 5. "RESET" pushbutton.
8 6. “TRIP” alarm LED.
+$#A@QFQ@OGW(ƃM
8. "TEST" pushbutton.
1 2 3 4
Characteristics
Auxiliary power supply Us Alarm
Frequency v'Y Alarm configuration mode storage / automatic reset
"NODQ@SHMFYNMD 0.8 … 1.15 Us Alarm factory setting storage
#"NODQ@SHMFYNMD 0.8 … 1.05 Us Reset manual by pushbutton / using terminal
Consumption 6 VA (AC) / 5 W (DC) Output contacts
Insulation (according to IEC 60664-1 standard) Number of contacts 2
Rated insulation voltage 250 VAC Type of ALARM 1 contact 250 VAC - 8 A - 2000 VA
Rated impulse voltage J55 "J55 " Type of ALARM 2 or PRE-ALARM contact 250 VAC - 6 A - 1500 VA
Degree of pollution "K@RR ALARM 1 operating mode positive / negative security(1)
Threshold values ALARM 2 or PRE-ALARM operating mode positive security(1)
Factory setting of ALARM 1 operating mode negative security
(ƃMRDSSHMF
Factory setting of ALARM 2 operating mode positive security
Accuracy of tripping vŰ(ƃM (1) Negative security: relay activated in case of alarm / Positive security: relay not activated in
Domain of mains frequency v'Y case of alarm.
Time delay setting
4 - 10 s
PRE-ALARM relay tripping Ű(ƃM Operating temperature - 20 … + 55 °C
Hysteresis of the PRE-ALARM relay Ű(ƃM Storage temperature v
¦"
Case
Type panel mounting
Case protection index IP40
48
resys_057_b_1_x_cat

Flexible cable cross-section 0.2 … 2.5 mm2
Weight 190 g
48 18 80 9 Cutout 45 x 45 mm

L1 1 - 2 - 3 : external push buttons
L2 4 - 5 : SOCOMEC differential toroid connections
L3 6 - 7 : Auxiliary power supply Us
N 8 - 9 - 10 : alarm relay 1 output
11 - 12 : alarm relay 2 or pre-alarm outputs
PE
L Note: The earth conductor must not pass through the toroid.
N For single phase applications, only the live and neutral need to be passed through the
toroid.
RESET TEST
1 Cabling: for distances 1 m, use twisted pair cable between the unit and toroid.
resys_055_b_1_x_cat
50 m max Do not connect the shield to earth.
1 2 3 4 5 6
(-)
7
(+) 8 9 10 11 12
230 V
RESYS P40 1. Fuses 2 A gG .
References
RESYS P40
115 VAC 4942 3711(2)
5 " 4942 3723(2)
12 … 125 VDC 4942 3602(2)
(1) Other rating: Please consult us. (2) References and characteristics of closed, split core and rectangular toroids: see "Core balance transformers type A"
Soft protection cover IP65 4942 0000

Mounting and cabling accessories
for electrical cabinets
Distribution of electric energy

Busbars p. 374
Edgewise mounting
Edgewise mounting ZLWKDGMXVWDEOH
ZLWKĺ[HGLQWHUSKDVH LQWHUSKDVH
p. 376 p. 386
)ODWPRXQWLQJ 8QLSRODU
ZLWKĺ[HGLQWHUSKDVH ĻDWPRXQWHG
p. 390 p. 396
Other
VXSSRUWV
p. 404
Power distribution
High power Medium power
Distribution Distribution
blocks blocks
p. 406 p. 406

Mounting & cabling accessories Busbar supports
Busbars
The solution for
> Electrical distribution
sb_103.eps
sb_214.psd
Fixed interphase, SB C 15
Insulators
Conformity with standards
> IEC 61439-1

sb_195.eps
> IEC 60865-1

RA> DOR
Adjustable interphase
Approvals and certifications (1)
> ASEFA/LCIE
Stair type support
(1) Product part numbers on request.

Function
SOCOMEC insulating busbar supports enable the fixing and holding in place of copper or
aluminium busbars or busbar systems during a short-circuit.
Characteristics
Insulators Busbar supports
• Polyester without halogen. • High dielectric strength.
• UL94 VO self-extinguishing. • High mechanical resistance.
• Colour red RAL 3002. • Amagnetism of assembly parts.
• Operating temperature from -40 °C to • High resistance to damp heat
+130 °C. RTOOKHDCŰŭSQNOHB@KHRDCŭ
• Deformation under load temperature
23,Ű# ¦" Stair type supports
• #HDKDBSQHBBNMRS@MS 23,# • Thermoplastic material.
• QBQDRHRS@MBD 23,# R • VO self-extinguishing.
• 6@SDQ@ARNQOSHNM 23,# • (MRTK@SHMFUNKS@FD5

Busbar supports
Busbars
Software tool for size selection

Strong points
> Easy to install and use

> Manages changes depending
on environmental conditions
sb_201_b_1_fr_cat.eps
Function
Mechanical System is a multi-language software used for sizing busbar systems. It defines
the configuration of the busbar system, including bar section and distance between supports,
according to the required electrical characteristics of the panel in compliance with standard
($"
Advantages
Easy to install and use Manages changes depending on
The Mechanical System software is available environmental conditions
for download from Mechanical System allows you to perfectly
www.socomec.com. Once installed, the adapt the copper section according to the
software can be used offline. It runs on environmental conditions of your panel and
Windows. installation.

Edgewise mounting with fixed interphase
The solution for
SBC 20 SB C 10
> IEC 61439-1

> IEC 60865-1
Strong points
SB C 30
> Insulating materials
SB C 15
SB C 15
> Durability
> Easy to use
Function > Extensive range
With SOCOMEC's insulating bar supports you can:
- mount and attach the busbars inside the electrical panel,
- cope with the forces experienced by the busbars during a short circuit.
Advantages
Insulating materials Easy to use
• Our range of SB C edgewise mounting bar • Only one type of spacer kit is required for the
RTOONQSRHRL@CDTRHMFSGDQLNOK@RSHB 3GHRŰUDQX whole range of edgewise mounting busbar
resistant material (reinforced fibreglass) is supports (SB C) with fixed interphase.
insulating so there are no risks in terms of
clearance and creepage distances. Extensive range
• Our range of bar supports allows you
Durability SNŰ@RRDLAKDATRA@QRVHSGTOSN J NE
• Most bar supports have an M8 screw short-circuit current.
connection which provides outstanding
robustness to the entire busbar structure.

Busbar supports
Selection guide
Edgewise mounting
Busbar supports with fixed interphase

Icc up to 120 kA
(short circuit current)
SB C 20 SB C 30
Icc up to 80 kA
Icc up to 50 kA
SB C 10 SB C 15
100 A 400 A 500 A 630 A 1000 A 1600 A 2500 A 4000 A 5800 A 7 000 A
Nominal current In

Bars joined by reversing a support Respecting the maximum distance between two supports ensures
"NLO@SHAKDVHSG2!Ű"Ű@MC2!Ű"Ű that the busbar supports are able to withstand the given short circuit
current values. At these limits, distortion of the copper bars may occur.
3GDRDCDENQL@SHNMR@QDODQLHSSDCAXRS@MC@QC($"RNKNMF@R
they adhere to the insulation distances.
Lm
ax.
RA>>A>>W>B@S DOR
RA>>A>>W>B@S DOR

Busbar supports
References
Support only
Use
3N@RRDLAKD@BNLOKDSDATRA@QRTOONQSOKD@RDNARDQUDSGDLTKSHOKDNQCDQPT@MSHSX@MCNQCDQRO@BDQRDS
Number of busbars Available for order Support only

Type of busbar support No. of poles per phase Thickness Interphase Interfixed HMŮLTKSHOKDRNE Reference
v
/ 5024 6300

v
/ 5024 6500
2!Ű"Ű

/ 5024 6400

/ v 5024 6600
/
2!Ű"Ű v 5024 4501
/
/ 5024 8300
v
/ 5024 8400
2!Ű"Ű
/ 5024 7300

/ 5024 7400

/ 5024 5300
2!Ű"Ű v
/ 5024 5500
Spacer kit for support

Use
3GDRO@BDQJHSBNLOQHRDRSGQD@CDCQNCRHMRTK@SHMFRO@BDQRBTSSNKDMFSG@BBNQCHMFSNA@QGDHFGS@MCMTSR
Available for order

Bar height (mm) HMŮLTKSHOKDRNE Reference
5020 2025
5020 2030
5020 2032
5020 2040
5020 2050
5020 2060

5020 2063
5020 2080
5020 2100
@BBDR> ORC
5020 2125

5020 2160
5020 2200

Busbar supports
Accessories
Adjustable interfixed profiles
Use
Adjustable interfixed profiles allow you to install the busbar supports at a variable depth.
%NQŰGHFGKN@CATRA@QRVDQDBNLLDMCSGDTRDNE@CITRS@AKDQDHMENQBDCEKN@SHMFOQNEHKDR
For depth
Min./max.
Type of busbar support (mm) Pack qty Reference
RA> ORC
2!Ű"ŰWW 5024 9050
2!Ű"ŰWW 5024 9051
2!Ű"Ű
5024 9052
2!Ű"Ű
2!Ű"Ű 5024 9054
Adjustable reinforced floating profiles

Use
With adjustable reinforced floating profiles, you can install busbar supports in varying depths
HMSGDB@RDNEGHFGKN@CATRA@QREQNL JFLK
For depth Available

Min./max. for order in
Type of busbar support (mm) multiples of Reference
RA> ORC
2!Ű"Ű
5024 9053
2!Ű"Ű
2!Ű"Ű 5024 9055
'NKCHMFQNCENQ2!"
Use
6HSGSGDGNKCHMFQNCRENQ2!"XNTB@MHMRS@KKSGDRTOONQSNM@RS@MC@QCLNTMSHMFOQNEHKD
HMSGDB@RDNEGHFGKN@CATRA@QREQNL JFLK
Material: Stainless steel threaded rod.
Bar height (mm) Available for order in multiples of Reference

5020 1040

@BBDR>>@ ORC

5020 1060

5020 1101

5020 1125
5020 1160

Busbar supports
Bar holder
Use
The heels hold the busbars upright.
Available for order

Type of busbar support Number of bars No. of poles HMŮLTKSHOKDRNE Reference
WW 5024 9031
WW 5024 9041
2!Ű"Ű
WW 5024 9034
WW 5024 9044
SNW 5024 9032
RA> @H
2!Ű"Ű
SNW 5024 9042
SNWSNW 5024 9032
2!Ű"Ű
SNWSNW 5024 9042
2!Ű"Ű SNW 5024 9033
Installation corner piece

Use
Allows the holding heel to be placed on a support.
For cabinet
Depth (mm) To be ordered in multiples of Reference
,HM 5024 9000
,HM 5024 9001
RA> @H

Busbar supports
Fast connection of flexible bar or cables

Use
• Allows you to connect flexible bars or • For lug or flexible bar widths greater than
cables to busbars without having to drill LLTRDBNMMDBSHNM@BBDRRNQHDR
the bars. • 3HFGSDMHMFVHSG,RBQDVSHFGSDMHMF
• "NMMDBSNMWLLSGHBJA@QROK@BDC SNQPTD-L
RHCDAXRHCDLL@O@QS • For the connection, you will need:
A@QQD>>@>>W>B@S DOR
SHFGSDMHMFGD@CMTS@MCRBQDV@C@OSDC
to the height of the bars.
Type Bar (mm) Available for order in multiples of Reference

,SHFGSDMHMFGD@CMTS All 5119 4423
Quick connection for busbars

Use
• Lock and connect busbars without drilling.
• "NMMDBSNMWNQWLLSGHBJA@QR
placed side-by-side.
• ,RBQDVSHFGSDMHMF-LSNQPTD
SNŰADŰNQCDQDCRDO@Q@SDKX
JCQXR> DOR
Horizontal Vertical
Number of bars / Available for order connection connection
Current (A) poles HMŮLTKSHOKDRNE Reference Reference
5119 4411 5119 4401
5119 4412 5119 4402
5119 4413 5119 4403
JCQXR> DOR
Screws for quick connection

Type Bar (mm) Available for order in multiples of Reference
5119 4503
5119 4505
5119 4506
,RBQDV 5119 4508
5119 4510
5119 4512
5119 4513

Busbar supports
Characteristics
2!Ű"Ű
6%}&}SROHVGLVWDQFHEHWZHHQFHQWUHVPPEDUWKLFNQHVV 6%}&}SROHVGLVWDQFHEHWZHHQFHQWUHVPPEDUWKLFNQHVV
5 mm 5 mm
Icc peak kA 25 48 63 84 110 Icc peak kA 25 48 63 84 110
Icc rms kA 1s 12.5 23 30 40 50 Icc rms kA 1s 12.5 23 30 40 50

Bar width Bar width

I I

Bar width Bar width

II II

10 mm 10 mm

Bar width Bar width

I I

10 mm 10 mm

Bar width Bar width

I I

Bar width Bar width

II II


Busbar supports
2!Ű"Ű
6%&SROHVGLVWDQFHEHWZHHQFHQWUHVPPEDUWKLFNQHVV 6%&SROHVGLVWDQFHEHWZHHQFHQWUHVPPEDUWKLFNQHVV
10 mm 10 mm
Icc rms kA 1s 40 50 70 75 80 Icc rms kA 1s 40 50 70 75 80

Bar width Bar width

I I

Bar width Bar width

II II

Bar width Bar width

III III

2!Ű"Ű
6%}&}SROHVGLVWDQFHEHWZHHQFHQWUHVPPWKLFNQHVVPP
Icc peak kA 63 84 110 154 165 187 220 264
Icc rms kA 1s 30 40 50 70 75 85 100 120

Bar width
I

Bar width
II

Icc peak kA 63 84 110 154 165 187 220 264
Icc rms kA 1s 30 40 50 70 75 85 100 120

Bar width
I

Bar width
II


Busbar supports
2!Ű"Ű
Icc peak kA 63 84 110 154 165 187 220 264
Icc rms kA 1s 30 40 50 70 75 85 100 120

Bar width

I

Bar width

II

Bar width

III

Icc peak kA 63 84 110 154 165 187 220 264
Icc rms kA 1s 30 40 50 70 75 85 100 120

Bar width

I

Bar width

II

Bar width

III


Busbar supports
Dimensions (mm)
2!Ű"Ű
2x 5 mm bar or 1x 10 mm bars 1 or 2 bars of 10 mm
250 250 350

20 250 90 20
75 20
60
RA>>A>>W>B@S
RA>>D>>W>B@S
R+66
RA>>A>>W>B@S
R+66
R
R+66
B
B
R
B
R
75 90
274 65
274 374
Fixed interphase:
Fixed interphase:
• ONKDRWLLNQWLLLL
• ONKDRWLLA@QLL
• ONKDRA@QSGHBJMDRRLLLL WLLA@QRODQONKDLL
A@QSGHBJMDRRLLLL
• ONKDRWNQWLLA@QRLL
2!Ű"Ű
3 poles 1 to 3x 10 mm bars 4 poles 1 to 3x 10 mm bars
350 350
40 40
110 90 Fixed interphase:
RA>>@>>W>B@S DOR
RA>>@>>W>B@S DOR
• ONKDRLL
R + 70
R+70
• ONKDRLL
B
R
B
R
386 386
2!Ű"Ű
3 poles 1 to 4x 5 mm bars and 4 poles 1 to 4x 5 mm bars and
1 to 2x 10 mm bars 1 to 2x 10 mm bars
350 350 Fixed interphase:

40 40
110 90 • ONKDRLL
RA>>B>>W>B@S DOR
RA>>B>>W>B@S DOR
• ONKDRLL
R + 80
R+80
B
B
R
386 386
2!Ű"Ű
525 525
40
40 185
130
RA>>C>>W>B@S DOR
RA>>C>>W>B@S DOR
Fixed interphase:
R + 80
R + 80
• ONKDRLL
R
B
R
• ONKDRLL
560 560

Edgewise mounting with adjustable interphase
The solution for

sb_195.eps
Adjustable interphase
> IEC 61439-1

> IEC 60865-1
Function
With SOCOMEC's insulating bar supports you can: Strong points
> Durability
> Adaptability
Advantages
Insulating materials Durability
Our range of SBC upright supports with Standard spacers are made of high-strength
adjustable interphase is made using insulating material. If used in extreme
thermoplastic. This very resistant material conditions or for greater robustness, metal rod
(reinforced fibreglass) is insulating so there are kits are available.
no risks in terms of clearance and creepage
distances. Adaptability
Amagnetism of assembly parts. The studs are fixed onto profiles adapted to
High resistance to damp heat (supplied standard cabinet sizes.
"tropicalised").

Busbar supports
Selection guide
Edgewise mounting
Busbar supports with adjustable interphase

Icc up to 80 kA
SB C ER P
100 A 400 A 500 A 630 A 1000 A 1600 A 2500 A 4000 A 5800 A 7 000 A
Nominal current In

Respecting the maximum distance between two supports ensures
that the busbar supports are able to withstand the given short circuit
Lm These deformations are permitted by standard IEC 61439-1 so long as
ax.
sb_021_b_1_x_cat.eps

Busbar supports
References
Full support
Designation Thickness of busbar (mm) Busbar width (mm) Number of bars No. of poles Reference
Complete busbar supports 10 480 1…3 4 5025 5135
Slot
Ordering guide
• For three poles, order: 6 x studs, 2 x rods, 2 x profiles.
• For four poles, order: 8 x studs, 2 x rods, 2 x profiles.
Available for order

Slot Bar thickness (mm) Number of bars No. of poles Quantity HMŮLTKSHOKDRNE Reference
Slot for 5 mm bars 5 3 3P 6 (1) 8 5025 5205
Slot for 5 mm bars 5 3 4P 8 (1) 8 5025 5205
Slot for 10 mm bars 10 2 3P 6 (1) 4 5025 5210
Slot for 10 mm bars 10 2 4P 8 (1) 4 5025 5210
Slot for 10 mm bars 10 3 3P 6 (1) 1 5025 5111
Slot for 10 mm bars 10 3 4P 8 (1) 1 5025 5111
(1) Quantity required for 1 busbar support
(2) Kit of 2 profiles and 4 brackets.
Available for order

Mounting accessories Length (mm) Quantity HMŮLTKSHOKDRNE Reference
Stud kit (bar height 25 to 200 mm) 2 (1) 4 5025 5100
Stud kit metal (bar height 0 to 100 mm) 2 2 5025 5101
Stud kit metal (bar height 0 to 200 mm) 2 2 5025 5102
380 mm profile 380 2 (1) 4 5025 5124
480 mm profile 480 2 (1) 4 5025 5125
580 mm profile 580 2 (1) 4 5025 5126
780 mm profile 780 2 (1) 4 5025 5128
2 m profile 2000 4 5025 5120
Profile for Prisma enclosure (2) 525 1 (1) 1 5025 5130
Characteristics
5 mm slot / 3 bars and 10 mm slot / 2 bars
L max. (support bars in mm) for
peak Isc 82 kA 114 kA 152 kA 165 kA 187 kA
rms Isc 39 kA 52 kA 69 kA 75 kA 85 kA
Bar x qty d min. (mm) Iz (A) (1)
50 x 5 x 1 500 325 175 150 75 600
50 x 5 x 2 500 325 175 150 100 75 1050
50 x 5 x 3 500 325 175 150 100 75 1450
63 x 5 x 1 525 350 200 175 75 700
63 x 5 x 2 525 350 200 175 125 75 1250
63 x 5 x 3 525 350 200 175 125 75 1800
80 x 5 x 1 525 350 200 175 125 75 900
80 x 5 x 2 525 350 200 175 125 75 1550
80 x 5 x 3 525 350 200 175 125 75 2200
100 x 5 x 1 550 375 225 200 175 75 1100
100 x 5 x 2 550 375 225 200 175 75 1900
100 x 5 x 3 550 375 225 200 175 75 2650
125 x 5 x 1 575 400 250 225 200 75 1300
125 x 5 x 2 575 400 250 225 200 75 2350
125 x 5 x 3 575 400 250 225 200 75 3250
80 x 10 x 1 1000 750 350 300 200 75 1300
80 x 10 x 2 1000 750 350 300 200 75 2300
100 x 10 x 1 1000 750 375 325 225 75 1550
100 x 10 x 2 1000 775 375 325 225 75 2750
125 x 10 x 1 1000 775 375 325 225 75 1900
125 x 10 x 2 1000 775 375 325 225 75 3350
160 x 10 x 1 1000 775 400 350 250 75 2350
160 x 10 x 2 1000 800 400 350 250 75 4150
(1) Admissible busbar nominal current with a temperature inside the panel of between 45 °C and 80 °C.
For other mounting configurations, please contact us.

Busbar supports
10 mm insert / 3 bars
L max. (bar supports in mm)
peak Isc 63 kA 82 kA 114 kA 152 kA 165 kA 187 kA
rms Isc 30 kA 39 kA 52 kA 69 kA 75 kA 85 kA
Bar x qty d (mm) Iz (A) (1)
50 x 10 x 1 1000 1000 650 250 200 150 70 850
50 x 10 x 2 1000 1000 650 250 200 150 70 1550
50 x 10 x 3 1000 1000 650 250 200 150 70 2150
63 x 10 x 1 1000 1000 675 275 225 175 70 1050
63 x 10 x 2 1000 1000 675 275 225 175 70 1850
63 x 10 x 3 1000 1000 675 275 225 175 70 2600
80 x 10 x 1 1000 1000 700 300 250 175 70 1300
80 x 10 x 2 1000 1000 700 300 250 175 70 2300
80 x 10 x 3 1000 1000 700 300 250 175 70 3 200
100 x 10 x 1 1000 1000 725 325 275 175 70 1550
100 x 10 x 2 1000 1000 725 325 275 175 70 2750
100 x 10 x 3 1000 1000 725 325 275 175 70 3250
125 x 10 x 1 1000 1000 725 350 275 200 70 1900
125 x 10 x 2 1000 1000 725 350 275 200 70 3350
125 x 10 x 3 1000 1000 725 350 275 200 70 4650
160 x 10 x 1 1000 1000 750 350 300 200 70 2350
160 x 10 x 2 1000 1000 750 350 300 200 70 4150
160 x 10 x 3 1000 1000 750 350 300 200 70 5800
(1) Admissible busbar nominal current with a temperature inside the panel of between 45 °C and 80 °C
Dimensions (mm)
Mounting A (mm) Cabinet (mm)
• 1 to 3 bars of 5 mm thickness, per pole. 380 400
• 1 to 3 bars of 10 mm thickness, per pole. 480 500
• Interphase distance: min. 70 mm and max. 580 600
200 mm. 780 800
• Use 2 studs positioned symmetrically on the
extremity of the poles or between the outermost
poles.
75 5.8 75 10.8 70 10.8

R+73
R+73
R+73
sb_198_b_1_x_cat.ai
sb_199_b_1_x_cat.ai
sb_221_a_1_x_cat.ai
R
R
d d d d d d d
A A A
5 mm insert / 3 bars 10 mm insert / 2 bars 10 mm insert / 3 bars

Flat mounting with fixed interphase
The solution for
sb_123.eps
sb_130.eps
SB P 15
SB P 10
sb_136.eps
SB 7500 > IEC 61439-1

> IEC 60865-1
sb_123.eps
SB P 30
Strong points

Function > Durability
With SOCOMEC's insulating bar supports you can: > Adaptability
Advantages
Our range of SB P flat bar supports with fixed Most bar supports have an M8 screw
interphase is made using thermoplastic. This connection which provides outstanding
very resistant material (reinforced fibreglass) robustness to the entire busbar structure.
is insulating so there are no risks in terms of
clearance and creepage distances. Adaptability
The distance between the bar support
attachment points is compatible with all
commercially available enclosures.

Busbar supports
Selection guide
Flat mounting
Icc up to 50 kA
SB P 15
Icc up to 30 kA
SB P 10
100 A 400 A 500 A 630 A 1000 A 1600 A 2500 A 4000 A 5800 A 7 000 A
Nominal current In
SB 7500
SB P 30
Icc up to 50 kA
Icc up to 80 kA

Adhering to the maximum distance between two supports ensures
ax.

Busbar supports
References
Support only
Bar support type No. of poles Insulation voltage (VAC) Bar width (mm) Pack qty Reference
SB 7500 3P 1000 40-50 1 5027 5310
SB 7500 4P 1000 40-50 1 5027 5410
SB P 10 4P 600 12-30 1 5026 0460
SB P 15 3P/4P 1000 30 -80 1 5023 0150
SB P 30 3P 1000 50-100 1 5023 0310
SB P 30 4P 1000 50-80 1 5023 0410
Accessories
For SB P 15
Use
Mount the support and the bars to the support.
Fixing screws for support and bars Available for order in multiples of Reference
Fixing set 1 5023 0159
For SB P 30
sb_210_a_1_cat.eps
Mounting bracket Available for order in multiples of Reference
2 mounting brackets 1 5024 9002
Bar fixing screws Available for order in multiples of Reference

Grub screws for mounting 1 bar 25 5119 4601
Headless screw for attaching 2 thicknesses of bar 25 5119 4602
Headless screw for attaching 3 thicknesses of bar 25 5119 4603
sb_211.psd

Busbar supports
Characteristics
SB 7500
Bar x qty d (mm) Iz (A)
50 x 5 x 1 1000 1000 950 725 525 450 75 600
50 x 5 x 2 1000 1000 1000 1000 975 850 75 1050
SB P 10

peak Isc 10 kA 15 kA 24 kA 48 kA 63 kA d min.
d min.
Bar x qty (mm) Iz (A)
12 x 5 x 1 1000 475 175 60 180
20 x 5 x 1 1000 1000 650 165 60 280
sb_159_b_1_x_cat.ai
25 x 5 x 1 1000 1000 650 160 60 338
30 x 5 x 1 1000 1000 850 200 120 60 390
25 x 10 x 1 1000 1000 1000 250 150 60 508
30 x 10 x 1 1000 1000 1000 350 200 60 580
SB P 15
3 poles
32 x 5 x 1 1000 1000 600 450 275 110 410
30 x 10 x 1 1000 1000 600 450 275 110 610
40 x 5 x 1 1000 1000 575 425 250 110 500
40 x 10 x 1 1000 1000 575 425 250 110 700
50 x 5 x 1 1000 1000 550 400 225 110 600
50 x 10 x 1 1000 1000 550 400 225 110 850
60 x 5 x 1 1000 1000 525 375 200 110 700
60 x 10 x 1 1000 1000 525 375 200 110 1000
80 x 5 x 1 1000 1000 500 350 175 110 900
80 x 10 x 1 1000 1000 500 350 175 110 1300
4 poles
32 x 5 x 1 1000 1000 550 400 225 90 410
30 x 10 x 1 1000 1000 550 400 225 90 610
40 x 5 x 1 1000 1000 525 375 200 90 500
40 x 10 x 1 1000 1000 525 375 200 90 700
50 x 5 x 1 1000 1000 500 350 175 90 600
50 x 10 x 1 1000 1000 500 350 175 90 850
60 x 5 x 1 1000 1000 475 325 150 90 700
60 x 10 x 1 1000 1000 475 325 150 90 1000

Busbar supports
SB P 30
3 poles
peak Isc 63 kA 84 kA 110 kA 143 kA 165 kA 176 kA 187 kA 220 kA
rms Isc 30 kA 40 kA 50 kA 65 kA 75 kA 80 kA 85 kA 100 kA
50 x 5 x 1 1000 950 525 300 225 200 175 130 123 600
63 x 5 x 1 1000 925 525 300 225 200 175 130 123 700
80 x 5 x 1 1000 900 500 300 225 175 175 125 123 900
80 x 5 x 2 1000 900 500 300 225 175 175 125 123 1550
50 x 10 x 1 1000 950 525 300 225 200 175 130 123 850
50 x 10 x 2 1000 975 525 300 225 200 175 135 123 1550
63 x 10 x 1 1000 925 525 300 225 200 175 130 123 1050
63 x 10 x 2 1000 950 525 300 225 200 175 130 123 1850
80 x 10 x 1 1000 900 500 300 225 175 175 125 123 1300
80 x 10 x 2 1000 925 500 300 225 200 175 125 123 2300
80 x 10 x 3 1000 950 525 300 225 200 175 130 123 3200
4 poles
peak Isc 63 kA 84 kA 110 kA 143 kA 165 kA 176 kA 187 kA 220 kA
rms Isc 30 kA 40 kA 50 kA 65 kA 75 kA 80 kA 85 kA 100 kA
50 x 5 x 1 1000 1000 800 475 350 300 275 200 185
63 x 5 x 1 1000 1000 800 475 350 300 275 200 185
80 x 5 x 1 1000 1000 800 475 350 300 275 200 185
80 x 5 x 2 1000 1000 800 475 350 300 275 200 185
100 x 5 x 1 1000 1000 775 450 325 300 250 175 185 1100
100 x 5 x 2 1000 1000 775 450 325 300 250 175 185 1900
100 x 5 x 3 1000 1000 775 450 350 300 250 175 185 2650
50 x 10 x 1 1000 1000 800 475 350 300 275 200 185
50 x 10 x 2 1000 1000 800 475 350 300 275 200 185
63 x 10 x 1 1000 1000 800 475 350 300 275 200 185
63 x 10 x 2 1000 1000 800 475 350 300 275 200 185
80 x 10 x 1 1000 1000 800 475 350 300 275 200 185
80 x 10 x 2 1000 1000 800 475 350 300 275 200 185
80 x 10 x 3 1000 1000 800 475 350 300 275 200 185
100 x 10 x 1 1000 1000 775 450 325 300 250 175 185 1550
100 x 10 x 2 1000 1000 775 450 350 300 250 175 185 2750
100 x 10 x 3 1000 1000 775 450 350 300 275 175 185 3850

Busbar supports
Dimensions
SB 7500
No. of poles A B C J R T1 T2
3P 220 38 35 75 52.5 11 6
A C
4P 295 38 35 75 52.5 11 6
J
sb_149_a_1_x_cat
R T1 M8
13
7
B
8
T2 75 75
SB P 10
242 22
15
sb_144_a_1_x_cat
17
42
62.5 67.5 54
SB P 15
80 Max. 60 Max.
89
89
45
45
D D
sb_225_a_1_x_cat.ai
40
40
350 350
SB P 30
185 185 77,5 40

sb_154_c_1_x_cat
M8/M10 M8/M10 123 123 123 77,5 40

55
55
36
36
525 525
560 560

Unipolar flat-mounted
The solution for
sb_117.eps
sb_104.eps
SB 205-206
Hexagonal insulators
sb_136.eps
> IEC 61439-1

> IEC 60865-1
sb_108.eps
sb_118.eps
SB 1 - SB 2 Strong points
SB 3
> Durability
> Adaptability
Function
With SOCOMEC's insulating bar supports you can:
Advantages
Our range of SB P flat busbar supports with Most bar supports have an M8 screw
fixed interphase is made from insulating connection which provides outstanding
materials. This material poses no risks in robustness to the entire busbar structure.
terms of clearance and creepage distances.
Adaptability

Busbar supports
Selection guide
Flat mounting
Icc up to
80 kA
SB 205 SB 306
Icc up to 50 kA
Hexagonal insulators
SB 1 - SB 2 SB 3
100 A 400 A 500 A 630 A 1000 A 1600 A 2500 A 4000 A 5800 A 7 000 A
Nominal current In

Adhering to the maximum distance between two supports ensures
ax.

Busbar supports
References
Hexagonal insulator
Thread Available for order Female-female Male-female Male-male
Height H (mm) M HMŮLTKSHOKDRNE Reference Reference Reference
16 M4 10 - 5038 1604 5039 1604
16 M5 10 - 5038 1605 5039 1605
20 M4 10 5031 2004 - -
20 M6 10 5031 2006 - -
25 M5 10 - 5038 2505 5039 2505
25 M6 10 5031 2506 5038 2506 5039 2506
30 M6 10 5031 3006 - -
30 M8 10 5031 3008 - -
35 M6 10 5031 3506 - -
35 M8 10 5031 3508 5038 3508 5039 3508
35 M10 10 5031 3510 5038 3510 5039 3510
40 M8 10 5031 4008 - -
40 M10 10 5031 4010 - -
45 M8 10 5031 4508 - -
45 M10 10 5031 4510 - -
50 M8 10 5031 5008 5038 5008 5039 5008
50 M10 10 5031 5010 5038 5010 5039 5010
50 M12 10 5031 5012 - -
60 M10 10 5031 6010 5038 6010 5039 6010
65 M10 10 5031 6510 - -
70 M12 10 5031 7012 - -
Support type SB
Bar width Available for order
Support type Insulation voltage (VAC) Number of bars (mm) HMŮLTKSHOKDRNE Reference
SB 1 690 1 20-25 6 5021 0110
SB 2 690 1 32-40 6 5022 0110
SB 3 without screws 690 1…2 32-63 6 5023 0111
SB 3 pre-assembled 690 1…2 32-63 6 5023 0110
SB 205 1000 1…3 100 6 5022 5110
SB 306 1000 1…3 160 6 5023 6110
Accessories
Grub screw
To be ordered
Length (mm) Thread HMŮLTKSHOKDRNE Reference
20 M6 20 5032 2006
20 M8 20 5032 2008
25 M6 20 5032 2506
25 M8 20 5032 2508
30 M6 20 5032 3006
sb_121.eps
30 M8 20 5032 3008
40 M8 20 5032 4008
40 M10 20 5032 4010
50 M12 20 5032 5012

Busbar supports
Characteristics
Hexagonal insulator
Height Threading Rated voltage (V) Insulation voltage (VAC) Mechanical characteristics (daN) Max. tightening torque
H (mm) M AC/DC 50 Hz 1 min Peak Flexion Traction (Nm)
16 M4 500 3000 5500 100 150 3
16 M5 500 3000 5500 100 150 6
20 M4 500 3000 5500 70 170 9
20 M6 500 3000 5500 100 190 8
25 M5 500 3000 5500 180 400 6
25 M6 500 3000 5500 170 370 12
30 M6 1000 6000 11000 200 650 22
30 M8 1000 6000 11000 360 800 40
35 M6 1400 9000 16000 230 720 25
35 M8 1400 9000 16000 380 900 42
35 M10 1400 9000 16000 320 800 44
40 M8 2000 12000 21500 620 1200 50
40 M10 2000 12000 21500 620 1100 60
45 M8 2000 12000 21500 550 1200 55
45 M10 2000 12000 21500 550 1100 65
50 M8 2000 12000 21500 650 1800 60
50 M10 2000 12000 21500 650 1700 70
50 M12 2000 12000 21500 660 1300 130
60 M10 2400 12000 27000 560 1600 85
65 M10 2400 12000 27000 750 1600 90
70 M12 2400 12000 27000 750 1500 135

Busbar supports
Hexagonal insulator

L max.
sb_164_a_1_x_cat
Height H d min.
(mm) Threading Bar x qty (mm) Iz (A) (1)
20 M4 15 x 5 x 1 400 100 45 220
20 M4 20 x 5 x 1 400 100 45 280
25 M6 15 x 5 x 1 550 135 45 220 d min.
25 M6 20 x 5 x 1 525 135 45 280
25 M6 25 x 5 x 1 575 145 50 330
30 M6 15 x 5 x 1 675 165 45 220
30 M6 20 x 5 x 1 650 165 45 280
30 M6 25 x 5 x 1 725 175 105 50 330
30 M8 15 x 5 x1 850 250 155 45 220
30 M8 20 x 5 x 1 1000 250 155 45 280
30 M8 25 x 5 x 1 1000 275 170 100 50 330
35 M6 15 x 5 x 1 700 175 100 45 220
35 M6 20 x 5 x 1 675 170 100 45 280
35 M6 25 x 5 x 1 750 175 110 50 330
35 M8 15 x 5 x 1 850 275 160 45 220
35 M8 20 x 5 x 1 1000 275 160 45 280
35 M8 25 x 5 x 1 1000 300 175 105 50 330
35 M8 32 x 5 x 1 1000 325 175 110 55 410
35 M10 20 x 5 x 1 850 200 125 45 280
35 M10 25 x 5 x 1 950 225 135 50 330
35 M10 32 x 5 x 1 1000 250 150 55 410
40 M8 20 x 5 x 1 1000 325 175 110 45 280
40 M8 25 x 5 x 1 1000 350 200 125 50 330
40 M8 32 x 5 x 1 1000 375 225 135 55 410
40 M10 20 x 5 x 1 1000 325 175 110 45 280
40 M10 25 x 5 x 1 1000 350 200 125 50 330
40 M10 32 x 5 x 1 1000 375 225 135 55 410
45 M8 25 x 5 x 1 1000 425 250 150 50 330
45 M8 32 x 5 x 1 1000 475 175 160 55 410
45 M8 50 x 5 x 1 1000 625 350 200 110 75 600
45 M10 25 x 5 x 1 1000 425 250 145 50 330
45 M10 32 x 5 x 1 1000 450 250 160 55 410
45 M10 50 x 5 x 1 1000 600 350 200 110 75 600
50 M8 25 x 5 x 1 1000 450 250 155 50 330
50 M8 32 x 5 x 1 1000 475 275 170 55 410
50 M8 50 x 5 x 1 1000 650 375 225 115 75 600
50 M10 32 x 5 x 1 1000 525 300 175 55 410
50 M10 50 x 5 x 1 1000 700 400 225 125 75 600
60 M10 50 x 5 x 1 1000 700 400 225 125 75 600
65 M10 50 x 5 x 1 1000 775 450 250 135 75 600
(1) Admissible busbar nominal current with a temperature inside the panel of between 45°C and 80°C.

Busbar supports
SB 1 - SB 2
sb_150_a_1_x_cat
Support Bar x qty d min. (mm) Iz (A) (1)
SB 1 20 x 3 x 1 650 325 250 175 135 50 210 L max.
SB 1 20 x 5 x 1 850 425 325 250 175 50 280
SB 1 25 x 5 x 1 1000 525 400 300 200 50 330
SB 2 32 x 5 x 1 1000 750 575 450 300 70 410
SB 2 40 x 5 x 1 1000 950 700 550 400 70 500 d min.
SB 3
L maxi
sb_023_b_1_fr_cat
Bar x qty d min. (mm) Iz (A) (1)
32 x 5 x 2 1000 1000 925 700 500 70 580
sb_008_a_1_x_cat
40 x 5 x 2 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 70 700
50 x 5 x 2 1000 1000 1000 925 675 75 850
63 x 5 x 2 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 85 1000 d mini
SB 205 - SB 206
rms Isc 12.5 kA 23 kA 30 kA 40 kA 50 kA 75 kA
Support Bar x qty d min. (mm) Iz (A)
SB 205 100 x 10 x 1 1000 800 475 250 150 125 125 1550 L max.
SB 205 100 x 10 x 2 1000 800 475 250 150 125 125 2750
SB 205 100 x 10 x 3 1000 800 475 250 150 125 125 3850
sb_152_a_1_x_cat
SB 306 160 x 10 x 1 1000 1000 625 350 200 150 175 2350
SB 306 160 x 10 x 2 1000 1000 625 350 200 150 175 4150
d min.
SB 306 160 x 10 x 3 1000 1000 625 350 200 150 175 5800

Busbar supports
Dimensions
Hexagonal insulator
Height Threading Depth Diameter Length M
H (mm) M D (mm) Pu (mm) E (mm) W (mm) L1 (mm)
16 M4 6 5 14 26 36
Pu
P
16 M5 6 5 14 26 36
20 M4 8 5.5 19 - -
L1
H
L
20 M6 8 5.5 19 - -
25 M5 35 45
25 M6 10 7 25 35 45
30 M6 10 7 33 - -
30 M8 12 9 33 - -
35 M6 12 9 33 - -
sb_224_a_1_fr_cat.eps
35 M8 12 9 33 50 65
35 M10 12 9 33 65 95
40 M8 15 12 40 - -
40 M10 15 12 40 - -
45 M8 15 12 41 - - E
45 M10 15 12 41 - -
50 M8 20 17 46 75 100
50 M10 20 17 46 80 110
50 M12 20 17 46 - -
60 M10 20 17 50 85 110
65 M10 20 17 55 - -
70 M12 25 21 55 - -
SB 1 – SB 2
Support A B C J A C
SB 1 50 23 20 34
SB 2 68 23 23.5 50
sb_014_c_1_x_cat
B
ø6
J

Busbar supports
SB 3
Support A B C J A C
SB 3 without screws 65 32 28 36
SB 3 with screws 65 32 28 36
sb_089_b_1_x_cat
B
ø8
J
Dimensions
99 35 124 35
11 9 9 11
8
38
38
sb_175_a_1_x_cat
8
sb_176_a_1_x_cat
6 4,5 7 5
8 8
= = 20
75 100

Other supports
The solution for
sb_170.eps
sb_038.eps
SB E 44 SB P 44
> IEC 61439-1

> IEC 60865-1
Function
With SOCOMEC's insulating bar supports you can: Strong points
> Durability
> Adaptability
Advantages
Our range of busbar supports is made using Most bar supports have an M8 screw
thermoplastic. This very resistant material connection which provides outstanding
(reinforced fibreglass) is insulating so there are robustness to the entire busbar structure.
no risks in terms of clearance and creepage
distances. Adaptability
References
SB E 44 and SB P 44
25 25
Type of L L
busbar Insulation No. of Bar width Pack 50
support voltage (VAC) poles (mm) qty Reference L L
SB E 44 690 4P 15-32 1 5028 0410 25 25
SB P 44 690 4P 20-32 1 5026 0450
sb_047_a_1_x_cat.eps
Pack
Designation of SBE 44 accessories qty Reference
270 mm long cap protection kit 1 5028 0411
Type 1: Busbars including 3 (or more) Type 2: Busbars including 3 (or more)
Set of 20 protection screen adaption spacers 1 5026 0415 equally spaced SB E 44 supports. SB E 44 supports with doubled
intermediary supports.

Busbar supports
Other supports
Characteristics
SB E 44
Support Bar x qty Iz (A) (1)
Type 1 15 x 3 x 1 950 625 400 250 175 160
Type 1 15 x 5 x 1 1000 825 500 300 175 220
Type 1 15 x 6 x 1 1000 900 550 300 200 250
Type 1 15 x 8 x 1 1000 1000 650 300 200 290
Type 1 20 x 3 x 1 1000 825 525 300 175 210
Type 1 20 x 5 x 1 1000 1000 675 300 175 280
Type 1 20 x 6 x 1 1000 1000 750 300 175 310
Type 1 20 x 8 x 1 1000 1000 775 300 175 370
Type 1 32 x 5 x 1 1000 1000 675 250 170 410
Type 1 32 x 6 x 1 1000 1000 675 250 170 460
Type 2 15 x 3 x 1 950 625 400 250 200 150 160
Type 2 15 x 5 x 1 1000 825 500 325 250 175 220
Type 2 15 x 6 x 1 1000 900 550 350 275 200 250
Type 2 15 x 8 x 1 1000 1000 650 400 325 225 290
Type 2 20 x 3 x 1 1000 825 525 325 250 200 210
Type 2 20 x 5 x 1 1000 1000 675 425 325 225 280
Type 2 20 x 6 x 1 1000 1000 750 450 375 225 310
Type 2 20 x 8 x 1 1000 1000 850 525 375 225 370
Type 2 32 x 5 x 1 1000 1000 1000 525 325 175 410
Type 2 32 x 6 x 1 1000 1000 1000 525 325 175 460
SB P 44
d min.
d min.
Bar x qty (mm) Iz (A)
20 x 5 x 1 1000 1000 800 350 200 125 50 280
sb_165_c_1_x_cat
25 x 5 x 1 1000 1000 1000 350 200 125 50 330
32 x 5 x 1 1000 1000 1000 350 200 120 50 390
25 x 10 x 1 1000 1000 1000 350 200 125 50 500
30 x 10 x 1 1000 1000 1000 350 200 120 50 580
32 x 10 x 1 1000 1000 1000 350 200 120 50 610
Dimensions (mm)
SB E 44 SB P 44
35.5 35.5 35.5
67
35
245 53.5
70
20.5
35
15.5
sb_147_b_1_x_cat
50 50 50
12
114
49.5
sb_036_e_1_x_cat
6.2
75.5
140 150
180
90

Mounting & cabling accessories Distribution blocks
Distribution system
The solution for
repar_043.eps
repar_044.eps
Strong points
Single-pole
Si l l di
distribution
ib i bl blocks
k Multi-pole distribution bar
> Extensive range
> Easy integration
> IEC and UL range
> IEC 61439-1

repar_020.psd
> IEC 60947-7-1

repar_028.eps
> UL 1953
Distribution blocks for SOCOMEC
SOC Row distribution blocks
power-switching devices > UL 1059
Function
SOCOMEC distribution blocks make it easy to connect conductors. They are mounted
downstream of a load break switch, a changeover switch, a fuse switch or any protection device
on the market.
Advantages Application
Extensive range
This extensive range has the right distribution L1
system for every need:
L2
• 13 single-pole models, 4 multi-pole models
and 2 single-block models for copper and L3
aluminium cables for either direct or plug
connection
• 1 IP20 row distribution block
• 4 distribution block models for lug
connection.
IEC and UL range

Our range of single-pole distribution blocks
repar_045_a_1_x_cat.ai
conforms to IEC and UL standards.
Easy integration
The compact size of the single-pole and multi-
pole distributors for direct or plug connection
ensures easy integration into the equipment.

Distribution blocks
Distribution system
IEC / UL single-pole distribution blocks

General features References
• Material: tin-plated aluminium. Rating (A)
• For conductors: aluminium or IEC UL
copper. Type Cu cable Al cable Cu cable Al cable References
Type 1 80 63 85 65 54UL 1008
• IP20 connection.
Type 2 125 100 115 90 54UL 1012
• L1, L2, L3, and N markings set
repar_043.eps
Type 3 175 135 175 135 54UL 1017

by Allen key. Type 4 250 200 255 205 54UL 1025
• DIN rail mounted. Type 5 415 36 380 310 54UL 1040
• DIN rail attachment clip.
• Backplate mounted.
• Assembly clip for multiple
distribution blocks.
Dimensions
Ø 0.12 Mounting
Ø3 Type Units HxWxD A B
in 1.93 x 1.417 x 3.524 3.118 0.914
Type 1
mm 49 x 36 x 89.5 79.2 23.2
in 1.93 x 1.417 x 3.524 3.118 0.914
Type 2
mm 49 x 36 x 89.5 79.2 23.2
in 2.09 x 1.417 x 3.898 3.492 0.914
Type 3
mm 53 x 36 x 99 88.7 23.2
in 2.39 x 2.126 x 4.488 4.063 1.622
Ø 0.20 Type 4
mm 60.7 x 54 x 114 103.7 41.2
Ø5 in 2.39 x 2.126 x 4.488 4.063 1.622

A Type 5
mm 60.7 x 54 x 114 103.7 41.2
Electrical wiring and characteristics
Voltage according to Voltage according to

Solid/multi-core cables Flexible/crimped-plug cables IEC 60947-7-1 UL 1953 Short-circuit withstand
Type IEC connection UL connection IEC connection UL connection AC (V) DC (V) AC (V) DC (V) Icw (kA) Ipk (kA) SCCR (kA)
1 x 2.5 - 25 mm² 14 - 3 AWG 1 x 2.5 - 25 mm² 14 - 3 AWG
Type 1 3 35
6 x 2.5 - 10 mm² 14 - 8 AWG 6 x 2.5 - 6 mm² 14 - 10 AWG
1 x 2.5 - 50 mm² 14 - 1 AWG 1 x 2.5 - 35 mm² 14 - 2AWG
Type 2 6 36.1
6 x 2.5 - 25 mm² 14 - 4 AWG 6 x 2.5 - 16 mm² 14 - 6 AWG
1 x 2.5 - 70 mm² 14 - 2/0 AWG 1 x 2.5 - 50 mm² 14 - 1/0 AWG
Type 3 1000 1500 1000 1000 8.4 40.8 100
6 x 2.5 - 25 mm² 14 - 4 AWG 6 x 2.5 - 16 mm² 14 - 6 AWG
1 x 35 - 120 mm² 2 - 250 kcmil 1 x 35 - 95 mm² 2 - 4/0 AWG
Type 4 14.4 47.7
6 x 2.5 - 35 mm² 14 - 2 AWG 6 x 2.5 - 25 mm² 14 - 4 AWG
1 x 70 - 240 mm² 2/0 - 500 kcmil 1 x 70 - 185 mm² 2/0 - 400 kcmil
Type 5 28.8 57.2
6 x 2.5 - 35 mm² 14 - 8 AWG 6 x 2.5 - 25 mm² 14 - 4 AWG

Distribution blocks
Distribution system
Single-pole IEC/UR distribution blocks

• Material: coated aluminium type Rating (A)
1 to type 5, copper for type 6 to IEC UR
type 8. Type Cu cable Al cable Cu cable Al cable References
Type 1 125 100 115 90 5411 1012
repar_048.eps
• For conductors: Aluminium or

Type 2 125 100 115 90 5411 1013
copper type 1 to type 5,
Type 3 175 135 175 135 5411 1017
copper for type 6 to type 8. Type 4 250 200 255 - 5411 1025
• IP20 connection. Type 5 400 300 - - 5411 1040
• DIN rail mounted. Type 6 125 - - - 5411 1011
• Backplate mounted. Type 7 175 - - - 5411 1016
Type 1 to 5
Type 8 250 - - - 5411 0124
Accessories References
Connection for type 4 5410 0025
repar_049.eps
Connection for type 5 5410 0040

Attachments for mounting directly to load break switching device terminal
Type 6 to 8
Dimensions
1.18 Ø 0.43 Dimensions Mounting
30 Ø 10.8 Type Units HxWxD A B
1.57
1.42 in 2.91 x 1.06 x 1.81 2.44 0.157

0.16
40
1.26 36 Type 1
mm 74 x 27 x 46 62 4
4
32 in 2.80 x 1.77 x 1.69 2.386 0.685

Type 2
mm 71 x 45 x 43 60.6 17.4
in 2.80 x 1.77 x 1.69 2.386 0.685
Type 3
Y
mm 71 x 45 x 43 60.6 17.4
H
3.58
repar_010_d_1_en_cat.ai
in 3.74 x 1.75 x 1.93 3.836 1.165

91
A
Type 4
mm 95 x 44.5 x 49 86 29.6
in 3.74 x 1.75 x 1.93 3.836 1.165
X Type 5
mm 95 x 44.5 x 49 86 29.6
0.25 in 3.58 x 1.06 x 2.01 3.22 -
6.3 Type 6
W D mm 91 x 27 x 51 81.7
in 3.58 x 1.42 x 2.01 3.22 -
Type 1 to 5 Type 6 to 8 Type 7
mm 91 x 36 x 51 81.7
Distribution blocks with direct connection or IP20 jacks that in 3.58 x 1.77 x 2.01 3.22 -
Type 8
plug into symmetrical DIN rail. mm 91 x 45 x 51 81.7

Voltage according to Voltage according to
Solid/multi-core cables Flexible/crimped-plug cables IEC 60947-7-1 UL 1059 Short-circuit withstand
Type IEC connection UL connection IEC connection UL connection AC (V) DC (V) AC (V) DC (V) Icw (kA) Ipk (kA)
1 x 10 - 35 mm² 1 x 8 - 2 AWG 1 x 10 - 35 mm² 1 x 8 - 2 AWG
Type 1 1 x 2.5 - 25 mm² 1 x 14 - 4 AWG 1 x 2.5 - 16 mm² 1 x 14 - 6 AWG 4.2 30
6 x 2.5 - 25 mm² 6 x 14 - 4 AWG 6 x 2.5 - 16 mm² 6 x 14 - 6 AWG
1 x 10 - 35 mm² 1 x 8 - 2 AWG 1 x 10 - 35 mm² 1 x 8 - 2 AWG
Type 2 4.2 30
10 x 2.5 - 16 mm² 10 x 14 - 4 AWG 10 x 2.5 - 10 mm² 10 x 14 - 6 AWG
1 x 10 - 70 mm² 1 x 8 - 2/0 AWG 1 x 10 - 50 mm² 1 x 8 - 1/0 AWG 600 600
Type 3 11 30
10 x 2.5 - 16 mm² 10 x 14 - 4 AWG 10 x 2.5 - 10 mm² 10 x 14 - 6 AWG
1 x 35 - 120 mm² 1 x 2 - 250 kcmil 1 x 35 - 95 mm² 1 x 2 - 4/0 AWG
2 x 2.5 - 35 mm² 2 x 14/2 AWG 2 x 2.5 - 25 mm² 2 x 14 - 4 AWG
Type 4 21 51
5 x 2.5 - 16 mm² 5 x 14 - 6 AWG 5 x 2.5 - 16 mm² 5 x 14 - 6 AWG
4 x 2.5 - 10 mm² 4 x 14 - 8 AWG 4 x 2.5 - 10 mm² 4 x 14 - 8 AWG
1 x 95 - 185 mm² 1 x 95 - 150 mm²
2 x 2.5 - 35 mm² 2 x 2.5 - 25 mm² 1000 1500
Type 5 21 51
5 x 2.5 - 16 mm² 5 x 2.5 - 16 mm²
4 x 2.5 - 10 mm² 4 x 2.5 - 10 mm²
2 x 10 - 35 mm² 2 x 6 - 25 mm²
Type 6 2 x 2.5 - 25 mm² 2 x 1.5 - 16 mm² 4.2 25
6 x 1.5 - 16 mm² 6 x 1.5 - 10 mm²
- - - -
2 x 25 - 70 mm² 2 x 16 - 50 mm²
Type 7 3 x 2.5 - 25 mm² 3 x 1.5 - 16 mm² 8.4 36
8 x 1.5 - 16 mm² 8 x 1.5 - 10 mm²
1 x 35 - 120 mm² 1 x 25 - 95 mm²
1 x 1.5 - 50 mm² 1 x 1.5 - 35 mm²
Type 8 14.4 60
4 x 1.5 - 16 mm² 4 x 1.5 - 10 mm²
8 x 2.5 - 25 mm² 8 x 2.5 - 16 mm²

Distribution blocks
Distribution system
Multi-pole distribution blocks with IEC bars

• Material: uncoated brass.
Type Rating (A) N° of poles N° of connections References
• For conductors: copper. Type 1 100 7 5421 4010
• DIN rail mounted. Type 2 125 12 5421 4011
repar_044.eps
3/4
• DIN rail attachment clip. Type 3 125 15 5421 4012
• Backplate mounted. Type 4 160 12 5421 4016
Additional lugs References
• Additional insulated bars.
7 connections 5421 1010
Type 1 to 4 • Reversible cap. 12 connections 5421 1012
15 connections 5421 1013
repar_050.eps
Additional lugs
Dimensions
Mounting
Type Units HxWxD X
in 4.11 x 2.84 x 1.96 2.126
Type 1
mm 104.5 x 72.2 x 49.7 54
in 4.11 x 5.01 x 1.96 4.291
Type 2
H
mm 104.5 x 127.2 x 49.7 109

repar_009_b_1_gb_cat.ai
in 4.11 x 6.90 x 1.96 4.646

Type 3
mm 104.5 x 175.2 x 49.7 118
in 4.11 x 6.43 x 1.96 4.055
Type 4
D X mm 104.5 x 163.2 x 49.7 103
Voltage according to IEC 60947-7-1 Short-circuit withstand

Type Solid/multi-core cables Flexible/crimped-plug cables AC (V) DC (V) Icw (kA) Ipk (kA)
2 x 2.5 / 25 mm² 2 x 1.5 / 16 mm²
Type 1 3 24
5 x 1.5 / 16 mm² 5 x 1.5 / 10 mm²
1 x 10 / 35 mm² 1 x 4 / 25 mm²
Type 2 7 x 2.5 / 25 mm² 7 x 1.5 / 16 mm² 4.2 26
4 x 1.5 / 16 mm² 4 x 1.5 / 10 mm²
1 x 10 / 35 mm² 1 x 6 / 35 mm² 690 1000
Type 3 3 x 6 / 35 mm² 3 x 4 / 25 mm² 4.2 28
11 x 1.5 / 16 mm² 11 x 1.5 / 10 mm²
1 x 25 / 70 mm² 1 x 16 / 50 mm²
Type 4 3 x 10 / 35 mm² 3 x 4 / 25 mm² 8.4 36
8 x 2.5 / 25 mm² 8 x 1.5 / 16 mm²
Earthing lug
References
barre_006.eps
N° of outgoing
circuits per section L To be ordered
Mounting by (mm2) Material (mm) in multiples Reference
2x M4 screws 10 x 16 + 2 x 35 Brass 120 10 5414 0120
2x M6 screws 41 x 16 + 2 x 35 Brass 470 10 5414 0470

Distribution blocks
Distribution system
IEC / UR single-block multi-pole distribution blocks

General features
• Material: uncoated brass for 125 A, tin-plated copper for 175 A.
• For conductors: aluminium or copper (175 only).
• IP20 connection.
repar_051.eps • DIN rail mounted.
Si l bl k multi-pole
Single-block li l di
distribution
ib i bl blockk
175 A 3 P
References Dimensions
Rating (A) Mounting
Rating N° of IEC UL Rating (A) Units HxWxD A B
(A) poles Cu cable Al cable Cu cable Al cable References in 2.93 x 3.86 x 1.93 2.48 2.323 - 2.795
125
125 4 125 - - - 5411 4112 mm 74.5 x 98 x 49 63 59 - 71
175 3 175 135 175 135 5411 3017 in 2.8 x 3.15 x 1.69 2.382 2.07
175
mm 71 x 80 x 43 60.6 52.5

Voltage according to Voltage according to Short-circuit
Rating Solid/multi-core cables Flexible/crimped-plug cables IEC 60947-7-1 UL 1059 withstand
(A) IEC connection UL connection IEC connection UL connection AC (V) DC (V) AC (V) DC (V) Icw (kA) Ipk (kA)
1 x 6 - 35 mm² 1 x 6 - 25 mm²
125 2 x 4 - 16 mm² - 2 x 4 - 10 mm² - 690 1000 4.2 25
5 x 1.5 - 6 mm² 5 x 1.5 - 6 mm² 600 600
1 x 10 - 70 mm² 1 x 8 - 2/0 AWG 1 x 10 - 50 mm² 1 x 8 - 1/0 AWG
175 1000 1500 11 30
6 x 2.5 - 16 mm² 6 x 14 - 4 AWG 6 x 2.5 - 10 mm² 6 x 14 - 6 AWG
Distribution row with IP20 connectors

References
With connecting
Rating (A) Length cords(1) Icc (kA rms) Reference
250(2) 1 row Yes 10 5420 2426
repar_028.eps
250(2) 1 row No 10 5421 2426

(1) Supplied with 6 mm2 connecting cords, L = 120 mm, 12 black connectors, 12 blue connectors.
(2) Outgoing circuits should be split across the full number of outputs
Accessories
Cables
Length To be ordered
2.36 2.36 Rating (A) Cable type (mm) Colour in multiples Reference
0.35
0.98
60 60 40 6 mm2 120 Blue 10 5421 1006
9
25
40 6 mm2 120 Black 10 5421 1016
2.85
72.4
40 6 mm2 320 Blue 10 5421 1106

6 mm2
repar_029_b_1_x_cat.ai
40 320 Black 10 5421 1116

16.04 63 10 mm2 320 Blue 10 5421 1101
1.57
40
407.5 63 10 mm2 320 Black 10 5421 1111

Plug-in connectors
16.65 1.81 To be ordered
423 46 Connector type in multiples Reference
1.5 - 2.5 mm2 20 5421 0025
4 - 6 mm2 20 5421 0125

Distribution blocks
Distribution system
Lug connection
Multi-pole distribution block
References
Rating (A) N° of poles Icc (kA rms) N° of outgoing circuits per section (mm2) Reference
160 3P 10 2 x 95 + 8 x 25 5412 3016
160 4P 10 2 x 95 + 8 x 25 5412 4016
250 3P 15 2 x 150 + 8 x 50 5412 3025
250 4P 15 2 x 150 + 8 x 50 5412 4025
400 3P 21 2 x 240 + 8 x 95 5412 3040
400 4P 21 2 x 240 + 8 x 95 5412 4040
630 3P 21 2 x 300 + 8 x 150 5412 3063
repar_007.eps
630 4P 21 2 x 300 + 8 x 150 5412 4063
Dimensions (mm)
Rating N° of Ø Ø Ø P P P
(A) poles Units A B E H J K L P R T X X1 Y ==
ØX
in 6.06 11.26 2.87 1.83 4.80 8.15 0.26 1.42 0.79 0.16 0.35 0.24 2.13
3P
mm 154 286 73 46.5 122 207 6.5 36 20 4 9 6 54
160
H
in 7.48 11.26 2.87 1.83 6.22 8.15 0.26 1.42 0.79 0.16 0.35 0.24 2.13
4P
mm 190 286 73 46.5 158 207 6.5 36 20 4 9 6 54
in 8.27 12.09 3.27 2.26 1.97 8.7 0.28 1.97 0.98 0.16 0.43 0.31 2.20
3P 8 x Ø X1
mm 210 307 83 57.5 50 222 7 50 25 4 11 8 56
250
in 8.27 12.09 3.27 2.26 1.97 8.7 0.28 1.97 0.98 0.16 0.43 0.31 2.20
4P
K
mm 260 307 83 57.5 100 222 7 50 25 4 11 8 56
in 11.06 14.76 4.57 3.25 2.56 10.63 0.31 2.56 1.26 0.20 0.57 0.33 3.23
3P
mm 281 375 116 82.5 65 270 8 65 32 5 14.5 8.5 82
400
in 13.62 14.76 4.57 3.25 5.12 10.63 0.31 2.56 1.26 0.20 0.57 0.33 3.23
4P ØL
mm 346 375 116 82.5 130 270 8 65 32 5 14.5 8.5 82
H
repar_004_c_1_x_cat.ai
in 10.67 17.24 4.61 3.56 2.56 13.11 0.31 2.56 1.57 0.24 0.57 0.41 3.27
3P T
mm 271 438 117 90.5 65 333 8 65 40 6 14.5 10.5 83 J
630
in 13.62 17.24 4.61 3.56 5.12 13.11 0.31 2.56 1.57 0.24 0.57 0.41 3.27 = = Y
4P R
mm 346 438 117 90.5 130 333 8 65 40 6 14.5 10.5 83 E
Distribution block with lug connection, frontal protection against indirect contact. A
= =
Plug-in for 5 to 6.3 mm bars

References
Rating (A) N° of poles Reference
3P 3699 3P16 1
125/160
4P 3699 6P16 2.36
60 Max. 0.69
3P 3699 3P39
Max.
1.97 0.35
1.30
250/400 17.5
4P 3699 6P39 50
33
9 0.31
3P 3699 3P80 8
630/800
4P 3699 6P80
2.99
Min.
0.94
24
76
A
Dimensions (mm)
N° of
sb_186_b_1_x_cat.ai
Rating (A) poles Units A B C D E F G

E
in 3.90 0.79 0.12 0.91 0.39 7.32 3

F
3P
mm 99 20 3 23 10 186 B ØC D
125/160 M8
in 3.90 0.79 0.12 0.91 0.39 9.76 G
4P
mm 99 20 3 23 10 248
in 4 0.79 0.16 1.10 0.49 7.32
3P 1. Bar thickness 5 to 6.3 mm.
mm 101.5 25 4 28 12.5 186
250/400 M10
in 4 0.98 0.16 1.10 0.49 9.76
4P
mm 101.5 25 4 28 12.5 248
in 4 0.98 0.16 1.10 0.49 7.32
3P
mm 101.5 25 4 28 12.5 186
630/800 M10
in 4 0.98 0.16 1.10 0.49 9.76
4P
mm 101.5 25 4 28 12.5 248

Distribution blocks
Distribution system
Lug connection (cont.)

Split throw multi-pole distribution block
References
Distribution
block Protective cover
Rating L N° of Icc No of
(A) (mm) poles (kA rms) brackets Reference Reference
160 270 4P 25 2 5028 0421 5028 0411
160 420 4P 17 2 5028 0451 5028 0412
160 620 4P 20 3 5028 0471 5028 0413
250 270 4P 30 2 5028 0423 5028 0411
250 420 4P 22 2 5028 0453 5028 0412
repar_012.eps
250 620 4P 18 3 5028 0473 5028 0413
400 270 4P 24 2 5028 0425 5028 0411
400 420 4P 21 2 5028 0455 5028 0412
400 620 4P 13 3 5028 0475 5028 0413
Type Cond. Reference

Spacer adaptor for protection covers 1 5028 0415
Dimensions (mm) L 5.51

Rating (A) N° of feeders Units A ØD E L P R A 140
in 9.84 0.31 5.91 10.63 0.20 0.59 P
9 Ø M6
mm 250 8 150 270 5 15
in 15.75 0.31 11.81 16.54 0.20 0.59
R
160 15
mm 400 8 300 420 5 15
in 23.62 0.31 9.84 24.41 0.20 0.59
21
7.09
180
127
mm 600 8 250 620 5 15
in 9.84 0.39 5.91 10.63 0.20 0.79 ØD
9
mm 250 10 150 270 5 20
in 15.75 0.39 11.81 16.54 0.20 0.79
250 15
mm 400 10 300 420 5 20 E
in 23.62 0.39 9.84 24.41 0.20 0.79
0.98
21 25
mm 600 10 250 620 5 20
in 8.86 0.47 5.91 10.63 0.20 1.26 Split throw distribution block, with threaded holes, plugs into symmetrical DIN rail.
8
mm 225 12 150 270 5 32 Comes pre-mounted and without protective cap.
in 14.76 0.47 11.81 16.54 0.20 1.26
400 14
mm 375 12 300 420 5 32
in 24.41 0.47 9.84 24.41 0.20 1.26
20
mm 620 12 250 620 5 32
Disconnectable neutral
References
Rating (A) Connection type Reference
160 Lug connection NB16 0000
repar_030.eps
Dimensions (mm)
Rating (A) Units A B C D E Max. width A
in 3.94 0.98 3.35 4.61 1.77 1.26
160
mm 100 25 85 117 45 32
in 5.91 0.98 4.72 6.81 1.77 1.26
250
mm 150 25 120 173 45 32
E
in 6.93 0.98 5.91 7.87 2.56 2.17

400
mm 176 25 150 200 65 55
shunt_012_b_1_x_cat.ai
in 8.27 0.98 6.30 9.45 2.56 2.95

630 B
mm 210 25 160 240 65 75 C
D

Distribution blocks
Distribution system
Multi-pole distribution block for SIRCO

References
Rating (A) N° of poles Icc (kA rms) N° of outgoing circuits per section (mm2) Reference
3P 10 1 x 95 + 8 x 25 5411 3016
160
4P 10 1 x 95 + 8 x 25 5411 4016
3P 15 1 x 150 + 8 x 50 5411 3025
250
4P 15 1 x 150 + 8 x 50 5411 4025
3P 21 1 x 240 + 8 x 95 5411 3040
400
4P 21 1 x 240 + 8 x 95 5411 4040
3P 21 1 x 300 + 8 x 150 5411 3063
630
repar_020.psd
4P 21 1 x 300 + 8 x 150 5411 4063
Dimensions (mm)
Rating (A) N° of poles Units A B E H K P R T Y
in 6.06 11.26 2.87 1.83 10.30 1.42 0.79 0.16 2.13

3P
mm 154 286 73 46.5 261.5 36 20 4 54
160
in 7.48 11.26 2.87 1.83 10.30 1.42 0.79 0.16 2.13
4P
mm 190 286 73 46.5 261.4 36 20 4 54
in 8.27 12.09 3.27 2.26 10.98 1.97 0.98 0.16 2.20
3P
mm 210 307 83 57.5 279 50 25 4 56
250
B
in 10.24 12.09 3.27 2.26 10.98 1.97 0.98 0.16 2.20
K
4P
mm 260 307 83 57.5 279 50 25 4 56
in 11.06 14.76 4.57 3.25 13.39 2.56 1.26 0.20 3.23
3P
repar_003_d_1_x_cat.ai
mm 281 375 116 82.5 340 65 32 5 82
400
in 13.62 14.76 4.57 3.25 13.39 2.56 1.26 0.20 3.23
H
4P
mm 346 375 116 82.5 340 65 32 5 82 T
R
in 10.67 17.24 4.61 3.56 16.16 2.56 1.57 0.24 3.27
3P P P P Y
mm 271 438 117 90.5 410.5 65 40 6 83 E
630 A
in 13.62 17.24 4.61 3.56 16.16 2.56 1.57 0.24 3.27
4P Distribution block with lug connection, frontal protection against
mm 346 438 117 90.5 410.5 65 40 6 83
non-intentional contact (load break switching device not included).
Multi-pole distribution block for FUSERBLOC and SIRCO VM2

References
N° of outgoing circuits per section
Rating (A) Fuse size N° of poles Device (mm2) Reference
3P 10x16 + 2x35 + 3xM6 5413 3016
100/125/160 22x58 / 00
4P 10x16 + 2x35 + 3xM6 5413 4016
0 3P 10x16 + 2x35 + 3xM6 5413 3017
160
0 4P 10x16 + 2x35 + 3xM6 5413 4017
FUSERBLOC
1 3P 11 x M8 5413 3025
250
1 4P 11 x M8 5413 4025
2 3P 11 x M8 5413 3040(1)
400
2 4P 11 x M8 5413 4040(1)
3P 10x16 + 2x35 + 3xM6 5413 3020
160 / 200 SIRCO VM2
4P 10x16 + 2x35 + 3xM6 5413 4020
repar_013.eps
(1) *Distribution block compatible only with 400A Fuserbloc fuse reference 3xxx xx39
Dimensions (mm)
N° of
Rating (A) poles Device Units A B E H K P R T Y
in 4.33 10.24 2.40 0.79 9.17 1.42 0.79 0.16 1.54
3P
100 / 125 / mm 110 260 61 20 233 36 20 4 39
160 in 5.71 10.24 2.40 0.79 9.17 1.42 0.79 0.16 1.54
4P
mm 145 260 61 20 233 36 20 4 39
in 5.91 10.24 2.40 0.79 9.17 1.97 0.79 0.16 1.54
3P
mm 150 260 61 20 233 50 20 4 39
160
in 7.87 10.24 2.40 0.79 9.17 1.97 0.79 0.16 1.54
4P
B
mm 200 260 61 20 233 50 20 4 39

FUSERBLOC
in 7.68 13.39 2.64 0.59 11.81 2.36 1.26 0.20 1.77
3P
mm 185 340 67 15 300 60 32 5 45
250
in 9.65 13.39 2.64 0.59 11.81 2.36 1.26 0.20 1.77
4P
mm 245 340 67 15 300 60 32 5 45

H
in 8.27 13.39 2.64 0.59 11.81 2.60 1.26 0.20 1.77

3P
mm 210 340 67 15 300 66 32 5 45 R T
400
in 10.83 13.39 2.64 0.59 11.81 2.60 1.26 0.20 1.77 P P P Y
4P
mm 275 340 67 15 300 66 32 5 45 A E
in 5.59 10.24 2.40 0.79 9.17 1.08 0.79 0.16 1.54
3P
mm 142 260 61 20 233 27.5 20 4 39
160 / 200 SIRCO VM2
in 5.59 10.24 2.40 0.79 9.17 1.08 0.79 0.16 1.54
4P
mm 142 260 61 20 233 27.5 20 4 39

Integrated products
& solutions
Equipped enclosures and cabinets to suit all your applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 416
Enclosed switches selection guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 420
Enclosed switches Specific applications

Enclosed switches p. 418
Load break switches in insulated enclosures
Solutions for
COMO SIRCO
medical locations
Polycarbonate Polyester
20 to 125 A 160 to 630 A p. 440
p. 423 p. 424
Load break switches in metallic enclosures
SIRCO M SIRCO SIRCO M

Painted steel Painted steel Stainless steel
ŰSN ŰSN 32 to 100 A
p. 425 p. 424 p. 426
Fuse combination load break

switches in insulated enclosures In metallic enclosures
FUSERBLOC FUSERBLOC
Polyester Painted steel
50 to 160 A 32 to 800 A
p. 431 p. 431
Safety enclosures
Safety enclosures p. 434
Enclosed transfer switches

For critical applications
ATyS Bypass
Steel
40 to 3200 A
p. 436
Specific
requirements
Socomec offers
customisation and
development of
products to meet your
every requirement.
Contact your sales
branch for more
information.

Enclosed Products and Equipment
to suit all your applications
Integrated products
The specialist in load breaking, switching, The result of the long accumulation What you need to know!
& solutions
protection, metering and measurement, of extensive experience, our standard

SOCOMEC designs and produces integrated solutions bring you: SOCOMEC has an entire department
standard and tailored integrated • Fast implementation backed up by a at your service, dedicated to the
solutions. review of system limitations design and production of specialist
With our dual expertise (in products and • Ease-of-use, without any risk of non- equipment.
solutions) we can offer you the electrical compliance errors This department is here to support you
equipment you need for your systems, all Our solutions guarantee: throughout your projects, including:
under a manufacturer's guarantee. • Building specifications
• The safety and protection of people
and goods • Budgets
• Continuity of use • Planning
• Compliance with standards on • Design and production
IEC 61439 products, assemblies and installations • Qualification and certification
• Support during installation and
startup
• Training
Draw on our expertise and contact

your local SOCOMEC branch.
Enclosed switches
Enclosed switches incorporate load-break They support the load-breaking, isolation
switches with or without fuses, developed, and lockout of the mains power for all types
qualified and certified for industrial electrical of loads and can also be used as a general
distribution and service sector networks. switch for equipment in various applications.
SITE 301 A
Safety enclosures
Safety enclosures are designed to be installed For use in an explosive atmosphere (dust),
near a motor or a machine to separate use our ATEX model to prevent any explosion
them from the power supply. This includes during the unit's opening/closing phases,
manually operated, padlockable load-break which generate electrical arcs.
switches, in the OFF position with a visible
and reliable display of the switchgear's open
position.
During preventive maintenance or inspection
work, these enclosures ensure operator
safety against the accidental startup of
electrical machines.
SITE 558 A

Enclosed Products and Equipment
to suit all your applications
Enclosed Transfer Switch

Switching enclosures ensure the availability For sites that require a power availability rate
of electrical power in critical facilities close to 100%, our ATyS Bypass solution
(high-rises, public buildings, hospitals, IT offers dual redundancy during normal
or telecommunications centres, airports, operation, service and maintenance work.
industrial sites, etc.), operated manually or With its capacity to resume Normal/Bypass
automatically to switch between a normal BG@MMDKRSGD 3X2Ű!XO@RRRNKTSHNM@KKNVR
power source and a backup source (genset the continued, seamless and safe use of your
or auxiliary transformer) to cover in the event systems.
of failure.
SITE 375 A
Solutions for medical premises

The availability of a reliable electrical power The SOCOMEC medical IT cabinet range
supply is vital to ensure continuity of care. comes in three models and provides the
There is no excuse today for power failures solution for all your medical centre needs,
that can lead to life-or-death situations. with manufacturer's guarantee.
Medical IT unearthing system cabinets
ensure the availability of electrical power
in medical centres (in accordance with
standard IEC 60364-7-710).
SITE 629 A

Enclosed switches
Integrated products
& solutions
Enclosed load break switches and fuse combination load break switches
Switchgear systems are an essential part of your electrical system. Installed at every level The solution for
of the distribution, they allow you to secure and isolate parts of the network or electrical
equipment. > Processing industry
> Infrastructure
SOCOMEC load break switches in power distribution and machine > OEM
control applications
The advantages
Local safety
> Increased flexibility
break > Maintenance safety
> Adaptable to every
Incoming O
I O
I
environment
section O
I
Red/yellow A manufacturer's expertise

Machine handle
I
control
coff_611_a_1_gb_cat.ai
O
Motor
> Active in the electrical
switchgear market since 1922,
Network Socomec is both a global
Feeder output
leader and an undisputed
benchmark reference.
> Our enclosed solutions, with
or without fuse protection,
are suitable for a wide
variety of commercial and
industrial power distribution
operating environments and
applications.
From 20 to 1600 A, to IEC or
UL standards, we now have
one of the widest ranges on
the market.
Business sectors
Processing industry OEM Infrastructure

• Cement plant - Quarries • HVAC - heating, ventilation and air- • Airports - Tunnels - Motorways
• Steel plant conditioning • Water treatment
• Food processing industries • Lifting

Enclosed switches
Which product for which business?
Insulated Metallic
Enclosure
Polycarbonate Polyester Painted sheet metal Stainless steel
Rating 20 to 125 A 160 to 630 A 20 to 1600 A 32 to 100 A
Application
Cement plant ++ +++
Steel plant ++ +++
Food processing + ++ +++
Tunnels +++ ++ +
Water treatment ++ +++
HVAC +++ ++
Lifting + ++ +++
The benefits of our range
Enclosed switches equipped with Socomec load break switches or fuse combination load break switches provide emergency breaking, breaking
for mechanical maintenance, local safety isolation and fuse protection for any low voltage circuit.
FLEXIBILITY
Increased flexibility for more A solution to suit any
productivity Maintenance safety environment
Controlling the power as close as possible Breaking close to the load means the system Available in 4 materials, the Socomec
to consumers makes operation and can reliably identify which circuits need to be enclosed switch range can withstand most
maintenance easy, autonomous and safe. disconnected. environmental constraints; protection against
This allows you to optimise the equipment's On-load breaking and isolating, as well water and dust (IP), mechanical impact (IK)
operating times. as the clear indication of the load break NQŰBNQQNRHNM
switch's position and the triple lock of the
operating handle (in the open position) allows
non-qualified persons to reliably and easily
shutdown and isolate a supply circuit.
The locking of access (live or non current-
carrying) to the enclosure's internal equipment
can be managed to suit all kinds of safety
procedures.

Selection guide
Enclosed switches
Integrated products
In which
Which
operating
application?
environment?
& solutions
Electrical feature Load break switches

Enclosure Insulated Metallic
COMO SIRCO SIRCO M SIRCO SIRCO M

Model 20 to 125 A 160 to 630 A 20 to 100 A 160 to 1600 A 32 to 100 A
p. 423 p. 424 p. 424 p. 425 p. 426
Application
Local breaking • • • • •
Circuit protection
Environmental risks
Corrosion +++ +++ + + +++
Chemical ++ ++ + + +++
Mechanical impact + ++ +++ +++ +++
Rated current: AC-22A, 400 V 20 … 125 A 160 … 630 A 20 … 100 A 160 … 1600 A 32 … 100 A
Motor power AC-22A, 400 VAC (kW) 7.5 … 45 80 … 280 9 … 45 80 … 710 15 … 45
Number of poles 3/4/6/8P 3/4P 3/4P 3/4P 3/4P
Enclosure characteristics
Material
Polycarbonate •
Polyester •
Painted sheet metal • •
Stainless steel •
Protection degree IP 65 IP 65 IP 65 IP 65 IP 65
Connection characteristics
High-Low • • • •
Low-Low • • • < 630 A •
Minimum recommended connection section (mm²) 1.5 50 1.5 50 1.5
Max. connection cross section (mm²) 50 2 x 300 70 6 x 185 70

Selection guide
Enclosed switches
Which electrical Which

feature ? connection?
Fuse combination load break switches

Insulated Metallic
FUSERBLOC FUSERBLOC
50 to 160 A 32 to 800 A
p. 431 p. 431
• •
• •
+++ +
++ +
++ +++
50 … 160 A 32 … 800 A
25 … 80 15 … 450
3/4P 3/4P
•
•
IP 55 IP 65
• •
• < 630 A
6 2.5
2 x 300 4 x 185

Enclosed switches
Load break switches
20 to 1600 A
Integrated products
The solution for
> OEM
& solutions
> Industries
como-enc_030-front.eps
BNEE>>EQNMS ORC
COMO enclosure 20 to 125 A SIRCO enclosure 160 to 630 A

Polycarbonate - IP65 Polyester - IP65
Strong points
BNEE>>EQNMS ORC
> Safe operation

BNEE>>EQNMS ORC
BNEE>>EQNMS ORC
> Suitable for all kinds of

environment
> Easy setup
> Extensive range
SIRCO M enclosure 32 to 100 A SIRCO M enclosure 20 to 100 A SIRCO enclosure 160 to 1600 A
Stainless steel - IP65 Painted steel - IP65 Painted steel - IP65
Function > IEC 60947-3

> IEC 60364
Enclosed load break switches ensure the They enable the shutdown and isolation of
on-load breaking and making of circuits and the power supply as close to the equipment > EN 60947-3
safely isolate all low-voltage electrical circuits as possible. > EN 61439
by providing protection against contact with > EN 60204-1
live parts and environmental elements, such
as dust, water and other hazards.
Other products
> Customised solutions

available on request.
Advantages
Safe operation Easy setup Extensive range
• Reliable lockout for safe maintenance • Cable access top and/or bottom. • Standard range
procedures. • "@AKDFK@MCJMNBJNTSR • Customised on request.
• On-load breaking. • Removable gland plates at top and bottom
• Ergonomic operating handle, ENQRSDDKDMBKNRTQDR®
available in red/yellow or black. • Plenty of room for cabling.
• Triple lock in OFF position.
Suitable for all kinds of environment

• Insulated enclosure for chemical and food
processing applications, indoor or outdoor
installation.
• Painted steel enclosure for areas at risk of
mechanical impact.
• Stainless enclosure for food processing and
pharmaceutical applications.
BNEE> DOR

Enclosed switches
Load break switches
20 to 1600 A
Load break switch in insulated enclosure

COMO in polycarbonate enclosure
• %QNLSN Accessories
• ONKDR • 2NKHCMDTSQ@KONKDL@W
como-enc_002 - 032 - 026 - 036
• Yellow/red or grey/blue version. • NO+NC or 2 NO auxiliary contact module

• Triple lock in OFF position. for pre-break and signalling of positions 0
• Polycarbonate enclosure. and I.
• Screw-on front. Up to 2 auxiliary contact modules can be
fitted to each product, one on each side of
• #DFQDDNEOQNSDBSHNM(/
the switch.
• Cable gland knock-outs at top, bottom
and sides.
• Door interlocking when switch is ON.
References
Enclosure
Cable-in
Solid neutral Auxiliary top and bottom
Rating (A) N° of poles With blue handle With red handle pole(1) contacts (1) Size H x W x D (mm) (mm)
3P 2115 3301 2115 3401
20 - - CPC 0 WW W
/ 2115 4301 2115 4401
3P 2115 3302 2115 3402

/ 2115 4302 2115 4402
CPC 1 WW W
3P 2115 3303 2115 3403 2115 5005
/ 2115 4303 2115 4403
32
6P 2115 6303 2115 6403
CPC 2 WW W
/ 2115 8303 2115 8403
3P 2115 3304 2115 3404 1 AC
CPC 1 WW W
/ 2115 4304 2115 4404 NO+NC
3P 2115 3306 2115 3406 2113 4001
2115 5007 CPC 2 WW W
/ 2115 4306 2115 4406 1 AC
63
6P 2115 6306 2115 6406 2 NO
2113 4002 CPC 3 WW W
/ 2115 8306 2115 8406
3P 2115 3308 2115 3408
2115 5009
/ 2115 4308 2115 4408
CPC 2 WW W
3P 2115 3309 2115 3409
100
/ 2115 4309 2115 4409
2115 5011
3P 2115 3312 2115 3412
CPC 3 WW W
/ 2115 4312 2115 4412
(1) Max. configuration capacity: 1 solid neutral pole + 1 aux contact, or 2 aux contacts.
(2) In addition to top and bottom gland knock-outs, 2 x M20 knock-outs are included on each side of the enclosure fot CPC 1 thru CPC 3.
Configurations
Possible configurations 3P
4P Auxiliary Solid Neutral
AUX
Solid neutral pole and auxiliary contact accessories can be fitted to the N
6P contact pole
left and/or right side of the COMO switch. Note that only one neutral 8P
pole can be fitted. See the below table for details.

Allowed
Accessory 1 (left) COMO switch Accessory 2 (right)
BNEEQDS>>@>DM @H
Aux. contact / Aux. contact

AUX
AUX
AUX
AUX
Solid neutral / Aux. contact N N

Aux. contact / Solid neutral

Enclosed switches
Load break switches
20 to 1600 A
Load break switch in insulated enclosure

SIRCO in polyester enclosure
• From 160 to 630 A. Accessories
• ONKDR
TMRVHSBGDCMDTSQ@KONKDR • NO/NC auxiliary contact.
• !K@BJG@MCKDQDCXDKKNVNMQDPTDRS • Terminal screen.
BNEE>>EQNMS ORC

• Polyester enclosure.
• Screw-on front.
• "NKNTQ1 +
• 6@KKLNTMSDCAQ@BJDSRHMBKTCDC
References
Auxiliary Protective Enclosure
Rating (A) N° of poles With black handle contacts screen Size H x W x D (mm)
3P+N 3116 5016 2698 3012
160 CP 32 WW
/ 3116 4016 2698 4012
1st AC
3P+N 3116 5025 NO/NC 2698 3020
2699 0031 "/ WW
/ 3116 4025 2698 4020
3P+N 3116 5040 2nd AC 2698 3050

/ 3116 4040 2 NO/NC 2698 4050
2699 0032 "/ WW
3P+N 3116 5063 2698 3050
630
/ 3116 4063 2698 4050
Load break switch in metallic enclosure

SIRCO M in painted steel enclosure
• From 20 to 100 A. • Pre-punched cable gland knockouts at top
• 3 poles + solid neutral. and bottom.
• Red/yellow or black handle. • #DFQDDNEOQNSDBSHNM(/
BNEE>>EQNMS ORC
• Triple lock in OFF position. Accessories

• Painted steel enclosure. • 2VHSBGDCthONKDL@W
• Hinged door or screw-on cover. • -.
-"NQ-.@TWHKH@QXBNMS@BSL@W
• "NKNTQ1 + • Terminal shrouds.
• Wall mounting brackets.
References
Enclosure
Rating N° of With black With red/ Switched Auxiliary Terminal Wall HxWxD Cable-in
(A) poles handle yellow handle 4th pole contacts shroud brackets Size (mm) top and bottom (mm)
3P+N 3032 5002(1) 3032 5102(1) CT 21
20 2200 1001
3P+N 3032 5202(2) 3032 5302(2) 2294 3005 CT 21a
/
(1) (1) 2294 1005
3P+N 3032 5003 3032 5103 1 AC /
CT 21
W
W

32 2200 1003 NO + NC WW
Ø 16
3P+N 3032 5203(2) 3032 5303(2) 2299 0001 CT 21a
2294 3009 3031 0011

(1) (1)
3P+N 3032 5006 3032 5106 1 AC CT 21
/
63 2200 1006 2 NO
2294 1009
3P+N 3032 5206(2) 3032 5306(2) 2299 0011
/
CT 21a
3P+N 3032 5010(1) 3032 5110(1) 2294 3016 CT 32

/
100 2200 1010 300 x 200 x 120
W

2294 1011
3P+N 3032 5210 (2) 3032 5310(2) / CT 32a
(1) Hinged door closed with double bar locks.

(2) Front panel screw-on.

Enclosed switches
Load break switches
20 to 1600 A
+N@CAQD@JRVHSBGHMLDS@KKHBDMBKNRTQDBNMSHMTDC
SIRCO in painted steel enclosure
• From 160 to 1600 A. Accessories
• ONKDR
RNKHCMDTSQ@KONKDR • NO/NC auxiliary contact.
• !K@BJG@MCKDQDCXDKKNVNMQDPTDRS • Terminal screen.
• Painted steel enclosure.
BNEE>>EQNMS ORC
• Hinged door with double bar locking.

• "NKNTQ1 +
• Cable gland plates: top and bottom.
• 6@KKLNTMSDCAQ@BJDSRHMBKTCDC
References
Handle Enclosure
Black Auxiliary Protective screen Cable-in
Rating (A) N° of poles Reference contacts (top or bottom) Size H x W x D (mm) top and bottom (mm)
3P+N 3032 5016 2698 3012
160
/ 3032 4016 2698 4012
"3 WW W
3P+N 3032 5025 2698 3020

/ 3032 4025 2698 4020
3P+N 3032 5040 1st AC 2698 3050

/ 3032 4040 NO/NC 2698 4050
2699 0031 CT 66 600 x 600 x 300 W
3P+N 3032 5063 2698 3050
630
/ 3032 4063 2nd AC 2698 4050
3P+N 3032 5080 2 NO/NC 2698 3080
2699 0032 "3 WW W
/ 3032 4080 2698 4080
3P+N 3032 5084 2698 3120

/ 3032 4084 2698 4120
"3 WW 660 x 100
3P+N 3032 5088 2698 3120
1600
/ 3032 4088 2698 4120

Enclosed switches
Load break switches
20 to 1600 A
+N@CAQD@JRVHSBGHMLDS@KKHBDMBKNRTQDBNMSHMTDC
SIRCO M in stainless steel enclosure
• 32 to 100 A. Accessories
• 3 poles + solid neutral. • 2VHSBGDCthONKDL@W
• Black or red/yellow handle. • -.
-"NQ-.@TWHKH@QXBNMS@BSL@W
BNEE>>EQNMS ORC
• Triple lock in OFF position. • Wall mounting brackets.

• !QTRGDCRS@HMKDRRRSDDKDMBKNRTQD
OKD@RD@RJENQNSGDQNOSHNMR
• Pre-punched cable gland knockouts at
bottom.
• Hinged door with double bar locking.
References
Set of Enclosure
Rating N° of With black With red/ Switched Auxiliary Terminal stainless steel HxWxD Cable-in
(A) poles handle yellow handle 4th pole contacts shroud brackets Size (mm) bottom (mm)
2294 3005
/
32 3P+N 3032 8003 3032 8103 2200 1003
2294 1005
1 AC /
NO + NC CI 21 WW W
W

2294 3009
2299 0001
/
63 3P+N 3032 8006 3032 8106 2200 1006 3031 0012
2294 1009
1 AC
/
2 NO
2299 0011 2294 3016
/
100 3P+N 3032 8010 3032 8110 2200 1010 CI 32 300 x 200 x 120
W

2294 1011
/

Enclosed switches
Load break switches
20 to 1600 A
Characteristics
$KDBSQHB@KED@STQDR@BBNQCHMFSN($"
COMO
Thermal current Ith (40°C) 20 A 25 A 32 A 40 A 63 A 80 A 100 A 125 A
Enclosed thermal current Ith¦" 20 32 63 100
Enclosed thermal current Ith¦" 22 69
Rated insulation voltage Ui5 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690
Rated impulse withstand voltage UimpJ5 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
5 " AC-22 A / AC-22 B 20 32 63 100
5 " AC-23 A / AC-23 B 20 22
690 VAC AC-22 A / AC-22 B 12 13 22
690 VAC AC-23 A / AC-23 B 13 22
Operational power in AC-23 (kW) without pre-break auxiliary contact
5 "VHSGNTSOQDAQD@J "J6 20 22 30
5 "VHSGNTSOQDAQD@J "J6 12 13 22
gG DIN(2) fuse protected short-circuit withstand
/QNRODBSHUDRGNQSBHQBTHSBTQQDMSJ QLR 1 10 20 20
RRNBH@SDCETRDQ@SHMF 20 32 63 100
Current rated as short-time withstand Icw RJ QLR
Current rated as short-time withstand IcwRJ QLR 1.26 1.26 2 2
Connection
,HMHLTL"TB@AKDBQNRRRDBSHNMLL£
,@WHLTL"TB@AKDBQNRRRDBSHNMLL£ 10 10 10 16
(1) The power value is given for information only, the current values vary from one manufacturer to another. (2) For a rated operational voltage Ue = 415 VAC.
SIRCO M / SIRCO
Thermal current Ith (40°C) 20 A 32 A 63 A 100 A 160 A 250 A 400 A 630 A 800 A 1250 A 1600 A
Frame size M1 M1 M2 M3 B3 B4 B5 B5 B6 B7 B7
Enclosed thermal current Ith¦" 20 32 63 100 160 630 1000
Enclosed thermal current Ith¦" 216
Rated insulation voltage Ui5 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
Rated impulse withstand voltage UimpJ5 12 12 12 12 12
5 " AC-22 A / AC-22 B 20 32 63 100 160 630 1600
5 " AC-23 A / AC-23 B 20 32 63 100 160
5 " AC-22 A / AC-22 B 20 32 63 100
5 " AC-23 A / AC-23 B 20 63
690 VAC AC-22 A / AC-22 B 20 32
690 VAC AC-23 A / AC-23 B 20 63
5 "VHSGNTSOQDAQD@J "J6 9 30 132 220
5 "VHSGNTSOQDAQD@J "J6 9 30
5 "VHSGNTSOQDAQD@J "J6 11 30
gG DIN(2) fuse protected short-circuit withstand
/QNRODBSHUDRGNQSBHQBTHSBTQQDMSJ QLR 100 100 100 100
RRNBH@SDCETRDQ@SHMF 20 32 63 100 160 630 W
Current rated as short-time withstand Icw RJ QLR 3 100 100
Current rated as short-time withstand IcwRJ QLR 1.26 1.26 9 13 13
Dynamic withstand current in IccJ OD@J 6 6 9 12 20 30 110 110
Connection
,HMHLTL"TB@AKDBQNRRRDBSHNMLL£ 10 W W
,@WHLTL"TB@AKDBQNRRRDBSHNMLL£ 16 16 2x300 2x300 W W
(1) The power value is given for information only, the current values vary from one manufacturer to another. (2) For a rated operational voltage Ue = 415 VAC.

Enclosed switches
Load break switches
20 to 1600 A
COMO dimensions
Size CPC 0 Size CPC 1
64 83 115
100 81
74.5
83
92
Fix. 152
140
163
3
33 15.5
4.5
BNEE>>@>>W>B@S @H
15
25.5 49
25
BNEE>>@>>W>B@S @H
• W,B@AKDJMNBJNTSRSNO@MCANSSNL • W,B@AKDJMNBJNTSRNMD@BGRHCD
• W,B@AKDJMNBJNTSRSNO@MCANSSNL
• 2 pre-drilled holes to expel water
Size CPC 2 Size CPC 3
150 214 182

146 104 Fix. 187 136
Fix. 188
176
200
Fix. 239
304
4.5
Ø 6.5
40 66
36
63 90
BNEE>>@>>W>B@S @H
56
BNEE>>@>>W>B@S @H
• W,B@AKDJMNBJNTSRNMD@BGRHCD • W,B@AKDJMNBJNTSRNMD@BGRHCD
• W,,B@AKDJMNBJNTSRSNO@MCANSSNL • W,,B@AKDJMNBJNTSRSNO@MCANSSNL
• 2 pre-drilled holes to expel water • 2 pre-drilled holes to expel water

Enclosed switches
Load break switches
20 to 1600 A
SIRCO M and SIRCO dimensions

Enclosures
W X-Y
X HxWxD Sx A B ØC Cable-in
D Size Type (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) top and bottom(1)
CT 21, CI21, CT 21a WW W
W

1 36
CT 32, CI32, CT 32a 300 x 200 x 120 W
W

CP 32 WW
"/ 3 WW _
"/ WW 696
BNEE>>@>>FA>B@S @H
"3 WW 362 262 W

CT 66 600 x 600 x 300
2 W
"3 WW
Sx 60
"3 WW 1162 660 x 100
(1) For stainless steel enclosure, cable-in at bottom only
Y
B
ØC
BNEE>>@>>W>B@S @H
Type 1 Type 2 Type 3
Ø 6.5 Ø 10
Ø7
0.5
OPTION
20
20
BNEE>>@>>FA>B@S @H
BNEE>>A>>W>B@S @H
BNEE>>@>>W>B@S @H
20 0.5
20
coff_612.psd
coff_613.psd
BNEE> ORC

Enclosed switches
32 to 800 A
Integrated products
The solution for
> OEM
& solutions
> Industries
coff_584_front.psd
BNEE>>EQNMS DOR
FUSERBLOC enclosure 32 to 63A FUSERBLOC C enclosure 50 to 160A

Painted steel - IP65 Polyester - IP55
Strong points
> Safe operation

> Suitable for all kinds of
environment
> Easy setup
> Extensive range
BNEE>>EQNMS ORC
> IEC 60947-3

USERBLOC
FUSERBLOC C enclosure 100 to 800A > IEC 60364
Painted steel - IP65
> EN 60947-3
> EN 61439
> EN 60204-1
Function
Enclosed fuse combination load They enable the shutdown and isolation of
break switches ensure on-load breaking the power supply as close to the equipment Other products
and making of circuits, protect against as possible.
overcurrents, and safely isolate all low- > Customised solutions
voltage electrical circuits by providing available on request.
protection against contact with live parts and
environmental elements, such as dust, water
and other hazards.
Advantages
Safe operation Easy setup
• Reliable lockout for safe maintenance • Cable access top and/or bottom.
procedures. • "@AKDFK@MCJMNBJNTSR
• On-load breaking. • Removable gland plates at top and bottom
• Ergonomic operating handle, available in ENQRSDDKDMBKNRTQDR®
red/yellow or black. • Plenty of room for cabling.
Extensive range
Suitable for all kinds of environment • Standard range.
• Insulated enclosure for chemical and food • Customised products on request.
processing applications, indoor or outdoor
installation.
• Painted steel for areas at risk of impact.

Enclosed switches
32 to 800 A
Fuse combination load break switch in insulated enclosure

FUSERBLOC in polyester enclosure
• %QNLSN Accessories
• 3 poles, 4 poles. • TWBNMS@BSNODM-.NQBKNRDC-"
• DIN fuse protection • Blown fuse NO/NC auxiliary contact.
ENQ!2OKD@RDBNMS@BSŰTR • Terminal shroud.
• !K@BJG@MCKDQDCXDKKNVNMQDPTDRS
coff_584_front.psd

• Polyester enclosure.
• Screw-on front.
• Colour: RAL 7035.
• Degree of protection: IP55.
• Wall-mounted, 4 brackets included.
References
With black Fuse size Auxiliary Terminal Blown fuse NO/NC Enclosure
Rating (A) Case No. of poles handle (NF, NH) contacts shroud auxiliary contact Size H x W x D (mm)
3P 3117 3005
50 W - 3994 0405 CP 22 77
4P 3117 4005 -. "
3P 3117 3010 3998 3016 3994 0310
22 x 58 CP 32 77
4P 3117 4010 -" " 3998 4016 3994 0410
3P 3117 3016 3999 0702 3998 3016 3994 0316 CP 52 77
0
4P 3117 4016 3998 4016 3994 0416 CP 53 77
FUSERBLOC in metallic enclosure

• From 32 to 800 A. • "@AKDFK@MCJMNBJNTSR NQQDLNU@AKD
• 3 poles + solid neutral, 4 poles. FK@MCOK@SDR® @SSNO@MCANSSNL
• DIN fuse protection (for BS, please • #DFQDDNEOQNSDBSHNM(/
BNMS@BSŰTR • Wall mounting brackets included
• !K@BJG@MCKDQDCXDKKNVNMQDPTDRS MNS@U@HK@AKDENQ@MC
• Triple lock in OFF position. Accessories
BNEE>>EQNMS ORC
• Painted steel enclosure. • TWBNMS@BSNODM-.NQBKNRDC-"

• Hinged door with double bar locking. • Blown fuse NO/NC auxiliary contact.
• Colour: RAL 7035. • Terminal shrouds.
References
Blown fuse Enclosure
Fuse NO/NC
Rating No. of With black size Auxiliary Terminal auxiliary HxWxD Cable-in
(A) Case poles handle (NF, NH) contacts shroud contact Bracket kit Size (mm) top and bottom (mm)
3P+N 3035 5003
32 0 W - CT 32a WW
W

4P 3035 4003
- 3031 0011
3P+N 3035 5006
00C - CT 33 WW W

4P 3035 4006
3P+N 3035 5010 3998 3016 3994 0410
22 x 58 CT43 WW W
4P 3035 4010 3998 4016 3994 0410
3P+N 3035 5016 -. " 3998 3016
00 3999 0701 3899 3380 CT 44 WW W
4P 3035 4016 3998 4016
3P+N 3035 5025 -" " 3998 3025 3994 0425
250 "3 WW W
4P 3035 4025 3999 0702 3998 4025 3994 0425
included
3P+N 3035 5040 3898 3040 3994 0440
400 2 "3 WW W
4P 3035 4040 3898 4040 3994 0440
3P+N 3035 5063 3898 3080 3994 1406
3
4P 3035 4063 3898 4080 3994 1406
"3 WW W
3P+N 3035 5080 3898 3120 3994 1412
800 4
4P 3035 4080 3898 4120 3994 1412

Enclosed switches
32 to 800 A
Characteristics
$KDBSQHB@KED@STQDR@BBNQCHMFSN($"
FUSERBLOC
Thermal current Ith (40 °C) CD 32 A 50 A 63 A 100 A 160 A 160 A 250 A 400 A 630 A 800 A
NFC/DIN fuse size W W 00C 22 x 58 00 0 2 3 4
Switch body size for front and side operation 0
Enclosed thermal current Ith¦" 32 50 57 240 400 800
Enclosed thermal current Ith¦" 29 48 52 207 345 544
Rated insulation voltage Ui5 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
Rated impulse withstand voltage UimpJ5 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
Rated voltage Utilisation category A/B(1) A/B(1) A/B(1) A/B(1) A/B(1) A/B(1) A/B(1) A/B(1) A/B(1) A/B(1)
400 VAC AC-22 A / AC-22 B 32/32 50/50 250/250 400/400 800/800
400 VAC AC-23 A / AC-23 B 32/32 50/50 250/250 400/400 800/800
5 " AC-22 A / AC-22 B 32/32 50/50 250/250 400/400 800/800
5 " AC-23 A / AC-23 B 32/32 50/50 250/250 800/800
At 400 VAC without pre-break in AC 25/25 30/30 80/80 80/80 220/220 355/355 450/450
S5 "VHSGNTSOQDAQD@JHM " 25/25 45/45 55/55 90/90 220/220 220/295 295/400 400/400
At 400 VAC 23 28 45 75 75 290 355
gG DIN fuse protected short-circuit withstand current
/QNRODBSHUDRGNQSBHQBTHSBTQQDMSJ QLR 50
RRNBH@SDCETRDQ@SHMF 32 50 250 400 800
1@SDCOD@JVHSGRS@MCBTQQDMSJ OD@J 5.5 20 20 22.7 32.5 40 70 80
Connection
Minimum Cu cable cross-section (mm2 2.5 25 35 50 95 W -
Maximum Cu cable cross-section (mm2 25 25 95 95 95 240 240 2 x 300 W
(1) Category with index A = frequent operation / Category with index B = infrequent operation.
(3) The power value is given for information only; the current values vary from one manufacturer to another.
(4) For a rated operational voltage Ue = 400 VAC

Enclosed switches
32 to 800 A
Dimensions
Enclosures
X-Y
W HxWxD Sx A B ØC Cable-in
X D Size Type (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) top and bottom(1)
CP 22 WW 247 247
CP 32 WW 337 247
3 _
CP 52 WW 247

CP 53 WW 337
CT 32a WW
W

45
BNEE>>@>>FA>B@S @H
CT 33 WW W

H
CT 43 WW W

CT 44 WW
Sx W
"3 2 WW
"3 WW W
Y "3 WW W
B
ØC
BNEE>>@>>W>B@S @H
Type 1 Type 2 Type 3
Ø 6.5 Ø 10
Ø7
0.5
OPTION
20
20
BNEE>>@>>EQ>B@S @H
BNEE>>A>>W>B@S @H
BNEE>>@>>W>B@S @H
20 0.5
20
BNEE> ORC
BNEE> ORC
BNEE> ORC

Safety enclosures
Integrated products
Socomec safety enclosures are designed During maintenance or inspection

& solutions
for installation near a motor or a machine in operations, the safety enclosures guarantee
order to isolate it from the power supply. the operator's protection against
the accidental startup of electrical
All the safety enclosures are equipped machines.
with load break switches with front or
side operating handles which are lockable For use in explosive atmospheres,
in the open position, and with visible, $7(;bGXVW enclosures are available to
reliable indication of the contacts' open prevent explosions caused by electrical
position. They make and break under load arcs generated when opening or closing
conditions and provide safety isolation for the circuits protected by the device.
any low voltage circuit.
SITE_258_A
Which ambient atmosphere?
The operating environment is an essential parameter when choosing an enclosure. Our range of enclosures offers you solutions for the
most varied of atmospheres, including the most severe.
Atmosphere
Normal Explosive
Dust
coff_323_d_gb
Standard enclosure, ATEX enclosure

steel or polyester Dust
zones 21 and 22
Environment Steel enclosure Polyester enclosure Stainless steel enclosures(1) ATEX enclosures
Chemical aggression • •
Mechanical risks • • •
Dust risks • •
Contamination risks • •
Atmospheric corrosion • •
Risk of explosion •
(1) Made to order.

Safety enclosures
Safety functions
Positive break indication Visible breaking
In position 1 In position 0
COFF_036_A_2_CAT
COFF_440.PSD
COFF_035_A_2_CAT
COFF_439.PSD
Clear indication of the open or closed position of the switch via the In accordance with IEC 60364, “an isolating device is considered
handle and its clear marking. as having visible breaking if the separation of the contacts is directly
visible”. All the devices used in the safety enclosures have visible
breaking.
Padlocking Mechanical flag indicator (optional)

COFF_243_A_1_X_CAT
COFF_042_A_2_CAT
COFF_043_A_2_CAT
COFF_438.EPS
When working on the machine during the lockout phase, qualified Flush with the viewing window and directly linked to the operating
personnel may perform triple handle padlocking in the open position. mechanism, this gives clear, at-a-glance indication of contact position,
The ergonomic handle can accommodate up to three locks. providing easier visualisation of the breaking (standard with steel safety
enclosures, optional for polyester).
Double locking
COFF_034_A_1_CAT
COFF_037_A_2_CAT
COFF_038_A_2_CAT
In accordance with standard 60204-1, devices located outside a It is possible to close the breaking device when the enclosure door is
closed electrical service area must be equipped with the means to open by using a tool to inhibit the double lock, thus allowing tests to be
allow them to be secured in the OFF position (disconnected state). carried out by qualified staff.
Qualified personnel may use the ergonomic handle to perform triple
handle padlocking.
Overview of our range

For normal atmospheres For explosive atmospheres
Polyester Steel Steel
coff_280_a
COFF_435_A
coff_163_a

Enclosed Transfer Switches
ATyS Bypass
40 to 3200 A
Integrated products
The solution for
> Data centres

& solutions
> Energy generation

> Banks and insurance
companies
> Transport
tablo_035
Strong points
tablo_036
> No-break bypass solution

prevents interruption to
the load when switching to
bypass.
Function > IEC 61439-2 type tested
solution
• Automatically transfers to the available • Source availability, ATS position & status,
> Continuity of service for
source to ensure continuity of the supply and source measurements are displayed on
critical and life safety
to life safety and critical loads such as the door-mounted D20 interface. Access to
applications
sprinklers, firefighting/evacuation lifts, water configuration parameters, test and control
pumps, etc. functions (password protected) is also
• Assures continuity of service during available via the D20. Compliance with standards
preventative, maintenance and testing. • ATS Bypass are required for compliance
• Full isolation of the Automatic Transfer with installation stadards BS 9999:2017 > IEC 61439-2
Switch ensures that maintenance work can and BS 8519:2020, where occupation
> IEC 60947-6-1
be carried out safely without interruption to of the building is conditional upon the
the load. availability of the life safety and fire-fighting > IEC 60947-3
equipment. > BS 60947-6-1
General features
Expert Services
• 40 to 3200 A, 4-pole. • RS485 JBus/Modbus communication
• 230/400 VAC ± 20%, 50/60 Hz (as standard). Technical site audit, solution
(ATS is self-powered from incoming sources). • ATS Auto/Manual selector. specification, advice, commissioning,
• Class PC Automatic Transfer Switch. • Degree of protection: IP41 as standard maintenance, training, etc.
• No-break bypass solution. (others available on request). Our Expert Services extend to
• Voltage and frequency monitoring of both • Hinged door with 3 mm double bar locking. a complete offer of customised
sources. • ,NTMSHMF V@KKLNTMSDCAQ@BJDSR services to make your project
• Phase rotation and neutral position control. RTOOKHDCKNNRD® EKNNQLNTMSDCNM @ŰRTBBDRR
• Bi-stable output relay for genset start/stop feet.
command (NO/NC). • D20 remote interface (door-mounted).
• Remote position control (I, 0, II) with dry • Mimic panel (3 LEDs for live voltage on
contact. source 1, source 2, and load; optional
• Manual emergency operation. 15/17-LED mimic panel).
• Volt-free programmable outputs for BMS/ • Protection against direct contact from each
remote indication. functional unit.
• ATS and bypass switch auxiliary contacts. • Enclosure material: Steel.
• Colour: RAL 7035 epoxy powder coating.

ATyS Bypass
40 to 3200 A
2 model versions
ATyS Single Line Bypass line and an alternative source bypass line. Priority source bypass,
• Comprises an Automatic Transfer Switch and a priority source and isolation of the ATS, can be performed without interruption to the
bypass line. Bypass and isolation of the ATSE can be performed load.
without interruption to the load. • The addition of the alternative bypass line allows the backup source
ATyS Double Line Bypass to be selected during maintenance work, should the priority source
• Comprises an Automatic Transfer Switch, a priority source bypass fail. ATyS Double Line Bypass provide an extra layer of power
availability for the most critical applications.
ATyS Bypass - SINGLE LINE ATyS Bypass - DOUBLE LINE
S1 S2 S1 S2
Voltage Sensing Voltage Sensing

Q1 Q1
I1 I3 I4 I1 I3 I4
Manual Transfer Manual Transfer
Load Break Switch
Load Break Switch

Switch Switch
Q2 Q2
Automatic Transfer Automatic Transfer

Switch Switch
I2 I2
atys_883_d_1_gb_cat.ai
atys_884_d_1_gb_cat.ai
Q3
I5 I6
Manual Transfer
Switch
ATyS Bypass ATyS Bypass
Load Load
Functions
Normal position: Bypass position:
• The load is supplied by the priority source (S1). In the event of priority • Operating Q1 to Bypass creates a direct connection between the
source failure, the ATS will automatically transfer to the alternative priority source (S1) and the load, without causing interruption.
source (S2) when it is available. Opening switch Q2 provides complete isolation of the ATS from the
sources and the load, thereby ensuring maintenance safety.
• Operating Q3 (Double Line only) to Bypass creates a direct
connection between the alternative source (S2) and the load.
• 6GHKDHMAXO@RRSDRSRB@MADODQENQLDC® VHSGNTSHMSDQQTOSHNM
to the load.
References
Standard device - 230 VAC for ATyS p M Standard device - 230 VAC for ATyS p
Single line Double line Single line Double line
Rating (A) No. of poles(1) Reference Reference Rating (A) No. of poles(1) Reference Reference
40 4P 1785 4004 1786 4004 160 4P 1785 4016 1786 4016
63 4P 1785 4006 1786 4006 250 4P 1785 4025 1786 4025
80 4P 1785 4008 1786 4008 400 4P 1785 4040 1786 4040
100 4P 1785 4010 1786 4010 630 4P 1785 4063 1786 4063
125 4P 1785 4012 1786 4012 800 4P 1785 4080 1786 4080
(1) Standard ATyS Bypass require a distributed neutral to power the ATS and other 1000 4P 1785 4100 1786 4100
components (230 VAC). If no neutral is available, please contact us for a solution. 1250 4P 1785 4120 1786 4120
1600 4P 1785 4160 1786 4160
2000 4P 1785 4200 1786 4200
2500 4P 1785 4250 1786 4250
3200 4P 1785 4320 1786 4320
(1) Standard ATyS Bypass require a distributed neutral to power the ATS and other
components (230 VAC). If no neutral is available, please contact us for a solution.

ATyS Bypass
40 to 3200 A
Accessories
Customer fit
2 input/2 output plug-in programmable output module (ATyS p only) 1599 2001(1)
(1) Maximum 3 modules can be installed.
Factory-fitted
Cable entry/exit configuration
Use
To permit any cable entry and exit configuration (e.g. top/top), specific mounting brackets
NQ@E@BSNQXEHSSDCRHCDDWSDMRHNMB@AHMDS® B@MADOQNUHCDC %NQ®
solutions, power terminals can be factory-mounted within the extension cabinet to facilitate
connection. Please contact us for more information.
kdrys_504
Surge protection
Use
Factory-fitted surge protection for either or both incoming sources is available on request.
sgys_069
Load measurement
Use
® %@BSNQXEHSHMRS@KK@SHNMNEBTQQDMSSQ@MRENQLDQRNMSGDNTSFNHMFRHCDNESGD 3X2!XO@RR
provides current, power and energy load measurements. Available on request.
Tin-plated bars
Use
® %NQG@QRGDMUHQNMLDMSRSHMMDCBNOODQB@MADE@BSNQXEHSSDCHMOK@BDNESGDRS@MC@QC
copper bars. Please contact us for details.
Signalling
Use LOAD
For a full overview of the system's state, opt for a 17-LED (15 for single line bypass) mimic Q3
panel (live voltage LED per phase and switch positions). Available on request. P2 P1
Q2
ATS
S2 S1
acces_275_b_1_x_cat
Q1
Normal Bypass
S2 S1

ATyS Bypass
40 to 3200 A
Factory-fitted (continued)
Connectivity
Use
#(1(2#HFHV@QD,F@SDV@XVHSG6$!5($6,6DARDQUDQB@MADE@BSNQXEHSSDC
® $SGDQMDSOKTFHMLNCTKDB@MADBTRSNLDQEHSSDCHMOK@BDNESGDRS@MC@QC12,.#!42LNCTKDOKTFHM$SGDQMDSLNCTKD
populates 2 of the 4 ATyS p slots).
The above options provide the following:
• Remote Ethernet connectivity with real-time monitoring via a Web browser
• ATS status (position, mode, fault)
• Availability of sources (including measurements)
• Access to ATS parameters (viewing)
Alarm
• ATS input and output status management
• Event history WEBVIEW-M
Data
logging
Easy Config System Software (free download)
allows the following to be performed via Ethernet connectivity: Remote
atys_761_b_1_gb_cat.ai
control
• ATS parameter configuration (1) Alarm
• Controls (remote transfers, auto inhibit, test ON/OFF load) (1)

(1) Password required.
DIRIS Digiware M-70
Dimensions
40 to 160 A ®
M W 12.5 D
W 12.5 D
0
P2 P1
0
P2 P1 D 20
D 20 Q3
H
Q3
N
H
0 OFF
Normal Bypass ON atys_759_d_1_gb _cat
atys_749_d_1_gb_cat
0 OFF
Normal Bypass ON
Q1 Q2
Q1 Q2
Wall-mounted Floor-mounted
Recommended Recommended
Rating cross-section H W D M N Weight cross-section H W D Weight
(A) (mm2) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (kg) Rating (A) (mm2) (mm) (mm) (mm) (kg)
40 10 800 800 300 840 758 80 250 120 1200 (1) 1000 520 180
63 16 800 800 300 840 758 80 400 240 1200 (1) 1000 520 200
80 25 800 800 300 840 758 80 630 2 x 185 1600 (2) 1200 600 600
100 35 1000 800 300 840 958 80 800 2 x 240 1800 (2) 1600 800 1000
125 50 1000 800 300 840 958 80 1000 4 x 150 1800 (2) 1600 800 1000
160 70 1000 800 400 840 958 160 1250 4 x 185 2000 (3) 2000 1000 2000
1600 4 x 240 2000 (3) 2000 1000 2000
2000 8 x 150 2000 (4) 2200 1000 2500
2500 8 x 185 2000 (4) 2200 1000 2500
Connection (input/output) 3 200 8 x 240 2000 (4) 2200 1000 2500
• Standard cable entry and exit is at the bottom. Other configurations (1) Add 200 mm for the base feet.
(2) Add 100 mm for the base feet.
may, according to cable size, require specific mounting brackets (3) Add 125 mm for the base feet.
NQ@E@BSNQXEHSSDCRHCDDWSDMRHNMB@AHMDS® /KD@RD (4) Add 120 mm for the base feet (allow for an additional 160 mm for roof fan).
contact us for more information.

Solutions for medical locations
Integrated products
Solution for the continuity and availability of the power supply in Group 2
medical facilities
& solutions
Standard IEC 60364-7-710 categorises medical facilities into the three following groups, according to the risk of electric shock:
Group 0 What is an 'applied part'?

Medical facilities which do not have any
'applied parts' intended for use. Standard IEC 60364-7-710 defines
an “applied part” as being part of the
medical electrical equipment which in
normal use
• necessarily comes into physical
contact with the patient for the
equipment to perform its function, or
SITE 767 A
• can be brought into contact with the

patient, or
• needs to be touched by the patient.
Group 1
Medical facilities in which 'applied parts'
are intended for use, as follows:
• externally, or
• invasively across every part of the body,
except where Group 2 applies.
SITE 834 A
Group 2
Medical facilities in which 'applied parts'
are intended for use in applications
such as medical procedures, surgical
procedures and life-saving treatments.
SITE 835 A
Standard IEC 60364-7-710 also defines the precise continuity of service

requirements for the power supply, depending on the type of care being given.
• Class 0: power supply without switching,
• Class 0.5: power available in max. 0.5 s
• Class 15: power available in max. 15 s
• Class >15: power supply available in 15 s or longer

The MEDSYS range

7KH0('6<6UDQJHPHHWV&ODVVRUħOHYHOVIRU*URXSV
DQGDVGHILQHGLQVWDQGDUG,(&,WLVWKHRQO\ From design to maintenance
,(&FHUWLILHGDQGDFFUHGLWHGPDQXIDFWXUHUVROXWLRQ
0('6<6DOVRPHHWV(XURSHDQVWDQGDUG+'DQGORFDO In addition to its standard products,
Socomec has a department dedicated
UHTXLUHPHQWVVXFKDV1)&IRU)UDQFHDQGRWKHUFRXQWULHV
to designing customised systems
SOHDVHFRQWDFWXVIRUPRUHLQIRUPDWLRQ and meeting the requirements of your
project. We support you through the
various stages of your project.
Consultancy Design
Maintenance Production
MEDSY 034 GB
Commissioning Installation
&RQWLQXLW\ ,PSURYHG Complete

RIVHUYLFH LPSOHPHQWDWLRQ range
• Service continuity even in single fault • The cabinets are fitted with a pivoting body, • Four versions and eight configurations.
conditions. for rapid access to all functional units. • Solution adapts to the usage conditions and
• Insulation fault detected in less than • Visual identification of the various structural properties of Group 2 locations.
compartments. • Insulation fault detection and overvoltage
6 seconds even with high-interference
equipment present. protection available for all configurations.
• Power availability guaranteed by
automatic, static and/or continuous 7HFKQRORJLFDO
power transfer systems. SHUIRUPDQFH (DV\
• Predictive maintenance across your entire IT PDLQWHQDQFH
system (OhmScanner technology integrated • All connections are grouped in a separate
HMSN(2.,Ű#HFHV@QD compartment.
Guaranteed
VDIHW\ • Some critical components can be removed
• Personal protection against indirect contact (transformer, UPS, static transfer system).
(IT system, insulation) and direct contact
(IP2X, segregation). ,R75HDG\
• All device signalling contacts are built-in, • Embedded web technology.
• to back up data to a BMS/CTM. • Remote control/consultation.
• Alarm control and data analytics.
Range of services
To ensure your MEDSYS bay works at its best, Socomec offers expert services including commissioning, troubleshooting and training.
Contact your sales branch for more information.

Selection guide
Basic configuration Advanced configuration

Includes all the equipment required
Includes all the equipment required to
to protect against indirect contact for
protect against indirect contact, with
bQRUPDODQGVDIHW\LQFRPHUV or
DVLQJOHQRUPDOorVDIHW\LQFRPHU
VDIHW\LQFRPHUV
MEDSYS 20 MEDSYS 30 Slim

A B A
Inputs
1 inverter/normal input • •
1 inverter input and 1 spare input •
2 inverter inputs •
1 normal input
2 normal/standby inputs
Insulation transformer
Power (kVA) 4 6.3 10
Switched • •
Integrated •
Headgear
Load-break switch • •
STATYS Static Transfer System
ATyS M transfer switch •
Integrated UPS
MODULYS or NETYS RT
Uninterrupted Power Supply (UPS)
Distribution
TN-S • •
IT-M (ISOM K-40h) • • •
Alarm report
ISOM D-15h Alarm notification • • •
Options
Surge protection device (SURGYS D40) • • •
ISOM Digiware insulation fault detection Contact us Contact us •
Dimensions
H x W x D (mm) 630 x 403 x 129 1800 x 600 x 220

Advanced configuration Full configuration

Includes all the equipment required Includes all the equipment required
Includes all the equipment required to
to protect against indirect contact for to protect against indirect contacts,
protect against indirect contact, with
bQRUPDODQGVDIHW\LQFRPHUV or with VLQJOHQRUPDOLQFRPHUor
VDIHW\LQFRPHUV
VDIHW\LQFRPHUV bQRUPDOVWDQGE\LQFRPHU
MEDSYS 30 CD MEDSYS 40 CD MEDSYS 60

A A B A B C
•
• • •
•
• •
10 10 2x5 10 10 2 x 10
• • • • • •
•
• •
• • •
• • •
• • • • • •
• • • • • •
• • • • • •
• • • • • •
• • • • • •
1800 x 400 x 400 2000 x 600 x 450 2200 x 800 x 800

Configuration that adapts as your needs change
Standard IEC 60364-7-710 requires a medical IT system for Group Standard IEC 60364-7-710 stipulates that Group 2 medical facilities
2 locations and at least one transformer for each operating room or be powered by 2 separate sources.
each medical site.
7UDQVIRUPHUIRUWKHPHGLFDO,7V\VWHP $XWRPDWLF7UDQVIHU6ZLWFK$76

Socomec dry TRM transformers are ATyS M devices are switching systems
LV/LV transformers that separate the that provide automatic transfer
general distribution network from ADSVDDMONVDQRNTQBDR 3GDXŰG@UD
the medical facility's power supply been developed, tested and approved
provided in an IT system. As such, they according to criteria defined by the
ATYS GM 001
can isolate and compartmentalise the international product standards
TRAFO 083
electrical disturbances across the entire IEC 60947-3 and IEC 60947-6-1.
installation.
$1' 25
,QVXODWLRQ0RQLWRULQJ'HYLFH 6WDWLF7UDQVIHU6\VWHP676

and alarm report STATYS static transfer systems ensure
The ISOM K-40h insulation monitoring device is a power supply redundancy between two
STATY 018
combined unit for monitoring: independent sources while ensuring
• The level of insulation of a medical IT system power continuity to critical applications
• The charging current of single-phase by choosing the most reliable source.
ISOM 486
transformers for medical IT systems (up to 50 A) Loads are transferred without interruption
STATY 044
• The temperature of the medical IT transformer in accordance with IEC 62310.
The D-15h alarm report summarises the alarms
from insulation monitoring, overheating and
overloads of the medical IT transformer measured
ISOM 484
by the ISOM K-40h IMD.
Safety Source Safety Source

1 2
Insulation
monitor
°C I> Insulation
monitor
Alarm °C I>
report
Alarm
report
Outputs
COFF 480 C
COFF 481 C
Outputs

Standard IEC 60364-7 stipulates that Group 2 locations must be The document HD 60364-7-710 stipulates the use of a fault location
powered continuously. device.
8QLQWHUUXSWHG3RZHU6XSSO\836 ,QVXODWLRQDQGPXOWLPHDVXUHPHQWPRQLWRULQJ

The uninterruptible power supply (UPS) NETYS RT ensures ISOM Digiware is a 2-in-1 system that combines insulation and multi-
continuity of power supply. Double conversion technology measurement monitoring for IT systems. This interconnected system
ensures the ultimate protection for loads. HMRS@MSKXCDSDBSR@MCOHMONHMSR@MXHMRTK@SHNME@TKS (SŰFT@Q@MSDDR
The rack design means power and/or redundancy can be continuity of service even for single fault conditions, while protecting
upgraded as your requirements evolve. people and property.
GAMME 723 A
GAMME 854 A
OhmScanner solution
The OhmScanner detects an insulation fault before it happens.
Mapping the insulation of each circuit in detail helps the user
to perform predictive maintenance work (available with the
(2.,Ű#HFHV@QDRXRSDL
Normal Standby Normal Standby
M M
Insulation Insulation
monitor monitor
°C I> °C I>
Alarm Alarm
report report
Fault
locator
COFF 482 C
COFF 667 A
Outputs Outputs

References list
References Pages References Pages References Pages References Pages

110x xxxx 40, 43 1429 0000 26, 45, 64, 88, 112, 153 155x xxxx 191, 194, 198 192Y 0175 334
111x xxxx 40, 41, 43, 62, 63 1429 7xxx 113 1599 0xxx 189, 191, 194, 200 192Y 0185 335, 338
112x xxxx 42, 43, 62, 63, 148 to 152 142D xxxx 111 1599 2001 194, 201, 438 192Y 0215 331, 334
1132 1111 42, 43, 148 to 152 142E xxxx 111 1599 2009 174, 195, 202 192Y 0225 331
1133 1111 42, 43 1433 3111 109, 110 1599 4001 173, 202, 216, 218 192Y 0235 334
1141 3011 109, 110 1433 3113 150, 152 1599 4064 189, 198 192Y 0245 335, 338
1142 1111 40 to 43, 62, 63, 150 to 152 1433 3114 151 1599 4121 174 192Y 0265 331
1143 1111 40 to 43, 62, 63 1434 3111 109, 110 1599 5xxx 195, 198 192Y 0275 334
1309 1xxx 167, 169, 171, 172 1437 3111 111 1600 0025 212 192Y 0285 335, 338
1309 2xxx 167, 169, 172 1437 7911 109 1600 0035 214 21xx xxxx 423
1309 4xxx 167, 169, 171, 172 1438 xxxx 111 1600 0055 210, 216 2200 1000 22, 27
1309 9xxx 173 143D xxxx 111 1600 0065 210, 218 2200 1001 22, 27, 424
135x xxxx 169, 172 143E xxxx 111 1609 0001 216 2200 1002 22, 27
1399 4006 29, 167, 169, 171, 172 1443 3111 40 to 43, 62, 63, 109, 110 17xx xxxx 437 2200 1003 22, 27, 424, 426
1399 4017 174 1443 3113 148, 152 18xx xxxx 342 2200 1004 22, 27
1400 1020 40 to 42, 44, 62, 64, 1443 3114 149, 152 192J 8015 279, 283, 287 2200 1006 22, 27, 424, 426
88, 108, 109, 112, 1444 3111 40 to 43, 62, 63, 109, 110 192T 0003 331, 333, 334 2200 1008 22, 27
148 to 151, 154 144D xxxx 111 192T 0005 331, 334 2200 1010 22, 27, 424, 426
1400 1025 44 144E xxxx 111 192T 0006 333 2200 1011 22, 27
1400 1032 40 to 42, 44, 62, 64, 87, 1453 8111 41, 43 192T 0007 333, 334 2200 300x 22, 23
88, 108, 109, 112, 1453 8113 148, 152 192T 002x 333 2200 3010 22, 23
148 to 151, 154 1454 8111 41, 43 192T 0101 331 2200 3011 22, 23
1400 1040 62, 64, 88 146x xxxx 24 192T 0102 335, 338 2200 3012 23
1400 1050 40, 41, 44, 108, 109, 112 1471 0xxx 24 192T 0103 331, 334 2200 3016 23
1400 1075 44 1471 1111 22, 24 192T 0105 331, 333, 334 2200 31xx 23
1400 12xx 109, 112 1473 0111 24 192T 0106 335 2200 4xxx 23
1401 00xx 44, 111, 153 1473 0113 22, 24 192T 0255 331, 334 2200 5xxx 23, 27
1401 052x 108, 112 1473 0114 22, 24 192T 05xx 331 2200 9xxx 23, 27
1401 053x 108, 112 1473 1xxx 22, 24 192T 06xx 331 2205 xxxx 22, 23
1401 0540 112 1474 0111 24 192T 08xx 343 2209 xxxx 28
1401 06xx 26 1474 1xxx 22, 24 192T 09xx 343 226x xxxx 28
1401 152x 40 to 42, 44, 62, 64, 147A xxxx 22, 24 192T 14xx 333 2294 1005 23, 27, 424, 426
148 to 151, 154 147B xxxx 22, 24 192T 19xx 341 2294 1009 23, 27, 426
1401 153x 40 to 42, 44, 62, 64, 148x xxxx 22, 25 192T 20xx 333 2294 101x 23, 27, 424, 426
148 to 151, 154 1491 0111 23, 25 192T 21xx 334 2294 3xxx 23, 27, 424, 426
1401 1540 40, 41, 44, 64 1493 0000 44, 64, 111, 153 192T 23xx 334 2294 4016 23, 27, 167, 169, 171, 172
1403 xxxx 25 1493 01xx 23, 25 192T 24xx 334 2299 0xxx 23, 28, 424, 426
1404 0xxx 26 1494 xxxx 23, 25 192T 32xx 334 2299 3xxx 23, 29
1404 2111 25 1499 7701 49, 113, 157 192T 33xx 340 2299 501x 22, 24
1407 xxxx 22, 26 1499 7702 49, 113, 157 192T 34xx 340 2299 5022 23, 24
1409 xxxx 22, 23, 26 1499 7703 49, 113 192T 40xx 334 2299 5032 22, 24
1411 2111 25, 108, 110, 113 149A xxxx 23, 25 192T 46xx 342 2299 5042 23, 24
1413 2111 25, 108, 110 149B xxxx 23, 25 192T 47xx 342 2299 6xxx 28
1413 2115 108, 110 14AA xxxx 88 192T 48xx 342 2299 9xxx 29
1413 2311 110 14AE xxxx 88 192T 5xxx 335 2600 xxxx 40
1414 2111 25, 108, 110, 113 14AF 2111 87, 88 192T 6xxx 335 2601 xxxx 42
1414 2115 108, 110 14YA 2111 88 192T 7xxx 338 2609 0025 62, 66
1415 xxxx 25, 108, 111 1509 3012 42, 47, 148 to 151, 156, 192T 80xx 338 2609 0026 62, 67
1417 xxxx 25, 108, 111 189, 191, 194, 196 192T 81xx 335 2609 004x 62, 67
1418 xxxx 25, 108, 111 1509 302x 42, 47, 65, 148 to 151, 192T 93xx 338 2609 1xxx 62, 66, 68
1419 0000 26 156, 189, 191, 194, 196 192T 95xx 335 261x xxxx 48, 155, 197
141A xxxx 25 1509 306x 42, 47, 65, 148 to 151, 192T 96xx 335 262x xxxx 48, 155, 197
141B xxxx 25 156, 189, 191, 194, 196 192T 97xx 338 263x xxxx 48, 155, 197
141D xxxx 111 1509 308x 42, 47, 148 to 151, 156, 192U 0xxx 331 2694 3014 40, 42, 46, 148 to 151,
141E xxxx 111 189, 191, 194, 196 192U 22xx 333 156, 189, 191, 194, 196
1421 2111 40 to 43, 62, 63, 1509 31xx 42, 47, 148 to 151, 156, 192U 23xx 334 2694 302x 40 to 42, 46, 148 to 151,
108 to 110, 113 189, 191, 194, 196 192U 4xxx 334 156, 189, 191, 194, 196
1421 2113 148, 150, 152 1509 3200 189, 191, 194, 196 192U 6xxx 335 2694 305x 40 to 42, 46, 148 to 151,
1423 2111 40, 41, 43, 62, 63, 1509 401x 42, 47, 148 to 151, 156, 192U 8xxx 338 156, 189, 191, 194, 196
108 to 110 189, 191, 194, 196 192U 9xxx 338 2694 4014 40, 42, 46, 148 to 151,
1423 2113 148, 150, 152 1509 402x 42, 47, 148 to 151, 156, 192X 0056 200 156, 189, 191, 194, 196
1423 2114 149, 151, 152 189, 191, 194, 196 192Y 0015 331, 334 2694 402x 40 to 42, 46, 148 to 151,
1423 2115 108 to 110 1509 406x 42, 47, 65, 148 to 151, 192Y 0025 331 156, 189, 191, 194, 196
1423 2311 110 156, 189, 191, 194, 196 192Y 0035 334 2694 405x 40 to 42, 46, 148 to 151,
1423 2813 157 1509 408x 42, 47, 65, 148 to 151, 192Y 0045 335, 338 156, 189, 191, 194, 196
1424 2111 40 to 43, 62, 63, 156, 189, 191, 194, 196 192Y 0115 331, 334 2698 3012 40, 47, 424, 425
108 to 110, 113 1509 4160 42, 47, 148 to 151, 156, 192Y 0125 331 2698 302x 40, 41, 47, 65, 424, 425
1424 2115 108 to 110 189, 191, 194, 196 192Y 0135 334 2698 305x 40, 41, 47, 65, 424, 425
1425 xxxx 108, 109, 111 1509 4200 41, 47, 189, 191, 194, 196 192Y 0145 335, 338 2698 308x 40, 41, 47, 425
1427 xxxx 108, 109, 111 152x xxxx 200 192Y 0155 331, 334 2698 31xx 40, 41, 47, 425
1428 xxxx 108, 109, 111 153x xxxx 195, 200 192Y 0165 331 2698 3200 40, 41, 47

2698 4012 40, 47, 424, 425 3116 xxxx 424 4109 005x 189, 191, 194, 197 4829 0050 237, 243, 245, 249,
2698 402x 40, 41, 47, 65, 424, 425 3117 xxxx 431 4109 006x 189, 191, 194, 197 253, 267, 319
2698 405x 40, 41, 47, 65, 424, 425 3629 4012 108, 110 4109 008x 189, 191, 194, 197 4829 0101 237
2698 408x 40, 41, 47, 65, 425 3629 4013 110 4109 01xx 189, 191, 194, 197 4829 0102 245
2698 41xx 40, 41, 47, 65, 425 3629 9xxx 114 4109 0320 155, 197 4829 0103 237
2698 4200 40, 41, 47, 65 363x xxxx 108 4109 1xxx 157 4829 0105 245
2699 003x 40, 41, 45, 65, 424, 425 369x xxxx 411 4109 2xxx 157 4829 0106 245
2699 006x 42, 45, 65 3811 xxxx 109 4109 301x 148 to 151, 154 4829 0110 253
2699 01xx 45 3819 xxxx 116 4109 302x 148 to 151, 154 4829 0111 253
2699 03xx 45, 65 3829 91xx 116 4109 303x 148 to 151, 154 4829 0112 253
2699 1200 48, 155, 197 3829 93xx 114 4109 3050 148, 154 4829 0113 253
2699 1201 155, 197 3831 200x 108 4109 306x 148 to 151, 154 4829 0114 265
2699 5xxx 63 3831 2010 108 4109 308x 148 to 151, 154 4829 0120 237, 243
2699 6xxx 49 3831 2011 108 4109 31xx 148 to 151, 154 4829 0128 253
2699 9xxx 49 3831 2012 108 4109 401x 148 to 151, 154 4829 0129 253
26Ax xxxx 41 3831 2015 109 4109 402x 148 to 151, 154 4829 013x 253
26PV 201x 62, 69 3831 2016 109 4109 403x 148 to 151, 154 4829 014x 267
26PV 202x 62, 69 3831 202x 109 4109 4050 148, 154 4829 016x 249
26PV 2031 62, 70 3831 203x 109 4109 406x 148 to 151, 154 4829 018x 237, 243, 245, 249, 253, 267
26PV 301x 62, 67, 69 3831 300x 108 4109 408x 148 to 151, 154 4829 0190 237, 243, 245, 249, 253, 267
26PV 302x 62, 67, 69 3831 3010 108 4109 41xx 148 to 151, 154 4829 0195 249
26PV 3030 62, 67, 70 3831 3011 108 4109 8507 49 4829 0196 249
26PV 3039 62, 67, 71 3831 3012 108 4190 xxxx 149 4829 0200 237, 319
26PV 404x 62, 66, 71 3831 3015 109 4199 3018 62, 64 4829 0203 216, 218, 237, 347
26PV 405x 62, 66, 71 3831 3016 109 4199 3019 64 4829 0204 216, 218, 237
26PV 406x 62, 66, 72 3831 302x 109 4199 7146 150 to 152 4829 021x 243
26PV 408x 62, 66, 72 3831 303x 109 4829 0220 243
41AC 3xxx 148
26PV 41xx 62, 66, 73 3831 600x 108 4829 0221 216, 218, 243
41AC 4xxx 148
26PV 42xx 62, 66, 73 3831 6010 108 4829 0222 216, 218, 243, 347
41AC 7xxx 150
26PV 43xx 62, 66, 73 3831 6011 108 4829 0230 237
41AC 9xxx 150
26PV 501x 62, 69 3831 6012 108 4829 028x 319
4320 xxxx 141
26PV 502x 62, 69 3831 6015 109 4829 050x 257
4321 xxxx 142
26PV 5031 62, 70 3831 6016 109 4829 055x 259
4330 xxxx 141
26PV 8063 62, 66, 72 3831 602x 109 4829 057x 261
4331 xxxx 142
26PV 8080 62, 66, 68, 72 3831 603x 109 4829 058x 257, 259, 261, 265
435x xxxx 141
26PV 81xx 62, 66, 68, 73 3894 xxxx 116 4829 0590 257, 259, 261, 265
46xx xxxx 151
26PV 82xx 62, 66, 68, 73 3898 2xxx 109, 114 4829 0591 257, 259, 261, 265
4729 02xx 237
2709 0027 62, 66 3898 3xxx 109, 114, 431 4829 0592 257, 259, 261, 265
4729 0603 237, 243
2799 3015 40, 41, 44, 148, 3898 4xxx 109, 114, 431 4829 0593 257, 259, 261, 265
4825 002x 297
150, 151, 154 3899 0400 113 4829 0594 257, 259, 261, 265
4825 0080 301
2799 3018 40 to 42, 44, 62, 64, 148, 3899 3120 108, 109, 116 4829 0595 257, 259, 261, 265
4825 0082 301
150, 151, 154 3899 3380 108, 109, 116, 431 4829 0596 257, 259, 261, 265
4825 0083 301
2799 3019 41, 44, 62, 64, 148, 3899 6011 109, 110 4829 0597 257, 259, 261, 265
4825 0088 293, 301, 307
150, 151, 154 3994 02xx 116 4829 0598 257
4825 0089 301, 307
2799 700x 49, 157 3994 030x 116 4829 0599 257
2799 7042 40, 41, 43, 148, 152 3994 031x 116, 431 4825 0090 194, 201, 307 4829 0600 257
2799 7043 40, 41, 43 3994 0325 116 4825 0092 194, 201, 307 4829 0601 257, 259, 261, 265
2799 707x 40, 41, 43 3994 040x 116, 431 4825 0093 194, 201, 307 4829 0602 257, 259, 261, 265
2799 713x 40, 43 3994 041x 116, 431 4825 0094 307 4829 0603 257, 259, 261, 265
2799 7145 42, 43, 62, 63 3994 042x 116, 431 4825 0097 307 4829 0605 253
2799 7155 40, 41, 43 3994 044x 431 4825 0203 194, 201, 307 4829 0606 257, 259, 261, 265
2998 0013 45, 156, 196 3994 14xx 431 4825 0204 194, 201, 307 4829 0620 265
2998 0014 45, 65, 156, 196 3994 19xx 116 4825 0205 307 4829 065x 259
2998 002x 45, 65, 156, 196 3998 2016 108, 109, 114 4825 0206 307 4829 0670 261
2998 003x 45, 156, 196 3998 2025 109, 114 4825 0208 307 4850 300x 277
2999 8707 49 3998 3016 108, 109, 114, 431 4825 0209 307 4850 3010 281
3031 0011 424, 431 3998 3025 109, 114, 431 4825 0400 293 4850 3011 281
3031 0012 426 3998 4016 108, 109, 114, 431 4825 0401 293 4850 3012 277
3032 4xxx 425 3998 4025 109, 114, 431 4825 0402 301 4850 3013 277
3032 500x 424 3999 00xx 115 4825 0403 307 4850 302x 277
3032 5010 424 3999 01xx 115 4825 0404 307 4850 303x 271
3032 5016 425 3999 02xx 115 4825 0405 307 4850 3040 271
3032 502x 425 3999 06xx 115 4825 0406 307 4850 3041 271
3032 504x 425 3999 070x 23, 28, 108, 109, 115, 431 4825 0500 311 4850 3042 271
3032 506x 425 3999 0710 115 4825 0501 311, 347 4850 3043 273
3032 508x 425 3999 5020 108 to 110 4825 0502 311 4850 3044 273
3032 51xx 424 3999 5021 109, 110 4826 0100 321 4850 3045 273
3032 52xx 424 4109 0019 189, 191, 194, 197 4829 000x 319 4850 3046 273
3032 53xx 424 4109 0021 148 to 151, 155 4829 001x 319 4850 3047 273
3032 8xxx 426 4109 0025 189, 191, 194, 197 4829 003x 319 4850 3048 273
3035 xxxx 431 4109 003x 189, 191, 194, 197 4829 004x 319 4850 3049 275

References list

4850 3050 275 5024 5xxx 378 5411 40xx 46, 413 8499 9xxx 91
4850 3051 275 5024 6xxx 378 5411 4112 410 86xx xxxx 87
4850 3052 275 5024 7xxx 378 5412 xxxx 411 932x xxxx 167
4850 3053 275 5024 8xxx 378 5413 xxxx 413 934x xxxx 169
4850 3054 275 5024 9000 380 5414 xxxx 409 935x xxxx 169
4850 3055 275 5024 9001 380 5420 xxxx 410 936x xxxx 171
4850 3056 279 5024 9002 392 5421 0xxx 410 938x xxxx 171
4850 3057 279 5024 903x 380 5421 100x 410 9503 xxxx 181
4850 3058 271 5024 904x 380 5421 1010 409 9505 xxxx 181
4850 3059 271 5024 905x 379 5421 1012 409 9506 xxxx 181
4850 305U 271 5025 xxxx 388 5421 1013 409 9509 0002 182
4850 3060 273 5026 041x 404 5421 1016 410 9509 4013 181
4850 3061 273 5026 045x 404 5421 11xx 410 9509 5xxx 203
4850 3062 275 5026 046x 392 5421 2xxx 410 951x xxxx 181
4850 3063 279 5027 xxxx 392 5421 4xxx 409 9523 xxxx 189
4850 3064 279 5028 0410 404 54Ux xxxx 407 9529 xxxx 199
4850 3065 279 5028 0411 404, 412 56xx xxxx 297, 301 9533 xxxx 210
4850 3066 279 5028 0412 412 5701 0017 237, 243, 281, 283, 9539 2001 202
4850 3067 279 5028 0413 404, 412 293, 307, 311, 319 9553 xxxx 191
4850 3068 279 5028 0415 412 5701 0018 279, 281, 293, 307, 311, 319 9559 2001 203
4850 306U 273 5028 042x 412 5701 0019 245 9573 xxxx 194, 195
4850 307U 277 5028 045x 412 5702 5001 271 9579 2001 203
4850 309U 275, 279 5028 047x 412 5703 5001 273 9594 xxxx 181, 182
4853 xxxx 283 503x xxxx 398 5703 5003 275, 277 9599 0000 202
4854 xxxx 347 5119 44xx 381 6012 0000 237, 243, 245, 279, 9599 0003 189, 195, 200
4899 0011 301, 307 5119 45xx 381 281, 283, 293, 297, 9599 0004 189, 195, 200
4941 36xx 367 5119 46xx 392 301, 307, 311, 319 9599 1004 195, 200
4941 3723 367 5400 301x 47, 117 6022 0040 271 9599 1006 195, 200
4941 3724 369 5400 302x 47, 117 6029 0000 114 9599 1007 202
4941 3740 367 5400 304x 47, 117 6032 0080 273, 275 9599 1008 203
4941 3741 369 5400 3063 47 6032 0100 277 9599 2010 171, 174, 202
4942 xxxx 371 5400 401x 47, 117 6039 xxxx 114 9599 2020 171, 174, 195, 202
500x xxxx 29 5400 402x 47, 117 64xx xxxx 114 9599 4001 181
5020 1xxx 379 5400 404x 47, 117 742F 2111 87, 88 9599 4002 181, 182
5020 2xxx 378 5400 4063 47 7769 9999 117 9599 4003 181
5021 xxxx 398 5410 xxxx 408 840x xxxx 89 9599 4004 182
5022 xxxx 398 5411 0xxx 408 8499 0001 87, 89 9599 402x 199
5023 011x 398 5411 1xxx 408 8499 0002 89 9599 404x 199
5023 015x 392 5411 3016 46, 413 8499 2xxx 90 9599 406x 199
5023 03xx 392 5411 3017 410 8499 3xxx 90 9599 5012 182
5023 04xx 392 5411 302x 46, 413 8499 4xxx 90 99xx xxxx 97
5023 6110 398 5411 304x 46, 413 8499 5xxx 88 NBxx xxxx 412
5024 4xxx 378 5411 306x 46, 413 8499 6xxx 91

Note

Note

Model: SOCOMEC
Production: SOCOMEC
Photography: Martin Bernhart et Studio Objectif
Printing: BDZ - Centre d‘impression - Buchdruck Zentrum
1, Hauptstrooss
9753 Heinerscheid
Luxembourg
Socomec: our innovations supporting your energy performance
1 independent manufacturer 3,600 employees 10 % of sales revenue 400 experts

worldwide dedicated to R&D dedicated to service provision
Your power management expert
POWER POWER POWER EXPERT

SWITCHING MONITORING CONVERSION SERVICES
The specialist for critical applications

• Control, command of LV • Measurement of electrical • Energy quality • Prevention and repairs
facilities parameters • Energy availability • Measurement and analysis
• Safety of persons and assets • Energy management • Energy storage • Optimisation
• Consultancy, commissioning
and training
A worldwide presence
12 production sites
• France (x3)
28 subsidiaries and commercial locations
• Algeria • Australia • Belgium • China • Canada
80 countries
where our brand is distributed
• Italy (x2) qŰ#TA@H4MHSDC Q@A$LHQ@SDRq%Q@MBDq&DQL@MX
• Tunisia qŰ(MCH@q(MCNMDRH@q(S@KXq(UNQX"N@RSq-DSGDQK@MCR
• India qŰ/NK@MCq/NQSTF@Kq1NL@MH@q2DQAH@q2HMF@ONQD
• China (x2) qŰ2KNUDMH@q2NTSG EQHB@q2O@HMq2VHSYDQK@MC
• USA (x3) qŰ3G@HK@MCq3TMHRH@q3TQJDXq4*q42
Non contractual document. © 2022, Socomec SAS. All rights reserved. - Document printed on paper from sustainably managed forests.
HEAD OFFICE YOUR DISTRIBUTOR / PARTNER

SOCOMEC GROUP
SAS SOCOMEC capital 10 646 360 €
R.C.S. Strasbourg B 548 500 149
B.P. 60010 - 1, rue de Westhouse
F-67235 Benfeld Cedex
Tel. +33 3 88 57 41 41 - Fax +33 3 88 57 78 78
info.scp.isd@socomec.com
Ref: DCG0000306en - 04/22
www.socomec.com

Socomec Catalogue 2022

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Socomec Catalogue 2022

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Socomec Catalogue 2022

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

GENERAL CATALOGUE

Solutions for Power, Control, Safety

Load break switches

Fuses, fuse bases FUSERBLOC

Changeover switches, control relays COMO CS SIRCOVER

Metering, monitoring & power quality

Differential protection, voltage surge protection, RESYS M40

Mounting & cabling accessories

All the components to facilitate Busbar supports Distribution blocks

Integrated products & solutions

2 General Catalogue 2022

ATyS M ATyS S ATyS ATS controller

COUNTIS E DIRIS A DIRIS B Software suite

ISOM Fault-locating core

General Catalogue 2022 3

4 General Catalogue 2022

As an independent manufacturer, the group is committed

General Catalogue 2022 5

detecting insulation faults.

6 General Catalogue 2022

buildings and for stabilisation of the power grid.

Enabling available, safe and

data transmitted by connected devices.

General Catalogue 2022 7

2ODBH@KHRSR @SXNTQRDQUHBD 1DONQSR

Our Services team is the most reliable

8 General Catalogue 2022

.M RHSDRDQUHBD 3DBGMHB@K "DQSHkDC

110,000 25+ 8,000

General Catalogue 2022 9

3 levels of protection Prime I Superior I Ultimate

Socomec at the forefront of innovation

3 levels of protection according to your criticality

PRIME SUPERIOR ULTIMATE

10 General Catalogue 2022

Created in 1965, SOCOMEC’s

Implementation of standard IEC / EN 61439

General Catalogue 2022 11

Load break switches for all your applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 14

Why choose a load break switch designed for photovoltaic applications? . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 15

Load break switch selection guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 16

Photovoltaic load break switches selection guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 18

Load break switches Specific applications

SIRCO M and SIRCO

SIRCO PV INOSYS LBS

Find out more

General Catalogue 2022 13

Machine control, power distribution and photovoltaic installations

Discover all our products in the selection

SOCOMEC load break switches in power distribution and machine

Network Feeder output

SOCOMEC load break switches in photovoltaic applications

Strings combiner box Junction box

SIRCO load break switch

Double circuit switches permit

14 General Catalogue 2022

Safe operations Devices designed for extreme Back-to-back design,

What are the standards that apply to photovoltaic installations?

For installations For breaking devices

General Catalogue 2022 15

2ODBH@KHRSR@SXNTQRDQUHBD 1DONQSR

.MRHSDRDQUHBD 3DBGMHB@K "DQSHkDC